WO2022138448A1 - Program, information processing method, terminal, and server - Google Patents

Program, information processing method, terminal, and server Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022138448A1
WO2022138448A1 PCT/JP2021/046544 JP2021046544W WO2022138448A1 WO 2022138448 A1 WO2022138448 A1 WO 2022138448A1 JP 2021046544 W JP2021046544 W JP 2021046544W WO 2022138448 A1 WO2022138448 A1 WO 2022138448A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
account
terminal
payment
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/046544
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋輔 真崎
亮介 濱窄
Original Assignee
Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2020212995A external-priority patent/JP7266019B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2020212996A external-priority patent/JP7354089B2/en
Application filed by Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社 filed Critical Ｌｉｎｅ株式会社
Publication of WO2022138448A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022138448A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/22—Payment schemes or models
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/22—Payment schemes or models
    • G06Q20/24—Credit schemes, i.e. "pay after"
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/30—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks
    • G06Q20/32—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific devices or networks using wireless devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M11/00—Telephonic communication systems specially adapted for combination with other electrical systems

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to programs, information processing methods, terminals, servers, etc.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a technique for settling the purchase price of a product.
  • the program executed by the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information, and the terminal. At least one of the purchase information based on displaying a plurality of account information related to the user on the display unit of the terminal and selecting the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. Displaying the first information on the display unit regarding the payment of the unit in the first account related to the first account information is executed by the terminal.
  • the information processing method of the terminal is that the user of the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information, and the terminal.
  • the terminal is a communication unit that receives purchase information of goods or services purchased by the terminal user in a postpaid manner, purchase information, and a plurality of account information related to the terminal user. Based on the fact that the first account information out of a plurality of account information is selected by the display unit that displays and the terminal user, the payment of at least a part of the purchase information is the first related to the first account information.
  • the terminal comprises a processor that reads a program stored in memory and performs processing based on the program, wherein the processor is a postpaid purchase of goods or services by the user of the terminal.
  • the purchase information is received by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal are displayed on the display unit of the terminal, and the user of the terminal has a plurality of account information.
  • the display unit displays the first information regarding the payment of at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information. ..
  • the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information purchased by the user of the terminal after payment, sends the purchase information to the terminal, and at least a part of the purchase information of the terminal. It is provided with a communication unit that receives information from a terminal regarding payment by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user.
  • the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the user of the terminal, and the first purchase information related to the user of the terminal.
  • a communication unit that receives at least the second information among the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the account and the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • a control unit that performs processing related to transferring a second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information is provided.
  • the program executed by the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the server and purchases.
  • the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • the server is to receive at least the second information by the communication unit and to perform the process related to transferring the second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information by the control unit of the server. Is executed by.
  • the information processing method of the server that communicates with the terminal is that the user of the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the communication unit of the server, and the purchase information.
  • the first information including information on the first amount paid by the first account related to the terminal user and the second information including information on the second amount paid by the second account related to the terminal user.
  • At least the second information is received by the communication unit, and the process related to the transfer of the second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information is performed by the control unit of the server.
  • the server communicating with the terminal includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes processing based on the program, and the processor is purchased by the user of the terminal after payment.
  • the purchase information of the product or service is received by the communication unit of the server, the first information including the information of the first amount of the purchase information to be paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal, and the user of the terminal.
  • the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the related second account at least the second information is received by the communication unit, and based on the second information, the second from the second account to the first account. 2 Perform processing related to sending money.
  • FIG. 1st modification An explanatory diagram of the principle of the credit card payment service according to the first modification.
  • the figure which shows an example of the data structure of the payment account setting reminder condition data which concerns on 5th Example The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 5th Embodiment.
  • the flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 8th Embodiment.
  • the flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification.
  • the flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification.
  • the flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification.
  • the figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on other examples.
  • the system can be a concept including, as an example, not limited to, a system of any of the following forms.
  • Terminal & server (2) Server (3) Terminal
  • (1) is a system including at least one terminal and at least one server as an example without limitation.
  • An example of this is a server-client system.
  • the control unit of the system can be at least one of the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server. That is, as an example, not limited to, one of (1A) only the control unit of the terminal, (1B) only the control unit of the server, and (1C) both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server can be used as a system. Can be the control unit of.
  • control and processing performed by the control unit of the system may be performed only by the control unit of the terminal (1A), or the control of the server (1B). It may be performed only by the unit, or may be performed by both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server (1C).
  • control unit of the terminal is used to perform some of the controls and the like controlled by the control unit of the system, and the control unit of the server is used to perform the remaining control and the like. You may do so.
  • the allocation (allocation) of the control or the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of being equally divided.
  • server system is not limited, but may be, as an example, a system composed of a plurality of servers (hereinafter referred to as "server system").
  • the control or the like performed by the server system may be performed by only one of the plurality of servers (2A), (2B) may be performed only by the other server, or (2C) one. This may be done by one of the servers and another server. Further, in (2C), as an example, not limited to the control, one server may perform some of the controls performed by the server system, and the other server may perform the remaining controls. good. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of the control or the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of being equally divided.
  • (3) is not limited, but may be a system composed of a plurality of terminals as an example.
  • This system is not limited, but can be, as an example, the following system.
  • -A system that gives terminals the functions of a server (distributed system). This can be achieved using blockchain technology as an example, but not a limitation.
  • P2P peer-to-peer
  • control unit not limited to the control unit, but the same applies to each functional unit such as an input / output unit, a communication unit, a storage unit, and a clock unit that can be components of the system.
  • a system including a terminal and a server (a server-client system as an example, not a limitation) will be illustrated as an example rather than a limitation. It is also possible to apply the server system of (2) above as a server.
  • the system not including the server it is also possible to apply the system not including the server, not limited to the system of the above (3) as an example.
  • the embodiment in this case can be configured based on the above-mentioned blockchain technology and the like.
  • the data stored and managed in the server described in the following embodiment is stored (stored) on the blockchain.
  • the terminal can generate a transaction to the blockchain, and when the transaction is approved on the blockchain, the data stored on the blockchain can be updated.
  • the expression "by communication I / F" is used as appropriate. This is not limited to, but as an example, indicates that the device sends and receives various information and data via the communication I / F (via the communication unit) based on the control of the control unit (processor, etc.). May be acceptable.
  • processing for two or more devices such as “transmitting A and B” and “receiving A and B” is referred to as "A".
  • A processing for two or more devices such as “transmitting A and B” and “receiving A and B” is referred to as "A”.
  • Including those in which "B” is performed at the same timing hereinafter referred to as “simultaneous”
  • those in which "A” and “B” are performed at different timings hereinafter referred to as “non-simultaneous”
  • the timing of transmitting the first information and the second information at the same timing and the timing of the first information and the second information are staggered. It is permissible to include both the concepts of what is sent and what is sent. In consideration of the lag (time lag), "simultaneous" may include “almost simultaneous”.
  • Payments using credit cards (hereinafter referred to as "credit card payments”) and the like are used on a daily basis.
  • This embodiment is an embodiment relating to a postpaid payment including this credit card payment.
  • Postpay is set as an example, not limited to the timing after that, when the user purchases a product or service, the purchase procedure is performed, but the payment is not made at that timing. It is a service that pays the price on the same day or by the set date. This can include a product or the like that the user receives first (or the product or the like is shipped to the user first) and then pays the price.
  • This deferred payment may include, as an example, but not a limitation, at least one of the following payment methods: (1) Credit card payment (2) Tsuke payment
  • invoice payment As an example, not limited to, when the user receives the product etc. (or when the product etc. is shipped to the user), the invoice required for payment (deferred payment) is sent to the user at a later date. Will be done. Alternatively, the billing information is transmitted to the user's terminal 20. Then, the user uses a financial institution (including account transfer), a convenience store, an electronic money service, etc. to write an invoice by the set date stated on the invoice or the set date. Make the stated amount of payment.
  • two types of (2) pay-as-you-go payments are illustrated, not limitedly, as an example: (2-1) one-time pay-off payments and (2-2) pay-as-you-go payments.
  • (2-1) One-time payment is not limited, but as an example, a method of making payment by payment in a lump sum (collectively) for transactions made during a set period (as an example, not a limitation, for a period of one month).
  • Pay-as-you-go payment is not limited, but as an example, it is a method of paying by pay-as-you-go each time a transaction is made.
  • purchase information the information related to the purchase of the goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the above-mentioned postpaid is referred to as "purchase information".
  • the "purchase information” may be any information that has some relation to the purchase of goods or services, and is not limited to the following, and includes the following as an example.
  • ⁇ Information indicating that the product or service was purchased by postpay ⁇ Information indicating the outline or details of the product or service purchased by postpay ⁇ Billing information of postpay
  • the purchase information received by the terminal and the purchase information managed by the server of the credit card company or the server of the service provider that provides services such as messaging service and electronic money service may be exactly the same information. , Part of the information may be different.
  • the first embodiment is a basic embodiment for realizing the method of the present disclosure by the above-mentioned (1) credit card payment as an example, not a limitation.
  • Some users have accounts of multiple financial institutions, and depending on the purpose of use, the accounts of financial institutions may be used properly. Even when making postpay by credit card, it is convenient to be able to use different financial institution accounts depending on the intended use.
  • the first embodiment is an embodiment in which a user can select a bank account (hereinafter, referred to as "payment account") for payment of credit card payment for each purchase information in credit card payment.
  • a plurality of bank accounts are linked to the credit card.
  • the contents described in the first embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
  • a "bank” is exemplified as a financial institution.
  • Banks may include banks with stores (including banks of the Japan Post Group), as well as Internet banks (net banks) as an example without limitation.
  • a financial institution it is also possible to apply a financial institution such as a central bank or a credit union instead of a bank.
  • withdrawing the payment amount from the payment account is referred to as "account transfer”. Further, the account transfer process performed by the bank server 50 is referred to as “account transfer process”.
  • the account transfer may be referred to as an automatic transfer, an automatic account transfer, or the like.
  • the payment account may be referred to as a withdrawal account, a transfer account, or the like.
  • FIG. 1-1 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1A in this embodiment.
  • the communication system 1A as an example, not limited to, a credit card company server 10, one or more terminals 20 (terminals 20A, terminals 20B, terminals 20C, ...), And one or more store terminals.
  • 40 store terminal 40A, store terminal 40B, store terminal 40C, ...)
  • two or more bank servers 50 bank server 50A, bank server 50B, bank server 50C
  • the credit card company server 10 has a function of providing a credit card payment service, which will be described later, as an example, without limitation, to a terminal 20, a store terminal 40, a bank server 50, etc. owned by a user via a network 30.
  • the credit card company server 10 can also be expressed as a credit card service server, a credit payment management server, a credit payment service server, a credit payment management server, a credit payment system server, a credit service server, and the like.
  • the user of the credit card company server 10 is defined as a credit card company (credit payment service provider) as an example, not limited to this.
  • the credit card payment system is not limited, but as an example, a brand holder (international brand), a card issuing company (issuer), a member store management company (acquirer), a payment agency, a card member store, an authorization network, etc. Contains the components of.
  • the card issuing company and the member store management company are collectively referred to as a "credit card company”.
  • the card issuing company and the member store management company may be the same company or different companies.
  • the number of credit card company servers 10 and terminals 20 connected to the network 30, the number of store terminals 40, and the number of bank servers 50 are not limited to the above.
  • the "credit card payment service” is a service provided by a credit card company (credit card company server 10), and is a service for realizing credit card payment.
  • This credit card payment service is provided to a user (user's terminal 20), a store (store terminal 40), and a bank (bank server 50) as an example without limitation.
  • the terminal 20 may be any information processing terminal that can realize the functions described in each embodiment.
  • the terminal 20 is not limited but, as an example, a smartphone, a mobile phone (feature phone), a computer (not limited, as an example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, as an example, a cable, a satellite set). Top box, digital video recorder), handheld computer device (not limited to PDA (personal digital assistant), e-mail client, etc.), wearable terminal (glasses type device, clock type device, etc.), VR (Virtual Reality) Includes terminals, smart speakers (devices for voice recognition), or other types of computers, or communication platforms. Further, the terminal 20 may be expressed as an information processing terminal.
  • the configurations of the terminal 20A, the terminal 20B, and the terminal 20C can be the same, for example, without limitation.
  • the terminal used by the user X may be expressed as the terminal 20X
  • the user information in the predetermined service associated with the user X or the terminal 20X may be expressed as the user information X. It does not have to be.
  • the user information is user information associated with an account used by the user in a predetermined service.
  • the user information is not limited but, as an example, input by the user or given by a predetermined service, the user's name, the user's icon image, the user's age, the user's gender, the user's address, and the user's taste. It includes information associated with the user, such as preferences, user identifiers, and may or may not be any one or combination of these.
  • the network 30 plays a role of connecting each device constituting the communication system 1A. That is, the network 30 means a communication network that provides a connection route so that data can be transmitted and received after the above-mentioned various devices are connected.
  • the network 30 may or may not be a wired network or a wireless network.
  • the network 30 is not limited, but as an example, an ad hoc network, an intranet, an extra net, a virtual private network (VPN), a local area network (LAN), and a wireless network.
  • VPN virtual private network
  • LAN local area network
  • the network 30 may include one or more networks 30.
  • the credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (in this embodiment, a credit payment service) to a terminal 20 or the like. ..
  • the credit card company server 10 may be any device as long as it can realize the functions described in each embodiment.
  • the credit card company server 10 is not limited, but by example, a server device, a computer (not limited, by example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, by example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, etc.).
  • the credit card company server 10 may be expressed as an information processing device.
  • the credit card company server 10 and the terminal 20 may or may not be expressed as information processing devices, respectively.
  • FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the terminal 20.
  • the terminal 20 includes a control unit 21 (CPU: central processing unit), a storage unit 28, a communication I / F 22 (interface), an input / output unit 23, a clock unit 29A, and a position calculation information detection unit 29B. ..
  • Each component of the HW of the terminal 20 is connected to each other via the bus B as an example, but not a limitation. It is not essential that the HW configuration of the terminal 20 includes all the components.
  • the terminal 20 may or may not have a configuration in which individual components or a plurality of components are removed.
  • the communication I / F 22 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be executed.
  • the communication I / F 22 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a credit card company server 10 via a network 30.
  • the communication I / F 22 transmits various data to various devices such as a credit card company server 10 according to an instruction from the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the credit card company server 10 and transmits the data to the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 22 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
  • the input / output unit 23 includes a device for inputting various operations to the terminal 20, a device for outputting the processing result processed by the terminal 20, and the like.
  • the input / output unit 23 may or may not be integrated into an input unit and an output unit, or may be separated into an input unit and an output unit.
  • the input unit is realized by any or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 21.
  • the input unit includes, but is not limited to, hardware keys such as a touch panel, a touch display, and a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice).
  • the output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the control unit 21.
  • the output unit is not limited and includes, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (audio output), a lens (not limited, as an example, 3D (three dimensions) output, hologram output), a printer, and the like.
  • the input / output unit 23 is not limited, and includes a display unit 24, a sound input unit 25, a sound output unit 26, and an image pickup unit 27 as an example.
  • the display unit 24 is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices that can be displayed according to the display data written in the frame buffer.
  • the display unit 24 is not limited but, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a monitor (not limited but, as an example, a liquid crystal display or OELD (organic electroluminescence display)), a head mounted display (HDM: Head Mounted Display), a projection mapping, a hologram. , Includes a device capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in the air (which may or may not be vacuum). It should be noted that these display units 24 may or may not be able to display display data in 3D.
  • the sound input unit 25 is used for inputting sound data (including voice data; the same applies hereinafter).
  • the sound input unit 25 includes a microphone and the like.
  • the sound output unit 26 is used for outputting sound data.
  • the sound output unit 26 includes a speaker and the like.
  • the image pickup unit 27 is used for acquiring image data (including still image data and moving image data; the same applies hereinafter).
  • the image pickup unit 27 includes a camera and the like.
  • the input / output unit 23 is a touch panel
  • the input / output unit 23 and the display unit 24 may be arranged so as to face each other with substantially the same size and shape.
  • the clock unit 29A is a built-in clock of the terminal 20 and outputs time information (timekeeping information).
  • the clock unit 29A is configured to include, for example, a clock using a crystal oscillator and the like, without limitation.
  • the clock unit 29A can be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example without limitation.
  • the clock unit 29A may or may not have a clock to which the NITZ (Network Identity and Time Zone) standard or the like is applied.
  • NITZ Network Identity and Time Zone
  • the position calculation information detection unit 29B has a function of detecting (measuring) information necessary for the control unit 21 to calculate (measure) the position of its own terminal 20 (hereinafter referred to as "position calculation information"). It is a department.
  • the position calculation information detection unit 29B can be expressed as a position calculation sensor unit as an example without limitation.
  • the position calculation information detection unit 29B is not limited to the satellite positioning sensor (satellite positioning), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a satellite positioning system such as GPS (Global Positioning System). Unit), an inertial measurement sensor (IMU (Inertial Measurement Unit)), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using an inertial navigation system, and UWB (Ultra Wideband Radio: Ultra Wide). Band) includes a sensor for calculating the position of the terminal 20 and a UWB positioning sensor (UWB positioning unit) which is a unit.
  • satellite positioning sensor satellite positioning
  • IMU Inertial Measurement Unit
  • UWB Ultra Wideband Radio: Ultra Wide
  • the satellite positioning unit is not limited to, for example, an RF receiving circuit that converts an RF (Radio Frequency) signal including a positioning satellite signal transmitted from a positioning satellite received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. Correlation calculation processing is performed on the digital signal output from the RF receiving circuit to capture the positioning satellite signal, and information such as satellite orbit data and time data extracted from the positioning satellite signal is used as position calculation information. It has a baseband processing circuit to output.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • the inertial measurement unit has an inertial sensor, which is a sensor that detects information necessary for calculating the position of the terminal 20 by inertial navigation calculation.
  • the inertial sensor includes, for example, a 3-axis acceleration sensor and a 3-axis gyro sensor, and the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor are used as position calculation information. Output.
  • the UWB positioning unit is not limited to, and converts an ultra-wideband RF (Radio Frequency) signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal transmitted from a positioning beacon received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. It has a wideband RF receiving circuit, a relative position calculation processing circuit that calculates the relative position between the terminal 20 and the positioning beacon based on a digital signal output from the ultra-wideband RF receiving circuit, and the like. As an example without limitation, the UWB positioning unit may make the terminal 20 function as a positioning beacon by transmitting an ultra-wideband RF signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal from an antenna (not shown). You don't have to.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • the control unit 21 calculates the position of its own terminal 20 at a periodic timing or a specific timing based on the position calculation information detected by the position calculation information detection unit 29B, not as a limitation but as an example.
  • the position of the terminal is referred to as "terminal position”
  • the calculated terminal position is referred to as "calculated terminal position”.
  • the control unit 21 may or may not store the calculated terminal position in the storage unit 28 as the calculated terminal position history data in association with the calculated date and time of the calculated terminal position.
  • the control unit 21 has a circuit that is physically structured to execute a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
  • the control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor (microprocessor), a processor core (processor core), a multiprocessor (multiprocessor), an ASIC (application-specific integrated circuit), and an FPGA (field programmable). gate array) is included.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor microprocessor
  • processor core processor core
  • multiprocessor multiprocessor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the storage unit 28 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the terminal 20 to operate.
  • the storage unit 28 includes various storage media such as HDD (hard disk drive), SSD (solid state drive), flash memory, RAM (random access memory), and ROM (read only memory), as an example without limitation. Further, the storage unit 28 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
  • the terminal 20 stores the program P in the storage unit 28, and by executing this program P, the control unit 21 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 21. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 28 causes the terminal 20 to realize each function executed by the control unit 21. Further, this program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
  • FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the credit card company server 10.
  • the credit card company server 10 includes a control unit 11 (CPU), a storage unit 15, a communication I / F 14 (interface), an input / output unit 12, a display unit 13, and a clock unit 19.
  • Each component of the HW of the credit card company server 10 is connected to each other via bus B, but not by limitation, as an example. It is not essential that the HW of the credit card company server 10 includes all the components as the configuration of the HW of the credit card company server 10. As an example, without limitation, the HW of the credit card company server 10 may or may not be configured to remove individual components or a plurality of components.
  • the control unit 11 has a circuit that is physically structured to execute a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by.
  • the control unit 11 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, an ASIC, or an FPGA. In the present disclosure, the control unit 11 is not limited to these.
  • the storage unit 15 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the credit card company server 10 to operate.
  • the storage unit 15 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 15 is not limited to these. Further, the storage unit 15 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
  • the communication I / F 14 transmits / receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be executed.
  • the communication I / F 14 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a terminal 20 via the network 30.
  • the communication I / F 14 transmits various data to various devices such as a terminal 20 according to an instruction from the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the various data to the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 14 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
  • the input / output unit 12 includes a device for inputting various operations to the credit card company server 10, a device for outputting the processing result processed by the credit card company server 10, and the like.
  • the input / output unit 12 may or may not be integrated into an input unit and an output unit, or may be separated into an input unit and an output unit.
  • the input unit is realized by any or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 11.
  • the input unit is typically realized by a hardware key typified by a keyboard or the like, or a pointing device such as a mouse.
  • the input unit may or may not include, as an example, a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice), without limitation.
  • the output unit is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the control unit 11.
  • the output unit is not limited and includes, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (sound output), a lens (not limited, as an example, 3D (three dimensions) output, hologram output), a printer, and the like.
  • the input / output unit 12 includes a display unit 13 as an example, not a limitation.
  • the display unit 13 is realized by a display or the like.
  • the display is typically realized by a monitor (not limited, but as an example, a liquid crystal display or an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)).
  • the display may or may not be a head-mounted display (HDM) or the like. It should be noted that these displays may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, the display is not limited to these.
  • the clock unit 19 is a built-in clock of the credit card company server 10, and outputs time information (timekeeping information).
  • the clock unit 19 is not limited, but includes, as an example, an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, and the like.
  • the clock unit 19 is not limited, but may be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example.
  • the store terminal 40 is a device used and managed by a store operator (hereinafter referred to as “store operator”).
  • the store terminal 40 is realized not by limitation but by example by a server, a personal computer, a terminal (not a limitation but by example, a mobile terminal (smartphone, PDA, etc.)) and the like.
  • the HW configuration of the store terminal 40 can be configured in the same manner as the credit card company server 10 and the terminal 20, illustrations and explanations will be omitted.
  • the store operator in this embodiment is a business of a store that has a tie-up with a credit card company and has introduced a credit card payment system so that users can purchase products and services with a credit card.
  • a person and is not limited to, and can include businesses of various business types such as convenience stores, supermarkets, fast food stores, restaurants, pharmacies, and department stores.
  • the store operator is an example of the operator in this disclosure.
  • HW configuration of the bank server The HW configuration of the bank server 50 and the parts and circuits constituting each functional unit are not limited, but can be configured in the same manner as the credit card company server 10 and the like. Illustrations and explanations are omitted.
  • the credit card company server 10 stores the program P in the storage unit 15, and by executing this program P, the control unit 11 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 11. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 15 causes the credit card company server 10 to realize each function executed by the control unit 11.
  • This program P may or may not be expressed as a program module. The same applies to other devices.
  • the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and / or the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 is not only a CPU having a control circuit, but also an integrated circuit (IC (Integrated Circuit) chip, LSI (Large Scale Integration)). Each process may or may not be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) or a dedicated circuit formed in the above. Further, these circuits may be realized by one or a plurality of integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may or may not be realized by one integrated circuit. In addition, LSI may be referred to as VLSI, super LSI, ultra LSI, or the like depending on the degree of integration. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit. The same applies to other devices.
  • IC Integrated Circuit
  • LSI Large Scale Integration
  • the program P (not limited to, as an example, a software program, a computer program, or a program module) of each embodiment of the present disclosure may be provided in a state of being stored in a storage medium readable by a computer. It does not have to be done.
  • the storage medium can store the program P in a “non-temporary tangible medium”.
  • the program P may or may not be for realizing a part of the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, it may or may not be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can realize the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure in combination with the program P already recorded in the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may be one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (such as, but not limited to, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or application-specific ICs (ASICs)), hard disks.
  • the storage medium may be volatile, non-volatile, or a combination of volatile and non-volatile, where appropriate.
  • the storage medium is not limited to these examples, and may be any device or medium as long as the program P can be stored. Further, the storage medium may or may not be expressed as a memory.
  • the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 can read the program P stored in the storage medium and execute the read program P to realize the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment. .. The same applies to other devices.
  • the program P of the present disclosure may or may not be provided to the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. You may.
  • the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 is not limited to, but as an example, by executing the program P downloaded via the Internet or the like, the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment are realized. The same applies to other devices.
  • each embodiment of the present disclosure can also be realized in the form of a data signal in which the program P is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • At least a portion of the processing on the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 may or may not be implemented by cloud computing consisting of one or more computers.
  • At least a part or all of the processing in the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the credit card company server 10.
  • the credit card company server 10 may or may not perform at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 or all the processing.
  • At least a part or all of the processing in the credit card company server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20.
  • each functional unit of the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 or all the processing may or may not be performed by the terminal 20.
  • the configuration of the determination in the embodiment of the present disclosure is not essential, and a predetermined process may be operated when the determination condition is satisfied, or a predetermined process may be performed when the determination condition is not satisfied. It may or may not be.
  • the program disclosed in this disclosure is not limited to the use of script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark), compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark), and markup languages such as HTML5. Will be implemented.
  • script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark)
  • compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark)
  • markup languages such as HTML5. Will be implemented.
  • FIG. 1-2 is a diagram showing an example of a function realized by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the control unit 11 includes, as an example, not limited to, a credit card payment management processing unit 111 for executing a credit card payment management processing according to the credit card payment management processing program 151 stored in the storage unit 15 as a functional unit.
  • FIG. 1-3 is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 15 is not limited, but as an example, a credit card payment management processing program 151 executed as a credit card payment management process, user registration data 153, affiliated bank data 155, affiliated store data 157, and user management. Database 159 and is stored.
  • the user registration data 153 is registration data of the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20 using the credit card payment service, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-4.
  • the name, the contractor ID, the authentication password, the credit card information, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
  • the name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the credit card payment service, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the credit card payment is stored.
  • the contractor ID is an ID that functions as identification information for identifying this user.
  • the contractor ID is preferably a unique value for each user, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) for each user is set and stored by the credit card company server 10.
  • the contractor ID is information associated with the user of the terminal, and is an example of information about the user of the terminal.
  • the authentication password is a password for authentication that requires input to the terminal 20 in the authentication process executed when the various functions provided as the functions of the credit card payment service are used in the terminal 20 of this user, and is limited. Instead, as an example, the password set by the user is remembered.
  • the credit card information is information about the credit card of the user of this contractor ID, and is not limited to the information such as the credit card number, the expiration date of the credit card, and the security code.
  • the other registration information is other registration information of this user, and may include some or all of the following information as an example without limitation.
  • -Address (or whereabouts) This user's address (or whereabouts). The address (or whereabouts) registered when the user uses the credit card payment service is stored.
  • -Telephone number This user's phone number. As an example, not a limitation, a telephone number registered when a user of the terminal 20 uses a credit card payment service (not a limitation, but an example, a terminal telephone number which is a telephone number of the terminal 20) is stored.
  • -Email address The email address of this user. As an example, not a limitation, an e-mail address registered when a user of the terminal 20 uses a credit card payment service (a terminal e-mail address which is an e-mail address of the terminal 20 as an example, not a limitation) is stored.
  • the above-mentioned various user information may be stored and managed by the credit card company server 10 as user information common to other services that can be provided by the credit card company server 10 and the credit card payment service.
  • the credit card company server 10 may store and manage it as another user information.
  • the affiliated bank data 155 is the management data of the affiliated banks, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-5.
  • the affiliated bank data 155 stores, but is not limited to, the affiliated bank ID, the affiliated bank name, the affiliated bank server URI, and other affiliated bank information in association with each other.
  • the affiliated bank ID is an ID that functions as identification information for identifying the affiliated bank or the bank server 50.
  • the affiliated bank ID may include information such as a bank code and a branch code as an example without limitation.
  • the name of the affiliated bank (not limited, but as an example, the trade name, nickname, or common name of the affiliated bank) is stored in the affiliated bank name.
  • a URI Uniform Resource Identifier
  • URL Uniform Resource Locator
  • Other affiliated bank information is other registered information of the affiliated bank having this affiliated bank ID, and is not limited, but as an example, the address of the affiliated bank, the icon symbolizing the affiliated bank used in the credit card payment service. Information such as affiliated bank icon images, which are image data, is included in this.
  • the affiliated store data 157 is the management data of the affiliated store, and is not limited to the information such as the ID for identifying the affiliated store (affiliated store ID), the name of the affiliated store, the address and contact information of the affiliated store, and the like. It will be remembered.
  • the user management database 159 is a database that stores management data related to users registered in the user registration data 153, and an example of the data structure of the user management database 159A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 1-6.
  • the user management database 159A stores user management data as management data for each contractor ID stored in the user registration data 153.
  • Each user management data is not limited, but as an example, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data are stored.
  • the transaction data is data related to a transaction performed by the user of this contractor ID, and is not limited but is stored as an example in which the transaction ID, the store ID, and the purchase information are associated with each other. In addition to this, it is also possible to store information such as credit inquiry results.
  • the transaction ID is an ID for identifying a transaction for purchasing a product or service by a user of this contractor ID, and preferably a unique value is set and stored for each transaction.
  • the store ID corresponding to the store in which the transaction of this transaction ID was performed is stored in the store ID.
  • the purchase information is information related to the purchase of goods or services in the transaction, and information such as the date and time of purchase, the store of purchase, and the purchase price is stored as an example, not limited.
  • the information that the credit card company server 10 can acquire from the store regarding the transaction of credit card payment is not limited, and it is possible that the information is, for example, the date and time of purchase, the store where the purchase was made, and the purchase price. However, this is just an example, and in addition to this, information such as the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, etc. may be obtained from the store, and this information may also be stored as purchase information. You don't have to.
  • the registered bank account data is data related to the bank account associated with the credit card of the user of this contractor ID, and the account ID and the account transfer token are stored as an example without limitation.
  • the account ID is information for identifying the bank account of the user of this contractor ID.
  • the account ID may include information such as a bank code, a branch code, and an account number, as an example, without limitation, in addition to an identification number for identifying a bank account.
  • the account ID identifies the bank account associated with the credit card of the user with this contractor ID.
  • the credit card company server 10 Based on the information such as the bank code, branch code, and account number, the credit card company server 10 displays the information of the bank account linked to the credit card on the web page of the credit card company described later (not limited, but as an example, the payment account). By displaying it on the setting page), the user who has accessed this web page can confirm the information of the bank account linked to the credit card.
  • the account transfer token is information for authentication issued by the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages this bank account for the bank account of this account ID.
  • the credit card company server 10 is based on an account transfer token issued by the bank server 50 in advance and notified from the bank server 50 and an amount for requesting / requesting an account transfer (hereinafter referred to as "transfer request amount"). Then, the bank server 50 is requested / requested to transfer the account ID of this account ID to the bank account.
  • the account transfer token may be expressed as a withdrawal token, an access token, or the like.
  • the payment account setting data is data related to the set payment account information (payment account setting information), and is not limited but is stored as an example in which the transaction ID and the payment account ID are associated with each other.
  • the transaction ID of the above transaction data is stored in the transaction ID.
  • the account ID corresponding to the bank account selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 among the account IDs stored in the registered bank account data is stored and set in the payment account ID.
  • a bank account designated in advance by the user among the registered bank accounts may be set as the default payment account.
  • the payment account ID can be updated with that account ID.
  • the payment account setting data is not limited, but as an example, after the monthly account transfer (withdrawal) in credit card payment is completed, it is saved as the payment account setting data for the current month, or deleted or reset. Can be done.
  • FIG. 1-7 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the control unit 21 includes, as an example, not limited to, the terminal main processing unit 211 as a main functional unit.
  • the terminal main processing unit 211 has a function of performing processing based on various functions according to the terminal main processing program 281 stored in the storage unit 28.
  • FIG. 1-8 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the storage unit 28 stores, as an example, not a limitation, a terminal main processing program 281 executed as a terminal main processing.
  • FIG. 1-9 is a diagram for explaining the principle of the credit card payment service in this embodiment, and illustrates the flow of credit card payment.
  • any of the following is included as an example without limitation.
  • A-1 When the user (customer) of the terminal 20 makes a payment by credit card using the store terminal 40 at the store (A-2)
  • the user (customer) of the terminal 20 is an EC site (not limited, but an example).
  • EC site not limited, but an example.
  • FIG. 1-9 as an example, not limited to these, a case where the user (customer) of the terminal 20 (A-1) performs a payment procedure by a credit card using the store terminal 40 at a store is exemplified. ((1) to (9B) shown in FIGS. 1-9).
  • the store terminal 40 uses information related to the transaction (not limited to the settlement date and time, the settlement store, the product name, the service name, the purchase amount (settlement amount), etc.) and the credit inquiry (credit) of the purchase amount.
  • Information requesting the credit card company to perform the inquiry process is transmitted to the credit card company server 10.
  • the credit inquiry is also referred to as “authorization (also referred to as” authorization “for short)” or “provisional billing”, and the credit confirmation (credit) of the card user (user) to the credit card company. Confirming the validity of the card and confirming the credit card usage limit).
  • authorization also referred to as” authorization "for short)” or “provisional billing
  • credit confirmation credit
  • the process of making a credit inquiry by the credit card company server 10 will be referred to as “credit inquiry process”. If the result of the credit inquiry is "approved” by the credit card company (hereinafter referred to as “credit inquiry result: approval”), the settlement amount is temporarily (tentatively) secured. If the result of the credit inquiry is “denied” by the credit card company (hereinafter referred to as “credit inquiry result: denial”), the settlement amount is not secured.
  • the credit card company server 10 that has executed the credit inquiry process transmits the information of the credit inquiry result (“approval” or “denial”) to the store terminal 40.
  • the credit card company server 10 that has executed the credit inquiry process transmits the information of the result of the credit inquiry to the store terminal 40, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the information on the result of the credit inquiry may be transmitted only to the terminal 20, or the information on the result of the credit inquiry may be transmitted to both the store terminal 40 and the terminal 20.
  • the result of the credit inquiry is "approval”
  • the user (clerk) of the store terminal 40 who received (4) the information of the credit inquiry result (credit inquiry result: approval) provides the product or service purchased in (1) to the user (customer) of the terminal 20. do.
  • the credit card company server 10 pays the purchase amount and the settlement amount to the store.
  • a method for the credit card company server 10 to pay the payment amount to the store a method for the credit card company to transfer money to the bank account linked to the store or the store terminal 40, or a credit card company or a credit card company.
  • a method of transferring from a bank account linked to the server 10 to a store or a bank account linked to the store terminal 40 can be considered.
  • the credit card company server 10 includes information related to the billing of the payment amount temporarily paid by the credit card company server 10 to the store terminal 40 (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, receipt information, etc.). , Information for setting which bank account to pay this payment amount from (not limited, but as an example, link information to the web page of the credit card company (URI (URL), etc.)) Send to terminal 20.
  • URI URL
  • the user of the terminal 20 who has received the information related to the billing of the payment amount performs an operation of selecting from which bank account the payment of the payment amount is to be performed, so that the terminal 20 selects the payment account.
  • the information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10.
  • the payment account is set by the credit card company server 10.
  • the credit card company server 10 makes an account with the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages the bank account set as the payment account at the timing of requesting (requesting) the account transfer from the affiliated bank. Request a transfer (withdrawal).
  • (9A) Bank A server 50A transfers the transfer request amount to the account and pays the transfer request amount to the credit card company.
  • Bank B server 50B transfers the transfer request amount to the account and pays the transfer request amount to the credit card company.
  • ⁇ Display screen> In the following, not only but as an example, a case where the terminal 20 is a smartphone provided with a display unit 24 of a vertically long display will be illustrated.
  • the smartphone is not limited, but as an example, a touch panel that functions as an input unit is arranged facing the display, thereby forming a touch screen.
  • a touch panel that functions as an input unit is arranged facing the display, thereby forming a touch screen.
  • an element such as an icon, button, item, or input area is displayed on the display, if the user operates a part of the touch panel that faces the area where the element is displayed.
  • the program associated with the element or the subroutine of that program is executed.
  • the tap is not limited to, but as an example, the user touches the display unit 24 (touch screen) in which the touch panel is integrated by tapping it with a finger or a pen tip, and then releases the touch panel. It is an operation.
  • transition of the display screen described below is only an example of the transition of the display screen for realizing the method of the present disclosure.
  • the display of some display screens may be omitted, or another display screen may be added.
  • FIG. 1-10 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
  • the left side of Fig. 1-10 is not a limitation but an example, a credit card company (credit card payment service operator) (not a limitation but an example, "X credit card company", hereinafter, this operator name is appropriately referred to as "X card”.
  • X card credit card company
  • As billing information an e-mail containing product purchase information and link information to the credit card company's web page (not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting page) (hereinafter, "E" as appropriate).
  • E payment account setting page
  • the characters "e-mail" are displayed to notify the user which web page is displayed.
  • a subject display area indicating the subject (title) of the received e-mail is configured below it.
  • the characters "Notice of card usage” are displayed in the subject display area as the subject.
  • a sender display area indicating the sender (sender) of the received e-mail is configured.
  • the characters "From:” and the sender ("X card” in this example) are configured. Characters are displayed in the sender display area.
  • a text display area showing the text of the received e-mail is configured.
  • the characters "Usage information” are displayed as the heading of the text, not as a limitation.
  • the product purchase information of this credit card payment is displayed, and it is not limited, but as an example, the "use date” column indicating the purchase date and the "use destination” indicating the purchase store are displayed. There is a column and a column for "usage amount” indicating the purchase amount.
  • "2020/10/28” is in the "Usage date” column
  • "Store A” is in the “Usage destination” column
  • "10,000” is in the “Usage amount” column.
  • “Circle” is displayed respectively.
  • the link button BT1 including is displayed.
  • the center of FIG. 1-10 shows an example of the display screen of the payment account setting page (not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting screen) among the web pages of the credit card company.
  • an area indicating that this web page is a page for setting a payment account is configured, and in this example, the characters "payment account setting" are displayed.
  • a bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured.
  • the letters "Bank A” are displayed as the bank name corresponding to Bank A, and the number “XXXXX” is displayed as the account number.
  • the characters “Bank B” are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B”, and the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number.
  • an area for displaying product purchase information (not limited, but as an example, purchase date and time, purchase store, purchase amount, etc.) is configured.
  • the product purchase of this credit card payment is configured.
  • the "use date” column ("2020/10/28” in this example)
  • the "usage amount” column ("10,000 yen” in this example)
  • the "details” column (this example).
  • link information for confirming the details) is displayed.
  • the link information in the "details” column is link information with a link to the web page of the credit card company, which includes detailed information on the purchase of goods.
  • the detailed information of the product purchase information may include, but is not limited to, information such as the date and time of purchase, the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, the purchase price, and the store of purchase.
  • a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account for account transfer is configured.
  • A is displayed in the "payment account” column.
  • the first icon IC1A including the character “Bank A” corresponding to the bank and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to the bank B are displayed.
  • a second icon display area for displaying the second icon for saving / determining the information is configured.
  • “save” is configured.
  • the second icon IC2 including the character of is displayed.
  • the second icon IC2 may be used as a second button. The same applies hereinafter.
  • an area indicating that the payment account setting is completed is configured below it, and in this example, the characters "Payment account setting is completed.” Are displayed.
  • an area for displaying product purchase information is configured, and the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • an area for displaying the set payment account is configured on the right side, and in this example, the characters "payment account” and the characters "bank A" corresponding to bank A are displayed. ing.
  • ⁇ Processing> 11 and 1-12 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A terminal 20 of user A.A
  • a process executed by the control unit (not shown) of the store terminal 40A store terminal 40 of store A
  • Processing executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 processing executed by the control unit (not shown) of the bank A server 50A (bank server 50 of the bank A), bank B server 50B (bank server 50 of the bank B).
  • the processing executed by the control unit of the store terminal 40 is not shown. This is the same as below.
  • User A uses the store terminal 40A to perform a procedure for credit card payment, and the user A.
  • An example of processing is performed when selecting from two bank accounts, that is, the bank account of bank A and the bank account of bank B, which are linked to the credit card of A.
  • the number of bank accounts linked to a credit card is not limited to two, but the same applies when there are three or more, so illustrations and explanations are omitted here.
  • this process is merely an example of a process for realizing the method of the present disclosure, and is not limited to this process. Another step may be added to this process, or some steps may be omitted (deleted) from this process. This is the same for each flowchart (process) described below.
  • the control unit of the store terminal 40A is not limited, but as an example, the received credit card information and the information regarding the transaction at the store.
  • a credit inquiry that includes (as an example, but not a limitation) information such as the date and time of purchase, the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, the purchase price, etc.
  • the request information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F (not shown).
  • the control unit 11 When the credit inquiry request information is received from the store terminal 40A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 refers to the user registration data 153 and identifies the contractor ID corresponding to the received credit card information. Then, among the user management data stored in the user management database 159A, the transaction data of the user management data corresponding to the specified contractor ID stores the information related to the received transaction. Then, the control unit 11 executes the credit inquiry process based on the received credit inquiry request information (C110). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the credit inquiry result information including the information of the credit inquiry result to the store terminal 40A as an example, not limited to the communication I / F14 (C120).
  • the control unit of the store terminal 40A displays the credit inquiry result on the display unit (not shown) based on the received credit inquiry result information. Let (B120). Then, the control unit of the store terminal 40A returns to the beginning.
  • the credit card company server 10 may or may not transmit the credit inquiry result information to the terminal 20A as well.
  • the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the credit inquiry result based on the received credit inquiry result information. can do.
  • credit is used to notify (notify) the credit inquiry result regardless of whether the credit inquiry result is "approved” or the credit inquiry result is "denied”.
  • the credit card company server 10 is transmitting credit inquiry result information.
  • the control unit 11 performs information regarding billing of the purchase amount (as an example, not limited).
  • the billing information including the link information (URI (not limited but URL as an example)) to the web page of the above is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C130).
  • the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received billing information (or information based on the billing information) (A130). Specifically, the display unit 24 displays the product purchase information and the link information to the web page of the credit card company (as an example, not the limitation, the payment account setting page) as an example, not the limitation.
  • the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made via the input unit based on the billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (A140). Specifically, it is not limited, but as an example, it is determined whether or not the operation via the input unit for the link information to the web page (payment account setting page) of the credit card company is detected.
  • "payment account setting" means, for example, setting a payment account for a transaction each time a transaction is made.
  • the control unit 21 proceeds to A195.
  • the control unit 21 displays the payment account setting request information for moving to the payment account setting page as an example, not limited to the above. It is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A150).
  • the payment account setting request information may include, for example, at least the transaction ID information in the billing information as information for moving to the payment account setting page, without limitation.
  • control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received (C140). If it is determined that the payment account setting request information has not been received (C140: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to step C180.
  • the control unit 11 has information related to the billing of the payment amount (example, not limited) based on the received payment account setting request information. (Product purchase information, receipt information, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, for example, bank name, account number, etc.), and other information necessary to set up a payment account.
  • Information for payment account setting including (as an example, not a limitation, a first icon corresponding to a bank account, a second icon to be saved / determined after selecting the first icon, etc.) is sent to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14. Send (C150).
  • the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160).
  • product purchase information purchase date and time, purchase store, purchase amount, etc.
  • bank account information linked to the credit card bank name, account number, etc.
  • payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24.
  • the control unit 21 accepts an input for selecting a payment account by the user via the input unit (A170).
  • the first icon displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A is not limited, but corresponds to the bank A among the first icon corresponding to the bank A and the first icon corresponding to the bank B in this example.
  • the first icon) is the user A.
  • the second icon is the user A.
  • the control unit 21 communicates the payment account selection information including the information of the selected bank account (in this example, the bank account of bank A) to the communication I /. It is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by F22 (A180).
  • the control unit 11 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the payment account setting process (C160). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the corresponding transaction ID in the payment account setting data among the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. The account ID corresponding to the payment account specified from the received payment account selection information is stored in the payment account ID for the transaction. That is, in this embodiment, the credit card company server 10 sets the payment account.
  • control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting completion information for notifying that the payment account setting is completed to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 (C170).
  • the control unit 21 Upon receiving the payment account setting completion information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the completion screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A190).
  • a payment account setting completion screen including information such as product purchase information and payment account information (information notifying that one of the bank accounts has been set as a payment account, etc.) is displayed on the display unit 24. You can let them do it.
  • control unit 21 determines whether or not to end the processing (A195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (A195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (A195: YES), the control unit 21 ends the process.
  • the account transfer request condition is a condition for requesting (requesting) an account transfer from the bank server 50, and is not a limitation but an example. It's 24:00 on the 25th).
  • the control unit 11 transfers the account transfer request information to the corresponding bank server 50 based on the transaction data included in the user management data and the payment account setting data. Is transmitted by communication I / F14 (C190). Specifically, the transaction ID stored in association with the payment account ID is specified for each payment account ID by referring to the payment account setting data. Then, with reference to the transaction data, the total amount of the purchase amounts stored in association with the specified transaction ID is calculated as the transfer request amount of the payment account. Then, referring to the affiliated bank data 155, the corresponding affiliated bank server URI is acquired for each payment account ID, and the calculated transfer request amount and the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID are included.
  • the account transfer request information is transmitted to the corresponding bank server 50 by the communication I / F14 with the corresponding affiliated bank server URI as the access destination. Then, the control unit 11 saves, deletes, or resets the latest payment account setting data as payment account setting data for the current month.
  • processing between the credit card company server 10 and the bank server 50 can be realized by an application programming interface (API) or the like. This is the same as below.
  • API application programming interface
  • control unit 11 determines whether or not to end the processing (C195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (C195: NO), the process returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (C195: YES), the control unit 11 ends the process.
  • the control unit (not shown) of the bank A server 50A performs the account transfer process based on the received account transfer request information. Is executed (D190).
  • control unit of the bank A server 50A determines whether or not to end the processing (D195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (D195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (D195: YES), the process ends.
  • the control unit (not shown) of the bank B server 50B is based on the received account transfer request information. Execute the account transfer process (E190).
  • control unit of the B bank server 50B determines whether or not to end the processing (E195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (E195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (E195: YES), the process ends.
  • the credit card company server 10 transmits the account transfer request information to the bank server 50, and the bank server 50 performs the account transfer processing.
  • the step of C180 is omitted, and the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 executes the step of C190 after C170. That is, each time the payment account setting process is performed, the account transfer request information including the purchase amount corresponding to the transaction is transmitted to the bank server 50.
  • the bank server 50 cumulatively adds and updates the purchase amount based on the account transfer request information transmitted from the credit card company server 10 for each transaction. Then, when the bank transfer condition (not limited, but as an example, the account transfer date and time in the credit card payment is reached) is satisfied, the bank server 50 transfers the latest accumulated amount stored in the account to the payment account. As the amount of money, the account transfer process can be performed.
  • the bank transfer condition not limited, but as an example, the account transfer date and time in the credit card payment is reached
  • the plurality of accounts do not necessarily have to be an account (account information) in which the user of the terminal 20 is the holder, but may be an account (account information) related to the user of the terminal 20. .. Something like a so-called shared wallet can also be included in this.
  • the credit card does not necessarily have to be a credit card whose owner is the user of the terminal 20, but may be a credit card related to the user of the terminal 20. The details will be described later, but the case where a credit card such as (A) corporate credit card, (B) family credit card, etc. is applied is an example without limitation.
  • purchase information (billing information, but not a limitation) is displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20, and then a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal 20 (a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal 20) on the payment account setting page. Registered bank account information) will be displayed, but it is not limited to this.
  • purchase information and multiple account information may be displayed on the same screen (or the same page). Further, in this case, the purchase information and the plurality of account information may be displayed at the same time or may be displayed non-simultaneously. Further, in this case, the purchase information and the plurality of account information may be displayed in a visually recognizable positional relationship or mode, or only one of the information may be visually recognizable in a positional relationship or mode. It may be displayed with. As an example, not limited to this, after displaying the purchase information on one screen, a plurality of account information may be displayed so as to be superimposed (overlapped) on the purchase information.
  • this display method is not limited to the case of displaying purchase information and a plurality of account information, but is also applicable to the case of displaying two or more various types of information.
  • the terminal 20 is billing information (not limited, but not limited) regarding a product or service purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by payment by credit card payment, pay-as-you-go, etc. (not limited, but an example of postpay). (Example of purchase information) is received by communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 displays the received billing information and the registered bank account information of the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal) 24 (not limited). , An example of the display part of the terminal).
  • one account (not limited, but an example of the first account related to the first account information) is selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 based on the registered bank account information.
  • the display unit 24 displays payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of first information regarding payment of at least a part of purchase information in the first account related to the first account information). Shows.
  • the terminal user confirm the goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment.
  • the terminal user is made to confirm that the payment of at least a part of the purchase information is paid by the first account related to the first account information.
  • payment of goods or services purchased after payment can be made from the first account.
  • the purchase information may or may not be received by the terminal from a server of a postpaid service provider such as a credit card company server, or from a store terminal or an EC server with which a transaction has been made. You may. Further, although the details will be described later, it is also possible to receive from the server or the like of another service provider.
  • a postpaid service provider such as a credit card company server
  • the terminal 20 selects the first account information in the registered bank account information and the first billing information in the billing information by the user of the terminal 20, the first account is used.
  • the display unit 24 displays the first payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of the first information regarding payment of the first purchase information in the first account) indicating that the setting for the payment account is completed.
  • the display unit 24 displays the second payment account setting completion information (not limited to the second information regarding payment of the second purchase information in the second account).
  • the payment is made from the account related to the account information selected by the user of the terminal among the plurality of account information. Can be made to be confirmed by the user of the terminal, and the payment can be made from the corresponding account.
  • the terminal 20 transfers an account from a plurality of registered bank account information to the billing information (not limited, but an example of the first purchase information) of one of the billing information.
  • Information such as a first icon for selecting account information (an example of third information regarding the ability to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information, not limited) is displayed on the display unit 24.
  • the configuration is shown. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information for the first purchase information of the purchase information. It is possible to notify the user.
  • the registered bank account information is stored in the credit card company server 10 in association with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the credit card information related to the user of the terminal). Can be done. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, a plurality of account information can be associated with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal.
  • the registered bank account information is associated with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal 20 (not limited to an example of the credit card information related to the user of the terminal), and is stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20. You may do so.
  • the deferred payment is made by a credit card
  • the payment made by the credit card for at least a part of the billing information is paid from the payment account (first account) selected by the user of the own terminal 20.
  • the payment account first account
  • payment for at least a part of the purchase information of the goods or services purchased postpaid by the terminal user is to the first account information selected by the terminal user. It can be done from the relevant first account.
  • deferred payment may include payment by a set date or a set date.
  • deferred payment can be made from the account selected by the user of the terminal by a set date or a set date.
  • the credit card company server 10 (not limited, but an example of the server) provides transaction information (not limited, but an example of purchase information) by credit card payment by the user of the terminal 20 to the store terminal 40 or EC. Received from the server and transmitted the corresponding billing information (purchase information) to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14. Then, the credit card company server 10 provides payment account selection information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal). The configuration of receiving from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 is shown.
  • the account for payment is set as the first account, etc. can do.
  • the control unit 11 transmits notification information to the effect that the first account has been selected to the terminal 20. Then, the terminal 20 may display this notification information on the display unit 24.
  • the control unit 11 causes the selected first account to be displayed in a display mode different from that of the unselected bank account. You may do so.
  • the selected first account can be highlighted as an example, not a limitation.
  • the terminal 20 can acquire the credit card application from the credit card company server 10 and install it in advance, and execute the credit card application stored in the storage unit 28.
  • the data of the account of the credit card application can be stored and managed by the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 as an example without limitation.
  • the payment account may be changed to another bank account based on the input for changing the payment account by the user of the terminal 20.
  • this is referred to as "change of payment account”.
  • the user of the terminal 20 accesses the payment account setting page of the credit card company server 10 from the terminal 20 and inputs to change the payment account. Then, the credit card company server 10 updates the payment account ID associated with the corresponding transaction ID in the payment account setting data of the user management data of the user to the payment account ID corresponding to the designated payment account. By doing so, change the payment account.
  • the method of the above-mentioned embodiment can be similarly applied to the above-mentioned (2) Tsuke payment.
  • the processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment by rewriting the processing performed by the credit card company server 10 to the processing performed by a device such as a server of a pay-as-you-go business operator.
  • FIG. 1-13 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. This process is an example of processing when applying Tsuke payment each time. Similar to credit card payment, a payment account is set based on user input from the web page of the Tsuke payment business operator, and the account is set from the set payment account. It is described as an example of processing for transferring.
  • the user of the terminal 20 notifies the tsuke payment business of a plurality of bank account information related to himself / herself at the time of contract for tsuke payment, and the server of the tsuke payment business (hereinafter, "tsuke payment"). It can be registered on the "business server").
  • the processing equivalent to (1) credit inquiry in credit card payment is performed based on information such as the purchase amount, the frequency of use of Tsuke payment, and the past payment record, as an example, not limited. Can be done. The process corresponding to this credit inquiry may not be performed. In addition, the credit may be examined at the timing of the contract for payment.
  • the control unit of the Tsuke payment business server sends the account transfer request information to the bank server 50 of the bank corresponding to the payment account set in the payment account setting process by communication I / F. Is transmitted (G190).
  • the account transfer can be performed every time the user of the terminal 20 makes a transaction (each time a product or service is purchased).
  • the bank server 50 to which the account transfer request information is transmitted in the G190 is a bank server corresponding to one bank account selectively set as a payment account for the transaction.
  • control unit of the pay-as-you-go business server determines whether or not to end the processing (G195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (G195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined that the processing is terminated (G195: YES), the control unit of the pay-as-you-go business server terminates the processing.
  • ⁇ First modification (5)> Not limited to the method of setting up a payment account via the credit card company's web page or credit card application, the payment account is provided by a business operator different from the credit card company and through an application different from the credit application. May be set.
  • Applications that differ from credit card applications include, but are not limited to, the following applications.
  • the chat application is an application provided by a chat service provider and is an application for a user to chat. This includes, but is not limited to, messaging applications provided by messaging service providers.
  • the electronic money application is an application provided by an electronic money service provider, and is an application for a user to make an electronic payment (not limited, but as an example, payment by electronic money).
  • the messaging service is an instant messaging service (IMS (Instant Messaging Service)) for transmitting and receiving simple messages between a plurality of devices via the server 60, and this messaging application is appropriately referred to as “Messaging App”. It is illustrated and explained as.
  • IMS Instant Messaging Service
  • the messaging service (including IMS) can be considered as one form (one form) of the social networking service (SNS). Therefore, the messaging service and the social networking service may or may not be distinguished. That is, the social networking service may or may not include a messaging service.
  • the message includes image information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), sound information (including voice information), and operation information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), as an example without limitation.
  • image information including at least one of still image information and moving image information
  • sound information including voice information
  • operation information including at least one of still image information and moving image information
  • the text may include, as an example, without limitation, at least one of national characters represented by character codes, extended characters, machine-dependent characters, numbers, symbols, figures and codes.
  • the text may not include at least one of the above characters, extended characters, machine-dependent characters, numbers, symbols, figures and symbols, and may include other texts.
  • the image information can include at least one of various image information such as an icon, a button, a stamp, a pictogram, and a banner image, as an example without limitation.
  • the information sent and received by the messaging service is referred to as a "message”, but this may be expressed as "content" in a broader sense.
  • the content is not limited, but as an example, text, image information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), sound information (including voice information), and operation information (button). , Icon, etc.), specific information, communication information, link information (URL, URI, etc.), and various other information that can be sent and received between devices can be included.
  • the message may be text, and the "content" may include the message and information other than the message.
  • the messaging service herein is an example of a chat service.
  • the messaging service is configured to allow users to chat using a chat room.
  • a UI User Interface
  • GUI Graphic User Interface
  • the talk room may or may not be referred to as a chat room.
  • the talk room is not limited, but as an example, a talk room of one-to-one users (hereinafter referred to as "one-to-one talk room”) and a talk room of a group including a plurality of users (hereinafter referred to as “one-to-one talk room”).
  • a "group talk room”) can be included.
  • the talk room means a UI or GUI that allows users included in the group to view content transmitted / received between terminals of the group including a plurality of users.
  • the user of the terminal 20 using the messaging service is referred to as a "general user”, and the account of this general user is referred to as a “general account”.
  • general user users of unillustrated business equipment and business terminals that use messaging services are called “Official Account (OA) business operators", and the accounts of these business operators are called “official accounts”. It is called. That is, in the present specification, the account of the messaging service includes a general account and an official account.
  • OA Operafficial Account
  • a business operator having an official account can also send and receive messages to and from other devices via the server 60, as in the case of the terminal 20 having a general account, by the business operator device or the business terminal, for example, without limitation. It is possible. As an example, but not limited to, a message transmitted from a user's terminal 20 having a general account to a business device or a business terminal is also sent via the server 60, as in the case where a message is sent to another terminal 20. Delivered to business equipment and business terminals. Then, the history of the message is displayed as a talk room or the like on the display unit (not shown) of the business operator device or the business operator terminal.
  • the talk room is not limited, but is not limited to, for example, a "one-to-one talk room” which is a talk room for one-to-one users and a "group talk room” for a group including a plurality of users.
  • a talk room with an OA operator hereinafter referred to as "OA talk room” can be included.
  • the talk information is stored and managed in the storage unit 65 of the server 60, but the talk information added and updated by the server 60 is transmitted to the terminal 20 and is transmitted to the terminal 20. It is assumed that the storage unit 28 also stores and holds the talk information separately from the server 60.
  • Talk information is not limited, but as an example, a series of talk contents including contents exchanged between accounts (one-to-one, including groups) (messages as an example, not limited), history of content exchanges ( Information such as (history of transmission / reception of contents).
  • the talk information stored and managed by the server 60 is not limited, but as an example, the server is at the timing when a certain time (not limited, several weeks) has elapsed. It can be erased from the storage unit 65 of 60.
  • the data of the talk information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 can be retained unless the user of the terminal 20 inputs an erasure via the input unit.
  • the terminal 20 may not hold the talk information, and the terminal 20 may or may not acquire and display the talk information stored and managed by the server 60. May be good.
  • FIG. 1-14 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1B in this modification.
  • the communication system 1B is a system in which a server 60 is added as a component to the communication system 1A of FIG. 1-1.
  • the server 60 (not limited to, an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (a messaging service in this modification) to the terminal 20.
  • the server 60 may be any device as long as it can realize the functions described in this modification.
  • the server 60 is not limited, but by example, a server device, a computer (not limited, by example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, by example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, a digital video recorder). ), Handheld computer devices (for example, but not limited to, PDA, e-mail client, etc.), or other types of computers, or communication platforms.
  • the server 60 may be expressed as an information processing device. When it is not necessary to distinguish between the server 60 and the terminal 20, the server 60 and the terminal 20 may or may not be expressed as information processing devices, respectively.
  • the server 60 includes, as an example, not limited to, a control unit 61 (CPU), a storage unit 65, a communication I / F 64 (interface), an input / output unit 62, and a clock unit 69.
  • Each component of the HW of the server 60 is interconnected via bus B, as an example, but not limited to. It is not essential that the HW of the server 60 includes all the components as the configuration of the HW of the server 60. As an example, but not limited to, the HW of the server 60 may or may not be configured to remove individual or multiple components.
  • the HW of the server 60 is not limited, and can be the same as a device such as the credit card company server 10 as an example, so the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • the user of the server 60 is a messaging service provider (hereinafter referred to as “messaging service provider").
  • the messaging service provider shall be a different operator from the credit card company.
  • the credit card company (credit card company server 10) can grasp which user made the credit card payment, but the messaging service business.
  • the person (server 60) needs to know which user made the credit card payment.
  • any of the following methods can be applied as an example without limitation.
  • the user of the terminal 20 notifies the credit card company of the account information of the messaging application (not limited, but as an example, the messaging application ID described later).
  • the account information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10.
  • the user of the method (Y) terminal 20 for registering the account information in association with the user information notifies the messaging service provider of the credit card information.
  • the credit card information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 60. Then, on the server 60, a method for registering the credit card information in association with the account information of the messaging service.
  • FIG. 1-15 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159B, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this modification.
  • each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, the messaging application ID of the user of this contractor ID. ..
  • This messaging application ID is not limited, but as an example, at some timing (as an example, not limited, if you use the credit card service while already using the messaging service, when you sign up for the credit card service, the credit card service is already available.
  • the messaging application ID is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10 at the timing when the messaging service is contracted).
  • the messaging application ID is transmitted from the server 60 to the credit card company server 10.
  • the credit card company server 10 can store the received messaging application ID in the user management data in association with the contractor ID and register it.
  • FIG. 1-16 is a diagram showing an example of a function realized by the control unit 61 of the server 60 in this modification.
  • the control unit 61 includes a messaging application management processing unit 611 that executes a messaging application management process according to the messaging application management processing program 651 stored in the storage unit 65 as a functional unit.
  • FIG. 1-17 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
  • the storage unit 65 stores, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application management processing program 651 executed as a messaging application management process, account registration data 653, and an account management database 655.
  • the account registration data 653 is registration data relating to the account of the messaging application, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-18.
  • the account registration data 653 stores, as an example, without limitation, a user name, a messaging application ID, and other registration information in association with each other.
  • the user name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the messaging application, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the messaging application is stored.
  • the messaging application ID is information used to identify the account of the messaging application, or the account itself.
  • the messaging application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 60.
  • the messaging application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
  • Other registration information is not limited, but is used for identification information for identifying the terminal 20, a terminal 20 telephone number (terminal telephone number), an email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the application.
  • Various types of information such as authentication information such as passwords (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
  • the identification information for identifying the terminal 20 may be a terminal ID (IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) as an example, not a limitation) as an example rather than a limitation. Further, the identification information for identifying the user of the terminal 20 is not limited, but may be a messaging application ID as an example. The "user ID" may or may not be used instead of the messaging application ID.
  • IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity
  • the account management database 655 is a database for managing accounts stored in the account registration data 653, and an example of data configuration of the account management database 655A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 1-19.
  • the account management database 655A stores account management data as management data for each messaging application ID stored in the account registration data 653.
  • Each account management data is not limited, but as an example, friend data, talk information data, and transaction data are stored.
  • Friend data is data related to the account registered as a friend by the account of this messaging application ID.
  • Accounts registered as friends can include the above-mentioned official accounts in addition to the above-mentioned general accounts.
  • the talk information data is the talk information data of the account of this messaging application ID.
  • the server 60 receives the message information transmitted from the terminal 20 from which the message information is transmitted, and adds the received message information to the talk room of the corresponding account. Specifically, in the account management data of the corresponding account in the account management database 655A, the received message information is added to the talk information of the corresponding talk room and updated. Then, the server 60 transmits the content added to the talk room (message information added to the talk room) to the terminal 20 of the destination user. As a result, the message information in the talk room displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 is updated.
  • the transaction data is data of purchase information purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by credit card payment, which is stored based on the billing information (purchase information) transmitted from the credit card company server 10.
  • the transaction data stored in the account management data may be data including at least a part of the information stored in the transaction data stored in the user management data of the credit card company server 10.
  • FIG. 1-20 is a diagram showing an example of a function executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
  • the control unit 21 includes, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application processing unit 213 that executes messaging application processing according to the messaging application program 283 stored in the storage unit 28 as a functional unit. ..
  • FIG. 1-21 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
  • the storage unit 28 stores, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application program 283 and a messaging application ID 285, which is data of a messaging application account.
  • FIG. 1-22 is a diagram for explaining the principle of the credit card payment service in this modification, and illustrates the flow of credit card payment. The same part as in FIG. 1-9 will be omitted.
  • the credit card company server 10 pays the purchase amount to the store, (6-1) the credit card company server 10 transmits the billing information to the server 60. Then, (6-2) the server 60 transmits, as an example, not limited to, the billing message information which is the message information of the messaging application and which is the message information corresponding to the billing information to the terminal 20.
  • (7-1) payment is made based on the input for selecting a payment account based on the billing message information displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 who has received the billing message information.
  • An account is set up.
  • the entity that sets the payment account is not limited, but can be any of the following as an example. ⁇ Credit card company server 10 -Server 60
  • FIG. 1-23 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
  • the left side of FIG. 1-23 is an example of the talk room screen of the messaging application, and the characters "Messageing App" are displayed as the name of the messaging application in the center of the top of the screen. Further, on the upper right side of the screen, an icon image and a user name (user A.A. in this example) of the user of the terminal 20 in the messaging application are displayed.
  • the name of the talk room (hereinafter, "talk") is used as a kind of area indicating which page (in this example, the talk room) is currently displayed in the messaging application.
  • a talk room name display area CLR including "room name”) is provided.
  • the talk room name display area CLR can also be said to be an area indicating a page (in this example, the talk room) in the messaging application in which the user is currently located.
  • the talk room name display area CLR is not limited to the user A.
  • Information indicating that A is an OA talk room for talking with the credit card company "X card” as a talk partner is displayed. ing.
  • a talk area is configured for A and the X card to talk interactively, and the message information (message) originating from the other party's X card is on the left side of the screen, and on the right side of the screen. Is my user A. It is configured to display the message information of A.
  • Billing message information including information about one transaction at store A by A (“usage information” on the screen) is transmitted from the X card as a transmission source, and the terminal 20A receives the billing message information via the server 60. Based on the above, the billing message information is displayed on the left side of the screen of the OA talk room in association with the icon image of the X card.
  • a button that is operated to set up a payment account, not a limitation, but as an example, the above-mentioned credit card company web page (as an example, not a limitation, a bank account that makes a transfer).
  • a link button BT2 that includes the text "Click here to set up a payment account>" with a link to the setting page).
  • ⁇ Processing> 1-24 and 1-25 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
  • This process is an example of a process when the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider.
  • a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A a process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A.
  • An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
  • control unit 11 After C120, the control unit 11 sends the billing information including the account information of the messaging application of the user of the target contractor ID (not the limitation but the messaging application ID as an example) to the communication I / F14 as an example, not the limitation. Is transmitted to the server 60 (C131).
  • the control unit 61 of the server 60 is the message information for the talk room and is the message information corresponding to the received billing information (hereinafter, "billing message"). Information ”) is generated. Then, the control unit 61 adds the generated billing message information to the OA talk room which is the talk room of the messaging application ID included in the received billing information and whose account of the talk partner is the official account of the credit card company. .. That is, the talk information data of the account management data corresponding to the above-mentioned messaging application ID in the account management database 655A is updated. Then, the control unit 61 transmits the added message information to the terminal 20 (terminal 20A in this example) of the above-mentioned messaging application ID by communication I / F 64 (B131).
  • control unit 61 determines whether or not to end the processing (B195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (B195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (B195: YES), the control unit 61 ends the process.
  • the control unit 21 When the billing message information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the OA talk room including the received billing message information (A131). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A140. That is, in this process, the terminal 20 transitions from the messaging application to the web page of the credit card company to input for setting the payment account, and the credit card company server 10 performs the payment account setting process (C160). ..
  • the talk room of the messaging application is transitioned to the web page of the credit card company so that the payment account can be selected.
  • the talk room of the messaging application may be transitioned to the payment account setting page of the messaging application so that the payment account can be selected.
  • the display mode (first display mode) of the bank account selected as the payment account is set so as to be easy for the user to understand. It is conceivable to display in a display mode (second display mode) different from that of the bank account that was not selected as the payment account.
  • a display mode second display mode
  • the payment account setting completion message information is transmitted from the server 60 to the terminal 20.
  • the payment account change message information indicating that the payment account has been changed is sent from the server 60 to the terminal. It may be transmitted to 20.
  • FIG. 1-26 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655B, which is another example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
  • this account management database 655B in addition to friend data, talk information data, and transaction data, registered bank account data and payment account setting data are stored as examples, not limited to, in each account management data. To.
  • the registered bank account data and the payment account setting data can be the same as those in the user management database 159B of the credit card company server 10 as an example without limitation.
  • the server 60 can acquire the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10 at some timing and store it in the account management data.
  • the messaging service provider dislikes the retention and management of information about the user's bank account (which can also be said to be information about the credit card in this specification), or considers it unfavorable in terms of security. could be. Therefore, after the server 60 sends necessary information to the credit card company server 10 on the closing date (closing date and time) as an example, not limited, the registered bank account data is deleted from the above account management data as an example, not limited. You may try to do it. Similarly, the payment account setting data may be deleted.
  • FIG. 1-27 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
  • the left side of FIG. 1-27 shows the same OA talk room as in FIG. 1-23, but the contents of the displayed billing message information are partially different. Specifically, at the bottom of the billing message information, a list of bank accounts that you (user A.A. in this example) can set as a payment account is displayed, and in this example, the "Bank A" icon.
  • the IC3A and the "Bank B" icon IC3B are displayed.
  • the display shown in the center of Fig. 1-27 is displayed. Specifically, a message with yourself (User A.A.) as the sender based on the fact that the bank account of "Bank A” is tapped and selected as the payment account in the OA talk room on the left of Fig. 1-27.
  • the message information indicating "Select Bank A” is displayed as information in a balloon on the right side of the screen.
  • confirmation information including a text for confirming whether or not to set a bank account of "Bank A" as a payment account is displayed in a pop-up format.
  • This confirmation information is not limited, but as an example, with the text "Do you want to set up a payment account at Bank A?", A "Yes” button to approve, and a “No” button to disapprove. Is displayed.
  • the display shown on the right in Fig. 1-27 is displayed. Specifically, based on the fact that the "Yes” button is tapped and selected in the OA talk room in the center of FIG. 1-27, "Yes” is used as the message information originating from the user (User A.A.).
  • the message information indicated as "Select Bank A” is displayed below the message information indicated as "Select Bank A” above.
  • the payment account setting completion message information indicating that the payment account setting was completed was displayed on the OA talk room screen on the left side of FIG. 1-27. It is displayed below the billing message information.
  • FIG. 1-28 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
  • This process is an example of a process when the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider.
  • the control unit 61 is based on the registered bank account data stored in the account management data specified from the account information included in the received billing information. Generate billing message information, including registered bank account information. Then, the control unit 61 adds the generated billing message information to the OA talk room where the account of the talk partner is the official account of the credit card company, and transmits the added billing message information to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64. (B132).
  • the control unit 21 When the billing message information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the OA talk room including the received billing message information (A132). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A140.
  • the control unit 61 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 performs the payment account setting process (B160). Specifically, among the account management data of the user of the terminal 20A of the account management database 655B, the account corresponding to the bank account specified from the received payment account selection information for the transaction of the corresponding transaction ID of the payment account setting data. The ID is stored in the payment account ID. That is, in this process, the server 60 of the messaging service provider performs the payment account setting process instead of the credit card company server 10.
  • control unit 61 After that, the control unit 61 generates payment account setting completion message information, and adds the generated payment account setting completion message information to the above OA talk room. Then, the added payment account setting completion message information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F64 (B172).
  • the control unit 21 displays the received payment account setting completion message information in the above OA talk room (A192). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting information transmission condition is satisfied (B180).
  • the payment account setting information transmission condition is a condition for transmitting the payment account setting information to the credit card company server 10, and is not limited, but as an example, "the date (due date) for requesting an account transfer from a partner bank has come". can do.
  • the payment account setting information is information about the payment account set in the payment account setting process.
  • the control unit 61 When it is determined that the payment account setting information transmission condition is satisfied (B180: YES), the control unit 61 corresponds to the latest payment account setting data stored in the account management data of the target account. Is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by communication I / F64 (B190). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
  • control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account setting information has been received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 14 (C180).
  • the control unit 11 calculates the transfer request amount for each payment account based on the transaction data and the received payment account setting information. Specifically, the transaction ID stored in association with the payment account ID is specified for each payment account ID by referring to the payment account setting data. Then, with reference to the transaction data, the total amount of the purchase amounts stored in association with the specified transaction ID is calculated as the transfer request amount of the payment account. Then, the control unit 11 communicates the account transfer request information including the calculated transfer request amount and the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID to the corresponding bank server 50 for each payment account. It is transmitted by / F14 (C191). Then, the control unit 11 advances the processing to C195.
  • processing between the server 60 and the bank server 50 can be realized by an application programming interface (API) or the like. This is the same as below.
  • API application programming interface
  • the server 60 is used as the server of the electronic commerce service provider, and the messaging application account (not limited but as an example, messaging application ID) is used as the electronic money application account (not limited but as an example).
  • the electronic money application ID the same processing as in the above embodiment can be performed.
  • the method of charging is not limited, but as an example, a method of charging using a prepaid card or a user requesting the server 60 to register a bank account and banking to his / her own account (electronic money application ID). It is possible to apply a method of making the account information associated with each other and charging from the registered bank account.
  • the electronic money service provider to prove the user's identity. This identification can be performed by requesting the user to present a public certificate such as a driver's license, or by requesting the user to present credit card information.
  • the server 60 When requesting a user to present credit card information, the server 60 holds the credit card information in association with the user's account, so that the server 60 registers the user based on the credit card information. Information such as information on a bank account and information on transactions performed by the user using a credit card can be inquired to the credit card company server 10.
  • FIG. 1-29 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655C, which is another example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
  • Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
  • the electronic commerce application ID is information used to identify the account of the electronic commerce application, or the account itself.
  • the electronic commerce application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 60.
  • the electronic commerce application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
  • the electronic commerce account balance is the amount of the electronic commerce account balance of this electronic money application ID (this account).
  • the registered bank account data and the payment account setting data can be configured in the same manner as the user management database 159B of the credit card company server 10 described above, as an example without limitation.
  • the server 60 may request the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10, acquire the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10, and store it in the account management data. can.
  • FIG. 1-30 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
  • This processing is an example of processing when the server 60 is used as a server of an electronic money service provider.
  • the control unit 61 performs payment account setting processing (B160). Specifically, among the account management data of the user of the terminal 20A of the account management database 655C, the transaction of the corresponding transaction ID of the payment account setting data is assigned to the bank account specified from the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. The corresponding account ID is stored in the payment account ID. That is, in this process, the server 60 of the electronic money service provider performs the payment account setting process instead of the credit card company server 10. Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to the B170.
  • chat application messages application
  • electronic money application as an example, not limited to, an application that can perform both chat and payment is applied. It is also possible to do.
  • This form is not limited, but any of the following forms can be considered as an example.
  • a form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form for configuring a complex (integrated) application having the above.
  • chat application messages application
  • electronic money application as an application that can perform both chat and payment is applied. It is also possible to do.
  • This form is not limited, but any of the following forms can be considered as an example.
  • a form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • the function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form for configuring
  • the system configuration in this case is not limited, but as an example, the same configuration as that of the communication system 1B (FIG. 1-14) is applied, and the server 60 has a function of providing a messaging service (a function of managing information of a messaging application). And a function of providing an electronic money service (a function of managing information of an electronic money application).
  • the server 60 will be described here as one server having multiple functions. Unlike this, in the communication system 1B, the server 60 may be divided into two, a server for a messaging service (first server) and a server for an electronic money service (second server).
  • first server a server for a messaging service
  • second server a server for an electronic money service
  • FIG. 1-31 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
  • the left side of FIG. 1-31 shows the OA talk room screen of the same messaging application as the left side of FIG. 1-23.
  • the link button BT2 containing the characters "Click here for payment account settings>" is tapped on this screen, the electronic money application is started on the terminal 20 as an example, not limited, and as an example, not limited, FIG. 1- 31
  • the center screen is displayed.
  • This screen is a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application, and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed at the top of the screen. Below that, information for setting up a payment account is displayed.
  • a bank account information display area for displaying the bank account information (not limited, but as an example, a bank name, an account number, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured.
  • a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account to be transferred is configured.
  • the bank A is displayed in the "payment account” column.
  • the first icon IC1A including the character “Bank A” corresponding to Bank B and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are displayed.
  • a second icon display area for displaying a second button (second icon) for saving / determining the information is configured, and this example.
  • the second button BT3 including the character "save" is displayed.
  • the function of the second button BT3 is the same as that of the second icon IC2 shown in FIG. 1-10.
  • FIG. 1-32 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
  • This process is an example of a process in which the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider or an electronic money service provider.
  • the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made (A141). Specifically, as an example, not limited, it is determined whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made by tapping a link button included in the billing message information displayed in the OA talk room. ..
  • the control unit 21 If it is determined that the input for setting the payment account has been made (A141: YES), the control unit 21 requests the server 60 for the payment account setting page by the communication I / F 22 (A151). In response to this (B1511: YES), the control unit 61 transmits the payment account setting page of the electronic money application to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B153).
  • control unit 21 starts the electronic money application, transitions from the messaging application to the electronic money application, and displays the received payment account setting page on the display unit 24 (A153). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A170.
  • control unit 61 After B160, the control unit 61 generates payment account setting completion information, adds the generated payment account setting completion information to the above payment account setting page, and transmits it to the terminal 20A by communication I / F64 (B174). In response to this, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the payment account setting page of the electronic money application including the payment account setting completion information (A184). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
  • the server 60 receives the credit card payment billing information (not limited, but an example of purchase information) by the user of the terminal 20 from the credit card company server 10.
  • the received billing information is transmitted to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F64.
  • the server 60 communicates the payment account selection information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal).
  • the configuration of receiving from the terminal 20 by F64 is shown. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to receive the purchase information purchased by the terminal user after payment and then send the purchase information to the terminal to notify the terminal user. can.
  • the account for payment is set as the first account, etc. can do.
  • ⁇ Second Example> In the first embodiment, an embodiment in which a payment account is set every time a user purchases a product or service by credit card payment, that is, for each transaction is shown.
  • the second embodiment is an embodiment that makes it possible to set a payment account collectively for one or a plurality of transactions.
  • the contents described in the second embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • control unit 11 transmits "current month confirmed billing information" which is an example of billing information different from the billing information described above, in addition to the processing of transmitting the billing information described above (FIG. 2-2). Refer to).
  • “Finalized billing information for the current month” is not limited, but as an example, product purchase information for the current month regarding the request for credit card payment for the current month (as an example, not limited, payment month information, total payment amount information, purchase date and time by transaction, transaction. Information for setting which bank account to transfer each settlement amount (by transaction) out of this total settlement amount (including information on separate purchase amount, transaction-specific store, etc.) (not limited) As an example, it is information including link information to a web page of a credit card company.
  • the current month product purchase information includes information regarding the current month's purchase history.
  • the "current month” may or may not be expressed as "this month", "current month”, “payment target month”, or the like.
  • the information related to the purchase history is not limited, but is, for example, information having some relation to the purchase history, such as information on the purchase history itself and information necessary for displaying the purchase history.
  • FIG. 2-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 2-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a user collectively sets a payment account for a plurality of credit card transactions this month (October in this example).
  • Figure 2-1 left is not limited, but as an example, an e-mail containing the payment information for the current month and the link information to the web page of the credit card company is received from the credit card company (X card) as the confirmation billing information for the current month. If so, User A. It is a received mail screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
  • the characters "October usage information” are displayed as the heading of the text, not as a limitation but as an example.
  • the payment information for this month (October) is displayed.
  • the link information to the credit card company's web page (not limited, but as an example, this month's payment account setting page) is displayed, based on the registration URL of the credit card company's web page.
  • a link button BT4 containing the text "Click here to set up a payment account for this month>" with a link is displayed.
  • the same information as the screen on the left of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • this month payment account setting screen the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month among the web pages of the credit card company (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "this month payment account setting screen") (not limited, but as an example).
  • This month payment account setting screen An example of the "October payment account setting screen" of this month's payment account setting screen is shown.
  • an area for displaying product purchase information for the current month (as an example, not limited, purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.) is configured, and in this example, as product purchase information for this credit card payment.
  • "Usage date” column (“2020/10/01”, “2020/10/15”, “2020/10/28” in this example) and “Usage amount” column (“Usage amount” in this example "25,000 yen”, “15,000 yen”, “10,000 yen") and the "details” column (see FIG. 1-10) are displayed in order of purchase date and time.
  • the first icon IC1A containing the characters "Bank A” corresponding to Bank A and "Bank B” corresponding to Bank B in the "Payment account” column.
  • the first icon IC1B including characters is displayed for each credit card transaction.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • the first icon in each credit card transaction (in this example, "first icon IC1A corresponding to bank A” and "corresponding to bank B” in order from the top.
  • the second icon IC2 is not limited, but as an example, as shown on the right side of FIG. 2-1.
  • the screen of the page notifying that the setting of the payment account for this month is completed (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "this month payment account setting completion screen") is displayed.
  • an area for displaying product purchase information for the current month is configured below it, and the same information as the screen in the center of Fig. 2-1 is displayed.
  • an area for displaying the set payment account is configured on the right side.
  • the characters "payment account” and each credit card transaction correspond to "Bank A" in order from the top.
  • the letters "Bank A”, the letters “Bank B” corresponding to Bank B, and the letters "Bank A” corresponding to Bank A are displayed.
  • FIG. 2-2 is a part corresponding to FIG. 1-12 in the flowchart described in the first embodiment, and the processing up to C120 is omitted because it is common to FIG. 1-11. ..
  • FIG. 2-2 is a part corresponding to FIG. 1-12 in the flowchart described in the first embodiment, and the processing up to C120 is omitted because it is common to FIG. 1-11. ..
  • a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10
  • a process executed by the control unit of the bank A server 50A a process executed by the control unit of the bank A server 50B.
  • An example of the processing executed by the control unit is shown.
  • the control unit 11 determines whether or not the confirmation request information transmission condition for the current month is satisfied (C225).
  • the conditions for transmitting the finalized billing information for the current month are the conditions for transmitting the finalized billing information for the current month, which will be described later. (A specific time on the next business day) has come. "
  • control unit 11 proceeds to C180.
  • the control unit 11 is not limited but as an example, and information regarding the billing of the total settlement amount for the current month (as an example, not limited to the current month product). (Purchase information, etc.) and information for selecting and setting an account for account transfer for the current month's transaction are transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14 (C230).
  • the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received current month confirmed billing information (or information based on the same) (A230). Specifically, the display unit 24 displays the product purchase information (settlement month, total settlement amount, etc.) of the current month and the link information to the web page of the credit card company as an example, not limited.
  • control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account for each transaction has been made via the input unit based on the current month finalized billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (A240). Specifically, as an example, not limited, whether or not an operation via the input unit for the link information to the web page of the credit card company (the setting page of the payment account for each credit card transaction to be transferred this month) is detected. Is determined.
  • "payment account setting by transaction” means to set a payment account for each transaction from the transaction list (transaction history).
  • control unit 21 When it is determined that the input for setting the payment account for each transaction has not been made (A240: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195. On the other hand, when it is determined that the input for setting the payment account for each transaction has been made (A240: YES), the control unit 21 displays the payment account setting page (web page) for each transaction as an example, not a limitation.
  • the transaction-specific payment account setting request information for moving is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A250).
  • control unit 11 determines whether or not the transaction-specific payment account setting request information has been received (C240). When it is determined that the transaction-specific payment account setting request information has not been received (C240: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C180 for processing.
  • the control unit 11 has information related to billing the total settlement amount based on the received transaction-specific payment account setting request information. (Not limited, but as an example, product purchase information for the current month, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, as an example, bank name, account number, etc.), and necessary to set up a payment account. Communication I / It is transmitted to the terminal 20A by F14 (C250).
  • This month payment account setting screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260). Not limited, but as an example, this month's product purchase information (purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and other items required to set up a payment account.
  • This month's payment account setting screen including information such as information (first icon, second icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24.
  • the control unit 21 accepts an input for selecting a payment account for each transaction by the user via the input unit (A270).
  • the first icon is the user A. for each transaction displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A.
  • the second icon is the user A.
  • the control unit 21 credits the transaction-specific payment account selection information including the information of the bank account selected as the payment account for each transaction by the communication I / F22. It is transmitted to the card company server 10 (A280).
  • the control unit 11 When the transaction-specific payment account selection information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the transaction-specific payment account setting process based on the received transaction-specific payment account selection information (C260). Specifically, as an example, not limited, each transaction ID included in the payment account setting data among the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. For each, the account ID corresponding to the payment account specified from the received transaction-specific payment account selection information is stored in the payment account ID.
  • control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information for notifying that the transaction-specific payment account setting is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C270), and processes the C180. Proceed.
  • the control unit 21 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) (as an example, not a limitation).
  • This month payment account setting completion screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A290), and the process proceeds to A195.
  • the display unit displays the payment account setting completion screen for this month, which includes information such as product purchase information for the current month and payment account information (information notifying that one of the bank accounts has been set as the payment account). It can be displayed on 24.
  • the terminal 20 receives product purchase information including information on the purchase history of a product or service purchased after payment by the user of the terminal 20, the received product purchase information, and the terminal 20 of the terminal 20.
  • the configuration is shown in which the registered bank account information of the user is displayed on the display unit 24.
  • the terminal user can confirm the purchase history of the product or service purchased by the terminal user after payment, and the payment is made from any account. Can be selected by the user.
  • the terminal 20 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase history based on the first account). can do.
  • the terminal user is made to confirm that at least a part of the payment in the purchase history is paid by the first account related to the first account information, and the payment is made. Can be done from the first account.
  • the terminal 20 receives information on the total amount of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20, and the information on the received total amount and the user of the terminal 20 of the terminal 20.
  • the configuration for displaying the registered bank account information of the above on the display unit 24 is shown.
  • the terminal user can be made to confirm the total amount of goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment, and the payment is made from any account. Can be selected by the user.
  • the information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase history based on the first account is not limited, but as an example, information indicating that the first account has been selected as the payment account, or the first.
  • Information that has something to do with paying at least part of the purchase history based on the first account such as information indicating that the account has been set up as a payment account (payment account setup completion information above). be.
  • the information on the total amount is not limited, but as an example, information having some relation to the total amount, such as information on the total amount itself and information for calculating the total amount (purchase amount of each transaction, etc.). Is.
  • ⁇ Second modification> The method of the second embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification. As an example, not limited to, it is also possible to set up a payment account by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • FIG. 2-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
  • the left side of FIG. 2-4 is an example of a talk room screen of a messaging application. In the talk area of this screen, the user A.
  • This month's confirmation request message information which will be described later, including information on this month's credit card transaction by A (“October usage information” on the screen) is transmitted from the X card as the sender, and the terminal 20A is sent to the terminal 20A this month via the server 60.
  • the confirmed request message information for the current month is displayed on the left side of the screen of the OA talk room in association with the icon image of the X card.
  • This "current month finalized billing message information" is message information of a messaging application transmitted to the terminal 20 by the server 60 that has received the current month finalized billing information from the credit card company server 10, and corresponds to this current month finalized billing information. Message information.
  • this month's finalized billing message information is a button that is operated to set up a payment account, not a limitation, but as an example, the above-mentioned credit card company's web page (as an example, not a limitation, this month's).
  • a link button BT2 that includes the words "Click here to set up this month's payment account” with a link to the payment account setting page for each credit card transaction to be transferred.
  • This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen” in this example), and the characters "Payment App”, which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. Further, below that, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • the first icon corresponding to Bank A and the first icon corresponding to Bank B are displayed as an example, not limited. , Displayed in electronic money applications.
  • This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen” in this example), and the characters "Payment App”, which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. Further, below that, the same information as the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited to the processing of FIGS. 2-2 to 2-3, and the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, and 1-32 is shown. Since it can be similarly configured by rewriting based on the processing such as, detailed description will be omitted.
  • the third embodiment is an embodiment that enables the payment account to be set by a method different from the user's selection of the payment account as a method of setting the payment account.
  • the contents described in the third embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • a method of setting a payment account from one bank account among the amounts charged by the credit card company (payment amount for each product, total payment amount for the current month, etc.)
  • a method of setting a payment account by allowing the user to arbitrarily input and specify the transfer amount for account transfer and the transfer amount for account transfer from another bank account (hereinafter, referred to as "amount input method" as appropriate). ) Is applied as an example. In addition, this may be referred to as a monetary amount designation method or the like.
  • FIG. 3-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159C, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
  • the data structure of the payment account setting data is different.
  • the transfer amount and the payment account ID are stored in association with each other in the payment account setting data, for example, without limitation.
  • the transfer amount stores the amount specified as the amount to be transferred from the payment account of this payment account ID by the user of this contractor ID for the corresponding payment account ID.
  • the account ID corresponding to the bank account designated as the account for transferring the transfer amount is stored and set in the payment account ID.
  • FIG. 3-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 3-2 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a user sets a payment account using an amount input method.
  • the display screen (this month's payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page for this month (October in this example) of the credit card company's web page is not limited, but as an example. An example of the "October payment account setting screen" is shown.
  • a transfer amount input area for inputting the transfer amount for each payment account is configured on the right side.
  • the transfer amount is the "transfer amount” column (in this example, the user is in bank A).
  • "30,000 yen” based on the input of "30,000” in the corresponding transfer amount input area R1A, and the user inputting "20,000” in the transfer amount input area R1B corresponding to the bank B. Based on this, "20,000 yen") is displayed. That is, in this example, the user has selected to transfer "30,000 yen” from the bank account of Bank A and transfer "20,000 yen” from the bank account of Bank B. Shows.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • the transfer amount is entered in the transfer amount input area corresponding to the payment account of each bank (in this example, "30,000 yen" corresponding to bank A, bank B).
  • the second icon IC2 is tapped after the corresponding "20,000 yen" is entered, it is not limited, but as an example, on the web page of the credit card company as shown on the right of Fig. 3-2.
  • the screen of the page notifying that the setting of the payment account for this month is completed is displayed.
  • an area for displaying the transfer amount for each set payment account is configured on the right side.
  • the characters "transfer amount” and the transfer amount corresponding to Bank A are "30
  • the characters "000 yen” and the characters "20,000 yen” are displayed as the transfer amount corresponding to Bank B.
  • the display screen / user interface is set so that the user calculates and inputs the transfer amount by himself / herself based on the total settlement amount for the current month, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the transfer amount is set by a method such as (A) fixed transfer amount method, (B) ratio setting method, or the like.
  • FIG. 3-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 3-3 shows a portion of the flowchart of the second embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2-3.
  • control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account by the amount input method has been made via the input unit based on the current month fixed billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (. A340).
  • control unit 21 proceeds to the process to A195.
  • the control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting page (web page) by the amount input method.
  • Amount input method for moving to the payment account setting request information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by communication I / F22 (A350).
  • control unit 11 determines whether or not the amount input method payment account setting request information has been received (C340). If it is determined that the signal has not been received (C340: NO), the control unit 11 advances the process to C180.
  • the control unit 11 transmits the amount input method payment account setting information to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14 (C350). ).
  • the control unit 21 receives the received information for setting the amount input method payment account (or information based on the information) (not limited). As an example, this month's payment account setting screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A360).
  • control unit 21 accepts the input of the transfer amount for each registered bank account by the user via the input unit (A370). Then, the control unit 21 transmits the transfer amount input information including the transfer amount input for each registered bank account to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A380).
  • the control unit 11 When the transfer amount input information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the amount input method payment account setting process based on the received transfer amount input information (C360). Specifically, as an example, not limited, from the transfer amount input information received in the payment account setting data of the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. The specified transfer amount is stored in association with the payment account ID.
  • control unit 11 transmits the amount input method payment account setting completion information for notifying that the payment account setting by the amount input method is completed to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14 (C370), and C180. Proceed to the process.
  • the control unit 11 refers to the payment account setting data included in the user management data, sets the transfer amount stored in association with each payment account ID as the transfer request amount, and sets the transfer request amount.
  • the account transfer request information including the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID is communicated to the corresponding bank server 50 by the communication I / F14 with the corresponding affiliated bank server URI as the access destination. It is transmitted by / F14.
  • the control unit 21 displays the received amount input method payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) 24. (A390) and proceed to A195.
  • This embodiment is an example of a transfer amount (not limited, but a first amount) input (designated) by the user among the total amount of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal 20 in a postpaid manner. ) Is received and displayed on the display unit 24 regarding payment based on the first bank account (first account) selected by the user. Then, the terminal 20 is the payment account setting completion information (not limited, but the first) indicating that the first bank account has been set as the payment account based on the input of the transfer amount by the user of the terminal 20. An example of information) is shown in the display unit 24. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the first amount of the total amount of goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment is added to the first account information selected by the terminal user. You can pay with the relevant first account.
  • the terminal 20 uses the second bank account as the payment account based on the fact that the second bank account (second account) among the plurality of registered bank account information is selected by the user of the terminal 20.
  • Display unit 24 for payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of the second information regarding payment of the second amount of the total amount in the second account related to the second account information) indicating that the payment account has been set as Can be displayed in.
  • the second amount of the total amount of goods or services purchased postpaid by the terminal user is used as the second account information selected by the terminal user. You can pay with the relevant second account.
  • the method of the third embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 3-3 is based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. Since it can be configured in the same way by rewriting it, detailed description will be omitted.
  • the fourth embodiment is an example of notifying the user of information (including information such as a period, a deadline, and a due date) regarding a time or date when the payment account can be selected by the user.
  • information including information such as a period, a deadline, and a due date
  • the contents described in the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • the payment account is set at a date and time before the date when the transfer is performed from the payment account in the credit card payment (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “transfer date” and “withdrawal date”).
  • a possible deadline hereinafter referred to as “payment account setting deadline” is set as appropriate.
  • the period until the payment account setting deadline is defined as a period during which the payment account can be set (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “payment account settable period").
  • the payment account setting deadline expressed in "day” is appropriately referred to as "payment account setting deadline".
  • the 22nd of each month is the payment account setting deadline.
  • the payment account setting deadline may or may not be set as the "date and time”.
  • the information for notifying the user of the payment account setting deadline is referred to as "deadline notification information".
  • the “deadline notification information” may be any information having some relation to the payment account setting deadline, and is not limited to the information, and includes at least one of the following information as an example. -Information that directly informs the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting deadline information” described later) -Information that indirectly informs the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting remaining period information” described later)
  • Payment account setting deadline information is information that notifies the payment account setting deadline itself, and is not limited, but as an example, the characters “can be set up to X month Y day” and "setting deadline: X month Y day”. Information such as characters is included.
  • Payment account setting remaining period information is information for notifying the remaining period until the payment account setting deadline, and is not limited to the information such as the remaining time itself until the payment account setting deadline.
  • the payment account setting remaining period information is not limited, but as an example, information suggesting the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline by an image or the like (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting remaining period suggestion information"). .) Can be included.
  • the payment account setting remaining period suggestion information is not limited, but as an example, based on the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline, as an example, not limited, the display mode is different as follows. It can be displayed on the display unit 24. -When the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline is longer than the predetermined period (predetermined time) (when there is more than one week as an example, not limited): First display mode (as an example, not limited) Icon is displayed, a blue frame is displayed around the first icon, etc.) -If the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline is not more than the specified period (predetermined time) (not limited but within one week as an example): Second display mode (not limited but as an example, triangular shape) Icon is displayed, a yellow frame is displayed around the first icon, etc.)
  • the timing at which the deadline notification information is displayed is not limited, and includes at least one of the following timings as an example.
  • -Timing when billing information and current month confirmed billing information are displayed on the terminal 20 when the received e-mail screen related to billing information and current month confirmed billing information is displayed as an example, not limited
  • -Timing when payment account setting information and transaction-specific payment account setting information are displayed on the terminal 20 when the payment account setting screen and this month's payment account setting screen are displayed as an example, not limited
  • the timing at which the deadline notification information is displayed is the timing at which the payment account setting screen for this month is displayed on the terminal 20.
  • the information for notifying (suggesting) that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded is referred to as "overdue notification information", not as a limitation but as an example.
  • This overdue notification information is information that has some relation to the payment account setting deadline, and is information that notifies (suggests) that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded. This includes one piece of information. -Information to notify that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting deadline information” described later) -Information that notifies that there is no remaining period (exceeded) until the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting remaining period excess information" described later)
  • Payment account setting deadline information is information that directly notifies that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded, and specifically, the characters “the setting period ends on XY days” and “setting deadline”. : X month Y day has passed. ”Is included.
  • Payment account setting remaining period excess information is information for notifying that there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline due to overdue (excessive deadline).
  • the payment account setting remaining period excess information is not limited, but as an example, information suggesting that there is no payment account setting remaining period by an image or the like (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting remaining period excess suggestion information”) is used. Can be included.
  • the payment account setting remaining period excess suggestion information can be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in the following display mode as an example without limitation. -If there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline: 3rd display mode (not limited, but as an example, a cross-shaped (x) icon is displayed, a red frame is displayed around the 1st icon, etc.)
  • the payment account setting information includes, but is not limited to, payment account setting information including deadline notification information and payment account setting information including overdue notification information.
  • the payment account setting information including the deadline notification information is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen including the characters "can be set until X month Y day", and the overdue notification information is displayed.
  • the payment account setting information to be included is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen including the characters "the setting period ends on X month Y day".
  • the transaction-specific payment account setting information is not limited, but as an example, transaction-specific payment account setting information including deadline notification information and transaction-specific payment account setting information including overdue notification information. And are included.
  • the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the deadline notification information is not limited, but as an example, this month's payment account setting screen including the characters "can be set until X month Y day", and the deadline.
  • the payment account setting information including the excess notification information is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen for this month, which includes the characters "the setting period ends on the X month and Y day".
  • FIG. 4-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of information type determination data for payment account setting stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the payment account setting information type judgment data is not limited, but as an example, the judgment result of whether or not the current timekeeping information (current date and time) is within the payment account setting deadline, and the type of payment account setting information. Is associated and stored.
  • Whether or not the current timekeeping information is within the payment account setting deadline can be determined by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 based on the timekeeping information output from the clock unit 19. If the current timekeeping information is within the payment account setting deadline, the determination result is "YES", and if the current timekeeping information is not within the payment account setting deadline, the determination result is "NO".
  • the type of payment account setting information is a type of payment account setting information, and is not limited, but as an example, payment account setting information including deadline notification information and payment account setting information including overdue notification information are available. Included in this.
  • the type of the payment account setting information is the payment account setting information including the deadline notification information, and when the judgment result is "NO", the payment account setting information. It is stipulated that the type of is the information for setting the payment account including the overdue notification information.
  • FIG. 4-2 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of information type determination data for transaction-specific payment account setting stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the transaction-specific payment account setting information type judgment data is not limited, but as an example, the judgment result of whether or not the current timing information is within the payment account setting deadline and the type of transaction-specific payment account setting information. Associated and remembered.
  • the type of information for setting the payment account by transaction is the type of information for setting the payment account by transaction, and is not limited, but as an example, the information for setting the payment account by transaction including the deadline notification information and the transaction including the overdue notification information. This includes information for setting up a separate payment account.
  • the type of the transaction-specific payment account setting information is the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the deadline notification information, and when the judgment result is "NO", payment is made. It is stipulated that the type of the account setting information is the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the overdue notification information.
  • FIG. 4-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 4-3 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the payment account setting deadline information is displayed.
  • Figure 4-3 shows the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month (this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen).
  • An example of "October payment account setting screen" is shown.
  • the payment account setting deadline information area R2 for displaying the payment account setting deadline information is configured on the payment account setting screen this month.
  • the payment account setting deadline information is set until November 22nd.
  • the word "possible" is displayed.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the payment account setting deadline information is displayed.
  • Figure 4-4 shows the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month (this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen).
  • An example of "October payment account setting screen" is shown.
  • the payment account setting overdue information display area R3 for displaying the payment account setting overdue information is configured.
  • the payment account setting overdue information is "November”.
  • the text "The set period ends in 22 days” is displayed.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
  • the processing of this embodiment can be configured based on FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 as an example without limitation.
  • the steps other than C150 and A160, and C250 and A260 are the same as those in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the control unit 11 determines the type of payment account setting information to be transmitted to the terminal 20A based on the payment account setting information type determination data (see FIG. 4-1). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting information of the determined type to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150).
  • the control unit 21 receives the received type of payment account setting information (or information based on this) (limited to this).
  • the display unit 24 displays the payment account setting screen including the deadline notification information or the overdue notification information (A160).
  • the control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting information to the terminal 20A based on the transaction-specific payment account setting information type determination data (see FIG. 4-2). Judge the type of. Then, the control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting information of the determined type to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14.
  • the control unit 21 receives transaction-specific payment account setting information (or information based on the received information). ) (As an example, not a limitation, this month's payment account setting screen including deadline notification information or overdue notification information) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260).
  • the terminal 20 uses the billing information of one of the billing information (not limited to one example of the first purchase information) as the payment account from a plurality of registered bank account information.
  • a configuration for displaying information on a time or date that can be selected by a user is displayed on the display unit 24. ing.
  • the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration it is possible to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information for the first purchase information of the purchase information, and the account information.
  • Information such as the time and date at which the terminal can be selected can be notified to the user of the terminal.
  • the above-mentioned third information may include deadline notification information (not limited, but an example of information regarding a date on which at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information). ..
  • deadline notification information not limited, but an example of information regarding a date on which at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information.
  • the information regarding the time or date when the user can select the payment account is that there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline, or there is a remaining period until the payment account setting deadline. It can be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in a different display mode. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, if it is not the time or date when at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information, the terminal user is surely recognized. Can be done.
  • the method of the fourth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
  • ⁇ Fifth Example> In the above embodiment, an example is shown in which billing information for each transaction based on credit card payment, monthly finalized billing information, and the like are transmitted from the credit card company server 10 to the terminal 20.
  • the fifth embodiment is an embodiment that enables payment account setting reminder information different from billing information and current month fixed billing information to be transmitted from the credit card company server 10 to the terminal 20.
  • the contents described in the fifth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already described are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • This payment account setting reminder information can include various information used for setting a payment account (for example, not limited to the link information to the payment account setting page described above).
  • the bank account information associated with the credit card (not limited, but as an example, the bank name, account number, etc.) and the information related to the billing of the payment amount temporarily paid by the credit card company server 10 to the store terminal 40.
  • product purchase information, receipt information, etc. current month's product purchase information regarding the request for credit card payment for the current month
  • settlement month information As an example, not limited, settlement month information, total payment amount information, purchase date and time by transaction
  • Information such as the purchase amount by transaction and information on stores by transaction may or may not be included in the payment account setting reminder information.
  • the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 acquires various information stored in the storage unit 15, and based on the acquired information, the payment account setting reminder condition described later is satisfied. Judge success or failure. Then, when the payment account setting reminder condition is satisfied, it is decided to send the payment account setting reminder information, and when the payment account setting reminder condition is not satisfied, it is decided not to send the payment account setting reminder information.
  • FIG. 5-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of payment account setting reminder condition data stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the payment account setting reminder condition data stores, as an example, not limited to, a payment account setting reminder condition number (No) and a payment account setting reminder condition corresponding to this number in association with each other.
  • this data is merely an example and is not limited to this. It is not necessary to store all the above information in association with each other, and some information may not be stored. Further, the determination of the success or failure of the payment account setting reminder condition may be realized by a program instead of being realized by referring to the above data. This also applies to the data described in the other examples.
  • the “set time interval” is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary time interval can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side. As an example, not a limitation, a condition can be set so that a reminder is performed at a timing such as "every Sunday at 10 am”. This is because Sunday, which is a weekend, may have a relatively large amount of time.
  • conditions are set so that reminders are performed at "10 am on the 3rd of every month (a specific time 3 days after the closing date in credit card payment)". It may or may not be.
  • the credit card company server 10 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied based on the timekeeping information output from the clock unit 19. Can be done.
  • the set time has elapsed without setting or changing the payment account is defined as a payment account setting reminder condition.
  • the “set time” is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary set time can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side.
  • the “state in which the payment account has not been set or changed” includes “the state in which the payment account has not been set” and "the state in which the payment account has not been changed”.
  • the "state in which the payment account has not been set” is a state in which the payment account has never been set since the credit card payment.
  • the second icon for saving / determining the information is not operated, or the user is using the terminal 20. This includes the state in which the billing information displayed in is not viewed and the finalized billing information for the current month is not viewed.
  • the "state in which the payment account has not been changed” is a state in which the payment account has never been changed after the payment account has been set.
  • a configuration is adopted in which the payment account in credit card payment is initialized to one bank account (as an example, not the limitation, the bank account of Bank A) (initial setting in this case).
  • the bank account will be referred to as the "initial payment account” as appropriate below
  • the payment account has not been changed as the initial payment account for any credit card payment, or the payment account for credit card payment is one of the bank accounts.
  • this method is hereinafter referred to as "payment account automatic setting method” as appropriate
  • any credit card payment remains the payment account set by the payment account automatic setting method. This includes the state that has not been changed.
  • the payment account setting selection transmitted from the control unit 21 based on the fact that the credit card company server 10 accepts the input to the second icon from the user is not limited.
  • Obtaining information and information regarding the receipt of payment account setting selection information for each transaction (information such as the reception history, not limited to the information) and clock information (timekeeping information) output from the clock unit 19 are acquired. Based on this information, the success or failure of the condition can be determined.
  • the determination of the payment account setting reminder condition is not limited, but as an example, the credit card company server 10 calculates the number of transactions based on the transaction data included in the user management data, and the calculated number of transactions exceeds the set number. It can be realized by determining whether or not it is present.
  • the "settlement amount” under this condition is not limited, but may be the total settlement amount for the current month as an example. Unlike this, the "payment amount” under this condition may or may not be the payment amount for each credit card payment (transaction).
  • the payment amount is a certain amount (for example, "50,000 yen” or "100,000 yen", not a limitation)
  • the user wants to carefully decide the bank account to request the withdrawal. It is assumed that you will think about it. Therefore, it is possible to remind the payment account setting.
  • the determination of the payment account setting reminder condition is not limited, but as an example, the credit card company server 10 calculates the payment amount based on the transaction data included in the user management data, and the calculated payment amount exceeds the set amount. It can be realized by determining whether or not it is present.
  • FIG. 5-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. Since the processes up to A290 and C270 shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 are the same as the processes after A195 and C180, the illustration and description will be omitted.
  • the control unit 11 executes the payment account setting reminder condition determination process (C510).
  • the control unit 11 determines the success or failure of the payment account setting reminder condition based on the above-mentioned payment account setting reminder condition data.
  • the control unit 11 When it is determined that the payment account setting reminder condition is not satisfied (C520: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C180 in FIG. 2-3. On the other hand, when it is determined that the payment account setting reminder condition is satisfied (C520: YES), the control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting reminder information related to the payment account setting reminder, as an example, not limited to the communication I /. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 by F14 (C530), and the process proceeds to C180 in FIG. 2-3.
  • control unit 21 determines whether or not the payment account setting reminder information has been received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A530).
  • the control unit 21 proceeds to A195 in FIG. 2-3.
  • the control unit 21 has received the payment account setting reminder information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting. (Remind screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A540), and the process proceeds to A195 in FIG. 2-3.
  • the terminal 20 has a payment account setting reminder information (not limited, but at least one of the purchase information) based on at least one of the billing information (not limited, but at least a part of the purchase information).
  • the configuration for displaying the payment account setting information on the display unit 24 is shown.
  • a plurality of account information is displayed on the display unit based on the notification information based on at least a part of the purchase information being received by the communication unit, and the terminal You can ask the user to confirm.
  • the payment account setting reminder information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 at a set time interval.
  • notification information based on at least a part of purchase information is sent to the terminal at a set time interval, so that a plurality of account information is periodically confirmed to the user. It is possible to make it.
  • the payment account setting reminder information is for at least one of the billing information (not limited, but at least a part of the purchase information) with a deferred payment deadline (not limited, but multiple).
  • At least one of the account information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 based on an example of a selectable period or date).
  • a selectable period or date As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is appropriate for at least a part of the purchase information based on the period or date in which at least one of the plurality of account information can be selected.
  • Notification information can be sent to the terminal at the timing.
  • the payment account setting reminder information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 based on the number of postpaid transactions (not limited, but an example of the number of payments included in the purchase information).
  • the notification information can be transmitted to the terminal at an appropriate timing based on the number of payments included in the purchase information.
  • the total settlement amount for the current month (an example of the total amount based on the purchase information, not the limitation) is larger than the set amount (an example of the set amount, not the limitation). If so, it can be transmitted to the terminal 20.
  • the notification information can be transmitted to the terminal when the total amount based on the purchase information is large to some extent.
  • the method of the fifth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 5-2 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the sixth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user can select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
  • the contents described in the sixth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • the first icon for selecting the payment account (not limited, but as an example, Bank A).
  • the first icon including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank B and the first icon containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B) are displayed.
  • a third icon is displayed as another example of the image information.
  • the "third icon” is an icon displayed in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen or the payment account setting screen for each transaction, and selects and sets the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment. It is an icon for.
  • the "payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment” may include, for example, at least one of the following, without limitation.
  • “Installment payment” is a type of payment method in which the amount billed by the credit card company is not paid in a lump sum (once), but is paid in multiple payments (specified).
  • the installment payment for credit card payment in this embodiment is the installment amount obtained by dividing the amount billed by the credit card company by the number of installments specified by the user on a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make payments from the linked bank account.
  • Revolving payment is a type of method in which the amount billed by the credit card company is not paid in a lump sum (once), but the monthly payment amount is specified as a fixed amount and the payment is made in multiple payments. Is. In the revolving payment of credit card payment in this embodiment, the monthly payment amount specified by the user among the invoiced amounts from the credit card company is linked to a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make payments from your bank account.
  • “Loan payment” means that the amount charged by the credit card company is not paid from the user's bank account on the spot, but the loan company (not limited to the loan company related to the credit card company, credit). This is a type of method in which a loan company not related to a credit card company) makes a payment and the user later pays the loan company.
  • the amount billed by the credit card company is linked to the loan payment amount paid by the loan company on behalf of the loan company on a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make a payment from your bank account.
  • the "third icon” may include at least one of the following as an example without limitation.
  • FIG. 6-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 6-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the third icon is displayed on the payment account setting screen.
  • FIG. 6-1 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the web pages of the credit card company.
  • the payment account setting screen has an icon display area for displaying the first icon and the third icon.
  • "Bank A” corresponding to Bank A is displayed in the "Payment account, etc.” column.
  • the first icon IC1B containing the characters "Bank B” corresponding to Bank B and the third icon IC3 containing the characters "Revolving payment” corresponding to revolving payment are displayed. Has been done.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • the revolving payment account setting screen has an area for displaying information on which payment method the payment account setting screen supports.
  • the characters "revolving payment” are displayed. Has been done.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • revolving payment account setting screen shown in the center of FIG. 6-1, as an example, not limited, when the first icon IC1A corresponding to Bank A is tapped and then the second icon IC2 is tapped, it is not limited.
  • the screen of the page of the credit card company's web page that notifies that the setting of the revolving payment account has been completed hereinafter, "revolving payment account setting completion screen"" as shown on the right of Fig. 6-1. Is called.) Is displayed.
  • This screen has an area indicating that the revolving payment account has been set up, and in this example, the text "The revolving payment account has been set up" is displayed. .. In addition, the same information as the screen on the right of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • the process in this embodiment can be similarly configured by following the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3. Since the processes other than C150 and A160, and C250 and A260 in the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 are the same, the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the control unit 11 determines the information related to the billing of the payment amount based on the received payment account setting request information (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited).
  • the received payment account setting request information not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.
  • bank account information associated with the credit card bank name, account number, etc., not limited
  • other information required to set up a payment account as an example, not limited.
  • information for setting the payment method not limited, but as an example, the 1st corresponding to each payment method (3 icons, etc.) and payment account setting information including the payment account setting information are transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150).
  • the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160). Not limited, but as an example, it is necessary to set product purchase information (payment date and time, payment store, payment amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and payment account. It is possible to display the payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) and information for setting the payment method (third icon, etc.) on the display unit 24. ..
  • the control unit 11 is based on the received transaction-specific payment account setting request information, and the information related to the billing of the total settlement amount (as an example, not a limitation). , Current month product purchase information, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, for example, bank name, account number, etc.), and other information necessary to set up a payment account (limited)
  • the first icon corresponding to the bank account, the second icon to save / determine after selecting the first icon, etc., and the information for setting the payment method (not limited, but as an example, for each payment method)
  • Information for setting a payment account for each transaction including the corresponding third icon, etc.) is transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14 (C250).
  • This month payment account setting screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260). Not limited, but as an example, this month's product purchase information (purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and other items required to set up a payment account.
  • This month's payment account setting screen including information such as information (first icon, second icon, etc.) and information for setting a payment method (third icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24. ..
  • the above settings related to (A) installment payment, (B) revolving payment, (C) loan payment, etc. should be made based on the billing information sent to the terminal 20 for each transaction (from the individual purchase information screen). Alternatively, the transaction may be performed based on the current month confirmed billing information transmitted to the terminal 20 (performed from the purchase information history screen).
  • the terminal 20 displays information for selecting and setting loan payment for payment of at least one transaction (an example of a fourth information regarding payment by loan, not limitation) on the display unit 24. Shows the configuration to be displayed. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to notify the user of the terminal that payment by loan is possible for at least a part of payment of purchase information by postpayment.
  • the loan payment can be made by the bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20.
  • the first account selected by the user of the terminal can enable payment by loan.
  • the fourth information regarding payment by loan is not limited, but as an example, information that notifies the user that payment by loan is possible, information for the user to apply for a loan, and some other information about loan payment. Information that has a relationship.
  • ⁇ Sixth modification> The method of the sixth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification. As an example, but not limited to, it is also possible to set a payment method to a credit card company by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
  • the bank account information that is different from the bank name and account number is the balance of the user's (depositor's) bank account (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “balance”, “bank account balance”, etc.). Relevant information (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “balance information”) is included.
  • FIG. 7-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159H, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
  • the data structure of the registered bank account data is different.
  • the payment account setting data is stored in association with, for example, an account ID, an account transfer token, and a balance inquiry token.
  • the balance inquiry token is information for authentication issued by the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages the bank account of this account ID.
  • the credit card company server 10 acquires the information of the account balance of the user of this contractor ID based on the balance inquiry token issued by the bank server 50 in advance and notified from the bank server 50 and the above-mentioned account transfer token.
  • the processing to be performed is performed with the bank server 50.
  • the balance inquiry token may be expressed as an access token or the like.
  • the configuration is not limited to the configuration in which two or more tokens (in this example, one account transfer token and one balance inquiry token) are associated with one account ID, and one account token is associated with one account ID. (Comprehensive token) may or may not be associated.
  • the credit card company server 10 acquires the balance information from the bank server 50, and the acquired balance information is stored in the user management data in association with the account ID.
  • the stored balance information is updated with the latest information each time the balance information is acquired.
  • the stored balance information may or may not be deleted at the timing when the account transfer is performed in that month.
  • FIG. 7-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 7-2 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen.
  • FIG. 7-2 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the web pages of the credit card company.
  • a bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, balance, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured, and in this example, it corresponds to bank A.
  • the letters "Bank A” are displayed as the name of the bank to be used, the number “XXXXX” is displayed as the account number, and the number “YYYYY yen” is displayed as the balance. Further, the characters “Bank B” are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B", the number "XXXXXX” is displayed as the account number, and the number “YYYYY yen” is displayed as the balance.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • FIG. 7-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. Since the processes up to A150 and C140 shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same as the processes after A170, C160, D190, and E190, the illustration and description will be omitted.
  • the authentication system approval process is performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank server 50.
  • the control unit 11 is not limited to, but as an example, from the registered bank account data in the user management data in which the transaction ID included in the payment account setting request information is stored in the user management database 159H. Obtain the account transfer token and balance inquiry token associated with the ID. Further, the control unit 11 acquires the affiliated bank server URI associated with the account ID (affiliated bank ID) included in the user management data from the affiliated bank data 155.
  • the control unit 11 communicates I with the balance inquiry request information (balance reference request information) for requesting the inquiry / reference of the information about the user's account of the terminal 20, including the account transfer token and the balance inquiry token.
  • the affiliated bank server URI is used as an access destination and transmitted to the corresponding bank server 50 (A bank server 50A or B bank server 50B) (B820).
  • the control unit of the bank A server 50A When the control unit of the bank A server 50A receives the balance inquiry request information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F, it becomes the balance inquiry request information in the account management database (not shown) stored in the storage unit. From the account management data (not shown) associated with the included balance inquiry token, information such as store number, account type, account number, balance information and transaction history, and surname and first name is obtained, as an example but not limited. Then, the bank account information including at least the balance information among these information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 (D830) by the communication I / F, and the process proceeds to D190 in FIG. 1-12. As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank A server 50A is completed.
  • the control unit of the bank B server 50B receives the balance inquiry request information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F
  • the bank account information is transmitted by the communication I / F as in the case of the bank A server 50A.
  • Sent to the credit card company server 10 (E830), and proceed to E190 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the authentication system authorization process performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank B server 50B is completed.
  • the control unit 11 is related to the billing of the settlement amount based on the received account information.
  • Information to be used (as an example, not limited, product purchase information, receipt information, etc.), bank account information linked to a credit card (not limited, as an example, bank name, account number, balance information, etc.), and payment account.
  • Information for payment account setting including other information necessary for setting (for example, not limited to the first icon corresponding to the bank account, the second icon to be saved / determined after selecting the first icon, etc.) Is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150), and the process proceeds to C160 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12. Not limited, but as an example, to set product purchase information (payment date and time, payment store, payment amount, etc.), bank account information linked to a credit card (bank name, account number, balance information, etc.), and payment account. It is possible to display the payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) necessary for the display unit 24 on the display unit 24.
  • the terminal 20 has image information for selecting and setting payment methods such as (A) installment payment, (B) revolving payment, and (C) loan payment described in the sixth embodiment.
  • A) installment payment (B) revolving payment
  • the above-mentioned third icon, etc. may or may not be displayed on the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen.
  • This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user on the display unit 24.
  • the terminal 20 displays the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user on the display unit 24.
  • the method of the seventh embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
  • the balance information can be displayed by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • FIG. 7-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
  • FIG. 7-4 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
  • Figure 7-4 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the electronic money applications.
  • a bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, balance, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured, and in this example, it corresponds to bank A.
  • the letter “Bank A” is displayed as the name of the bank to be used, the number “XXXXX” is displayed as the account number, and the number “YYYYY yen” is displayed as the balance.
  • the characters "Bank B" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B", the number "XXXXXX” is displayed as the account number, and the number “YYYYY yen” is displayed as the balance.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 7-3 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the eighth embodiment is an embodiment in which the payment account is determined (automatically determined) on the device (terminal or server) side.
  • the contents described in the eighth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 performs a process of determining a payment account (hereinafter, referred to as "payment account determination process").
  • the “determination of payment account” is not limited to, but as an example, the bank account to be set as the payment account is determined in the payment account setting process, and the bank account candidate to be set as the payment account is given to the user of the terminal 20. It can be a concept that includes either suggestion or suggestion. In the former case, the determined bank account is automatically set as the payment account. On the other hand, in the latter case, a determined bank account is proposed to the user of the terminal 20, and if the user of the terminal 20 agrees, the bank account is set as the payment account.
  • FIG. 8-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of payment account determination data stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • This data is not limited, but as an example, the user A. of the terminal 20A described above. This is the data set for A.
  • the payment account determination data is not limited, but as an example, the condition number (No), the account determination condition corresponding to this number, and the bank account determined by this condition (hereinafter, referred to as "determination account”. ) Is associated and stored.
  • the account ID corresponding to the decision account is described in parentheses.
  • this data is merely an example and is not limited to this. It is not necessary to store all the above information in association with each other, and some information may not be stored. Further, the determination of the success or failure of the condition may not be realized by referring to the above data, but may be realized by a program. This also applies to the data described in the other examples. Hereinafter, an example of "account determination conditions" will be described in detail.
  • the decision account is determined by the user A. who is determined according to the type of each product or service.
  • A's bank account (account ID) is stored.
  • Food is “Bank A's bank account (BA001)
  • Clothing is “Bank B's bank account (BB001)
  • Pharmaceuticals is “Bank A's bank”. Accounts (BB002) ”are stored respectively.
  • the account determination conditions for each product or service may or may not be set instead of the type of product or service.
  • A's bank account (account ID) is stored.
  • “Supermarket” is “Bank A's bank account (BA001)
  • “Department store” is “Bank C's bank account (BC001)”
  • “Restaurant” is “Bank B's bank account (BA001)”.
  • BB001) is stored respectively.
  • A's bank account (account ID) is stored.
  • “Bank A's bank account (BA001)” for “less than 100,000 yen” and “Bank C's bank account (BC001)” for “100,000 yen or more and less than 500,000 yen” are "50”.
  • "Bank account of Bank C (BC002)” is stored in "10,000 yen or more and less than 1 million yen”.
  • the "purchase amount” under this condition may be the purchase amount in one transaction or the total purchase amount for one month.
  • the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 determines the payment account.
  • the payment account determination data may be generated by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and stored in the storage unit 28 based on the input of the user of the terminal 20. Alternatively, it can be generated by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 and stored in the storage unit 15 based on the input of the user of the terminal 20.
  • the credit card company server 10 determines the payment account
  • the user of the terminal 20 user AA in this example
  • the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 can generate data for determining a payment account.
  • the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 determines the credit card payment history (transaction history) of the user of the terminal 20 (user AA in this example), more specifically, which. Which bank account you tend to withdraw for a type of product or service, which bank account you tend to withdraw from which type of store, how much money you tend to withdraw from which bank account, etc. Is analyzed and estimated. Then, the control unit 11 can generate the payment account determination data based on the estimation result.
  • the above payment account determination data is linked based on the user's household account book data in the household account book application by linking the credit card company application installed on the terminal 20 and the household account book application installed on the terminal 20. May or may not be generated.
  • the payment account is determined based on the terminal 20 (the user) located near the current position of the one terminal 20 (the user). You can also do it.
  • the payment account may be determined based on a condition such as "a person who was nearby at the time of purchasing the product or service was a set person" as an example rather than a limitation. ..
  • a condition such as "a person who was nearby at the time of purchasing the product or service was a set person" as an example rather than a limitation. ..
  • a specific person such as a family member or a friend of the user of the terminal 20 exists near the terminal 20, the user of the terminal 20 has a dinner or shopping with those persons. It is conceivable that credit card payment will be used to withdraw money from a specific bank account.
  • the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 determines whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific registered person is located in the vicinity of the terminal 20. Then, if it is determined that the terminal 20 is located, a specific bank account of the user of the terminal 20 can be determined as a payment account.
  • the determination of whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity of the terminal 20 is not limited, but as an example, a system in which terminals communicate wirelessly with each other, and not limited, as an example, a short distance such as Bluetooth. It can be realized by communicating by a P2P (peer-to-peer) method or the like using wireless communication technology. If the terminal 20 makes a determination, it is possible to determine whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity by the above communication. If the credit card company server 10 makes a determination, the terminal 20 transmits the above communication result information to the credit card company server 10, so that the determination can be made on the credit card company server 10 side.
  • P2P peer-to-peer
  • each terminal 20 transmits the latest terminal position information of its own terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10. Then, the credit card company server 10 can determine whether the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity based on the terminal position information received from each terminal 20.
  • FIG. 8-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • a process when the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 determines a payment account is illustrated.
  • an example of processing is performed when a candidate for a bank account to be set as a payment account is proposed (suggested) to a user of the terminal 20. Since the processes up to A130 and C130 shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same, the illustration and description will be omitted.
  • the control unit 11 executes the payment account determination process (C910). Specifically, the payment account is determined based on the above-mentioned payment account determination data as an example, not a limitation.
  • the control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account has been determined (C920), and if it determines that the payment account has been determined (C920: YES), the billing information including the determined payment account information is used as an example, not a limitation. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 (C930). Then, the control unit 11 proceeds to the process to C140 in FIG. 1-12.
  • control unit 11 proceeds to C130 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the case where the payment account is not determined is the case where there is no data that meets the above conditions for determining the payment account.
  • the control unit 21 Upon receiving the billing information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 proceeds to the process to A130 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the received billing information is displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A.
  • the information of the determined payment account is also displayed, so that the bank account as the payment account is the user. Proposed to. This allows the user to set the bank account as a payment account and consider whether there is any problem.
  • the method of the eighth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 8-2 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the ninth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user is notified of the privilege information associated with the bank account of the credit card, and the user can receive the privilege corresponding to the privilege information.
  • the contents described in the ninth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • FIG. 9-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen corresponding to a web page of a credit card company.
  • the control unit 11 determines the information related to the billing of the payment amount based on the received payment account setting request information (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited). , 1st icon corresponding to the bank account, 2nd icon to save / determine after selecting the 1st icon, etc.) and information on the benefits that can be obtained by the user in association with each of the bank accounts linked to the credit card. Is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150), and the process proceeds to C160 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12.
  • the credit card company server 10 transmits the privilege information corresponding to the bank account to which the account transfer was performed, that is, the bank account selected as the payment account by the user, to the terminal 20A. do. Then, the terminal 20A can display the received privilege information on the display unit 24.
  • the credit card company server 10 when payment is made using the bank account of Bank A as the payment account, after the account transfer processing is performed by the bank A server 50A, the credit card company server 10 is set to.
  • a privilege it is possible to perform a point redemption process (a process of associating and storing Y% points with the user AA, not by limitation, as an example).
  • the credit card company server 10 when payment is made using the bank account of Bank B as the payment account, after the account transfer processing is performed by the Bank B server 50B, the credit card company server 10 performs the coupon provision processing (limited) as a privilege.
  • the process of transmitting the coupon information to the terminal 20A) can be performed.
  • the terminal 20 is associated with information such as discounts, campaigns, coupons, etc. (not limited, but associated with the first account information) associated with the bank account information selected by the user of the terminal 20 as the payment account.
  • An example of privilege information is shown on the display unit 24.
  • the privilege can be acquired by paying with the first account related to the selected first account information, and the privilege that can be acquired can be obtained from the terminal. Can be made recognizable by the user.
  • information such as discounts, campaigns, coupons, etc. acquired by the terminal 20 based on the payment by the bank account selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but the user of the terminal).
  • Examples of privilege information associated with can be displayed on the display unit 24.
  • ⁇ 9th modification (1)> As an example, but not limited to, it is also possible to display privilege information associated with a bank account associated with a credit card by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • FIG. 9-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
  • ⁇ 9th modification (2)> select the information about the new bank (not limited but as an example, new bank information) and the image information corresponding to the new bank (not limited but as an example, the bank account to open the account of the new bank). Information for) may be displayed. In addition, the privilege information given to the user when opening an account of a new bank may be displayed.
  • New bank information is information about banks that are not tied to a credit card, and is not limited, but as an example, information about banks for which the user has not opened a bank account.
  • the bank name of the new bank, the campaign information of the new bank, etc. can be included as an example without limitation.
  • FIG. 9-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen corresponding to a web page of a credit card company.
  • new bank information (not limited, but as an example) is displayed under the image of the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card and the image of the cash card of Bank B.
  • the new bank information display area for displaying the bank name of the new bank, the campaign information of the new bank, etc.) is configured.
  • the campaign image G2C containing the characters "Bank C points Z% reduction” and the campaign containing the characters "Bank D coupons are being distributed" as new bank information.
  • the image G2D is displayed.
  • the icon IC4C including the character “C bank” and the icon IC4D containing the character "D bank” corresponding to the D bank are displayed.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
  • the control unit 11 is based on the received payment account setting request information, and the information related to the billing of the payment amount (not limited, but as an example, the product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited).
  • the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting).
  • the screen is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12.
  • ⁇ 9th modification (3)> it is also possible to display information such as new bank information by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
  • (A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application
  • (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application
  • (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
  • FIG. 9-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application.
  • new bank information (not limited, but as an example) is displayed under the image of the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card and the image of the cash card of Bank B.
  • the campaign image G2C containing the characters "Bank C points Z% reduction” and the campaign containing the characters "Bank D coupons are being distributed" as new bank information.
  • the image G2D is displayed.
  • the icon IC4C including the character “C bank” and the icon IC4D containing the character "D bank” corresponding to the D bank are displayed.
  • the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
  • the processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
  • the character "payment account” is displayed in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen this month, and the first one including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A.
  • the icon and the first icon containing the letters "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are not for each credit card transaction, but for one or two or more credit card transactions this month (A).
  • the first icon corresponding to the bank and the first icon corresponding to the bank B are displayed one by one). Then, when the first icon (the first icon corresponding to Bank A as an example, not the limitation) is tapped and then the second icon is tapped, the payment account for this month is set as an example, not the limitation. To be done together.
  • a method of making an account transfer from a bank account is shown as a payment method to a credit card company in a credit card payment, but the method is not limited to such a form, and an account transfer is made from a bank account. It may be possible to pay by a method different from the method. Specifically, as an example, not limited to payment, payment is made by a method using electronic money or points that can be converted into electronic money as a payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment. In this case, in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen or the payment account setting screen for each transaction, the fifth icon for making payment by a method using electronic money or points that can be converted into electronic money (example, not limited). As an icon including the characters of "pay payment", an icon including the characters of "point payment", etc.) can be displayed.
  • the "fixed transfer amount method” is not limited, but as an example, when the transfer amount to be transferred from one bank account is arbitrarily specified by the user, the remaining transfer amount is transferred from another bank account to the account. It is a method that is automatically set so that it is done. Specifically, as an example, not limited, if the total settlement amount is "100,000 yen” and "60,000 yen” is specified by the user as the transfer amount to transfer from one bank account, "6". "10,000 yen” is set to be transferred from one bank account, and the remaining transfer amount "40,000 yen” is set to be transferred from another bank account.
  • the "percentage setting method" is not limited, but as an example, the transfer amount for which an account transfer is made from one bank account and the transfer amount for which an account transfer is made from another bank account are arbitrarily ratioed (ratio) by the user. , Percentage, etc.), the payment account is automatically set. Specifically, as an example, not limited, the total settlement amount is "100,000 yen", and the transfer amount that the user transfers from one bank account to the account and the transfer amount that transfers from another bank account to the account. When the ratio of is specified as "8: 2", "80,000 yen" out of the total settlement amount of "100,000 yen" is transferred from one bank account, and the remaining transfer amount is "20,000 yen”. Is set to be transferred from another bank account.
  • a credit card when the contractor of the credit card and the user of the credit card are not the same, at least one of the following can be included as an example without limitation.
  • A Corporate credit card
  • B Family credit card
  • (A) "Corporate credit card” is not limited, but as an example, the contractor of this credit card is a corporation (not limited, as an example, a company, an individual business owner, etc.), and the user of this credit card is the corporation. It is a kind of credit card used when a person belongs to. With the "corporate credit card”, a corporate bank account or a user's individual bank account can be set as a bank account for account transfer. The "corporate credit card” may be referred to as a "company credit card”, a "corporate card”, a "business card” or the like.
  • “Family credit card” is not limited, but as an example, the contractor of this credit card and the user of this credit card have the same income as the contractor's family (as an example, not limited). This is a type of credit card used for spouses, parents, children (18 years old or older excluding high school students), etc. With a "family credit card”, the contractor's bank account can be set as a bank account for account transfer. The "family credit card” may be referred to as a "family card” or the like.
  • information related to a transaction in credit card payment (billing information, current month confirmed billing information) is transmitted to the terminal 20 of the user of this credit card.
  • information regarding transactions in credit card payment (billing information, current month confirmed billing information) may be transmitted to a terminal 20 of a person different from the user of this credit card.
  • the information regarding transactions in these credit card payments (billing information, current month fixed billing information) is described above. It can be made to be transmitted to the terminal 20 of a person different from the user of the credit card such as.
  • the information (information request information, current month confirmation request information) regarding the transaction in this credit card payment is different from the user of this credit card (example not limitation). As a result, it can be transmitted to the terminal 20 of the contractor's company's clerical staff, accounting staff, etc.). Also, as an example, not limited to, when using a "family credit card", the information (billing information, confirmed billing information for the current month) regarding the transaction in this credit card payment is a contractor different from the user of this credit card. It can be made to be transmitted to the terminal 20 of (as an example, not limited to, the parent who is the contractor).
  • timing at which the information related to the transaction in these credit card payments is transmitted in addition to the timing at which the billing information and the confirmed billing information for the current month are transmitted, a timing different from this can be applied as an example, not limited to this.
  • a timing different from this can be applied as an example, not limited to this.
  • timing when a product or service of a private type other than work is purchased or the like can be applied as an example, not limited.
  • timing when a product or service with a high purchase price is purchased or the like can be applied as an example, not limited.
  • an example of "installment payment” is shown as a payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment.
  • the "installment payment” method is selected (designated) by the user, at least one of the following methods can be applied as an example, not limited to, as a payment account setting method in the monthly payment of the installment payment.
  • (A) "Installment payment account fixed method” is a method in which when the payment account is selected by the user in the first payment, the bank account selected by the user is set as the payment account in the monthly payment of the installment payment. be. Specifically, if the user selects a three-time installment payment and the first payment selects a bank account (not a limitation, for example, a bank account corresponding to Bank A) as the payment account, this bank account will be Set up as a payment account for monthly payments in installments.
  • Installment payment account variation method means that when the payment account is selected by the user for each monthly payment, the bank account selected by the user is set as the payment account for the monthly payment of the installment payment. It is a method. Specifically, the user selects a three-time installment payment, and one bank account for monthly payments (as an example, not limited to the first payment: the bank account corresponding to bank A, the second payment: B. When the bank account corresponding to the bank (third payment: the bank account corresponding to Bank A) is selected as the payment account, these bank accounts are set as the payment account for the monthly payment in installments.
  • information different from the bank name or account number as the bank account information linked to the credit card on the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen (not limited, but as an example, a bank).
  • An example is shown in which the balance information related to the balance of the account) is displayed, but it is not limited to this form, and it is linked to the credit card on a screen different from the payment account setting screen and the transaction-specific payment account setting screen.
  • Information different from the bank name or account number (as an example, not limited to the balance information related to the balance of the bank account) may be displayed as the existing bank account information.
  • the billing information and the final billing information for the current month as the bank account information linked to the credit card, along with the bank name and account number, as an example, not as a limitation, in the balance of the bank account.
  • the relevant balance information may be displayed.
  • the balance of the bank account of the user (depositor) itself is displayed, but the present invention is not limited to such a form, and information having some relation to the balance may be displayed.
  • information related to the balance of the user's (depositor's) bank account at least one of the following can be included as an example without limitation.
  • (A) "Expected balance information" is information related to the balance of the user's bank account, and is information related to the balance expected when the settlement amount is subtracted from the balance of the bank account. Specifically, as an example, not limited, if the balance of the user's bank account is 100,000 yen and the settlement amount is 40,000 yen, "60,000 yen" is displayed as the expected balance information. be able to.
  • B "Balance object information” is information related to the balance of the user's bank account, and is information for displaying the balance in an object format or the like. Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, a pie chart or bar graph (gauge) with the balance of the user's salary payment date (300,000 yen as an example, not a limitation) as an object is used as an object for the latest bank account. The balance (100,000 yen as an example, not a limitation) can be displayed as a "33%" pie chart or bar graph (gauge) in this example.
  • the user when the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, the user is notified that the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account by changing the display mode of the expected balance information.
  • the expected balance information is displayed in the default first display mode (not the limitation but, as an example, black letters).
  • the expected balance information can be displayed in a second display mode (not limited, but as an example, red characters) different from the first display mode.
  • alert information is displayed to notify the user that the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account.
  • the "alert information” is information for notifying the user that the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, and can be included in the billing information and the fixed billing information for the current month as an example without limitation.
  • alert information is not displayed if the payment amount does not exceed the balance of the bank account, but alert information (example not limited) if the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account.
  • alert information (example not limited) if the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account.
  • the characters and marks such as "Insufficient balance” can be displayed. It should be noted that only this alert information may be transmitted to the terminal 20 and displayed as information different from the billing information and the current month finalized billing information.
  • the server may perform payment account setting reminding based on the balance information of the bank account set as the payment account. Specifically, if the server determines that the balance of the bank account set as the payment account is less than the payment amount from that payment account, it indicates that the balance of the payment account is insufficient at this time. Payment account setting reminder information including balance shortage information and non-payment information indicating that payment cannot be made can be transmitted to the terminal 20.
  • the payment account setting reminder information (not limited, but an example of notification information) is at least an example of the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user (not limited, but the balance information of the first account). ) Is shown to be transmitted to the terminal 20.
  • the notification information based on at least a part of the purchase information can be transmitted to the terminal based on the information of the balance of the first account.
  • the third icon is not displayed, but If the condition "the balance of the payment account is less than the set amount (10,000 yen as an example, not a limitation)" is not satisfied, the third icon is not displayed, but If the condition "the balance of the payment account is less than the set amount (not limited, but 10,000 yen as an example)" is satisfied, the third icon can be displayed.
  • the condition is not limited to displaying the third icon as a method for allowing the user to select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment. If it is established, information different from the third icon may be displayed as a method for allowing the user to select a payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
  • the link information, advertisement information, etc. of the web page of the loan company may be displayed as an example, not limited. By doing so, the user can borrow money from a loan company by a loan when the payment amount may exceed the balance of the payment account.
  • This modification shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays information related to a loan on the display unit 24 based on the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user.
  • a loan is made when the balance of the first account related to the first account information selected by the user of the terminal is insufficient to make a payment. Information can be notified to the user of the terminal.
  • bank accounts that can be set as payment accounts linked to a credit card have been described, but these may be three or more bank accounts. Since the processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • a bank account of bank A when linking three bank accounts, a bank account of bank A, a bank account of bank B, and a bank account of bank C, to a credit card, for a certain credit card transaction (purchase information)
  • a bank account of bank B when linking three bank accounts, a bank account of bank A, a bank account of bank B, and a bank account of bank C, to a credit card, for a certain credit card transaction (purchase information)
  • two bank accounts, a bank account of bank B and a bank account of bank C may be set as payment accounts.
  • the transfer amount is not limited, but as an example, the transfer amount is transferred from each of a plurality of payment accounts according to the above-mentioned methods such as the amount input method, (A) fixed transfer amount method, and (B) ratio setting method. Can be set based on the input by the user of the terminal 20.
  • the tenth embodiment is an example in which postpayment is realized by a method different from the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the deferred payment as described above, either (1) credit card payment or (2) payout can be applied.
  • a bank account related to a user and associated with a credit card associated with the user is referred to as a "main bank account” and associated with the credit card associated with this user.
  • a bank account that does not have a bank account will be referred to as a "sub-bank account”.
  • the planned payment amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) that the user plans to make the payment from the sub-bank account is specified. Received by the server. Then, based on the information received by the predetermined server, the amount to be paid from the sub bank account (an example of the second account, not the limitation) to the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (in the limitation). However, the process related to remittance (an example of the second amount) is performed.
  • the process related to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account is not limited, but as an example, the process of actually remittance of the second amount and the information of the second amount to realize the remittance, etc. This is a process that has some relation to the remittance of the second amount, such as the process of transmitting to the device of. A specific example of this will be described later.
  • the predetermined server that performs this processing is not limited, but as an example, a financial institution server (not limited, as an example, a bank server 50) or a server of a fund transfer company engaged in a fund transfer business (hereinafter, "fund transfer company server"). It can be referred to as).
  • the fund transfer business operator is referred to as the above-mentioned electronic money service business operator (electronic money application business operator).
  • the predetermined server is used as the server of the electronic money service provider described above, and this is referred to as the server 60 described above.
  • the user selects the transaction information (purchase information) that the user wants to pay from the sub-bank account, and notifies the server 60 of the information.
  • the server 60 communicates with the bank server 50 to transfer the purchase amount from the user's sub-bank account to the user's main bank account (bank account linked to the credit card). conduct.
  • the “remittance” in the present embodiment is not limited to, but includes, as an example, charging of electronic money from a sub-bank account and withdrawal to a main bank account.
  • the purchase amount is actually deducted from the user's main bank account and paid to the credit card company, but for the user, it is as if from the sub bank account to the credit card company. It will look like the payment has been made. Remittance in this way is called “inter-account remittance”.
  • the methods for realizing remittance between accounts in this embodiment can be broadly divided into the following methods.
  • Remittance (electronic money transfer / charge & withdrawal) method for each transaction (2) Electronic money transfer / charge for each transaction and withdrawal for multiple transactions at once (3) Multiple transactions
  • the method (3) is not limited, and the following method can be considered as an example.
  • (3-1) Remittance setting for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions (3-2) Remittance setting for multiple transactions and remittance for multiple transactions
  • the communication system 1B shown in FIG. 1-14 is applied as an example, not a limitation.
  • the server 60 described with reference to FIG. 1-14 will be described as a server of an electronic money service provider.
  • FIG. 10-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159E, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
  • the contractor ID, the electronic money application ID, the transaction data, and the first registered bank account data are stored in each user management data.
  • the electronic money application ID is an account in the electronic money application of the user of this contractor ID.
  • information about one bank account is stored as the information of the bank account linked to the credit card of the user of this contractor ID.
  • one account ID and the account transfer token corresponding to this account ID are stored in association with each other. That is, the number of bank accounts associated with a credit card is one.
  • FIG. 10-2 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655E, which is an example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this embodiment.
  • Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, a second registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
  • the account ID, the account transfer token, and the type are stored in association with each other as an example, not limited.
  • the account IDs of two or more (plural) bank accounts of this user are stored.
  • the account transfer token the account transfer token corresponding to this account ID is stored.
  • the type is the main / sub type of the bank account of this account ID, and "main" is associated with the main bank account and "sub” is associated with the sub bank account.
  • the account ID stored in the first registered bank account data described above that is, the bank account linked to the user's credit card is used as the main bank account, and the corresponding account ID is "main”. Is associated and memorized.
  • the account ID not stored in the first registered bank account data described above that is, the bank account not associated with the user's credit card is set as the sub bank, and the corresponding account ID is associated with "sub". Will be remembered.
  • the payment account setting data is not limited, but as an example, the transaction ID and the payment account ID are stored in association with each other.
  • the main bank account may be set as the default payment account as an example, not limited to it.
  • the payment account ID can be updated with that account ID.
  • FIG. 10-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 10-3 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a payment account is set in the electronic money application of the terminal 20A.
  • the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application is displayed.
  • the characters "Payment App”, which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. Below that, information for setting up a payment account is displayed.
  • Information about A's bank account includes the main bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, but as an example, the bank name, account number, etc. corresponding to bank A, which is the main bank account) and the credit card.
  • a bank account information display area for displaying unrestricted sub-bank account information (not limited, but as an example, a bank name, an account number, etc. corresponding to bank B, which is a sub-bank account) is configured.
  • a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account to be transferred is configured.
  • the bank A is displayed in the "payment account” column.
  • the first icon IC1A including the character “Bank A” corresponding to Bank B and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are displayed.
  • the above screen view has the same display mode / user interface (UI) as the screen view in the center of FIG. 1-31 and the screen view on the right of FIG. 1-31 described in the first modification. That is, in this embodiment, the payment amount is not deducted from the sub-bank account (in the above example, the bank account of Bank B), but actually the payment amount is actually paid from the main bank account (in the above example, the bank account of Bank A). Is deducted, but by displaying as described above, it is possible to make the user look as if the payment amount was deducted from the sub-bank account. In other words, the user does not need to be aware that remittances will be made between accounts, just select a payment account.
  • UI user interface
  • ⁇ Processing> 10-4 and 10-5 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in this embodiment.
  • This process is an example of the process when the method (1) described above is applied.
  • a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A a process executed by the control unit 21 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A.
  • An example of the processing executed by the department is shown.
  • the main bank account of A is set as the bank account of bank A (account ID: BA001), and the user A.
  • the sub-bank account of A will be described as the bank account of bank B (account ID: BB001).
  • control unit 61 When the control unit 61 receives the billing information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 receives account management data based on the received billing information (not limited, but as an example, the billing page of the electronic money application including the billing information). Update the transaction data of. Then, the control unit 61 transmits the billing information with the transmission source as the OA account of the credit card company to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B630).
  • control unit 21 Upon receiving the billing information from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 executes the step of A130.
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B640), and if it is determined that the payment account setting request information has been received (B640: YES), the payment account.
  • the setting information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B650).
  • the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received payment account setting information (A660).
  • the control unit 21 accepts the payment account selection input by the user via the input unit (A670). Specifically, when the user wishes to pay for this billing information from a sub-bank account (bank account of bank B (account ID: BB001)), input of selection of a sub-bank account is accepted. Then, the control unit 21 transmits the payment account selection information indicating that the sub-bank account has been selected to the server 60 by the communication I / F 22 (A680).
  • control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, A680, A690. You can make it skip the steps in. Further, in this case, the control unit 61 can skip the steps of B660a and B670.
  • the control unit 61 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64, the control unit 61 executes an inter-account remittance process with the bank server 50 (A bank server 50A, B bank server 50B) (B660a). ..
  • FIG. 10-6 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of remittance processing between accounts.
  • An example of the process executed by the control unit of 50B is shown.
  • the control unit 61 is not limited to the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A.
  • User A The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored.
  • the control unit 61 uses the purchase amount corresponding to this transaction ID in the transaction data as the remittance amount, and the account in which the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user AA in this example) are stored.
  • Communication I of electronic money transfer request information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account of the remittance source (in this example, the bank account of bank B) included in the second registered bank account data of the management data. It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by / F64 (B6610).
  • the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the electronic money transfer process (E6610). Specifically, from the account management database stored in the storage unit (not shown), the electronic money is obtained from the account balance stored in the account management data associated with the account transfer token included in the received electronic money transfer request information. The transaction history is updated by subtracting the remittance amount included in the transfer request information and adding the current transaction content to the transaction history stored in the account management data. Then, the control unit of the B bank server 50B ends the process.
  • control unit of the B bank server 50B transmits the electronic money transfer completion information indicating that the electronic money transfer of the remittance amount has been completed to the server 60 by the communication I / F (E6620).
  • the authentication system authorization process performed between the server 60 and the bank B server 50B is completed.
  • the control unit 61 displays the received electronic money transfer completion information on the display unit 63 (B6630). Note that this step may be omitted.
  • control unit 61 performs charge processing (B6640). Specifically, based on the received transfer completion information, the remittance amount is added to the electronic money account balance of the above account management data with electronic money.
  • the control unit 61 performs withdrawal processing (B6650). Specifically, the remittance amount is subtracted from the electronic money account balance of the above account management data, and this remittance amount and the bank account of the remittance destination included in the second registered bank account data of the above account management data (this).
  • the withdrawal information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account of the bank A) is transmitted to the bank A server 50A by the communication I / F64.
  • the control unit of the bank A server 50A performs the deposit processing (D6650). Specifically, in the account management database stored in the storage unit (not shown), the withdrawal information is added to the account balance stored in the account management data associated with the account transfer token included in the received withdrawal information. The transaction history is updated by adding the included remittance amount and adding the current transaction details to the transaction history stored in the account management data. Then, the control unit of the bank A server 50A ends the process.
  • control unit of the A bank server 50A transmits the payment completion information indicating that the payment has been completed to the server 60 by the communication I / F (D6660). As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the server 60 and the bank A server 50A is completed.
  • the control unit 61 When the payment completion information is received from the bank A server 50A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 causes the display unit 63 to display the received payment completion information (B6660). Note that this step may be omitted. Then, the control unit 61 ends the process.
  • the control unit 61 transmits the inter-account remittance completion information indicating that the inter-account remittance is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B670). .. Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
  • control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received inter-account remittance completion information (A690). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
  • the control unit 11 When it is determined in C180 that the account transfer request condition is satisfied (C180: YES), the control unit 11 is not limited, but as an example, the first user management data of the target user (user AA in this example).
  • the control unit 21 decides to skip the steps A680 and A690, but does not skip this. You may do so. However, even in this case, the control unit 61 can skip the steps of B660a and B670.
  • the fee for realizing remittance between accounts can be arbitrarily arranged between the electronic money service provider and the affiliated bank.
  • the e-commerce service provider should bear both the e-commerce transfer fee and the deposit fee, and pay the fees to the corresponding affiliated banks (Bank A and Bank B in the above example), respectively.
  • the fee for electronic money transfer may be borne by the electronic money service provider, and the fee for deposit may be handled by the withdrawal bank (bank A in the above example). can.
  • the server 60 (an example of a server that communicates with a terminal, not a limitation) is billed information regarding a purchase by a user of the terminal 20 by credit card payment or a pay-as-you-go (an example of a postpayment, not a limitation). Not limited, but an example of purchase information) is received from the credit card company server 10. Then, the server 60 is paid account selection information (limited, not limited) including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) (not limited, but an example of the first amount).
  • a payment account selection that includes information on the amount of money (an example of the second amount, not the limitation) paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (an example of the second account, not the limitation).
  • the server 60 controls the inter-account remittance process (not limited to the process of transferring the second amount from the second account to the first account) based on the received inter-account remittance request information. Shows the configuration performed by. As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to transfer the second amount from the second account to the first account and then make the payment by deferred payment from the first account.
  • the payment account selection information (first information) including the information of the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account includes the information requesting payment from the main bank account for the first purchase information, and the terminal.
  • the payment account selection information (second information), which includes information on the amount of money the 20 users pay from the sub-bank account, may include information requesting payment from the sub-bank account for the second purchase information.
  • the second purchase information can actually be paid from the first account as if it were paid from the second account. ..
  • the inter-account remittance process can be performed before the closing date (not limited, but an example of a set date) as an example, not limited.
  • the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account can be performed by the set date.
  • the postpay can be made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
  • the postpay can be made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
  • the inter-account remittance processing is the electronic money of the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (second account) based on the inter-account remittance request information (second information).
  • the configuration includes a process of remittance amount to an account (not limited to an example of a third account) and a process of remittance amount from an electronic money account to a main bank account (first account).
  • the second amount can be appropriately remitted from the second account to the first account via the third account.
  • the electronic money account (third account) can be managed by the server 60.
  • the third account is managed by the server which is the processing subject of the processing related to the remittance, the remittance via the third account is surely performed. can do.
  • the process of transferring the remittance amount from the sub-bank account (second account) to the electronic money account (not limited to the third account) of the user of the terminal 20 is the electronic money from the balance of the sub-bank account. It can include charge processing to the account.
  • the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the third account can be realized by the process of charging the third account from the balance of the first account. ..
  • the electronic money account can be charged with the remittance amount by electronic money (electronic money).
  • the second amount can be appropriately charged with electronic money.
  • FIG. 10-7 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification, and shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 10-5.
  • the control unit 61 performs the electronic money transfer & charge process (B661). Specifically, it is the same as B6610 to B6640 and E6610 to E6620 in FIGS. 10-6, but not as a limitation, with the bank server 50 requesting the electronic money transfer (in this example, the B bank server 50B). Perform processing.
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the withdrawal condition is satisfied (B663).
  • the withdrawal condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the withdrawal date and time has come".
  • the payment account setting deadline can be set on the day (date and time) before the account transfer date in credit card payment.
  • the 22nd of each month is the payment account setting deadline.
  • the withdrawal date and time can be set as an example, not limited to, as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date.
  • the control unit 61 proceeds to B195. On the other hand, if it is determined that the withdrawal condition is satisfied (B663: YES), the control unit 61 performs the withdrawal process (B665). Specifically, the same processing as B6650 to B6660 and D6650 to D6660 in FIG. 10-6 is performed with the bank server 50 (in this example, the A bank server 50A) for withdrawal, as an example without limitation. conduct.
  • control unit 61 transmits the withdrawal completion information indicating that the withdrawal is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B667). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
  • the electronic commerce account balance increases due to the charge, but the user of the terminal 20 can consume the electronic commerce account balance to make an electronic commerce payment or the like. be. Due to the consumption of the electronic commerce account balance, it is possible that the electronic commerce account balance will be insufficient at the timing of collective withdrawal.
  • first electronic money account an electronic money account that can be used by the user
  • second electronic money account an electronic money account that cannot be used by the user
  • the balance of the first electronic money account and the balance of the second electronic money account can be stored in the account management data. Then, the control unit 61 of the server 60 can charge the second electronic money account in the electronic money transfer & charge process and withdraw from the second electronic money account in the withdrawal process.
  • FIG. 10-8 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655F, which is an example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this embodiment.
  • Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, a second registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
  • a remittance flag is set as an example, not a limitation.
  • the remittance flag is set to "OFF” by default, but it is a flag set to "ON” when performing remittance between accounts for this transaction ID. When the remittance between accounts is completed, this flag is set back to "OFF".
  • FIG. 10-9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example, and illustrates the portion corresponding to FIG. 10-5. This process is an example of the process when the above-mentioned method (3-1) is applied.
  • the control unit 61 After receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 after B650, the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance setting process (B662). Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A.
  • the account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON".
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the inter-account remittance condition is satisfied (B664).
  • the remittance condition between accounts is not limited, but can be, for example, "the date and time of remittance between accounts has come".
  • the remittance date and time between accounts is not limited, and as an example, like the withdrawal date and time, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date.
  • control unit 61 proceeds to B195.
  • the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance process (B660b).
  • This inter-account remittance process can be performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 10-6, but the control unit 61 has a transaction ID in which the remittance flag is set to "ON" in the payment account setting data of the account management data.
  • the same processing as in FIG. 10-6 is performed with the total amount of the purchase amounts of the above as the remittance amount. Then, the control unit 61 returns all the remittance flags to "OFF".
  • control unit 61 transmits the inter-account remittance completion information indicating that the inter-account remittance is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B666). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
  • FIG. 10-10 is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A when the above-mentioned method (3-2) is applied.
  • FIG. 10-10 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a payment account is set in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
  • Fig. 10-10 The left side of Fig. 10-10 is the monthly payment account setting screen ("October payment account setting screen" in this example) in the electronic money application, and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. There is. Below that, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-4 is displayed.
  • This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen” in this example), and the characters "Payment App”, which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. Below that, the same information as the screen on the right of FIG. 2-4 is displayed.
  • FIG. 10-11 and 10-12 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. Of these, FIG. 10-11 shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 10-9.
  • the control unit 11 determines whether or not the confirmation request information transmission condition for the current month is satisfied (C720), and if it is determined that the condition is satisfied (C720: YES), the example is not limited.
  • the current month fixed billing information including the account information of the electronic money application of the target user (not limited, but as an example, the electronic money application ID) is transmitted to the server 60 by the communication I / F14 (C730). Then, the control unit 11 advances the processing to C180.
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the confirmation request information for the current month has been received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 64 (B725), and if it is determined that the information has been received (B725). B725: YES), the current month finalized billing information (not limited, but as an example, the billing page in the electronic money application including the current month finalized billing information) is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B730).
  • control unit 21 After receiving A694 in FIG. 10-11 and receiving the current month confirmed request information from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received current month confirmed request information (A230).
  • control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made via the input unit (A740). If it is determined that no input has been made (A740: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195. On the other hand, if it is determined that the input has been made (A740: YES), the control unit 21 transmits the payment account setting request information for requesting the payment account setting to the server 60 by the communication I / F 22 (A750).
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B740), and if it is determined that the payment account setting request information has been received (B740: YES), the payment account.
  • the setting information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B750).
  • the control unit 21 When the payment account setting information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received payment account setting information (A760). After that, the control unit 21 accepts the user's selection of a payment account via the input unit (A770). Specifically, for each transaction information included in the billing information for the current month, the transaction information paid by the user from the main bank account (hereinafter referred to as "first transaction information") and the transaction paid by the user from the sub-bank account. Among the information (hereinafter referred to as "second transaction information"), at least the selection of the second transaction information is accepted.
  • the first transaction information can be one or more transaction information.
  • the second transaction information can be one or more transaction information.
  • control unit 21 transmits the payment account selection information including the input information to the server 60 by the communication I / F22 (A780).
  • the control unit 61 Upon receiving the inter-account remittance request information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance setting process (B772). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the corresponding transaction ID is obtained for each second transaction information selected by the user in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. The payment account ID associated with the user A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON". Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B664.
  • the corresponding transaction ID is obtained for each second transaction information selected by the user in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A.
  • the payment account ID associated with the user A The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID
  • the control unit 61 uses the sum of the purchase amounts of the transaction IDs for which the remittance flag is set to "ON" in the payment account setting data of the account management data as the remittance amount. Perform the same processing as in -6. That is, the total amount of purchases corresponding to the second transaction information selected by the user is the amount transferred from the sub-bank account to the main bank account.
  • the inter-account remittance process is performed as an example, not a limitation, on an inter-account remittance date (not a limitation, but an example of a set date), or a postpaid account transfer date (as an example, not a limitation). It can be done by an example of the set date).
  • the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account should be performed on the set date or by the set date. Can be done.
  • the billing information is the current month fixed billing information including a plurality of billing information (not limited, but an example of purchase information including the first purchase information, the second purchase information, and the third purchase information).
  • the first amount includes the purchase amount corresponding to the first billing information (not limited, but an example of the amount based on the purchase of the first purchase information), and the second amount includes two or more second billing information.
  • the configuration including the total amount of the corresponding purchase amounts (not limited, but an example of the total amount of the second purchase information and the third purchase information) is shown.
  • the second amount including the total amount of the second purchase information and the third purchase information can be remitted from the second account to the first account.
  • the deferred payment is performed by the credit card related to the user of the terminal 20, and the inter-account remittance processing is performed on the account transfer date (not limited, but an example of the credit card payment date) of the credit card payment. It shows the configuration that is done based on. As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account can be performed based on the payment date of the credit card.
  • the credit card company server 10 Since the credit card company server 10 stores information such as the purchase amount for each transaction of the user and the total purchase amount for the current month of the user in the storage unit 15, the credit card company is the user's main by account transfer. I know how much money will be deducted from my bank account. However, the server 60 transmits the above amount of information to the credit card company server 10, so that the credit card company can analyze how the user uses a plurality of bank accounts properly.
  • the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount).
  • payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do.
  • the server 60 controls the process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) based on the received payment account selection information.
  • the configuration performed by 61 is shown.
  • the process related to paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account based on the first information and the second information. It can be carried out.
  • Communication I / F 64 may include a process of transmitting to a credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a first server that manages credit card information). As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • the information can be notified to a user (credit card company, etc.) of the first server that manages the information of the credit card.
  • a user credit card company, etc.
  • the user of the first server can analyze how the user properly uses the first account and the second account based on the information of the received amount of money.
  • the process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account is not limited, but as an example, the fact that the amount including the first amount and the second amount is paid from the first account is stated. Paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account, such as the process of notifying other devices and the process of transmitting the information of the amount including the first amount and the second amount to other devices. It is a process that has some relationship with.
  • the payment amount of the user by credit card payment is reimbursed by the electronic money service provider, that is, it is temporarily borne. Then, it is also possible for the electronic money service provider to withdraw the reimbursed amount (hereinafter referred to as "reimbursement amount") from the user's main bank account (first account) by account transfer or the like.
  • the advance payment condition is a condition in which the electronic money service provider pays the payment amount of the credit card payment to the credit card company in advance to the user.
  • This advance payment condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the advance payment date and time has come".
  • the advance payment date and time can be, for example, the date and time set by the credit card company without limitation.
  • the control unit 61 performs the advance payment process (B794). Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, based on the transaction data of the account management data, the user A. Calculate the payment amount for the current month of A. Then, the calculated payment amount is set as the "advance amount", and the advance amount is transferred from the bank account of the electronic money service provider to the bank account of the credit card company by performing transfer processing or the like.
  • the account transfer request condition is a condition for the server 60 to request (request) the account transfer from the bank server 50, and is not a limitation but as an example. As a result, it is now 24:00 on the 25th of every month. "
  • the control unit 61 sets the type "main" in the second registered bank account data of the account management data of the target user (user AA in this example).
  • the control unit of the bank A server 50A executes the account transfer process based on the received account transfer request information (D190).
  • the information (information to be communicated) transmitted from the server 60 to the bank server 50 of the user's main bank account is not limited, and may be any of the following as an example.
  • ⁇ Information on the first amount and information on the second amount ⁇ Information on the total amount of the sum of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount to be paid from the first account) -Information on the total amount of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount paid from the first account) and information on the second amount (information on the amount paid from the second account)
  • the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount).
  • payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do.
  • Bank server 50 that manages the user's main bank account by communication I / F64 (an example of amount information including the first amount and the second amount), not limited) (not limited, but managing the first account) 2
  • An example of a server shows a configuration for performing a process of transmitting to a server.
  • the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • the information can be notified to the user (financial institution, etc.) of the second server that manages the first account of the user of the terminal.
  • the user of the second server can pay the amount of money based on the received information to the user of the server (electronic money service provider, etc.).
  • the user (business operator) of the server is an electronic money service business operator (business operator of an electronic money application), but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a financial institution such as a bank may be used as a server user (business operator).
  • the bank server 50 of this bank transfers from the sub-bank account to the main bank account. (Transfer processing) may be performed to realize the remittance.
  • the bank server 50 of the bank of the sub-bank account is not limited, but as an example, the sub-bank account to the main bank account of another bank. It suffices to realize the remittance by making a transfer (transfer processing) to.
  • the fund transfer company may be a server user (business operator) as an example without limitation.
  • the server user can be a fund transfer company such as the above-mentioned electronic money service provider as an example without limitation, but any of the following forms described above may be applied and the above embodiment may be applied.
  • a chat service chat application
  • a form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application with
  • the server 60 transmits information such as an amount (second amount) for which the payment is made from the sub-bank account to the bank server 50. Then, it is an embodiment which realizes the remittance between accounts between the bank server 50 which manages a main bank account and the bank server 50 which manages a sub-bank account. Hereinafter, this method will be referred to as “bank-type remittance between accounts”.
  • the contents described in the eleventh embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications. Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
  • the following methods can be broadly considered as methods for realizing remittance between bank methods.
  • A Method of remittance (transfer) for each transaction
  • B Method of setting the transfer request amount for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions at once
  • C Remittance for multiple transactions at once
  • C Method of making a transfer
  • C Remittance setting for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions
  • C-2 Remittance setting for multiple transactions and remittance for multiple transactions
  • the server 60 stores the electronic money application ID of the target user (described here as “User A.A.”) in the account management data and the account in which the electronic money application ID is stored in advance.
  • Information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account whose type is "main” (described here as "bank account of bank A") included in the second registered bank account data of the management data. Is transmitted to the A bank server 50A by the communication I / F64. Then, by the A bank server 50A, the user A. The electronic money application ID of A and the user A.
  • the account transfer token associated with the bank account of A bank of A is stored in association with it.
  • the server 60 stores the electronic money application ID of the target user (here, referred to as “user A.A”) in the account management data, and the account management data in which the electronic money application ID is stored.
  • the information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account whose type is "sub" (described here as "bank account of bank B") included in the second registered bank account data of It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by the communication I / F64. Then, by the B bank server 50B, the user A.
  • the electronic money application ID of A and the user A The account transfer token associated with the bank account of Bank A and Bank B is stored in association with it.
  • Bank-type remittance between accounts may be realized via identification information different from the electronic money application ID.
  • remittance between bank-type accounts may be realized via the account transfer token.
  • FIG. 11-1 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
  • This process is an example of the process when the method (A) described above is applied. Since the processing up to B650 shown in FIGS. 10-4 and 10-5 is the same as the processing after B670, the illustration and description will be omitted.
  • a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A a process executed by the control unit 21 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A.
  • An example of the processing executed by the department is shown.
  • the control unit 61 executes the first bank-type inter-account remittance process (B660c).
  • FIG. 11-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the first bank method inter-account transfer process.
  • the process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60 and the control of the bank A server 50A are performed in order from the left side.
  • An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
  • the control unit 61 is not limited to the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A.
  • User A The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored.
  • the control unit 61 uses the purchase amount corresponding to this transaction ID in the transaction data as the remittance amount, and includes the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user AA in this example).
  • the remittance information between accounts is transmitted to the bank A server 50A by communication I / F64 (B6615).
  • the bank-type remittance between accounts information is information for requesting remittance between bank-type accounts, and in this example, it is information for requesting the bank A server 50A to withdraw money from the bank B server 50B.
  • control unit of the bank A server 50A communicates the transfer request information including the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user A.A in this example) with the bank A server 50A. It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by the I / F (D6615).
  • the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the transfer process (E6615). Specifically, among the account management databases stored in the storage unit (not shown), the account stored in the account management data corresponding to the account transfer token associated with the electronic money application ID included in the received transfer request information. The remittance amount included in the transfer request information is subtracted from the balance, and the remittance amount is transferred to the bank A server 50A, which is the source and destination of the transfer request information.
  • control unit of the B bank server 50B transmits the transfer completion information including the information for notifying that the transfer process is completed to the A bank server 50A by the communication I / F of the B bank server 50B (E6617). ..
  • the control unit of the bank A server 50A When the transfer completion information is received from the bank B server 50B by the communication I / F, the control unit of the bank A server 50A notifies that the processing related to the remittance of the remittance amount is completed based on the received transfer completion information.
  • the remittance completion information including the above is transmitted to the server 60 by the communication I / F of the bank A server 50A (D6617).
  • control unit 61 proceeds to process to B670.
  • the server 60 uses the information of the planned payment amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) that the user of the terminal 20 plans to pay from the sub-bank account to the main bank account (first bank account).
  • a configuration is shown in which a bank-type inter-account transfer process including a process of transmitting to a bank server 50 (not limited to an example of a second server) that manages (1 account) is performed.
  • the second amount to be paid by the second account related to the terminal user is notified to the second server that manages the first account related to the terminal user. Can be done.
  • FIG. 11-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification, and shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 11-1.
  • FIG. 11-4 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the second bank method inter-account transfer process.
  • the process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60 and the control of the bank A server 50A are performed in order from the left side.
  • An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
  • the bank B server 50B When the transfer request information including the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user A.A in this example) is transmitted from the bank A server 50A to the bank B server 50B by the D6615, the bank B server The control unit of 50B performs the transfer setting process (E6611). Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the remittance is updated by adding the remittance amount included in the received transfer request information in association with the electronic money application ID included in the transfer request information received from the bank A server 50A. Set the flag to "ON".
  • the control unit of the bank B server 50B determines whether or not the transfer condition is satisfied (E6613).
  • the transfer condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the transfer date and time has come".
  • the transfer date and time is not limited, and as an example, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date, similar to the above-mentioned remittance date and time and withdrawal date and time.
  • the control unit of the bank B server 50B proceeds to E66115.
  • the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the transfer process (E6615). Specifically, among the account management databases stored in the storage unit (not shown), the account stored in the account management data corresponding to the account transfer token associated with the electronic money application ID included in the received transfer request information. The latest remittance amount (cumulative remittance amount) stored in association with this electronic money application ID is subtracted from the balance, and the transfer request information is sent to the bank A server 50A, which is the source and destination of the transfer. Send the remittance amount. Then, the control unit of the B bank server 50B proceeds with the process to E6617.
  • control unit 61 proceeds to process to B670.
  • the bank A server 50A performs a process of cumulatively adding and updating the remittance amount included in the bank method inter-account remittance information received from the server 60, and the transfer request condition is satisfied.
  • the transfer request information including the information of the cumulative remittance amount may be transmitted to the B bank server 50B.
  • the B bank server 50B remits the cumulative remittance amount included in the received transfer request information to the A bank server 50A by the transfer process.
  • FIG. 11-5 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example, and shows a part corresponding to FIG. 11-3.
  • the control unit 61 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A after B650, the control unit 61 performs the bank method inter-account remittance setting process (B680). Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A.
  • the account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON".
  • the control unit 61 determines whether or not the bank-type remittance condition between accounts is satisfied (B682).
  • the conditions for remittance between bank-type accounts are not limited, but can be, for example, "the date and time of remittance between bank-type accounts has come".
  • the bank method inter-account remittance date and time is not limited, and as an example, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date, as in the withdrawal date and time.
  • control unit 61 proceeds to B195.
  • the control unit 61 performs a third bank-type remittance process (B660e).
  • This third bank method remittance process between banks can be performed in the same procedure as the first bank method remittance process between banks in FIG. 11-2, but the control unit 61 is responsible for the payment account setting data of the account management data.
  • the step of B6615 is executed with the total amount of the purchase amounts of the transaction IDs for which the remittance flag is set to "ON" as the remittance amount. Then, the control unit 61 returns all the remittance flags to "OFF".
  • the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount).
  • payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20.
  • the server 60 shows a configuration in which the control unit 61 performs a process relating to payment of an amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account based on the received payment account selection information.
  • the process related to paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account based on the first information and the second information. It can be carried out.
  • Communication I / F 64 may include a process of transmitting to a credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a first server that manages credit card information). As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • the information can be notified to a user (credit card company, etc.) of the first server that manages the information of the credit card.
  • a user credit card company, etc.
  • the user of the first server can analyze how the user properly uses the first account and the second account based on the information of the received amount of money.
  • the electronic money service provider reimburses the user's payment amount by credit card payment, and the reimbursement amount is deducted from the user's main bank account (first account) by account transfer or the like. It is also possible to do so.
  • the process of FIGS. 10-13 and 10-14 can be realized by applying the process of FIGS. 10-13 and 10-14 to the bank-type inter-account remittance described in the eleventh embodiment as an example, not the limitation.
  • the information (information to be communicated) transmitted from the server 60 to the bank server 50 of the user's main bank account is not limited, and may be any of the following as an example.
  • ⁇ Information on the first amount and information on the second amount ⁇ Information on the total amount of the sum of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount to be paid from the first account) -Information on the total amount of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount paid from the first account) and information on the second amount (information on the amount paid from the second account)
  • the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount).
  • payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do.
  • Bank server 50 that manages the user's main bank account by communication I / F64 (an example of amount information including the first amount and the second amount), not limited) (not limited, but managing the first account) 2
  • An example of a server shows a configuration for performing a process of transmitting to a server.
  • the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
  • the information can be notified to the user (financial institution, etc.) of the second server that manages the first account of the user of the terminal.
  • the user of the second server can pay the amount of money based on the received information to the user of the server (electronic money service provider, etc.).
  • the transfer request from the A bank server 50A to the B bank server 50B by transmitting the information requesting the A bank server 50A from the server 60 to withdraw the money from the B bank server 50B. It was decided that the information was transmitted and the transfer was made from the B bank server 50B to the A bank server 50A, but the transfer is not limited to this.
  • the user of the server may be a financial institution such as a bank.
  • the bank server 50 of this bank is used. Transfers from the sub-bank account to the main bank account (transfer processing) may be performed to realize inter-bank transfer.
  • the bank server 50 of the bank of the sub-bank account is not limited, but as an example, the sub-bank account to the main bank account of another bank. It suffices to realize the remittance by making a transfer (transfer processing) to.
  • the fund transfer company may be a server user (business operator) as an example without limitation.
  • the server user can be a fund transfer company such as the above-mentioned electronic money service provider as an example without limitation, but any of the following forms described above may be applied and the above embodiment may be applied.
  • a chat service chat application
  • a form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application with
  • information different from the bank name or the account number may be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 as the bank account information.
  • the bank account information can.
  • FIG. 12-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 12-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
  • FIG. 12-1 shows an example of the display screen of the bank account setting page (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “payment account setting screen”) among the electronic money applications, and is the main bank linked to the credit card.
  • Account information for example, not limited, bank name, account number, balance, etc. corresponding to bank A, which is the main bank account
  • sub-bank account information that is not linked to a credit card
  • sub-bank A bank account information display area for displaying the bank name, account number, balance, etc. corresponding to the bank B, which is the account is configured.
  • the bank name corresponding to the bank A which is the main bank account.
  • the sub-bank account is described as one, but it is also possible to have two or more sub-bank accounts. Since the processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • each bank account that can be set as a payment account is linked to a credit card, and account transfer can be performed from each bank account.
  • the payment account could only be changed before the transfer was made.
  • the account transfer is performed only for the main bank account, so that even after the account transfer is performed from the main bank account, the account transfer is performed. It is also possible to change the payment account.
  • the main bank account is set up as the payment account and the payment account is changed to the sub bank account after the account transfer is made from the main bank account, the amount deducted from the main bank account will be used. After the fact, it is possible to transfer from the sub-bank account to the main bank account by inter-account transfer.
  • the terminal 20 requests the bank server 50 for the inter-account remittance, instead of having the server 60 request the bank server 50 for the inter-account remittance. You may do so. In this case, it is possible to exclude the server 60 from the components of the communication system 1B and apply the communication system 1A of FIG. 1-1.
  • the main bank account as the default payment account.
  • the user may be made to select a transaction for which payment is desired from a sub-bank account.
  • the bank account of Bank A is the main bank account and the bank account of Bank B is the sub-bank account, let the user select the transaction that he / she wants to pay from the bank account of Bank B. .. Then, for the selected transaction, the payment account can be updated to the bank account of Bank B.
  • Communication system 10 Credit card company server 20 Terminal 30 Network 40 Store terminal 50 Bank server 60 Server

Abstract

The present invention improves convenience of deferred payment.　The program executed by this terminal includes: receiving, by a communication unit of the terminal, purchase information of a commodity or a service which has been purchased on a deferred-payment basis by a user of the terminal; displaying, on a display unit of the terminal, the purchase information and a plurality of pieces of account information associated with the user of the terminal; and displaying, on the display unit, first information relating to payment of at least a part of the purchase information to be made through a first account associated with first account information, upon selection of the first account information by the user of the terminal from among the pieces of account information.

Description

プログラム、情報処理方法、端末、サーバPrograms, information processing methods, terminals, servers
　本開示は、プログラム、情報処理方法、端末、サーバ等に関する。 This disclosure relates to programs, information processing methods, terminals, servers, etc.
　従来より、後払いで商品やサービスを購入することが頻繁に行われている。例えば特許文献１には、商品の購買金額の決済を行う技術が開示されている。 Traditionally, it has been common to purchase goods and services with postpay. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a technique for settling the purchase price of a product.
特開２００２－１７６６７１号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-176671
　本発明の第１の態様によると、端末によって実行されるプログラムは、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を端末の通信部によって受信することと、購入情報と、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを端末の表示部に表示することと、端末のユーザにより、複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を表示部に表示することとが端末によって実行される。
　本発明の第２の態様によると、端末の情報処理方法は、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を端末の通信部によって受信することと、購入情報と、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを端末の表示部に表示することと、端末のユーザにより、複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を表示部に表示することとを含む。
　本発明の第３の態様によると、端末は、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を受信する通信部と、購入情報と、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを表示する表示部と、端末のユーザにより、複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を表示部に表示する制御を行う制御部とを備える。
　本発明の第４の態様によると、端末は、メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、プログラムに基づく処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、プロセッサーは、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を端末の通信部によって受信することと、購入情報と、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを端末の表示部に表示することと、端末のユーザにより、複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を表示部に表示することとを実行する。
　本発明の第５の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバは、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された購入情報を受信し、購入情報を端末に送信し、購入情報の少なくとも一部を、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報を端末から受信する通信部を備える。
　本発明の第６の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバは、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を受信し、購入情報のうち、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも第２情報を受信する通信部と、第２情報に基づいて、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理を行う制御部とを備える。
　本発明の第７の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバによって実行されるプログラムは、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報をサーバの通信部によって受信することと、購入情報のうち、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも第２情報を通信部によって受信することと、第２情報に基づいて、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理をサーバの制御部によって行うこととがサーバによって実行される。
　本発明の第８の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバの情報処理方法は、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報をサーバの通信部によって受信することと、購入情報のうち、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも第２情報を通信部によって受信することと、第２情報に基づいて、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理をサーバの制御部によって行うこととを含む。
　本発明の第９の態様によると、端末と通信するサーバは、メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、プログラムに基づいて処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、プロセッサーは、端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報をサーバの通信部によって受信することと、購入情報のうち、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも第２情報を通信部によって受信することと、第２情報に基づいて、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理を行うこととを実行する。 According to the first aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information, and the terminal. At least one of the purchase information based on displaying a plurality of account information related to the user on the display unit of the terminal and selecting the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. Displaying the first information on the display unit regarding the payment of the unit in the first account related to the first account information is executed by the terminal.
According to the second aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the terminal is that the user of the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information, and the terminal. At least a portion of the purchase information based on the fact that multiple account information related to the user is displayed on the display of the terminal and that the user of the terminal selects the first account information among the multiple account information. Includes displaying the first information on the display unit regarding the payment of the payment in the first account related to the first account information.
According to the third aspect of the present invention, the terminal is a communication unit that receives purchase information of goods or services purchased by the terminal user in a postpaid manner, purchase information, and a plurality of account information related to the terminal user. Based on the fact that the first account information out of a plurality of account information is selected by the display unit that displays and the terminal user, the payment of at least a part of the purchase information is the first related to the first account information. It is provided with a control unit that controls the display of the first information regarding payment by the account on the display unit.
According to a fourth aspect of the invention, the terminal comprises a processor that reads a program stored in memory and performs processing based on the program, wherein the processor is a postpaid purchase of goods or services by the user of the terminal. The purchase information is received by the communication unit of the terminal, the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal are displayed on the display unit of the terminal, and the user of the terminal has a plurality of account information. Based on the fact that the first account information of the first account information is selected, the display unit displays the first information regarding the payment of at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information. ..
According to the fifth aspect of the present invention, the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information purchased by the user of the terminal after payment, sends the purchase information to the terminal, and at least a part of the purchase information of the terminal. It is provided with a communication unit that receives information from a terminal regarding payment by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user.
According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the user of the terminal, and the first purchase information related to the user of the terminal. A communication unit that receives at least the second information among the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the account and the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. , A control unit that performs processing related to transferring a second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information is provided.
According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, the program executed by the server communicating with the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the server and purchases. Of the information, the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. Of these, the server is to receive at least the second information by the communication unit and to perform the process related to transferring the second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information by the control unit of the server. Is executed by.
According to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the information processing method of the server that communicates with the terminal is that the user of the terminal receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased after payment by the communication unit of the server, and the purchase information. Of the first information including information on the first amount paid by the first account related to the terminal user and the second information including information on the second amount paid by the second account related to the terminal user. , At least the second information is received by the communication unit, and the process related to the transfer of the second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information is performed by the control unit of the server.
According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, the server communicating with the terminal includes a processor that reads a program stored in the memory and executes processing based on the program, and the processor is purchased by the user of the terminal after payment. The purchase information of the product or service is received by the communication unit of the server, the first information including the information of the first amount of the purchase information to be paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal, and the user of the terminal. Of the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the related second account, at least the second information is received by the communication unit, and based on the second information, the second from the second account to the first account. 2 Perform processing related to sending money.
第１実施例に係る通信システムのシステム構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the system configuration of the communication system which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係るクレジットカード会社サーバの制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the credit card company server which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例係るクレジットカード会社サーバの記憶部に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information which is stored in the storage part of the credit card company server which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係るユーザ登録データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user registration data which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係る提携銀行データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the affiliated bank data which concerns on 1st Example. 第１実施例に係るユーザ管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user management database which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係る端末の制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係る端末の記憶部に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information which is stored in the storage part of the terminal which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係るクレジットカード決済サービスの原理の説明図。An explanatory diagram of the principle of the credit card payment service according to the first embodiment. 第１実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る通信システムのシステム構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the system configuration of the communication system which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るユーザ管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user management database which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るサーバの制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the server which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るサーバの記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the server which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るアカウント登録データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account registration data which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るアカウント管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account management database which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る端末の制御部によって実現される機能の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the function realized by the control part of the terminal which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る端末の記憶部に記憶される情報の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the information stored in the storage part of the terminal which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るクレジットカード決済サービスの原理の説明図。An explanatory diagram of the principle of the credit card payment service according to the first modification. 第１変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るアカウント管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account management database which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係るアカウント管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account management database which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on the 1st modification. 第１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 1st modification. 第２実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第２変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on the 2nd modification. 第３実施例に係るユーザ管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user management database which concerns on 3rd Example. 第３実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第３実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. 第４実施例に係る支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the information type determination data for payment account setting which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 第４実施例に係る取引別支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the information type judgment data for setting the payment account by transaction which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 第４実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 第４実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 4th Embodiment. 第５実施例に係る支払い口座設定リマインド条件データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the payment account setting reminder condition data which concerns on 5th Example. 第５実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 5th Embodiment. 第６実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 6th Embodiment. 第７実施例に係るユーザ管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user management database which concerns on 7th Embodiment. 第７実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 7th Embodiment. 第７実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 7th Embodiment. 第７変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 7th modification. 第８実施例に係る支払い口座決定用データのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the payment account determination data which concerns on 8th Embodiment. 第８実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 8th Embodiment. 第９実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 9th Embodiment. 第９変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 9th modification. 第９変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 9th modification. 第９変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 9th modification. 第１０実施例に係るユーザ管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the user management database which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０実施例に係るアカウント管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account management database which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th Embodiment. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係るアカウント管理データベースのデータ構成の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the data structure of the account management database which concerns on the 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on the 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１０変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 10th modification. 第１１実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on eleventh embodiment. 第１１実施例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on eleventh embodiment. 第１１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification. 第１１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification. 第１１変形例に係る各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャート。The flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the process executed by each apparatus which concerns on 11th modification. 他の実施例に係る端末の表示画面の一例を示す図。The figure which shows an example of the display screen of the terminal which concerns on other examples.
＜法的事項の遵守＞
　本明細書に記載の開示は、通信の秘密など、本開示の実施に必要な実施国の法的事項遵守を前提とすることに留意されたい。 <Compliance with legal matters>
It should be noted that the disclosures described herein are subject to compliance with the legal matters of the implementing country necessary for the implementation of this disclosure, such as secrecy of communications.
　本開示に係るプログラム等を実施するための実施形態について、図面を参照して説明する。 An embodiment for implementing the program and the like according to the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings.
　システムとは、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかの形態のシステムを含む概念とすることができる。
（１）端末＆サーバ
（２）サーバ
（３）端末 The system can be a concept including, as an example, not limited to, a system of any of the following forms.
(1) Terminal & server (2) Server (3) Terminal
　（１）は、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも１つの端末と、少なくとも１つのサーバとを含むシステムである。この一例は、サーバクライアントシステムである。
　この場合、システムの制御部は、端末の制御部とサーバの制御部とのうちの少なくともいずれか一方とすることができる。つまり、限定ではなく例として、（１Ａ）端末の制御部のみ、（１Ｂ）サーバの制御部のみ、（１Ｃ）端末の制御部とサーバの制御部との両方、のうちのいずれかを、システムの制御部とすることができる。 (1) is a system including at least one terminal and at least one server as an example without limitation. An example of this is a server-client system.
In this case, the control unit of the system can be at least one of the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server. That is, as an example, not limited to, one of (1A) only the control unit of the terminal, (1B) only the control unit of the server, and (1C) both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server can be used as a system. Can be the control unit of.
　また、システムの制御部が行う制御や処理（以下、包括的に「制御等」と称する。）は、（１Ａ）端末の制御部のみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（１Ｂ）サーバの制御部のみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（１Ｃ）端末の制御部とサーバの制御部との両方によって行うようにしてもよい。
　また、（１Ｃ）では、限定ではなく例として、システムが制御部によって行う制御等のうちの一部の制御等を端末の制御部によって行うようにし、残りの制御等をサーバの制御部によって行うようにしてもよい。この場合、制御等の割り当て（割り振り）は、等分であってもよいし、等分ではなく異なる割合で割り当ててもよい。 Further, the control and processing (hereinafter, collectively referred to as "control and the like") performed by the control unit of the system may be performed only by the control unit of the terminal (1A), or the control of the server (1B). It may be performed only by the unit, or may be performed by both the control unit of the terminal and the control unit of the server (1C).
Further, in (1C), as an example, the control unit of the terminal is used to perform some of the controls and the like controlled by the control unit of the system, and the control unit of the server is used to perform the remaining control and the like. You may do so. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of the control or the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of being equally divided.
　（２）は、限定ではなく例として、複数のサーバによって構成されるシステム（以下、「サーバシステム」と称する。）とすることができる。 (2) is not limited, but may be, as an example, a system composed of a plurality of servers (hereinafter referred to as "server system").
　サーバシステムが行う制御等は、複数のサーバのうち、（２Ａ）一のサーバのみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（２Ｂ）他のサーバのみによって行うようにしてもよいし、（２Ｃ）一のサーバと他のサーバとが行うようにしてもよい。
　また、（２Ｃ）では、限定ではなく例として、サーバシステムが行う制御等のうちの一部の制御等を一のサーバが行うようにし、残りの制御等を他のサーバが行うようにしてもよい。この場合、制御等の割り当て（割り振り）は、等分であってもよいし、等分ではなく異なる割合で割り当ててもよい。 The control or the like performed by the server system may be performed by only one of the plurality of servers (2A), (2B) may be performed only by the other server, or (2C) one. This may be done by one of the servers and another server.
Further, in (2C), as an example, not limited to the control, one server may perform some of the controls performed by the server system, and the other server may perform the remaining controls. good. In this case, the allocation (allocation) of the control or the like may be equally divided, or may be allocated at different ratios instead of being equally divided.
　（３）は、限定ではなく例として、複数の端末によって構成されるシステムとすることができる。
　このシステムは、限定ではなく例として、以下のようなシステムとすることができる。
　・サーバの機能を端末に持たせるシステム（分散システム）。これは、限定ではなく例として、ブロックチェーンの技術を用いて実現することが可能である。
　・端末同士が無線通信を行うシステム。これは、限定ではなく例として、ブルートゥース等の近距離無線通信技術を用いてＰ２Ｐ（ピアツーピア）方式等で通信を行うことで実現可能である。 (3) is not limited, but may be a system composed of a plurality of terminals as an example.
This system is not limited, but can be, as an example, the following system.
-A system that gives terminals the functions of a server (distributed system). This can be achieved using blockchain technology as an example, but not a limitation.
-A system in which terminals communicate wirelessly with each other. This is not limited, but can be realized by communicating by a P2P (peer-to-peer) method or the like using a short-range wireless communication technique such as Bluetooth as an example.
　なお、上記は、制御部に限らず、システムの構成要素となり得る入出力部、通信部、記憶部、時計部等の各機能部についても同様である。 The above is not limited to the control unit, but the same applies to each functional unit such as an input / output unit, a communication unit, a storage unit, and a clock unit that can be components of the system.
　以下の実施形態では、限定ではなく例として、端末とサーバとを含むシステム（限定ではなく例として、サーバクライアントシステム）を例示する。
　なお、サーバとして、上記（２）のサーバシステムを適用することも可能である。 In the following embodiments, a system including a terminal and a server (a server-client system as an example, not a limitation) will be illustrated as an example rather than a limitation.
It is also possible to apply the server system of (2) above as a server.
　また、端末とサーバとを含むシステムに代えて、サーバを含まないシステム、限定ではなく例として、上記（３）のシステムを適用することも可能である。
　この場合の実施形態は、前述したブロックチェーンの技術等に基づいて構成することが可能である。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、以下の実施形態で説明するサーバに記憶されて管理されるデータを、ブロックチェーン上に保管（格納）する。そして、端末が、ブロックチェーンへのトランザクションを生成し、トランザクションがブロックチェーン上で承認されると、ブロックチェーン上に保管されたデータが更新されるようにすることができる。 Further, instead of the system including the terminal and the server, it is also possible to apply the system not including the server, not limited to the system of the above (3) as an example.
The embodiment in this case can be configured based on the above-mentioned blockchain technology and the like. Specifically, as an example, not limited, the data stored and managed in the server described in the following embodiment is stored (stored) on the blockchain. Then, the terminal can generate a transaction to the blockchain, and when the transaction is approved on the blockchain, the data stored on the blockchain can be updated.
　また、本明細書では、適宜「通信Ｉ／Ｆによって」という表現を用いる。これは、限定ではなく例として、装置が、制御部（プロセッサー等）の制御に基づいて、通信Ｉ／Ｆを介して（通信部を介して）、各種の情報やデータを送受信することを示してもよいものとする。 Further, in this specification, the expression "by communication I / F" is used as appropriate. This is not limited to, but as an example, indicates that the device sends and receives various information and data via the communication I / F (via the communication unit) based on the control of the control unit (processor, etc.). May be acceptable.
　また、本明細書において「関する」、「関連する」と記載された用語について、限定ではなく例として、「Ａに関するＢ」や「Ａに関連するＢ」といった場合、「Ａ」と何らかの関係性を有する「Ｂ」を意味してよいものとする。この具体例については後述する。 In addition, the terms described as "related" and "related" in the present specification are not limited, but as an example, when "B related to A" or "B related to A" is used, there is some relationship with "A". It may mean "B" having. A specific example of this will be described later.
　また、本明細書において、「ＡとＢとを送信する」、「ＡとＢとを受信する」といったように、装置が２以上のものを対象として処理を行うことには、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングを合わせて行うもの（以下、「同時」という。）と、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングをずらして行うもの（以下、「非同時」という。）とを含めてよいものとする。
　限定ではなく例として、第１情報と第２情報とを送信するという場合、第１情報と第２情報とをタイミングを合わせて送信するものと、第１情報と第２情報とをタイミングをずらして送信するものとの両方の概念を含めてよいものとする。
　なお、ラグ（タイムラグ）を考慮し、「同時」には「ほぼ同時」を含めてよいものとする。 Further, in the present specification, processing for two or more devices such as "transmitting A and B" and "receiving A and B" is referred to as "A". Including those in which "B" is performed at the same timing (hereinafter referred to as "simultaneous") and those in which "A" and "B" are performed at different timings (hereinafter referred to as "non-simultaneous"). It shall be good.
As an example, not a limitation, when the first information and the second information are transmitted, the timing of transmitting the first information and the second information at the same timing and the timing of the first information and the second information are staggered. It is permissible to include both the concepts of what is sent and what is sent.
In consideration of the lag (time lag), "simultaneous" may include "almost simultaneous".
　なお、「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とをタイミングをずらして行うといっても、これはあくまでも「Ａ」と「Ｂ」とを対象として処理を行うものであればよく、その目的は必ずしも同じでなくてもよいものとする。
　限定ではなく例として、上記のように第１情報と第２情報とを送信するという場合、第１情報と第２情報とを送信しさえすればよく、同じ目的で第１情報と第２情報とを送信する場合の他、異なる目的で第１情報と第２情報とを送信する場合も含めてよいものとする。 It should be noted that even if "A" and "B" are performed at different timings, this may be performed only for "A" and "B", and the purpose is not necessarily the same. It does not have to be.
As an example, not a limitation, when the first information and the second information are transmitted as described above, it is only necessary to transmit the first information and the second information, and the first information and the second information have the same purpose. In addition to the case of transmitting and, the case of transmitting the first information and the second information for different purposes may be included.
＜実施形態＞
　クレジットカードを利用した決済（以下、「クレジットカード決済」と称する。）等による支払いが日常的に利用されている。
　本実施形態は、このクレジットカード決済を含む後払いの決済に関する実施形態である。 <Embodiment>
Payments using credit cards (hereinafter referred to as "credit card payments") and the like are used on a daily basis.
This embodiment is an embodiment relating to a postpaid payment including this credit card payment.
　「後払い」とは、ユーザが商品やサービスを購入する場合に、購入の手続きは行ったものの、そのタイミングでは代金の支払いを行わず、それよりも後のタイミング、限定ではなく例として、設定された日、または設定された期日までに代金の支払いを行うサービスである。先に商品等をユーザが受け取り（または、先に商品等がユーザに発送され）、その後に、その代金を支払うようなものをこれに含めることができる。 "Postpay" is set as an example, not limited to the timing after that, when the user purchases a product or service, the purchase procedure is performed, but the payment is not made at that timing. It is a service that pays the price on the same day or by the set date. This can include a product or the like that the user receives first (or the product or the like is shipped to the user first) and then pays the price.
　この後払いには、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかの支払い方法を含めることができる。
（１）クレジットカード決済
（２）ツケ払い This deferred payment may include, as an example, but not a limitation, at least one of the following payment methods:
(1) Credit card payment (2) Tsuke payment
　（１）クレジットカード決済では、限定ではなく例として、月に１回などの設定された日にち（または設定された期日）に、設定された期間（限定ではなく例として、ひと月の期間）に行われた取引を対象として、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座からまとめて支払いを行う。 (1) In credit card payment, as an example, not limited, a set date (or a set date) such as once a month, and a set period (a month period, not a limitation) Payments will be made in bulk from the bank account linked to the credit card for the transactions that have been made.
　（２）ツケ払いでは、限定ではなく例として、商品等をユーザが受け取ると（または、商品等がユーザに発送されると）、後日、支払い（後払い）に必要な請求書がユーザ宛に送付される。または、請求情報がユーザの端末２０に送信される。そして、ユーザは、請求書等に記載された設定された日、または設定された期日までに、金融機関（口座振替を含む。）、コンビニエンスストア、電子マネーサービス等を利用して、請求書に記載された金額の支払いを行う。 (2) In the case of invoice payment, as an example, not limited to, when the user receives the product etc. (or when the product etc. is shipped to the user), the invoice required for payment (deferred payment) is sent to the user at a later date. Will be done. Alternatively, the billing information is transmitted to the user's terminal 20. Then, the user uses a financial institution (including account transfer), a convenience store, an electronic money service, etc. to write an invoice by the set date stated on the invoice or the set date. Make the stated amount of payment.
　本明細書では、（２）ツケ払いとして、限定ではなく例として、（２－１）一括ツケ払い、（２－２）都度ツケ払い、の２種類を例示する。
　（２－１）一括ツケ払いは、限定ではなく例として、設定期間（限定ではなく例として、ひと月の期間）に行われた取引について、一括的に（まとめて）ツケ払いによる支払いを行う方法である。
　（２－２）都度ツケ払いは、限定ではなく例として、取引が行われる都度、ツケ払いによる支払いを行う方法である。 In this specification, two types of (2) pay-as-you-go payments are illustrated, not limitedly, as an example: (2-1) one-time pay-off payments and (2-2) pay-as-you-go payments.
(2-1) One-time payment is not limited, but as an example, a method of making payment by payment in a lump sum (collectively) for transactions made during a set period (as an example, not a limitation, for a period of one month). Is.
(2-2) Pay-as-you-go payment is not limited, but as an example, it is a method of paying by pay-as-you-go each time a transaction is made.
　また、本明細書では、端末のユーザにより、上記の後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入に関連する情報を「購入情報」と称する。「購入情報」は、商品またはサービスの購入と何らかの関係性を有する情報であればよく、限定ではなく例として、以下のようなものがこれに含まれる。
　・後払いで商品またはサービスが購入されたことを示す情報
　・後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの概要や細目を示す情報
　・後払いの請求情報 Further, in the present specification, the information related to the purchase of the goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the above-mentioned postpaid is referred to as "purchase information". The "purchase information" may be any information that has some relation to the purchase of goods or services, and is not limited to the following, and includes the following as an example.
・ Information indicating that the product or service was purchased by postpay ・ Information indicating the outline or details of the product or service purchased by postpay ・ Billing information of postpay
　なお、端末が受信する購入情報と、クレジットカード会社のサーバやメッセージングサービス・電子マネーサービス等のサービスを提供するサービス事業者のサーバで管理される購入情報とは、完全に同じ情報としてもよいし、一部が異なる情報としてもよい。 The purchase information received by the terminal and the purchase information managed by the server of the credit card company or the server of the service provider that provides services such as messaging service and electronic money service may be exactly the same information. , Part of the information may be different.
＜第１実施例＞
　第１実施例は、本開示の手法を、限定ではなく例として、前述した（１）クレジットカード決済によって実現するための基本的な実施例である。 <First Example>
The first embodiment is a basic embodiment for realizing the method of the present disclosure by the above-mentioned (1) credit card payment as an example, not a limitation.
　ユーザによっては、複数の金融機関の口座を持ち、利用用途に応じて、金融機関の口座を使い分けることがある。クレジットカード決済等の後払いを行う場合であっても、利用用途に応じて、金融機関の口座を使い分けることができると至便である。 Some users have accounts of multiple financial institutions, and depending on the purpose of use, the accounts of financial institutions may be used properly. Even when making postpay by credit card, it is convenient to be able to use different financial institution accounts depending on the intended use.
　第１実施例は、クレジットカード決済において、購入情報ごとに、クレジットカード決済の支払いを行う銀行口座（以下、「支払い口座」と称する。）をユーザが選択可能にする実施例である。本実施例では、クレジットカードに複数の銀行口座が紐づけられる。
　第１実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。 The first embodiment is an embodiment in which a user can select a bank account (hereinafter, referred to as "payment account") for payment of credit card payment for each purchase information in credit card payment. In this embodiment, a plurality of bank accounts are linked to the credit card.
The contents described in the first embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
　以下説明する実施例では、金融機関として「銀行」を例示する。
　銀行には、店舗を有する銀行（郵政グループの銀行等も含む。）の他、限定ではなく例として、インターネット銀行（ネット銀行）も含めることができる。
　なお、金融機関として、銀行ではなく、中央金庫、信用金庫等の金融機関を適用することも可能である。 In the examples described below, a "bank" is exemplified as a financial institution.
Banks may include banks with stores (including banks of the Japan Post Group), as well as Internet banks (net banks) as an example without limitation.
As a financial institution, it is also possible to apply a financial institution such as a central bank or a credit union instead of a bank.
　また、以下説明する実施例では、支払い口座から支払い金額を引き落とすことを「口座振替」と称する。また、銀行サーバ５０が行う口座振替の処理を「口座振替処理」と称する。 Further, in the embodiment described below, withdrawing the payment amount from the payment account is referred to as "account transfer". Further, the account transfer process performed by the bank server 50 is referred to as "account transfer process".
　なお、口座振替は、自動振替や口座自動振替等と称してもよい。
　また、支払い口座は、引き落とし口座や振替口座等と称してもよい。 The account transfer may be referred to as an automatic transfer, an automatic account transfer, or the like.
Further, the payment account may be referred to as a withdrawal account, a transfer account, or the like.
＜システム構成＞
　図１－１は、本実施例における通信システム１Ａのシステム構成の一例を示す図である。
　通信システム１Ａでは、限定ではなく例として、ネットワーク３０を介して、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０と、１以上の端末２０（端末２０Ａ，端末２０Ｂ，端末２０Ｃ，・・・）と、１以上の店舗端末４０（店舗端末４０Ａ，店舗端末４０Ｂ，店舗端末４０Ｃ，・・・）と、２以上の銀行サーバ５０（銀行サーバ５０Ａ，銀行サーバ５０Ｂ，銀行サーバ５０Ｃ）とが接続される。 <System configuration>
FIG. 1-1 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1A in this embodiment.
In the communication system 1A, as an example, not limited to, a credit card company server 10, one or more terminals 20 (terminals 20A, terminals 20B, terminals 20C, ...), And one or more store terminals. 40 (store terminal 40A, store terminal 40B, store terminal 40C, ...) And two or more bank servers 50 (bank server 50A, bank server 50B, bank server 50C) are connected.
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、ネットワーク３０を介して、ユーザが所有する端末２０、店舗端末４０、銀行サーバ５０等に、限定ではなく例として、後述するクレジットカード決済サービスを提供する機能を有する。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、クレジットカードサービスサーバ、クレジット支払い管理サーバ、クレジット決済サービスサーバ、クレジット決済管理サーバ、クレジット決済システムサーバ、クレジットサービスサーバ等のように表現することもできる。
　本実施形態では、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のユーザを、クレジットカード会社（クレジット決済サービスの事業者）とする。 The credit card company server 10 has a function of providing a credit card payment service, which will be described later, as an example, without limitation, to a terminal 20, a store terminal 40, a bank server 50, etc. owned by a user via a network 30.
The credit card company server 10 can also be expressed as a credit card service server, a credit payment management server, a credit payment service server, a credit payment management server, a credit payment system server, a credit service server, and the like.
In the present embodiment, the user of the credit card company server 10 is defined as a credit card company (credit payment service provider) as an example, not limited to this.
　なお、クレジットカード決済のシステムには、限定ではなく例として、ブランドホルダー（国際ブランド）、カード発行会社（イシュア）、加盟店管理会社（アクワイアラ）、決済代行会社、カード加盟店、オーソリゼーションネットワーク等の構成要素が含まれる。
　本実施形態では、簡明化のため、カード発行会社と加盟店管理会社とを包括して「クレジットカード会社」と称する。
　なお、カード発行会社と加盟店管理会社とは同じ会社としてもよいし、異なる会社としてもよい。 The credit card payment system is not limited, but as an example, a brand holder (international brand), a card issuing company (issuer), a member store management company (acquirer), a payment agency, a card member store, an authorization network, etc. Contains the components of.
In this embodiment, for the sake of simplicity, the card issuing company and the member store management company are collectively referred to as a "credit card company".
The card issuing company and the member store management company may be the same company or different companies.
　なお、ネットワーク３０に接続されるクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の数や端末２０の数や店舗端末４０の数や銀行サーバ５０の数は、上記に限定されない。 The number of credit card company servers 10 and terminals 20 connected to the network 30, the number of store terminals 40, and the number of bank servers 50 are not limited to the above.
　本実施例では、「クレジット決済サービス」とは、クレジットカード会社（クレジットカード会社サーバ１０）が提供するサービスであって、クレジット決済を実現するためのサービスである。このクレジット決済サービスは、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ（ユーザの端末２０）、店舗（店舗端末４０）、銀行（銀行サーバ５０）に提供される。 In this embodiment, the "credit card payment service" is a service provided by a credit card company (credit card company server 10), and is a service for realizing credit card payment. This credit card payment service is provided to a user (user's terminal 20), a store (store terminal 40), and a bank (bank server 50) as an example without limitation.
　以下では、クレジットカード会社が提携している銀行を「提携銀行」と称し、クレジットカード会社が提携している店舗を「提携店舗」と称する。 In the following, banks affiliated with credit card companies will be referred to as "affiliated banks", and stores affiliated with credit card companies will be referred to as "affiliated stores".
　端末２０（端末２０Ａ，端末２０Ｂ，端末２０Ｃ、・・・）は、各実施例において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理端末であればどのような端末であってもよい。端末２０は、限定ではなく例として、スマートフォン、携帯電話（フィーチャーフォン）、コンピュータ（限定でなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定でなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定でなく例として、ＰＤＡ・（personal digital assistant）、電子メールクライアントなど）、ウェアラブル端末（メガネ型デバイス、時計型デバイスなど）、ＶＲ（Virtual Reality）端末、スマートスピーカ（音声認識用デバイス）、または他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、端末２０は情報処理端末と表現されてもよい。 The terminal 20 (terminal 20A, terminal 20B, terminal 20C, ...) may be any information processing terminal that can realize the functions described in each embodiment. The terminal 20 is not limited but, as an example, a smartphone, a mobile phone (feature phone), a computer (not limited, as an example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, as an example, a cable, a satellite set). Top box, digital video recorder), handheld computer device (not limited to PDA (personal digital assistant), e-mail client, etc.), wearable terminal (glasses type device, clock type device, etc.), VR (Virtual Reality) Includes terminals, smart speakers (devices for voice recognition), or other types of computers, or communication platforms. Further, the terminal 20 may be expressed as an information processing terminal.
　端末２０Ａ、端末２０Ｂおよび端末２０Ｃの構成は、限定ではなく例として、同一とすることができる。また、必要に応じて、ユーザＸが利用する端末を端末２０Ｘと表現し、ユーザＸまたは端末２０Ｘに対応づけられた、所定のサービスにおけるユーザ情報をユーザ情報Ｘと表現してもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　なお、ユーザ情報とは、所定のサービスにおいてユーザが利用するアカウントに対応付けられたユーザの情報である。ユーザ情報は、限定でなく例として、ユーザにより入力される、または、所定のサービスにより付与される、ユーザの名前、ユーザのアイコン画像、ユーザの年齢、ユーザの性別、ユーザの住所、ユーザの趣味趣向、ユーザの識別子などのユーザに対応づけられた情報を含み、これらのいずれか一つまたは、組み合わせであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The configurations of the terminal 20A, the terminal 20B, and the terminal 20C can be the same, for example, without limitation. Further, if necessary, the terminal used by the user X may be expressed as the terminal 20X, and the user information in the predetermined service associated with the user X or the terminal 20X may be expressed as the user information X. It does not have to be.
The user information is user information associated with an account used by the user in a predetermined service. The user information is not limited but, as an example, input by the user or given by a predetermined service, the user's name, the user's icon image, the user's age, the user's gender, the user's address, and the user's taste. It includes information associated with the user, such as preferences, user identifiers, and may or may not be any one or combination of these.
　ネットワーク３０は、通信システム１Ａを構成する各装置を接続する役割を担う。すなわち、ネットワーク３０は、上記の各種の装置が接続した後、データを送受信することができるように接続経路を提供する通信網を意味する。 The network 30 plays a role of connecting each device constituting the communication system 1A. That is, the network 30 means a communication network that provides a connection route so that data can be transmitted and received after the above-mentioned various devices are connected.
　ネットワーク３０のうちの１つまたは複数の部分は、有線ネットワークや無線ネットワークであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。ネットワーク３０は、限定ではなく例として、アドホック・ネットワーク（ad hoc network）、イントラネット、エクストラネット、仮想プライベート・ネットワーク（virtual private network：ＶＰＮ）、ローカル・エリア・ネットワーク（local area network：ＬＡＮ）、ワイヤレスＬＡＮ（wireless LAN：ＷＬＡＮ）、広域ネットワーク（wide area network：ＷＡＮ）、ワイヤレスＷＡＮ（wireless WAN：ＷＷＡＮ）、大都市圏ネットワーク（metropolitan area network：ＭＡＮ）、インターネットの一部、公衆交換電話網（Public Switched Telephone Network：ＰＳＴＮ）の一部、携帯電話網、ＩＳＤＮ（integrated service digital networks）、無線ＬＡＮ、ＬＴＥ（long term evolution）、ＣＤＭＡ（code division multiple access）、ブルートゥース（Bluetooth（登録商標））、衛星通信など、または、これらの２つ以上の組合せを含むことができる。ネットワーク３０は、１つまたは複数のネットワーク３０を含むことができる。 One or more parts of the network 30 may or may not be a wired network or a wireless network. The network 30 is not limited, but as an example, an ad hoc network, an intranet, an extra net, a virtual private network (VPN), a local area network (LAN), and a wireless network. LAN (wireless LAN: WLAN), wide area network (WAN), wireless WAN (wireless WAN: WWAN), metropolitan area network (metropolitan area network: MAN), part of the Internet, public exchange telephone network (Public) Part of Switched Telephone Network: PSTN, mobile phone network, ISDN (integrated service digital networks), wireless LAN, LTE (long term evolution), CDMA (code division multiple access), Bluetooth (Bluetooth (registered trademark)), satellite It can include communication, etc., or a combination of two or more of these. The network 30 may include one or more networks 30.
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０（限定ではなく、サーバ、情報処理装置、情報管理装置の一例）は、端末２０等に対して、所定のサービス（本実施例では、クレジット決済サービス）を提供する機能を備える。クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、各実施形態において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理装置であればどのような装置であってもよい。クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、限定ではなく例として、サーバ装置、コンピュータ（限定ではなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定ではなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定ではなく例として、ＰＤＡ、電子メールクライアントなど）、あるいは他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は情報処理装置と表現されてもよい。クレジットカード会社サーバ１０と端末２０とを区別する必要がない場合は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０と端末２０とは、それぞれ情報処理装置と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (in this embodiment, a credit payment service) to a terminal 20 or the like. .. The credit card company server 10 may be any device as long as it can realize the functions described in each embodiment. The credit card company server 10 is not limited, but by example, a server device, a computer (not limited, by example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, by example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, etc.). Includes digital video recorders), handheld computer devices (such as, but not limited to, PDA, email clients, etc.), or other types of computers, or communication platforms. Further, the credit card company server 10 may be expressed as an information processing device. When it is not necessary to distinguish between the credit card company server 10 and the terminal 20, the credit card company server 10 and the terminal 20 may or may not be expressed as information processing devices, respectively.
［各装置のハードウェア（ＨＷ）構成］
　通信システム１Ａに含まれる各装置のＨＷ構成について説明する。 [Hardware (HW) configuration of each device]
The HW configuration of each device included in the communication system 1A will be described.
（１）端末のＨＷ構成
　図１－１には、端末２０のＨＷ構成の一例を示している。
　端末２０は、制御部２１（ＣＰＵ：central processing unit（中央処理装置））、記憶部２８、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２（インタフェース）、入出力部２３、時計部２９Ａ、位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂを備える。端末２０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、端末２０のＨＷ構成として、すべての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、端末２０は、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 (1) HW configuration of the terminal FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the terminal 20.
The terminal 20 includes a control unit 21 (CPU: central processing unit), a storage unit 28, a communication I / F 22 (interface), an input / output unit 23, a clock unit 29A, and a position calculation information detection unit 29B. .. Each component of the HW of the terminal 20 is connected to each other via the bus B as an example, but not a limitation. It is not essential that the HW configuration of the terminal 20 includes all the components. As an example, but not limited to, the terminal 20 may or may not have a configuration in which individual components or a plurality of components are removed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、ネットワーク３０を介して各種データの送受信を行う。通信は、有線、無線のいずれで実行されてもよく、互いの通信が実行できるのであれば、どのような通信プロトコルを用いてもよい。通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、ネットワーク３０を介して、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０等の各種装置との通信を実行する機能を有する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、各種データを制御部２１からの指示に従って、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０等の各種装置に送信する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０等の各種装置から送信された各種データを受信し、制御部２１に伝達する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２を単に通信部と表現する場合もある。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２が物理的に構造化された回路で構成される場合には、通信回路と表現する場合もある。 The communication I / F 22 transmits and receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be executed. The communication I / F 22 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a credit card company server 10 via a network 30. The communication I / F 22 transmits various data to various devices such as a credit card company server 10 according to an instruction from the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the credit card company server 10 and transmits the data to the control unit 21. Further, the communication I / F 22 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 22 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
　入出力部２３は、端末２０に対する各種操作を入力する装置や、端末２０で処理された処理結果を出力する装置等を含む。入出力部２３は、入力部と出力部が一体化していてもよいし、入力部と出力部に分離していてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input / output unit 23 includes a device for inputting various operations to the terminal 20, a device for outputting the processing result processed by the terminal 20, and the like. The input / output unit 23 may or may not be integrated into an input unit and an output unit, or may be separated into an input unit and an output unit.
　入力部は、ユーザからの入力を受け付けて、入力に係る情報を制御部２１に伝達できる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。入力部は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、キーボード等のハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイス、カメラ（動画像を介した操作入力）、マイク（音声による操作入力）を含む。 The input unit is realized by any or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 21. The input unit includes, but is not limited to, hardware keys such as a touch panel, a touch display, and a keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice).
　出力部は、制御部２１で処理された処理結果を出力することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。出力部は、限定ではなく例として、 タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、スピーカ（音声出力）、レンズ（限定ではなく例として３Ｄ（three dimensions）出力や、ホログラム出力）、プリンターなどを含む。 The output unit is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the control unit 21. The output unit is not limited and includes, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (audio output), a lens (not limited, as an example, 3D (three dimensions) output, hologram output), a printer, and the like.
　あくまでも一例であるが、入出力部２３は、限定ではなく例として、表示部２４、音入力部２５、音出力部２６、撮像部２７を備える。 Although it is only an example, the input / output unit 23 is not limited, and includes a display unit 24, a sound input unit 25, a sound output unit 26, and an image pickup unit 27 as an example.
　表示部２４は、フレームバッファに書き込まれた表示データに従って、表示することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。表示部２４は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、モニタ（限定ではなく例として、液晶ディスプレイやＯＥＬＤ（organic electroluminescence display））、ヘッドマウントディスプレイ（ＨＤＭ：Head Mounted Display）、プロジェクションマッピング、ホログラム、空気中など（真空であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい）に画像やテキスト情報等を表示可能な装置を含む。なお、これらの表示部２４は、３Ｄで表示データを表示可能であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The display unit 24 is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices that can be displayed according to the display data written in the frame buffer. The display unit 24 is not limited but, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a monitor (not limited but, as an example, a liquid crystal display or OELD (organic electroluminescence display)), a head mounted display (HDM: Head Mounted Display), a projection mapping, a hologram. , Includes a device capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in the air (which may or may not be vacuum). It should be noted that these display units 24 may or may not be able to display display data in 3D.
　音入力部２５は、音データ（音声データを含む。以下同様。）の入力に利用される。音入力部２５は、マイクなどを含む。
　音出力部２６は、音データの出力に利用される。音出力部２６は、スピーカなどを含む。
　撮像部２７は、画像データ（静止画像データ、動画像データを含む。以下同様。）の取得に利用される。撮像部２７は、カメラなどを含む。 The sound input unit 25 is used for inputting sound data (including voice data; the same applies hereinafter). The sound input unit 25 includes a microphone and the like.
The sound output unit 26 is used for outputting sound data. The sound output unit 26 includes a speaker and the like.
The image pickup unit 27 is used for acquiring image data (including still image data and moving image data; the same applies hereinafter). The image pickup unit 27 includes a camera and the like.
　入出力部２３がタッチパネルの場合、入出力部２３と表示部２４とは、略同一の大きさおよび形状で対向して配置されていてもよい。 When the input / output unit 23 is a touch panel, the input / output unit 23 and the display unit 24 may be arranged so as to face each other with substantially the same size and shape.
　時計部２９Ａは、端末２０の内蔵時計であり、時刻情報（計時情報）を出力する。時計部２９Ａは、限定ではなく例として、水晶発振器を利用したクロック等を有して構成される。時計部２９Ａは、限定ではなく例として、計時部や時刻情報検出部と表現することもできる。 The clock unit 29A is a built-in clock of the terminal 20 and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 29A is configured to include, for example, a clock using a crystal oscillator and the like, without limitation. The clock unit 29A can be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example without limitation.
　なお、時計部２９Ａは、ＮＩＴＺ（Network Identity and Time Zone）規格等を適用したクロックを有していてもよいし、有していなくてもよい。 The clock unit 29A may or may not have a clock to which the NITZ (Network Identity and Time Zone) standard or the like is applied.
　位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、制御部２１が自己の端末２０の位置を算出（測定）するために必要な情報（以下、「位置算出用情報」と称する。）を検出（計測）する機能部である。位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、限定ではなく例として、位置算出用センサ部と表現することもできる。 The position calculation information detection unit 29B has a function of detecting (measuring) information necessary for the control unit 21 to calculate (measure) the position of its own terminal 20 (hereinafter referred to as "position calculation information"). It is a department. The position calculation information detection unit 29B can be expressed as a position calculation sensor unit as an example without limitation.
　位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂは、限定ではなく例として、ＧＰＳ（Global Positioning System）等の衛星測位システムを利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットである衛星測位センサ（衛星測位ユニット）や、慣性航法システムを利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットである慣性計測センサ（慣性計測ユニット（ＩＭＵ（Inertial Measurement Unit）））、ＵＷＢ（超広帯域無線：Ultra Wide Band）を利用して端末２０の位置を算出するためのセンサやユニットであるＵＷＢ測位センサ（ＵＷＢ測位ユニット）等を含む。 The position calculation information detection unit 29B is not limited to the satellite positioning sensor (satellite positioning), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using a satellite positioning system such as GPS (Global Positioning System). Unit), an inertial measurement sensor (IMU (Inertial Measurement Unit)), which is a sensor or unit for calculating the position of the terminal 20 using an inertial navigation system, and UWB (Ultra Wideband Radio: Ultra Wide). Band) includes a sensor for calculating the position of the terminal 20 and a UWB positioning sensor (UWB positioning unit) which is a unit.
　衛星測位ユニットは、限定ではなく例として、不図示のアンテナで受信される測位用衛星から発信されている測位用衛星信号を含むＲＦ（Radio Frequency）信号をデジタル信号に変換するＲＦ受信回路や、ＲＦ受信回路から出力されるデジタル信号に対して相関演算処理等を行って測位用衛星信号を捕捉し、測位用衛星信号から取り出した衛星軌道データや時刻データ等の情報を、位置算出用情報として出力するベースバンド処理回路等を有する。 The satellite positioning unit is not limited to, for example, an RF receiving circuit that converts an RF (Radio Frequency) signal including a positioning satellite signal transmitted from a positioning satellite received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. Correlation calculation processing is performed on the digital signal output from the RF receiving circuit to capture the positioning satellite signal, and information such as satellite orbit data and time data extracted from the positioning satellite signal is used as position calculation information. It has a baseband processing circuit to output.
　慣性計測ユニットは、慣性航法演算によって端末２０の位置を算出するために必要な情報を検出するセンサである慣性センサを有する。慣性センサには、限定ではなく例として、３軸の加速度センサや３軸のジャイロセンサが含まれ、加速度センサによって検出された加速度と、ジャイロセンサによって検出された角速度とを、位置算出用情報として出力する。 The inertial measurement unit has an inertial sensor, which is a sensor that detects information necessary for calculating the position of the terminal 20 by inertial navigation calculation. The inertial sensor includes, for example, a 3-axis acceleration sensor and a 3-axis gyro sensor, and the acceleration detected by the acceleration sensor and the angular velocity detected by the gyro sensor are used as position calculation information. Output.
　ＵＷＢ測位ユニットは、限定ではなく例として、不図示のアンテナで受信される測位用ビーコンから発信されている測位用超広帯域パルス信号を含む超広帯域ＲＦ（Radio Frequency）信号をデジタル信号に変換する超広帯域ＲＦ受信回路や、超広帯域ＲＦ受信回路から出力されるデジタル信号に基づいて端末２０と測位用ビーコンとの相対位置を算出する相対位置算出処理回路等を有する。
　なお、限定ではなく例として、ＵＷＢ測位ユニットは、不図示のアンテナから測位用超広帯域パルス信号を含む超広帯域ＲＦ信号を送信することで、端末２０を測位用ビーコンとして機能させてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The UWB positioning unit, as an example, is not limited to, and converts an ultra-wideband RF (Radio Frequency) signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal transmitted from a positioning beacon received by an antenna (not shown) into a digital signal. It has a wideband RF receiving circuit, a relative position calculation processing circuit that calculates the relative position between the terminal 20 and the positioning beacon based on a digital signal output from the ultra-wideband RF receiving circuit, and the like.
As an example without limitation, the UWB positioning unit may make the terminal 20 function as a positioning beacon by transmitting an ultra-wideband RF signal including a positioning ultra-wideband pulse signal from an antenna (not shown). You don't have to.
　制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、位置算出用情報検出部２９Ｂによって検出された位置算出用情報に基づいて、定期的なタイミングや特定のタイミングで、自己の端末２０の位置を算出する。端末の位置を「端末位置」と称し、算出された端末位置を「算出端末位置」と称する。制御部２１は、算出端末位置を、その算出端末位置を算出した日時と関連付けて、算出端末位置履歴データとして記憶部２８に記憶させるようにしてもよいし、そうしなくてもよい。 The control unit 21 calculates the position of its own terminal 20 at a periodic timing or a specific timing based on the position calculation information detected by the position calculation information detection unit 29B, not as a limitation but as an example. The position of the terminal is referred to as "terminal position", and the calculated terminal position is referred to as "calculated terminal position". The control unit 21 may or may not store the calculated terminal position in the storage unit 28 as the calculated terminal position history data in association with the calculated date and time of the calculated terminal position.
　制御部２１は、プログラム内に含まれたコードまたは命令によって実現する機能を実行するために物理的に構造化された回路を有し、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアに内蔵されたデータ処理装置により実現される。そのため、制御部２１は、制御回路と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The control unit 21 has a circuit that is physically structured to execute a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
　制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、中央処理装置（ＣＰＵ）、マイクロプロセッサ（microprocessor）、プロセッサコア（processor core）、マルチプロセッサ（multiprocessor）、ＡＳＩＣ（application-specific integrated circuit）、ＦＰＧＡ（field programmable gate array）を含む。 The control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor (microprocessor), a processor core (processor core), a multiprocessor (multiprocessor), an ASIC (application-specific integrated circuit), and an FPGA (field programmable). gate array) is included.
　記憶部２８は、端末２０が動作するうえで必要とする各種プログラムや各種データを記憶する機能を有する。記憶部２８は、限定ではなく例として、ＨＤＤ（hard disk drive）、ＳＳＤ（solid state drive）、フラッシュメモリ、ＲＡＭ（random access memory）、ＲＯＭ（read only memory）など各種の記憶媒体を含む。また、記憶部２８は、メモリ(memory)と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage unit 28 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the terminal 20 to operate. The storage unit 28 includes various storage media such as HDD (hard disk drive), SSD (solid state drive), flash memory, RAM (random access memory), and ROM (read only memory), as an example without limitation. Further, the storage unit 28 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
　端末２０は、プログラムＰを記憶部２８に記憶し、このプログラムＰを実行することで、制御部２１が、制御部２１に含まれる各部としての処理を実行する。つまり、記憶部２８に記憶されるプログラムＰは、端末２０に、制御部２１が実行する各機能を実現させる。また、このプログラムＰは、プログラムモジュールと表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The terminal 20 stores the program P in the storage unit 28, and by executing this program P, the control unit 21 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 21. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 28 causes the terminal 20 to realize each function executed by the control unit 21. Further, this program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
（２）クレジットカード会社サーバのＨＷ構成 
　図１－１には、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＨＷ構成の一例を示している。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、制御部１１（ＣＰＵ）、記憶部１５、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４（インタフェース）、入出力部１２、表示部１３、時計部１９を備える。クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＨＷは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＨＷの構成として、全ての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＨＷは、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 (2) HW configuration of credit card company server
FIG. 1-1 shows an example of the HW configuration of the credit card company server 10.
The credit card company server 10 includes a control unit 11 (CPU), a storage unit 15, a communication I / F 14 (interface), an input / output unit 12, a display unit 13, and a clock unit 19. Each component of the HW of the credit card company server 10 is connected to each other via bus B, but not by limitation, as an example. It is not essential that the HW of the credit card company server 10 includes all the components as the configuration of the HW of the credit card company server 10. As an example, without limitation, the HW of the credit card company server 10 may or may not be configured to remove individual components or a plurality of components.
　制御部１１は、プログラム内に含まれたコードまたは命令によって実現する機能を実行するために物理的に構造化された回路を有し、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアに内蔵されたデータ処理装置により実現される。 The control unit 11 has a circuit that is physically structured to execute a function realized by a code or an instruction contained in the program, and is not limited, but as an example, a data processing device built in hardware. Is realized by.
　制御部１１は、代表的には中央処理装置（ＣＰＵ）、であり、その他にマイクロプロセッサ、プロセッサコア、マルチプロセッサ、ＡＳＩＣ、ＦＰＧＡであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。本開示において、制御部１１は、これらに限定されない。 The control unit 11 is typically a central processing unit (CPU), and may or may not be a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, an ASIC, or an FPGA. In the present disclosure, the control unit 11 is not limited to these.
　記憶部１５は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が動作するうえで必要とする各種プログラムや各種データを記憶する機能を有する。記憶部１５は、ＨＤＤ、ＳＳＤ、フラッシュメモリなど各種の記憶媒体により実現される。ただし、本開示において、記憶部１５は、これらに限定されない。また、記憶部１５は、メモリ(memory)と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage unit 15 has a function of storing various programs and various data required for the credit card company server 10 to operate. The storage unit 15 is realized by various storage media such as HDD, SSD, and flash memory. However, in the present disclosure, the storage unit 15 is not limited to these. Further, the storage unit 15 may or may not be expressed as a memory.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、ネットワーク３０を介して各種データの送受信を行う。通信は、有線、無線のいずれで実行されてもよく、互いの通信が実行できるのであれば、どのような通信プロトコルを用いてもよい。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、ネットワーク３０を介して、端末２０等の各種装置との通信を実行する機能を有する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、各種データを制御部１１からの指示に従って、端末２０等の各種装置に送信する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４は、端末２０等の各種装置から送信された各種データを受信し、制御部１１に伝達する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４を単に通信部と表現する場合もある。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４が物理的に構造化された回路で構成される場合には、通信回路と表現する場合もある。 The communication I / F 14 transmits / receives various data via the network 30. Communication may be executed by wire or wirelessly, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be executed. The communication I / F 14 has a function of executing communication with various devices such as a terminal 20 via the network 30. The communication I / F 14 transmits various data to various devices such as a terminal 20 according to an instruction from the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 receives various data transmitted from various devices such as the terminal 20 and transmits the various data to the control unit 11. Further, the communication I / F 14 may be simply expressed as a communication unit. Further, when the communication I / F 14 is composed of a physically structured circuit, it may be expressed as a communication circuit.
　入出力部１２は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に対する各種操作を入力する装置や、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０で処理された処理結果を出力する装置等を含む。入出力部１２は、入力部と出力部が一体化していてもよいし、入力部と出力部に分離していてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input / output unit 12 includes a device for inputting various operations to the credit card company server 10, a device for outputting the processing result processed by the credit card company server 10, and the like. The input / output unit 12 may or may not be integrated into an input unit and an output unit, or may be separated into an input unit and an output unit.
　入力部は、ユーザからの入力を受け付けて、入力に係る情報を制御部１１に伝達できる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。入力部は、代表的にはキーボード等に代表されるハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイスで実現される。なお、入力部は、限定ではなく例として、タッチパネルやカメラ（動画像を介した操作入力）、マイク（音声による操作入力）を含んでいてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The input unit is realized by any or a combination of all types of devices that can receive input from the user and transmit information related to the input to the control unit 11. The input unit is typically realized by a hardware key typified by a keyboard or the like, or a pointing device such as a mouse. The input unit may or may not include, as an example, a touch panel, a camera (operation input via a moving image), and a microphone (operation input by voice), without limitation.
　出力部は、制御部１１で処理された処理結果を出力することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。出力部は、限定ではなく例として、 タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、スピーカ（音出力）、レンズ（限定ではなく例として３Ｄ（three dimensions）出力や、ホログラム出力）、プリンターなどを含む。 The output unit is realized by any or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the control unit 11. The output unit is not limited and includes, as an example, a touch panel, a touch display, a speaker (sound output), a lens (not limited, as an example, 3D (three dimensions) output, hologram output), a printer, and the like.
　あくまでも一例であるが、入出力部１２は、限定ではなく例として、表示部１３を備える。 Although it is only an example, the input / output unit 12 includes a display unit 13 as an example, not a limitation.
　表示部１３は、ディスプレイ等で実現される。ディスプレイは、代表的にはモニタ（限定ではなく例として、液晶ディスプレイやＯＥＬＤ（organic electroluminescence display））で実現される。なお、ディスプレイは、ヘッドマウントディスプレイ（ＨＤＭ）などであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。なお、これらのディスプレイは、３Ｄで表示データを表示可能であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。本開示において、ディスプレイは、これらに限定されない。 The display unit 13 is realized by a display or the like. The display is typically realized by a monitor (not limited, but as an example, a liquid crystal display or an OELD (organic electroluminescence display)). The display may or may not be a head-mounted display (HDM) or the like. It should be noted that these displays may or may not be capable of displaying display data in 3D. In the present disclosure, the display is not limited to these.
　時計部１９は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の内蔵時計であり、時刻情報（計時情報）を出力する。時計部１９は、限定ではなく例として、ハードウェアクロックとしてのＲＴＣ（Real Time Clock）やシステムクロック等を有して構成される。時計部１９は、限定ではなく例として、計時部や時刻情報検出部と表現することもできる。 The clock unit 19 is a built-in clock of the credit card company server 10, and outputs time information (timekeeping information). The clock unit 19 is not limited, but includes, as an example, an RTC (Real Time Clock) as a hardware clock, a system clock, and the like. The clock unit 19 is not limited, but may be expressed as a time measuring unit or a time information detecting unit as an example.
（３）店舗端末のＨＷ構成
　店舗端末４０は、店舗の事業者（以下、「店舗事業者」と称する。）が使用・管理する装置である。店舗端末４０は、限定ではなく例として、サーバ、パソコン、端末（限定ではなく例として、携帯端末（スマートフォン、ＰＤＡ等））等によって実現される。 (3) HW Configuration of Store Terminal The store terminal 40 is a device used and managed by a store operator (hereinafter referred to as “store operator”). The store terminal 40 is realized not by limitation but by example by a server, a personal computer, a terminal (not a limitation but by example, a mobile terminal (smartphone, PDA, etc.)) and the like.
　なお、店舗端末４０のＨＷ構成については、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０や端末２０と同様に構成することができるため、図示・説明を省略する。 Since the HW configuration of the store terminal 40 can be configured in the same manner as the credit card company server 10 and the terminal 20, illustrations and explanations will be omitted.
　本実施形態における店舗事業者には、クレジットカード会社と提携しており、ユーザが商品やサービスの購入をクレジットカードで行うことができるように、クレジットカード決済のシステムを導入している店舗の事業者であって、限定ではなく例として、コンビニエンスストア、スーパーマーケット、ファストフード店、飲食店、薬局、百貨店など、種々の業態の事業者を含めることができる。
　店舗事業者は、本開示における事業者の一例である。 The store operator in this embodiment is a business of a store that has a tie-up with a credit card company and has introduced a credit card payment system so that users can purchase products and services with a credit card. A person, and is not limited to, and can include businesses of various business types such as convenience stores, supermarkets, fast food stores, restaurants, pharmacies, and department stores.
The store operator is an example of the operator in this disclosure.
（４）銀行サーバのＨＷ構成
　銀行サーバ５０のＨＷ構成や、各機能部を構成する部品や回路等は、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０等と同様に構成することができるため、図示・説明を省略する。 (4) HW configuration of the bank server The HW configuration of the bank server 50 and the parts and circuits constituting each functional unit are not limited, but can be configured in the same manner as the credit card company server 10 and the like. Illustrations and explanations are omitted.
（５）その他
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、プログラムＰを記憶部１５に記憶し、このプログラムＰを実行することで、制御部１１が、制御部１１に含まれる各部としての処理を実行する。つまり、記憶部１５に記憶されるプログラムＰは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に、制御部１１が実行する各機能を実現させる。このプログラムＰは、プログラムモジュールと表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。
　他の装置についても同様である。 (5) Others The credit card company server 10 stores the program P in the storage unit 15, and by executing this program P, the control unit 11 executes the processing as each unit included in the control unit 11. That is, the program P stored in the storage unit 15 causes the credit card company server 10 to realize each function executed by the control unit 11. This program P may or may not be expressed as a program module.
The same applies to other devices.
　本開示の各実施形態においては、端末２０および／またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０のＣＰＵがプログラムＰを実行することにより、実現するものとして説明する。
　他の装置についても同様である。 In each embodiment of the present disclosure, it will be described as realized by executing the program P by the CPU of the terminal 20 and / or the credit card company server 10.
The same applies to other devices.
　なお、端末２０の制御部２１、および／または、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１は、制御回路を有するＣＰＵだけでなく、集積回路（ＩＣ（Integrated Circuit）チップ、ＬＳＩ（Large Scale Integration））等に形成された論理回路（ハードウェア）や専用回路によって各処理を実現してもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。また、これらの回路は、１または複数の集積回路により実現されてよく、各実施形態に示す複数の処理を１つの集積回路により実現されることとしてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。また、ＬＳＩは、集積度の違いにより、ＶＬＳＩ、スーパーＬＳＩ、ウルトラＬＳＩなどと呼称されることもある。そのため、制御部２１は、制御回路と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。
　他の装置についても同様である。 The control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and / or the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 is not only a CPU having a control circuit, but also an integrated circuit (IC (Integrated Circuit) chip, LSI (Large Scale Integration)). Each process may or may not be realized by a logic circuit (hardware) or a dedicated circuit formed in the above. Further, these circuits may be realized by one or a plurality of integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may or may not be realized by one integrated circuit. In addition, LSI may be referred to as VLSI, super LSI, ultra LSI, or the like depending on the degree of integration. Therefore, the control unit 21 may or may not be expressed as a control circuit.
The same applies to other devices.
　また、本開示の各実施形態のプログラムＰ(限定ではなく例として、ソフトウェアプログラム、コンピュータプログラム、またはプログラムモジュール)は、コンピュータに読み取り可能な記憶媒体に記憶された状態で提供されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 記憶媒体は、「一時的でない有形の媒体」に、プログラムＰを記憶可能である。また、プログラムＰは、本開示の各実施形態の機能の一部を実現するためのものであってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。さらに、本開示の各実施形態の機能を記憶媒体にすでに記録されているプログラムＰとの組み合わせで実現できるもの、いわゆる差分ファイル（差分プログラム）であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 Further, the program P (not limited to, as an example, a software program, a computer program, or a program module) of each embodiment of the present disclosure may be provided in a state of being stored in a storage medium readable by a computer. It does not have to be done. The storage medium can store the program P in a “non-temporary tangible medium”. Further, the program P may or may not be for realizing a part of the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure. Further, it may or may not be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can realize the functions of each embodiment of the present disclosure in combination with the program P already recorded in the storage medium.
　記憶媒体は、１つまたは複数の半導体ベースの、または他の集積回路（ＩＣ）（限定ではなく例として、フィールド・プログラマブル・ゲート・アレイ（ＦＰＧＡ）または特定用途向けＩＣ（ＡＳＩＣ）など）、ハード・ディスク・ドライブ（ＨＤＤ）、ハイブリッド・ハード・ドライブ（ＨＨＤ）、光ディスク、光ディスクドライブ（ＯＤＤ）、光磁気ディスク、光磁気ドライブ、フロッピィ・ディスケット、フロッピィ・ディスク・ドライブ（ＦＤＤ）、磁気テープ、固体ドライブ（ＳＳＤ）、ＲＡＭドライブ、セキュア・デジタル・カード、またはドライブ、任意の他の適切な記憶媒体、またはこれらの２つ以上の適切な組合せを含むことができる。記憶媒体は、適切な場合、揮発性、不揮発性、または揮発性と不揮発性の組合せでよい。なお、記憶媒体はこれらの例に限られず、プログラムＰを記憶可能であれば、どのようなデバイスまたは媒体であってもよい。また、記憶媒体をメモリ（memory）と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The storage medium may be one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (such as, but not limited to, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or application-specific ICs (ASICs)), hard disks. Disk drive (HDD), hybrid hard drive (HHD), optical disk, optical disk drive (ODD), magneto-optical disk, magneto-optical drive, floppy diskette, floppy disk drive (FDD), magnetic tape, solid It can include a drive (SSD), a RAM drive, a secure digital card, or a drive, any other suitable storage medium, or any suitable combination of two or more thereof. The storage medium may be volatile, non-volatile, or a combination of volatile and non-volatile, where appropriate. The storage medium is not limited to these examples, and may be any device or medium as long as the program P can be stored. Further, the storage medium may or may not be expressed as a memory.
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０および／または端末２０は、記憶媒体に記憶されたプログラムＰを読み出し、読み出したプログラムＰを実行することによって、各実施形態に示す複数の機能部の機能を実現することができる。
　他の装置についても同様である。 The credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 can read the program P stored in the storage medium and execute the read program P to realize the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment. ..
The same applies to other devices.
　また、本開示のプログラムＰは、プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体(通信ネットワークや放送波等)を介して、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０および／または端末２０に提供されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。クレジットカード会社サーバ１０および／または端末２０は、限定ではなく例として、インターネット等を介してダウンロードしたプログラムＰを実行することにより、各実施形態に示す複数の機能部の機能を実現する。
　他の装置についても同様である。 Further, the program P of the present disclosure may or may not be provided to the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. You may. The credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 is not limited to, but as an example, by executing the program P downloaded via the Internet or the like, the functions of the plurality of functional units shown in each embodiment are realized.
The same applies to other devices.
　また、本開示の各実施形態は、プログラムＰが電子的な伝送によって具現化されたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０および／または端末２０における処理の少なくとも一部は、１以上のコンピュータにより構成されるクラウドコンピューティングにより実現されていてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　端末２０における処理の少なくとも一部、または全部を、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０により行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。この場合、端末２０の制御部２１の各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理、または全部の処理を、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０で行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０における処理の少なくとも一部、または全部を、端末２０により行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。この場合、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１の各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理、または全部の処理を、端末２０で行う構成としてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。
　明示的な言及のない限り、本開示の実施形態における判定の構成は必須でなく、判定条件を満たした場合に所定の処理が動作されたり、判定条件を満たさない場合に所定の処理がされたりしてもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 In addition, each embodiment of the present disclosure can also be realized in the form of a data signal in which the program P is embodied by electronic transmission.
At least a portion of the processing on the credit card company server 10 and / or the terminal 20 may or may not be implemented by cloud computing consisting of one or more computers.
At least a part or all of the processing in the terminal 20 may or may not be performed by the credit card company server 10. In this case, the credit card company server 10 may or may not perform at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 or all the processing.
At least a part or all of the processing in the credit card company server 10 may or may not be performed by the terminal 20. In this case, at least a part of the processing of each functional unit of the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 or all the processing may or may not be performed by the terminal 20.
Unless explicitly mentioned, the configuration of the determination in the embodiment of the present disclosure is not essential, and a predetermined process may be operated when the determination condition is satisfied, or a predetermined process may be performed when the determination condition is not satisfied. It may or may not be.
　なお、本開示のプログラムは、限定ではなく例として、ActionScript、JavaScript(登録商標)などのスクリプト言語、Objective-C、Java(登録商標)などのコンパイラ言語、HTML5などのマークアップ言語などを用いて実装される。 The program disclosed in this disclosure is not limited to the use of script languages such as ActionScript and JavaScript (registered trademark), compiler languages such as Objective-C and Java (registered trademark), and markup languages such as HTML5. Will be implemented.
［各装置の機能構成］
（１）クレジットカード会社サーバの機能構成
　図１－２は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１によって実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、記憶部１５に記憶されたクレジットカード決済管理処理プログラム１５１に従ってクレジットカード決済管理処理を実行するためのクレジットカード決済管理処理部１１１を機能部として含む。 [Functional configuration of each device]
(1) Functional Configuration of Credit Card Company Server FIG. 1-2 is a diagram showing an example of a function realized by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The control unit 11 includes, as an example, not limited to, a credit card payment management processing unit 111 for executing a credit card payment management processing according to the credit card payment management processing program 151 stored in the storage unit 15 as a functional unit.
　図１－３は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される情報等の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部１５には、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済管理処理として実行されるクレジットカード決済管理処理プログラム１５１と、ユーザ登録データ１５３と、提携銀行データ１５５と、提携店舗データ１５７と、ユーザ管理データベース１５９とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-3 is a diagram showing an example of information and the like stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 15 is not limited, but as an example, a credit card payment management processing program 151 executed as a credit card payment management process, user registration data 153, affiliated bank data 155, affiliated store data 157, and user management. Database 159 and is stored.
　ユーザ登録データ１５３は、クレジットカード決済サービスを利用する端末２０または端末２０のユーザの登録データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－４に示す。
　ユーザ登録データ１５３には、限定ではなく例として、氏名と、契約者ＩＤと、認証パスワードと、クレジットカード情報と、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The user registration data 153 is registration data of the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20 using the credit card payment service, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-4.
In the user registration data 153, as an example, the name, the contractor ID, the authentication password, the credit card information, and other registration information are stored in association with each other.
　氏名は、クレジットカード決済サービスを利用する端末２０のユーザの氏名であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがクレジットカード決済を利用する際に登録する氏名が記憶される。 The name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the credit card payment service, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the credit card payment is stored.
　契約者ＩＤは、このユーザを識別するための識別情報として機能するＩＤである。
　この契約者ＩＤは、好ましくはユーザごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０によってユーザごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　契約者ＩＤは、端末のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The contractor ID is an ID that functions as identification information for identifying this user.
The contractor ID is preferably a unique value for each user, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) for each user is set and stored by the credit card company server 10.
The contractor ID is information associated with the user of the terminal, and is an example of information about the user of the terminal.
　認証パスワードは、このユーザの端末２０において、クレジットカード決済サービスの機能として設けられた各種の機能を利用する際に実行する認証処理で、端末２０に入力を要求する認証用のパスワードであり、限定ではなく例として、ユーザによって設定されたパスワードが記憶される。 The authentication password is a password for authentication that requires input to the terminal 20 in the authentication process executed when the various functions provided as the functions of the credit card payment service are used in the terminal 20 of this user, and is limited. Instead, as an example, the password set by the user is remembered.
　クレジットカード情報は、この契約者ＩＤのユーザのクレジットカードに関する情報であり、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード番号、クレジットカードの有効期限、セキュリティコード等の情報がこれに含まれる。 The credit card information is information about the credit card of the user of this contractor ID, and is not limited to the information such as the credit card number, the expiration date of the credit card, and the security code.
　その他登録情報は、このユーザのその他の登録情報であり、限定ではなく例として、以下の一部または全部の情報を含めることができる。
　・住所（または居所）：このユーザの住所（または居所）。ユーザがクレジットカード決済サービスを利用する際に登録する住所（または居所）が記憶される。
　・電話番号：このユーザの電話番号。限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがクレジットカード決済サービスを利用する際に登録する電話番号（限定ではなく例として、端末２０の電話番号である端末電話番号）が記憶される。
　・メールアドレス：このユーザのメールアドレス。限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがクレジットカード決済サービスを利用する際に登録するメールアドレス（限定ではなく例として、端末２０のメールアドレスである端末メールアドレス）が記憶される。 The other registration information is other registration information of this user, and may include some or all of the following information as an example without limitation.
-Address (or whereabouts): This user's address (or whereabouts). The address (or whereabouts) registered when the user uses the credit card payment service is stored.
-Telephone number: This user's phone number. As an example, not a limitation, a telephone number registered when a user of the terminal 20 uses a credit card payment service (not a limitation, but an example, a terminal telephone number which is a telephone number of the terminal 20) is stored.
-Email address: The email address of this user. As an example, not a limitation, an e-mail address registered when a user of the terminal 20 uses a credit card payment service (a terminal e-mail address which is an e-mail address of the terminal 20 as an example, not a limitation) is stored.
　なお、契約者ＩＤに代えて、クレジットカード情報や、電話番号・メールアドレス等の情報によってユーザを管理する手法を適用することも可能である。 It is also possible to apply a method of managing users by credit card information, telephone number, e-mail address, etc. instead of the contractor ID.
　また、上記の各種のユーザ情報は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が提供可能な他のサービスとクレジットカード決済サービスとで共通のユーザ情報としてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０で記憶・管理するようにしてもよいし、別のユーザ情報としてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０で記憶・管理するようにしてもよい。 Further, the above-mentioned various user information may be stored and managed by the credit card company server 10 as user information common to other services that can be provided by the credit card company server 10 and the credit card payment service. , The credit card company server 10 may store and manage it as another user information.
　提携銀行データ１５５は、提携銀行の管理データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－５に示す。
　提携銀行データ１５５には、限定ではなく例として、提携銀行ＩＤと、提携銀行名と、提携銀行サーバＵＲＩと、その他提携銀行情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The affiliated bank data 155 is the management data of the affiliated banks, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-5.
The affiliated bank data 155 stores, but is not limited to, the affiliated bank ID, the affiliated bank name, the affiliated bank server URI, and other affiliated bank information in association with each other.
　提携銀行ＩＤは、提携銀行または銀行サーバ５０を識別するための識別情報として機能するＩＤである。この提携銀行ＩＤには、限定ではなく例として、銀行コード、支店コード等の情報を含めることができる。 The affiliated bank ID is an ID that functions as identification information for identifying the affiliated bank or the bank server 50. The affiliated bank ID may include information such as a bank code and a branch code as an example without limitation.
　提携銀行名には、この提携銀行の名称（限定ではなく例として、提携銀行の商号、愛称または通称等）が記憶される。 The name of the affiliated bank (not limited, but as an example, the trade name, nickname, or common name of the affiliated bank) is stored in the affiliated bank name.
　提携銀行サーバＵＲＩには、提携銀行の銀行サーバ５０へのアクセス方法やアクセス先を含むＵＲＩ（Uniform Resource Identifier）（限定ではなく例として、ＵＲＬ（Uniform Resource Locator））が記憶される。 In the affiliated bank server URI, a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) (not limited, but as an example, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator)) including an access method and an access destination to the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank is stored.
　その他提携銀行情報は、この提携銀行ＩＤを有する提携銀行のその他の登録情報であり、限定ではなく例として、提携銀行の住所、クレジットカード決済サービスにおいて使用される、提携銀行を記号化したアイコンの画像データである提携銀行アイコン画像等の情報がこれに含まれる。 Other affiliated bank information is other registered information of the affiliated bank having this affiliated bank ID, and is not limited, but as an example, the address of the affiliated bank, the icon symbolizing the affiliated bank used in the credit card payment service. Information such as affiliated bank icon images, which are image data, is included in this.
　提携店舗データ１５７は、提携店舗の管理データであり、限定ではなく例として、提携店舗を識別するためのＩＤ（提携店舗ＩＤ）、提携店舗の名称、提携店舗の住所・連絡先等の情報が記憶される。 The affiliated store data 157 is the management data of the affiliated store, and is not limited to the information such as the ID for identifying the affiliated store (affiliated store ID), the name of the affiliated store, the address and contact information of the affiliated store, and the like. It will be remembered.
　ユーザ管理データベース１５９は、ユーザ登録データ１５３に登録されているユーザに関する管理データを蓄積したデータベースであり、その一例であるユーザ管理データベース１５９Ａのデータ構成の一例を図１－６に示す。
　ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ａには、ユーザ登録データ１５３に記憶されている契約者ＩＤごとの管理データとしてユーザ管理データが記憶される。 The user management database 159 is a database that stores management data related to users registered in the user registration data 153, and an example of the data structure of the user management database 159A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 1-6.
The user management database 159A stores user management data as management data for each contractor ID stored in the user registration data 153.
　各々のユーザ管理データには、限定ではなく例として、契約者ＩＤと、取引データと、登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。 Each user management data is not limited, but as an example, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data are stored.
　以下では、クレジットカード決済による商品やサービスの購入の取引のことを、単に「取引」や「クレジットカード取引」と称する。 In the following, transactions for purchasing goods and services by credit card payment are simply referred to as "transactions" and "credit card transactions."
　取引データは、この契約者ＩＤのユーザが行った取引に関するデータであり、限定ではなく例として、取引ＩＤと、店舗ＩＤと、購入情報とが関連付けて記憶される。
　なお、この他にも、与信照会結果の情報等を記憶させるようにすることも可能である。 The transaction data is data related to a transaction performed by the user of this contractor ID, and is not limited but is stored as an example in which the transaction ID, the store ID, and the purchase information are associated with each other.
In addition to this, it is also possible to store information such as credit inquiry results.
　取引ＩＤは、この契約者ＩＤのユーザによる商品またはサービスの購入の取引を識別するためのＩＤであり、好ましくは取引ごとに一意な値が設定されて記憶される。 The transaction ID is an ID for identifying a transaction for purchasing a product or service by a user of this contractor ID, and preferably a unique value is set and stored for each transaction.
　店舗ＩＤには、提携店舗データ１５７に記憶された店舗ＩＤのうち、この取引ＩＤの取引が行われた店舗に対応する店舗ＩＤが記憶される。 Among the store IDs stored in the affiliated store data 157, the store ID corresponding to the store in which the transaction of this transaction ID was performed is stored in the store ID.
　購入情報は、その取引での商品またはサービスの購入に関する情報であり、限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入店舗、購入金額等の情報が記憶される。 The purchase information is information related to the purchase of goods or services in the transaction, and information such as the date and time of purchase, the store of purchase, and the purchase price is stored as an example, not limited.
　なお、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０がクレジットカード決済の取引について店舗から取得可能な情報は、限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入店舗、購入金額の情報である可能性も考えられる。
　しかし、これはあくまでも一例であり、この他に、購入された商品やサービスの名称、購入数等の情報も店舗から取得可能とし、これらの情報も併せて購入情報として記憶させるようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The information that the credit card company server 10 can acquire from the store regarding the transaction of credit card payment is not limited, and it is possible that the information is, for example, the date and time of purchase, the store where the purchase was made, and the purchase price.
However, this is just an example, and in addition to this, information such as the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, etc. may be obtained from the store, and this information may also be stored as purchase information. You don't have to.
　登録銀行口座データは、この契約者ＩＤのユーザのクレジットカードと紐づけられた銀行口座に関するデータであり、限定ではなく例として、口座ＩＤと、口座振替トークンとが記憶される。 The registered bank account data is data related to the bank account associated with the credit card of the user of this contractor ID, and the account ID and the account transfer token are stored as an example without limitation.
　口座ＩＤは、この契約者ＩＤのユーザの銀行口座を識別するための情報である。
　口座ＩＤは、銀行口座を識別するための識別番号の他、限定ではなく例として、銀行コード、支店コード、口座番号等の情報を含めてもよい。口座ＩＤによって、この契約者ＩＤのユーザのクレジットカードと紐づけられた銀行口座が特定される。 The account ID is information for identifying the bank account of the user of this contractor ID.
The account ID may include information such as a bank code, a branch code, and an account number, as an example, without limitation, in addition to an identification number for identifying a bank account. The account ID identifies the bank account associated with the credit card of the user with this contractor ID.
　銀行コード、支店コード、口座番号等の情報により、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座の情報を、後述するクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座の設定ページ）に表示させることで、このｗｅｂページにアクセスしたユーザに、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座の情報を確認させることができる。 Based on the information such as the bank code, branch code, and account number, the credit card company server 10 displays the information of the bank account linked to the credit card on the web page of the credit card company described later (not limited, but as an example, the payment account). By displaying it on the setting page), the user who has accessed this web page can confirm the information of the bank account linked to the credit card.
　なお、口座番号の全ての桁数を記憶させる必要はなく、下３桁や下４桁など一部の桁数のみを記憶させるようにしてもよい。この場合は、記憶している一部の桁数のみを、ｗｅｂページに表示させるようにすることができる。 It is not necessary to store all the digits of the account number, but only some digits such as the last 3 digits and the last 4 digits may be stored. In this case, only a part of the stored digits can be displayed on the web page.
　口座振替トークンは、この口座ＩＤの銀行口座について、この銀行口座を管理する提携銀行の銀行サーバ５０によって発行される認証用の情報である。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、あらかじめ銀行サーバ５０によって発行されて銀行サーバ５０から通知された口座振替トークンと、口座振替を要求・依頼する金額（以下、「振替要求金額」と称する。）とに基づいて、この口座ＩＤの銀行口座による口座振替を銀行サーバ５０に要求・依頼する。
　なお、口座振替トークンは、引き落としトークンやアクセストークン等のように表現してもよい。 The account transfer token is information for authentication issued by the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages this bank account for the bank account of this account ID.
The credit card company server 10 is based on an account transfer token issued by the bank server 50 in advance and notified from the bank server 50 and an amount for requesting / requesting an account transfer (hereinafter referred to as "transfer request amount"). Then, the bank server 50 is requested / requested to transfer the account ID of this account ID to the bank account.
The account transfer token may be expressed as a withdrawal token, an access token, or the like.
　支払い口座設定データは、設定された支払い口座の情報（支払い口座設定情報）に関するデータであり、限定ではなく例として、取引ＩＤと、支払い口座ＩＤとが関連付けて記憶される。 The payment account setting data is data related to the set payment account information (payment account setting information), and is not limited but is stored as an example in which the transaction ID and the payment account ID are associated with each other.
　取引ＩＤには、上記の取引データの取引ＩＤが記憶される。 The transaction ID of the above transaction data is stored in the transaction ID.
　支払い口座ＩＤには、この取引ＩＤの取引について、登録銀行口座データに記憶された口座ＩＤのうち、端末２０のユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座に対応する口座ＩＤが記憶されて設定される。 For the transaction of this transaction ID, the account ID corresponding to the bank account selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 among the account IDs stored in the registered bank account data is stored and set in the payment account ID. To.
　なお、支払い口座の設定をユーザが忘れたり、そもそも行わない可能性もあり得る。
　そこで、限定ではなく例として、登録銀行口座のうちユーザによってあらかじめ指定された銀行口座を、デフォルトの支払い口座として設定するようにしてもよい。
　この場合、デフォルトの支払い口座とは異なる銀行口座が支払い口座として選択されると、その口座ＩＤで支払い口座ＩＤが更新されるようにすることができる。 It is possible that the user forgets to set up the payment account or does not set it up in the first place.
Therefore, as an example, not limited to, a bank account designated in advance by the user among the registered bank accounts may be set as the default payment account.
In this case, if a bank account different from the default payment account is selected as the payment account, the payment account ID can be updated with that account ID.
　また、支払い口座設定データは、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済における月次の口座振替（引き落とし）が完了した後、当月分の支払い口座設定データとして保存するようにする、または消去やリセットするようにすることができる。 In addition, the payment account setting data is not limited, but as an example, after the monthly account transfer (withdrawal) in credit card payment is completed, it is saved as the payment account setting data for the current month, or deleted or reset. Can be done.
（２）端末の機能構成
　図１－７は、本実施例における端末２０の制御部２１により実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部２１は、主要な機能部として、限定ではなく例として、端末メイン処理部２１１を含む。 (2) Functional Configuration of Terminals Figure 1-7 is a diagram showing an example of functions realized by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The control unit 21 includes, as an example, not limited to, the terminal main processing unit 211 as a main functional unit.
　端末メイン処理部２１１は、記憶部２８に記憶されている端末メイン処理プログラム２８１に従って、各種の機能に基づく処理を行う機能を有している。 The terminal main processing unit 211 has a function of performing processing based on various functions according to the terminal main processing program 281 stored in the storage unit 28.
　図１－８は、本実施例における端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶される情報の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部２８には、限定ではなく例として、端末メイン処理として実行される端末メイン処理プログラム２８１が記憶される。 FIG. 1-8 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The storage unit 28 stores, as an example, not a limitation, a terminal main processing program 281 executed as a terminal main processing.
＜原理・処理の概要＞
　図１－９は、本実施例におけるクレジットカード決済サービスの原理を説明するための図であり、クレジットカード決済の流れを図示したものである。 <Outline of principle / processing>
FIG. 1-9 is a diagram for explaining the principle of the credit card payment service in this embodiment, and illustrates the flow of credit card payment.
　本実施例では、クレジットカード決済サービスが適用される場合として、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかが含まれる。
（Ａ－１）端末２０のユーザ（客）が、店舗において店舗端末４０を用いてクレジットカードによる決済を行う場合
（Ａ－２）端末２０のユーザ（客）が、ＥＣサイト（限定ではなく例として、商品やサービスを販売するウェブサイト）において店舗端末４０を用いてクレジットカードによる決済を行う場合 In this embodiment, when the credit card payment service is applied, any of the following is included as an example without limitation.
(A-1) When the user (customer) of the terminal 20 makes a payment by credit card using the store terminal 40 at the store (A-2) The user (customer) of the terminal 20 is an EC site (not limited, but an example). When making a payment by credit card using the store terminal 40 on a website that sells products and services)
　図１－９では、これらのうち、限定ではなく例として、（Ａ－１）端末２０のユーザ（客）が、店舗において店舗端末４０を用いてクレジットカードによる決済の手続きを行った場合を例示する（図１－９に示す（１）～（９Ｂ））。 In FIG. 1-9, as an example, not limited to these, a case where the user (customer) of the terminal 20 (A-1) performs a payment procedure by a credit card using the store terminal 40 at a store is exemplified. ((1) to (9B) shown in FIGS. 1-9).
　先ず、（１）端末２０のユーザが店舗で商品またはサービスを購入する際に、店舗のレジで、クレジットカード決済を行うための操作（ユーザの操作や店員の操作）を店舗端末４０に対して行う。 First, (1) when a user of the terminal 20 purchases a product or service at a store, an operation for making a credit card payment (a user's operation or a clerk's operation) is performed on the store terminal 40 at the store's cash register. conduct.
　次いで、（２）店舗端末４０は、取引に関する情報（限定ではなく例として、決済日時、決済店舗、商品名、サービス名、購入金額（決済金額）等）と、その購入金額の与信照会（与信照会処理）を行うようにクレジットカード会社に要求する情報とを、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する。 Next, (2) the store terminal 40 uses information related to the transaction (not limited to the settlement date and time, the settlement store, the product name, the service name, the purchase amount (settlement amount), etc.) and the credit inquiry (credit) of the purchase amount. Information requesting the credit card company to perform the inquiry process) is transmitted to the credit card company server 10.
　ここで、与信照会とは、「オーソリゼーション（略して「オーソリ」とも称される。）」や「仮請求」等とも称され、クレジットカード会社に対してカード利用者（ユーザ）の信用確認（クレジットカードの有効性の確認やクレジットカードの利用限度枠の確認）をすることをいう。以下では、このクレジットカード会社サーバ１０が与信照会を行う処理のことを「与信照会処理」と称するものとする。
　与信照会の結果がクレジットカード会社により「承認」された場合（以下では、「与信照会結果：承認」と称する。）、決済金額は一時的に（仮に）確保される。また、与信照会の結果がクレジットカード会社により「否認」された場合（以下では、「与信照会結果：否認」と称するものとする。）、決済金額は確保されない。 Here, the credit inquiry is also referred to as "authorization (also referred to as" authorization "for short)" or "provisional billing", and the credit confirmation (credit) of the card user (user) to the credit card company. Confirming the validity of the card and confirming the credit card usage limit). Hereinafter, the process of making a credit inquiry by the credit card company server 10 will be referred to as "credit inquiry process".
If the result of the credit inquiry is "approved" by the credit card company (hereinafter referred to as "credit inquiry result: approval"), the settlement amount is temporarily (tentatively) secured. If the result of the credit inquiry is "denied" by the credit card company (hereinafter referred to as "credit inquiry result: denial"), the settlement amount is not secured.
　次いで、（３）与信照会処理を実行したクレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、与信照会の結果（「承認」または「否認」）の情報を店舗端末４０に送信する。 Next, (3) the credit card company server 10 that has executed the credit inquiry process transmits the information of the credit inquiry result (“approval” or “denial”) to the store terminal 40.
　なお、図１－９では、与信照会処理を実行したクレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、与信照会の結果の情報を店舗端末４０に送信するようにしているが、これに限定されない。
　与信照会の結果の情報を端末２０のみに送信してもよいし、与信照会の結果の情報を店舗端末４０と端末２０との両方に送信してもよい。 In FIG. 1-9, the credit card company server 10 that has executed the credit inquiry process transmits the information of the result of the credit inquiry to the store terminal 40, but the present invention is not limited to this.
The information on the result of the credit inquiry may be transmitted only to the terminal 20, or the information on the result of the credit inquiry may be transmitted to both the store terminal 40 and the terminal 20.
　本例では、与信照会の結果が「承認」であった場合を図示・説明する。
　次いで、（４）与信照会結果の情報（与信照会結果：承認）を受信した店舗端末４０のユーザ（店員）は、（１）で購入された商品またはサービスを端末２０のユーザ（客）に提供する。 In this example, the case where the result of the credit inquiry is "approval" is illustrated and explained.
Next, the user (clerk) of the store terminal 40 who received (4) the information of the credit inquiry result (credit inquiry result: approval) provides the product or service purchased in (1) to the user (customer) of the terminal 20. do.
　次いで、（５）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、その店舗に購入金額・決済金額を支払う。
　ここで、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が店舗に決済金額を支払う手法として、クレジットカード会社が、店舗または店舗端末４０に紐づいている銀行の口座に振り込みを行う手法や、クレジットカード会社またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に紐づいている銀行の口座から店舗または店舗端末４０に紐づいている銀行の口座への振替を行う手法等が考えられる。 Next, (5) the credit card company server 10 pays the purchase amount and the settlement amount to the store.
Here, as a method for the credit card company server 10 to pay the payment amount to the store, a method for the credit card company to transfer money to the bank account linked to the store or the store terminal 40, or a credit card company or a credit card company. A method of transferring from a bank account linked to the server 10 to a store or a bank account linked to the store terminal 40 can be considered.
　次いで、（６）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が店舗端末４０に一時的に支払った決済金額の請求に係る情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、この決済金額の支払いをいずれの銀行口座から行うかを設定するための情報（限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報（ＵＲＩ（ＵＲＬ）等）とを含む請求情報を端末２０に送信する。 Next, (6) the credit card company server 10 includes information related to the billing of the payment amount temporarily paid by the credit card company server 10 to the store terminal 40 (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, receipt information, etc.). , Information for setting which bank account to pay this payment amount from (not limited, but as an example, link information to the web page of the credit card company (URI (URL), etc.)) Send to terminal 20.
　次いで、（７）決済金額の請求に係る情報を受信した端末２０のユーザが、この決済金額の支払いをいずれの銀行口座から行うかを選択する操作を行うことによって、端末２０は、支払い口座選択情報をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０によって、支払い口座が設定される。 Next, (7) the user of the terminal 20 who has received the information related to the billing of the payment amount performs an operation of selecting from which bank account the payment of the payment amount is to be performed, so that the terminal 20 selects the payment account. The information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10. Then, the payment account is set by the credit card company server 10.
　（８Ａ），（８Ｂ）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、口座振替を提携銀行に要求（依頼）するタイミングで、支払い口座として設定された銀行口座を管理する提携銀行の銀行サーバ５０に対して、口座振替（引き落とし）を行うように要求する。 (8A), (8B) The credit card company server 10 makes an account with the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages the bank account set as the payment account at the timing of requesting (requesting) the account transfer from the affiliated bank. Request a transfer (withdrawal).
　これを受けて、（９Ａ）Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａは、振替要求金額の口座振替を行い、振替要求金額をクレジットカード会社に支払う。同様に、（９Ｂ）Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂは、振替要求金額の口座振替を行い、振替要求金額をクレジットカード会社に支払う。 In response to this, (9A) Bank A server 50A transfers the transfer request amount to the account and pays the transfer request amount to the credit card company. Similarly, (9B) Bank B server 50B transfers the transfer request amount to the account and pays the transfer request amount to the credit card company.
＜表示画面＞
　以下では、限定ではなく例として、端末２０が、縦長のディスプレイの表示部２４を備えるスマートフォンである場合を例示する。 <Display screen>
In the following, not only but as an example, a case where the terminal 20 is a smartphone provided with a display unit 24 of a vertically long display will be illustrated.
　スマートフォンには、限定ではなく例として、入力部として機能するタッチパネルが、そのディスプレイと対向して配置され、これによってタッチスクリーンが構成される。アイコン、ボタン、アイテムまたは入力領域などの要素がディスプレイに表示された場合において、タッチパネルの一部の領域であって、その要素が表示された領域と対向する領域がユーザによって操作された場合、その要素と関連付けられたプログラムまたはそのプログラムのサブルーチンが実行される。 The smartphone is not limited, but as an example, a touch panel that functions as an input unit is arranged facing the display, thereby forming a touch screen. When an element such as an icon, button, item, or input area is displayed on the display, if the user operates a part of the touch panel that faces the area where the element is displayed. The program associated with the element or the subroutine of that program is executed.
　以下では、ユーザによる操作を、限定ではなく例として、タップ（タップ操作）として説明する。
　タップ（タップ操作）とは、限定ではなく例として、ユーザが、タッチパネルが一体的に構成された表示部２４（タッチスクリーン）を指やペン先などで軽く叩くように触れる動作、触れてから離す動作である。 In the following, the operation by the user will be described as a tap (tap operation) as an example without limitation.
The tap (tap operation) is not limited to, but as an example, the user touches the display unit 24 (touch screen) in which the touch panel is integrated by tapping it with a finger or a pen tip, and then releases the touch panel. It is an operation.
　なお、以下説明する表示画面の遷移は、本開示の手法を実現するための表示画面の遷移の一例に過ぎない。以下に例示する表示画面の遷移について、一部の表示画面の表示を省略してもよいし、別の表示画面を追加してもよい。 The transition of the display screen described below is only an example of the transition of the display screen for realizing the method of the present disclosure. Regarding the transition of the display screens exemplified below, the display of some display screens may be omitted, or another display screen may be added.
　図１－１０は、本実施例において端末２０の表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１－１０左は、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社（クレジットカード決済サービスの事業者）（限定ではなく例として、「Ｘクレジットカード会社」、以下、この事業者名を適宜「Ｘカード」と称する。）から、請求情報として、商品購入情報と、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンク情報とを含む電子メール（以下、適宜「Ｅメール」と称する。）を受信した場合に、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される受信Ｅメール画面である。 FIG. 1-10 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in this embodiment.
The left side of Fig. 1-10 is not a limitation but an example, a credit card company (credit card payment service operator) (not a limitation but an example, "X credit card company", hereinafter, this operator name is appropriately referred to as "X card". As billing information, an e-mail containing product purchase information and link information to the credit card company's web page (not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting page) (hereinafter, "E" as appropriate). When the user A.) is received. It is a received mail screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
　受信Ｅメール画面の上部左には、いずれのｗｅｂページが表示されているかをユーザに報知するための「Ｅメール」の文字が表示されている。 At the top left of the received e-mail screen, the characters "e-mail" are displayed to notify the user which web page is displayed.
　また、その下には、受信Ｅメールの件名（タイトル）を示す件名表示領域が構成されており、この例では、件名として「カードご利用のお知らせ」の文字が件名表示領域内に表示されている。
　また、その下には、受信Ｅメールの差出人（送信元）を示す差出人表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「Ｆｒｏｍ：」の文字と、差出人（この例では「Ｘカード」）の文字とが差出人表示領域内に表示されている。 In addition, a subject display area indicating the subject (title) of the received e-mail is configured below it. In this example, the characters "Notice of card usage" are displayed in the subject display area as the subject. There is.
Below that, a sender display area indicating the sender (sender) of the received e-mail is configured. In this example, the characters "From:" and the sender ("X card" in this example) are configured. Characters are displayed in the sender display area.
　また、その下には、受信Ｅメールの本文を示す本文表示領域が構成されている。
　本例では、本文表示領域には、限定ではなく例として、本文の見出しとして「ご利用情報」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、このクレジットカード決済の商品購入情報が表示されており、限定ではなく例として、購入日を示す「ご利用日」の欄と、購入店舗を示す「ご利用先」の欄と、購入金額を示す「ご利用金額」の欄とが設けられている。この例では、「ご利用日」の欄には「２０２０／１０／２８」が、「ご利用先」の欄には「店舗Ａ」が、「ご利用金額」の欄には「１０，０００円」がそれぞれ表示されている。 Below that, a text display area showing the text of the received e-mail is configured.
In this example, in the text display area, the characters "Usage information" are displayed as the heading of the text, not as a limitation.
In addition, below that, the product purchase information of this credit card payment is displayed, and it is not limited, but as an example, the "use date" column indicating the purchase date and the "use destination" indicating the purchase store are displayed. There is a column and a column for "usage amount" indicating the purchase amount. In this example, "2020/10/28" is in the "Usage date" column, "Store A" is in the "Usage destination" column, and "10,000" is in the "Usage amount" column. "Circle" is displayed respectively.
　また、その下には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報が表示されており、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページの登録ＵＲＬに基づくリンクが張られた「支払い口座の設定はこちら＞」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ１が表示されている。 Below that, the link information to the credit card company's web page is displayed, and the text "Click here for payment account settings>" with a link based on the registration URL of the credit card company's web page. The link button BT1 including is displayed.
　図１－１０左に示される受信Ｅメール画面においてクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに移行するためのリンクボタンＢＴ１がタップされると、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに移行する。 When the link button BT1 for moving to the credit card company's web page is tapped on the received e-mail screen shown on the left of Fig. 1-10, the screen moves to the credit card company's web page.
　図１－１０中央には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）の一例を示している。 The center of FIG. 1-10 shows an example of the display screen of the payment account setting page (not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting screen) among the web pages of the credit card company.
　この画面の上部左には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページが表示されていることをユーザに報知するための「Ｘカード」の文字が表示されている。 At the top left of this screen, the letters "X card" are displayed to notify the user that the web page of the credit card company is displayed.
　また、その下には、このｗｅｂページが、支払い口座を設定するページであることを示す領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座設定」の文字が表示されている。
　具体的には、その下には、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）を表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されており、この例では、Ａ銀行に対応する銀行名として「Ａ銀行」の文字が、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字が表示されている。また、「Ｂ銀行」に対応する銀行名として「Ｂ銀行」の文字が、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字が表示されている。 Further, below that, an area indicating that this web page is a page for setting a payment account is configured, and in this example, the characters "payment account setting" are displayed.
Specifically, below that, a bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured. In this example, the letters "Bank A" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to Bank A, and the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number. Further, the characters "Bank B" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B", and the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number.
　また、その下には、商品購入情報（限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入店舗、購入金額等）を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、このクレジットカード決済の商品購入情報として、「ご利用日」の欄（この例では「２０２０／１０／２８」）と、「ご利用金額」の欄（この例では「１００００円」）と、「詳細」の欄（この例では詳細を確認するためのリンク情報）とが表示されている。
　この「詳細」の欄のリンク情報とは、商品購入情報の詳細な情報を含むクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンクが張られたリンク情報である。商品購入情報の詳細な情報には、限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入商品または購入サービスの名称、購入数、購入金額、購入店舗等の情報を含めることができる。 Further, below that, an area for displaying product purchase information (not limited, but as an example, purchase date and time, purchase store, purchase amount, etc.) is configured. In this example, the product purchase of this credit card payment is configured. As information, the "use date" column ("2020/10/28" in this example), the "usage amount" column ("10,000 yen" in this example), and the "details" column (this example). Then, link information for confirming the details) is displayed.
The link information in the "details" column is link information with a link to the web page of the credit card company, which includes detailed information on the purchase of goods. The detailed information of the product purchase information may include, but is not limited to, information such as the date and time of purchase, the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, the purchase price, and the store of purchase.
　また、その右には、口座振替を行う銀行口座を選択するための第１アイコンを表示するための第１アイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の欄に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂとが表示されている。 Further, on the right side, a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account for account transfer is configured. In this example, A is displayed in the "payment account" column. The first icon IC1A including the character "Bank A" corresponding to the bank and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to the bank B are displayed.
　また、画面下部には、第１アイコンを選択した後に、その情報を保存・決定するための第２アイコンを表示するための第２アイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「保存」の文字を含む第２アイコンＩＣ２が表示されている。
　なお、第２アイコンＩＣ２は、第２ボタンとしてもよい。以下同様である。 Further, at the bottom of the screen, after selecting the first icon, a second icon display area for displaying the second icon for saving / determining the information is configured. In this example, "save" is configured. The second icon IC2 including the character of is displayed.
The second icon IC2 may be used as a second button. The same applies hereinafter.
　図１－１０中央に示される支払い口座設定画面において、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａがタップされた後、第２アイコンＩＣ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１－１０右に示すような、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するページの画面（以下、「支払い口座設定完了画面」と称する。）が表示される。 In the payment account setting screen shown in the center of FIG. 1-10, when the first icon IC1A corresponding to the bank A is tapped and then the second icon IC2 is tapped, the right side of FIG. Of the web pages of the credit card company as shown in the above, the screen of the page notifying that the payment account setting is completed (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting completion screen") is displayed.
　この画面の上部左には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページが表示されていることをユーザに報知するための「Ｘカード」の文字が表示されている。 At the top left of this screen, the letters "X card" are displayed to notify the user that the web page of the credit card company is displayed.
　また、その下には、支払い口座の設定が完了したことを示す領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座の設定が完了しました。」の文字が表示されている。 In addition, an area indicating that the payment account setting is completed is configured below it, and in this example, the characters "Payment account setting is completed." Are displayed.
　また、その下には、商品購入情報を表示するための領域が構成されており、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。
　また、その右には、設定した支払い口座を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の文字と、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字とが表示されている。 Further, below that, an area for displaying product purchase information is configured, and the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
In addition, an area for displaying the set payment account is configured on the right side, and in this example, the characters "payment account" and the characters "bank A" corresponding to bank A are displayed. ing.
＜処理＞
　図１－１１，図１－１２は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａ（ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０）の制御部２１が実行する処理、店舗端末４０Ａ（店舗Ａの店舗端末４０）の制御部（不図示）が実行する処理、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ（Ａ銀行の銀行サーバ５０）の制御部（不図示）が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂ（Ｂ銀行の銀行サーバ５０）の制御部（不図示）が実行する処理の一例を示している。
　なお、店舗端末４０の制御部が実行する処理については図示を省略する。これは、以下同様である。 <Processing>
11 and 1-12 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
In this figure, in order from the left side, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A (terminal 20 of user A.A) and a process executed by the control unit (not shown) of the store terminal 40A (store terminal 40 of store A). , Processing executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, processing executed by the control unit (not shown) of the bank A server 50A (bank server 50 of the bank A), bank B server 50B (bank server 50 of the bank B). ) Is shown as an example of the processing executed by the control unit (not shown).
The processing executed by the control unit of the store terminal 40 is not shown. This is the same as below.
　一例として、ユーザＡ．Ａが、店舗端末４０Ａによってクレジットカード決済のための手続きを行い、その口座振替を行う銀行口座を、ユーザＡ．Ａのクレジットカードに紐づけられているＡ銀行の銀行口座とＢ銀行の銀行口座との２つの銀行口座から選択する場合の処理を例示する。
　なお、実際には、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座は２つとは限らないが、３つ以上とする場合も同様であるため、ここでは図示・説明を省略する。 As an example, User A. A uses the store terminal 40A to perform a procedure for credit card payment, and the user A. An example of processing is performed when selecting from two bank accounts, that is, the bank account of bank A and the bank account of bank B, which are linked to the credit card of A.
Actually, the number of bank accounts linked to a credit card is not limited to two, but the same applies when there are three or more, so illustrations and explanations are omitted here.
　また、この処理は、本開示の手法を実現するための処理の一例に過ぎず、この処理に限定されるものではない。この処理に別のステップを追加してもよいし、この処理から一部のステップを省略（削除）してもよい。
　これは、以下説明する各フローチャート（処理）について同様である。 Further, this process is merely an example of a process for realizing the method of the present disclosure, and is not limited to this process. Another step may be added to this process, or some steps may be omitted (deleted) from this process.
This is the same for each flowchart (process) described below.
　まず、ユーザＡ．Ａが店舗端末４０Ａを用いてクレジットカード決済の手続きを行ったことに基づいて、店舗端末４０Ａの制御部は、限定ではなく例として、受け付けたクレジットカード情報と、その店舗でのその取引に関する情報（限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入商品または購入サービスの名称、購入数、購入金額等の情報）と、その取引についての決済の与信照会処理を行うように要求する情報とを含む与信照会要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ（不図示）よってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する。 First, user A. Based on the fact that A has performed the credit card payment procedure using the store terminal 40A, the control unit of the store terminal 40A is not limited, but as an example, the received credit card information and the information regarding the transaction at the store. A credit inquiry that includes (as an example, but not a limitation) information such as the date and time of purchase, the name of the purchased product or service, the number of purchases, the purchase price, etc. The request information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F (not shown).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって店舗端末４０Ａから与信照会要求情報を受信すると、制御部１１は、ユーザ登録データ１５３を参照し、受信したクレジットカード情報に対応する契約者ＩＤを特定する。そして、ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ａに記憶されるユーザ管理データのうち、特定した契約者ＩＤに対応するユーザ管理データの取引データに、受信した取引に関する情報を記憶させる。そして、制御部１１は、受信された与信照会要求情報に基づいて、与信照会処理を実行する（Ｃ１１０）。そして、制御部１１は、与信照会結果の情報を含む与信照会結果情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって、限定ではなく例として店舗端末４０Ａに送信する（Ｃ１２０）。 When the credit inquiry request information is received from the store terminal 40A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 refers to the user registration data 153 and identifies the contractor ID corresponding to the received credit card information. Then, among the user management data stored in the user management database 159A, the transaction data of the user management data corresponding to the specified contractor ID stores the information related to the received transaction. Then, the control unit 11 executes the credit inquiry process based on the received credit inquiry request information (C110). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the credit inquiry result information including the information of the credit inquiry result to the store terminal 40A as an example, not limited to the communication I / F14 (C120).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆによってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から与信照会結果情報を受信すると、店舗端末４０Ａの制御部は、受信された与信照会結果情報に基づいて、与信照会結果を表示部（不図示）に表示させる（Ｂ１２０）。そして、店舗端末４０Ａの制御部は、最初に戻る。 When the credit inquiry result information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F, the control unit of the store terminal 40A displays the credit inquiry result on the display unit (not shown) based on the received credit inquiry result information. Let (B120). Then, the control unit of the store terminal 40A returns to the beginning.
　なお、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、与信照会結果情報を端末２０Ａに対しても送信するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　この場合、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から与信照会結果情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された与信照会結果情報に基づいて、与信照会結果を表示部２４に表示させるようにすることができる。 The credit card company server 10 may or may not transmit the credit inquiry result information to the terminal 20A as well.
In this case, when the credit inquiry result information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the credit inquiry result based on the received credit inquiry result information. can do.
　本実施例では、与信照会結果が「承認」である場合と、与信照会結果が「否認」である場合とのいずれの場合であっても、与信照会結果を通知（報知）するために、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、与信照会結果情報を送信している。 In this embodiment, credit is used to notify (notify) the credit inquiry result regardless of whether the credit inquiry result is "approved" or the credit inquiry result is "denied". The credit card company server 10 is transmitting credit inquiry result information.
　限定ではなく例として、請求情報をユーザＡ．Ａに報知するタイミング（限定ではなく例として、数日後、１週間後のタイミングなど、クレジットカード会社が設定したタイミング）で、制御部１１は、購入金額の請求に関する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報、取引データ（取引ＩＤ、店舗ＩＤ等））と、この購入金額の口座振替をいずれの銀行口座から行うかを設定するための情報（限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報（ＵＲＩ（限定ではなく例としてＵＲＬ））等）とを含む請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ１３０）。 As an example, not limited to the billing information, the user A. At the timing of notifying A (not limited, but as an example, a few days later, one week later, etc., a timing set by the credit card company), the control unit 11 performs information regarding billing of the purchase amount (as an example, not limited). Product purchase information, receipt information, transaction data (transaction ID, store ID, etc.) and information for setting which bank account to transfer the purchase amount from (as an example, not limited to credit card companies) The billing information including the link information (URI (not limited but URL as an example)) to the web page of the above is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C130).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から請求情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された請求情報（またはこれに基づく情報）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１３０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報と、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンク情報とを表示部２４に表示させる。 When the billing information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received billing information (or information based on the billing information) (A130). Specifically, the display unit 24 displays the product purchase information and the link information to the web page of the credit card company (as an example, not the limitation, the payment account setting page) as an example, not the limitation.
　その後、制御部２１は、表示部２４に表示された請求情報に基づき、入力部を介して、支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する（Ａ１４０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンク情報に対する入力部を介した操作を検知したか否かを判定する。
　この場合における「支払い口座設定」とは、限定ではなく例として、取引が行われる都度、その取引について支払い口座を設定することを意味する。 After that, the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made via the input unit based on the billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (A140). Specifically, it is not limited, but as an example, it is determined whether or not the operation via the input unit for the link information to the web page (payment account setting page) of the credit card company is detected.
In this case, "payment account setting" means, for example, setting a payment account for a transaction each time a transaction is made.
　支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされなかったと判定した場合（Ａ１４０：ＮＯ）、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたと判定した場合（Ａ１４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座の設定ページに移動するための支払い口座設定要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ１５０）。この場合、支払い口座設定要求情報には、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定ページに移動するための情報として、少なくとも請求情報のうちの取引ＩＤの情報を含めることができる。 If it is determined that the input for setting the payment account has not been made (A140: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the input for setting the payment account has been made (A140: YES), the control unit 21 displays the payment account setting request information for moving to the payment account setting page as an example, not limited to the above. It is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A150). In this case, the payment account setting request information may include, for example, at least the transaction ID information in the billing information as information for moving to the payment account setting page, without limitation.
　ステップＣ１３０の後、制御部１１は、支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したか否かを判定する（Ｃ１４０）。
　支払い口座設定要求情報を受信しなかったと判定した場合（Ｃ１４０：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、ステップＣ１８０に処理を進める。 After step C130, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received (C140).
If it is determined that the payment account setting request information has not been received (C140: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to step C180.
　一方、支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したと判定した場合（Ｃ１４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、受信された支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）とを含む支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ１５０）。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the payment account setting request information has been received (C140: YES), the control unit 11 has information related to the billing of the payment amount (example, not limited) based on the received payment account setting request information. (Product purchase information, receipt information, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, for example, bank name, account number, etc.), and other information necessary to set up a payment account. Information for payment account setting including (as an example, not a limitation, a first icon corresponding to a bank account, a second icon to be saved / determined after selecting the first icon, etc.) is sent to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14. Send (C150).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１６０）。
　限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報（購入日時、購入店舗、購入金額等）や、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（銀行名、口座番号等）、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（第１アイコン、第２アイコン等）等の情報を含む支払い口座設定画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the payment account setting information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160).
As an example, not limited, it is necessary to set product purchase information (purchase date and time, purchase store, purchase amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and payment account. The payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24.
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介したユーザによる支払い口座を選択する入力を受け付ける（Ａ１７０）。この場合、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示した第１アイコン（本例では、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンとＢ銀行に対応する第１アイコンのうちＡ銀行に対応する第１アイコン）がユーザＡ．Ａによって操作（限定ではなく例として、タップ）された後、第２アイコン（限定ではなく例として、「保存」アイコン）がユーザＡ．Ａによって操作（限定ではなく例として、タップ）されると、制御部２１は、選択された銀行口座（この例では、Ａ銀行の銀行口座）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ１８０）。 After that, the control unit 21 accepts an input for selecting a payment account by the user via the input unit (A170). In this case, the first icon displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A is not limited, but corresponds to the bank A among the first icon corresponding to the bank A and the first icon corresponding to the bank B in this example. The first icon) is the user A. After being manipulated by A (tap as an example, not a limitation), the second icon (the "save" icon as an example, not a limitation) is the user A. When operated (tapped as an example, not a limitation) by A, the control unit 21 communicates the payment account selection information including the information of the selected bank account (in this example, the bank account of bank A) to the communication I /. It is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by F22 (A180).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部１１は、支払い口座設定処理を行う（Ｃ１６０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、対象となる契約者（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の契約者ＩＤが記憶されたユーザ管理データのうち、支払い口座設定データのうちの対応する取引ＩＤの取引について、受信した支払い口座選択情報から特定される支払い口座に対応する口座ＩＤを、支払い口座ＩＤに記憶させる。
　つまり、本実施例では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が支払い口座を設定する。 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the payment account setting process (C160). Specifically, as an example, not limited, the corresponding transaction ID in the payment account setting data among the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. The account ID corresponding to the payment account specified from the received payment account selection information is stored in the payment account ID for the transaction.
That is, in this embodiment, the credit card company server 10 sets the payment account.
　その後、制御部１１は、支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するための支払い口座設定完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０に送信する（Ｃ１７０）。 After that, the control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting completion information for notifying that the payment account setting is completed to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 (C170).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定完了情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定完了情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定完了画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１９０）。
　限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報や、支払い口座情報（支払い口座としていずれかの銀行口座が設定されたことを報知する情報等）などの情報を含む支払い口座設定完了画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 Upon receiving the payment account setting completion information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The completion screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A190).
As an example, not limited to, a payment account setting completion screen including information such as product purchase information and payment account information (information notifying that one of the bank accounts has been set as a payment account, etc.) is displayed on the display unit 24. You can let them do it.
　その後、制御部２１は、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ａ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ａ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。
　一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ａ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit 21 determines whether or not to end the processing (A195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (A195: NO), returns to the beginning.
On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (A195: YES), the control unit 21 ends the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信し、支払い口座設定完了情報を送信すると、制御部１１は、口座振替要求条件が成立しているか否かを判定する（Ｃ１８０）。
　口座振替要求条件とは、口座振替を銀行サーバ５０に要求（依頼）するための条件であり、限定ではなく例として、「クレジットカード決済における口座振替（引き落とし）日時（限定ではなく例として、毎月２５日の２４時）になったこと」とすることができる。 When the payment account selection information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 and the payment account setting completion information is transmitted, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the account transfer request condition is satisfied (C180).
The account transfer request condition is a condition for requesting (requesting) an account transfer from the bank server 50, and is not a limitation but an example. It's 24:00 on the 25th). "
　口座振替要求条件が成立したと判定した場合（Ｃ１８０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、ユーザ管理データに含まれる取引データと支払い口座設定データとに基づき、口座振替要求情報を、対応する銀行サーバ５０に通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって送信する（Ｃ１９０）。
　具体的には、支払い口座設定データを参照し、支払い口座ＩＤごとに、その支払い口座ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている取引ＩＤを特定する。そして、取引データを参照し、特定した取引ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている購入金額を合算した金額を、その支払い口座の振替要求金額として算出する。そして、提携銀行データ１５５を参照し、支払い口座ＩＤごとに、対応する提携銀行サーバＵＲＩを取得し、算出した振替要求金額と、その支払い口座ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている口座振替トークンとを含む口座振替要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって、対応する提携銀行サーバＵＲＩをアクセス先として、対応する銀行サーバ５０に送信する。
　そして、制御部１１は、最新の支払い口座設定データを、当月分の支払い口座設定データとして保存する、または消去やリセットする。 When it is determined that the account transfer request condition is satisfied (C180: YES), the control unit 11 transfers the account transfer request information to the corresponding bank server 50 based on the transaction data included in the user management data and the payment account setting data. Is transmitted by communication I / F14 (C190).
Specifically, the transaction ID stored in association with the payment account ID is specified for each payment account ID by referring to the payment account setting data. Then, with reference to the transaction data, the total amount of the purchase amounts stored in association with the specified transaction ID is calculated as the transfer request amount of the payment account. Then, referring to the affiliated bank data 155, the corresponding affiliated bank server URI is acquired for each payment account ID, and the calculated transfer request amount and the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID are included. The account transfer request information is transmitted to the corresponding bank server 50 by the communication I / F14 with the corresponding affiliated bank server URI as the access destination.
Then, the control unit 11 saves, deletes, or resets the latest payment account setting data as payment account setting data for the current month.
　なお、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０と銀行サーバ５０との間の処理は、アプリケーション・プログラミング・インタフェース（ＡＰＩ：Application Programming Interface）等によって実現することができる。これは、以下同様である。 Note that the processing between the credit card company server 10 and the bank server 50 can be realized by an application programming interface (API) or the like. This is the same as below.
　その後、制御部１１、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ｃ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ｃ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。
　一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ｃ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit 11 determines whether or not to end the processing (C195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (C195: NO), the process returns to the beginning.
On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (C195: YES), the control unit 11 ends the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ（不図示）によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から口座振替要求情報を受信すると、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部（不図示）は、受信された口座振替要求情報に基づいて、口座振替処理を実行する（Ｄ１９０）。 When the account transfer request information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F (not shown), the control unit (not shown) of the bank A server 50A performs the account transfer process based on the received account transfer request information. Is executed (D190).
　その後、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ｄ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ｄ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ｄ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit of the bank A server 50A determines whether or not to end the processing (D195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (D195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (D195: YES), the process ends.
　同様に、通信Ｉ／Ｆ（不図示）によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から口座振替要求情報を受信すると、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部（不図示）は、受信された口座振替要求情報に基づいて、口座振替処理を実行する（Ｅ１９０）。 Similarly, when the account transfer request information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F (not shown), the control unit (not shown) of the bank B server 50B is based on the received account transfer request information. Execute the account transfer process (E190).
　その後、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ｅ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ｅ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ｅ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit of the B bank server 50B determines whether or not to end the processing (E195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (E195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (E195: YES), the process ends.
　なお、上記の処理では、口座振替要求条件が成立した場合に（Ｃ１８０：ＹＥＳ）、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が口座振替要求情報を銀行サーバ５０に送信し、銀行サーバ５０で口座振替処理が行われることとしたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、Ｃ１８０のステップを省略し、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、Ｃ１７０の後、Ｃ１９０のステップを実行するようにする。つまり、支払い口座設定処理を行う都度、その取引に対応する購入金額を含む口座振替要求情報を銀行サーバ５０に送信するようにする。 In the above processing, when the account transfer request condition is satisfied (C180: YES), the credit card company server 10 transmits the account transfer request information to the bank server 50, and the bank server 50 performs the account transfer processing. However, it is not limited to this.
As an example, not a limitation, the step of C180 is omitted, and the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 executes the step of C190 after C170. That is, each time the payment account setting process is performed, the account transfer request information including the purchase amount corresponding to the transaction is transmitted to the bank server 50.
　この場合、銀行サーバ５０は、取引ごとにクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から送信される口座振替要求情報に基づき、購入金額を累積的に加算して更新する。そして、銀行サーバ５０は、口座振替条件（限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済における口座振替日時になったこと）が成立した場合に、記憶されている最新の累積金額をその支払い口座の口座振替金額として、口座振替処理を行うようにすることができる。 In this case, the bank server 50 cumulatively adds and updates the purchase amount based on the account transfer request information transmitted from the credit card company server 10 for each transaction. Then, when the bank transfer condition (not limited, but as an example, the account transfer date and time in the credit card payment is reached) is satisfied, the bank server 50 transfers the latest accumulated amount stored in the account to the payment account. As the amount of money, the account transfer process can be performed.
　また、複数の口座（複数の口座情報）は、必ずしも端末２０のユーザを名義人とする口座（口座情報）である必要はなく、端末２０のユーザに関連する口座（口座情報）であればよい。いわゆる共有財布のようなものもこれに含めることができる。
　同様に、クレジットカードも、必ずしも端末２０のユーザを名義人とするクレジットカードである必要はなく、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードであればよい。
　詳細は後述するが、限定ではなく例として、（Ａ）法人クレジットカード、（Ｂ）家族クレジットカード、等のクレジットカードを適用する場合が、これらの一例である。 Further, the plurality of accounts (plurality of account information) do not necessarily have to be an account (account information) in which the user of the terminal 20 is the holder, but may be an account (account information) related to the user of the terminal 20. .. Something like a so-called shared wallet can also be included in this.
Similarly, the credit card does not necessarily have to be a credit card whose owner is the user of the terminal 20, but may be a credit card related to the user of the terminal 20.
The details will be described later, but the case where a credit card such as (A) corporate credit card, (B) family credit card, etc. is applied is an example without limitation.
　また、上記の処理では、購入情報（限定ではなく例として、請求情報）が端末２０の表示部２４に表示され、その後に、支払い口座設定ページにおいて端末２０のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報（登録銀行口座情報）が表示されることとしたが、これに限定されない。 Further, in the above process, purchase information (billing information, but not a limitation) is displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20, and then a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal 20 (a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal 20) on the payment account setting page. Registered bank account information) will be displayed, but it is not limited to this.
　限定ではなく例として、購入情報と複数の口座情報とが同じ画面（または同じページ）に表示されるようにしてもよい。
　また、この場合、購入情報と複数の口座情報とが、同時に表示されるようにしてもよいし、非同時に表示されるようにしてもよい。
　また、この場合、購入情報と複数の口座情報とが、両者を各々視認可能な位置関係や態様で表示されるようにしてもよいし、いずれか一方の情報のみを視認可能な位置関係や態様で表示されるようにしてもよい。
　限定ではなく例として、一の画面に購入情報を表示した後、この購入情報に重畳（オーバーラップ）するように複数の口座情報を表示するなどしてもよい。 As an example, not limited to, purchase information and multiple account information may be displayed on the same screen (or the same page).
Further, in this case, the purchase information and the plurality of account information may be displayed at the same time or may be displayed non-simultaneously.
Further, in this case, the purchase information and the plurality of account information may be displayed in a visually recognizable positional relationship or mode, or only one of the information may be visually recognizable in a positional relationship or mode. It may be displayed with.
As an example, not limited to this, after displaying the purchase information on one screen, a plurality of account information may be displayed so as to be superimposed (overlapped) on the purchase information.
　なお、この表示の手法は、購入情報と複数の口座情報とを表示する場合に限らず、２以上の各種の情報を表示する場合について同様に適用可能である。 Note that this display method is not limited to the case of displaying purchase information and a plurality of account information, but is also applicable to the case of displaying two or more various types of information.
＜第１実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、クレジットカード決済やツケ払い等による支払い（限定ではなく、後払いの一例）で購入された商品またはサービスに関する請求情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって受信する。そして、端末２０は、受信した請求情報と、自己の端末２０のユーザの登録銀行口座情報（限定ではなく、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報の一例）とを表示部２４（限定ではなく、端末の表示部の一例）に表示する。そして、端末２０は、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、登録銀行口座情報に基づき一の口座（限定ではなく、第１口座情報に関連する第１口座の一例）が支払い口座として選択されたことに基づき、支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された商品またはサービスを端末のユーザに確認させることができる。また、複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことを端末のユーザに確認させるとともに、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの支払いが第１口座から行われるようにすることができる。 <Effect of the first embodiment>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 is billing information (not limited, but not limited) regarding a product or service purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by payment by credit card payment, pay-as-you-go, etc. (not limited, but an example of postpay). (Example of purchase information) is received by communication I / F22. Then, the terminal 20 displays the received billing information and the registered bank account information of the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal) 24 (not limited). , An example of the display part of the terminal). Then, in the terminal 20, one account (not limited, but an example of the first account related to the first account information) is selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 based on the registered bank account information. Based on the configuration, the display unit 24 displays payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of first information regarding payment of at least a part of purchase information in the first account related to the first account information). Shows.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to have the terminal user confirm the goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment. Also, based on the selection of the first account information among the plurality of account information, the terminal user is made to confirm that the payment of at least a part of the purchase information is paid by the first account related to the first account information. At the same time, payment of goods or services purchased after payment can be made from the first account.
　ここで、購入情報は、端末が、クレジットカード会社サーバなどの後払いサービス事業者のサーバ等から受信する他、取引を行った店舗端末やＥＣサーバ等から受信するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。
　また、詳細は後述するが、他のサービスの事業者のサーバ等から受信するようにすることもできる。 Here, the purchase information may or may not be received by the terminal from a server of a postpaid service provider such as a credit card company server, or from a store terminal or an EC server with which a transaction has been made. You may.
Further, although the details will be described later, it is also possible to receive from the server or the like of another service provider.
　また、本実施例は、端末２０が、端末２０のユーザにより、登録銀行口座情報のうちの第１口座情報と、請求情報のうちの第１請求情報とが選択された場合、第１口座を支払い口座とする設定が完了したことを示す第１支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、第１購入情報の支払いを第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示し、端末２０のユーザにより、登録銀行口座情報のうちの第２口座情報と、請求情報のうちの第２請求情報とが選択された場合、第２口座を支払い口座とする設定が完了したことを示す第２支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、第２購入情報の支払いを第２口座で支払うことに関する第２情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、後払いでの購入の各々について、その支払いを、複数の口座情報のうちの端末のユーザによって選択された口座情報に関連する口座から行うことを端末のユーザに確認させるとともに、その支払いが、対応する口座から行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this embodiment, when the terminal 20 selects the first account information in the registered bank account information and the first billing information in the billing information by the user of the terminal 20, the first account is used. The display unit 24 displays the first payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of the first information regarding payment of the first purchase information in the first account) indicating that the setting for the payment account is completed. , When the user of the terminal 20 selects the second account information in the registered bank account information and the second billing information in the billing information, the setting to set the second account as the payment account is completed. A configuration is shown in which the display unit 24 displays the second payment account setting completion information (not limited to the second information regarding payment of the second purchase information in the second account).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, for each postpaid purchase, the payment is made from the account related to the account information selected by the user of the terminal among the plurality of account information. Can be made to be confirmed by the user of the terminal, and the payment can be made from the corresponding account.
　また、本実施例は、端末２０が、請求情報のうちの一の請求情報（限定ではなく、第１購入情報の一例）に対して、複数の登録銀行口座情報のうちから口座振替を行う銀行口座情報を選択するための第１アイコン等の情報（限定ではなく、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能であることに関する第３情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報のうちの第１購入情報に対して、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能であることを、端末のユーザに報知することができる。 Further, in this embodiment, the terminal 20 transfers an account from a plurality of registered bank account information to the billing information (not limited, but an example of the first purchase information) of one of the billing information. Information such as a first icon for selecting account information (an example of third information regarding the ability to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information, not limited) is displayed on the display unit 24. The configuration is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information for the first purchase information of the purchase information. It is possible to notify the user.
　また、上記において、登録銀行口座情報は、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカード情報（限定ではなく、端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードの情報の一例）と関連付けられてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に記憶されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、複数の口座情報が、端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードの情報と関連付けられるようにすることができる。 Further, in the above, the registered bank account information is stored in the credit card company server 10 in association with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but an example of the credit card information related to the user of the terminal). Can be done.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, a plurality of account information can be associated with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal.
　なお、登録銀行口座情報が、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカード情報（限定ではなく、端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードの情報の一例）と関連付けられて、端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶されるようにしてもよい。 The registered bank account information is associated with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal 20 (not limited to an example of the credit card information related to the user of the terminal), and is stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20. You may do so.
　また、この場合、後払いは、クレジットカードによって行われ、クレジットカードによって行われた、請求情報の少なくとも一部に対する支払いは、自己の端末２０のユーザによって選択された支払い口座（第１口座）から支払われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報の少なくとも一部に対する支払いが、端末のユーザによって選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座から行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the deferred payment is made by a credit card, and the payment made by the credit card for at least a part of the billing information is paid from the payment account (first account) selected by the user of the own terminal 20. Can be done.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, payment for at least a part of the purchase information of the goods or services purchased postpaid by the terminal user is to the first account information selected by the terminal user. It can be done from the relevant first account.
　また、この場合、後払いは、設定された日、または設定された期日までに支払うことを含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された日、または設定された期日までに、端末のユーザによって選択された口座から後払いの支払いが行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, deferred payment may include payment by a set date or a set date.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, deferred payment can be made from the account selected by the user of the terminal by a set date or a set date.
　また、本実施例は、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０（限定ではなく、サーバの一例）が、端末２０のユーザによるクレジットカード決済による取引情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の一例）を店舗端末４０やＥＣサーバから受信し、対応する請求情報（購入情報）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０に送信する。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、支払い口座選択情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部を、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０から受信する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された購入情報を受信した上で、その購入情報を端末に送信して、端末のユーザに通知することができる。また、購入情報の少なくとも一部を、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報を端末から受信することで、支払いを行う口座を第１口座に設定するなどすることができる。 Further, in this embodiment, the credit card company server 10 (not limited, but an example of the server) provides transaction information (not limited, but an example of purchase information) by credit card payment by the user of the terminal 20 to the store terminal 40 or EC. Received from the server and transmitted the corresponding billing information (purchase information) to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14. Then, the credit card company server 10 provides payment account selection information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal). The configuration of receiving from the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to receive the purchase information purchased by the terminal user after payment and then send the purchase information to the terminal to notify the terminal user. can. In addition, by receiving information from the terminal regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal, the account for payment is set as the first account, etc. can do.
＜第１変形例（１）＞
　上記の実施例において、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、支払い口座選択情報を端末２０から受信した場合に、選択された銀行口座を支払い口座として設定して問題ないかどうかをユーザに確認する情報（以下、「支払い口座設定確認情報」と称する。）を端末２０に送信する。そして、端末２０が、この支払い口座設定確認情報を表示部２４に表示するようにしてもよい。この場合、制御部１１は、端末２０から「確認ＯＫ」の情報を受信した場合に、支払い口座設定処理を行うようにすることができる。 <First modification (1)>
In the above embodiment, when the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 receives the payment account selection information from the terminal 20, the selected bank account is set as the payment account and the user is confirmed whether there is no problem. Information to be used (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting confirmation information") is transmitted to the terminal 20. Then, the terminal 20 may display the payment account setting confirmation information on the display unit 24. In this case, the control unit 11 can perform the payment account setting process when the information of "confirmation OK" is received from the terminal 20.
　また、一の銀行口座（第１口座）が支払い口座として選択されたことに基づいて、制御部１１が、第１口座が選択された旨の通知情報を端末２０に送信する。そして、端末２０が、この通知情報を表示部２４に表示するようにしてもよい。 Further, based on the fact that one bank account (first account) has been selected as the payment account, the control unit 11 transmits notification information to the effect that the first account has been selected to the terminal 20. Then, the terminal 20 may display this notification information on the display unit 24.
　また、一の銀行口座（第１口座）が支払い口座として選択されたことに基づいて、制御部１１が、選択された第１口座を、選択されなかった銀行口座とは異なる表示態様で表示させるようにしてもよい。この場合、限定ではなく例として、選択された第１口座をハイライト表示させるなどすることができる。 Further, based on the fact that one bank account (first account) is selected as the payment account, the control unit 11 causes the selected first account to be displayed in a display mode different from that of the unselected bank account. You may do so. In this case, the selected first account can be highlighted as an example, not a limitation.
　これらは、購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報、および、この第１情報の表示の一例である。 These are the first information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information, and an example of the display of this first information.
＜第１変形例（２）＞
　上記の実施例の手法を、クレジットカード会社（クレジットカード会社サーバ１０）が提供するアプリケーション（以下、「クレジットカードアプリケーション」と称する。）によって実現することも可能である。
　この場合、あらかじめ、端末２０がクレジットカードアプリケーションをクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から取得してインストールしておき、記憶部２８に記憶されたクレジットカードアプリケーションを実行するようにすることができる。 <First modification (2)>
It is also possible to realize the method of the above embodiment by an application provided by a credit card company (credit card company server 10) (hereinafter, referred to as a "credit card application").
In this case, the terminal 20 can acquire the credit card application from the credit card company server 10 and install it in advance, and execute the credit card application stored in the storage unit 28.
　この場合、クレジットカードアプリケーションのアカウントのデータは、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５で記憶・管理するようにすることができる。 In this case, the data of the account of the credit card application can be stored and managed by the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 as an example without limitation.
＜第１変形例（３）＞
　上記の実施例において支払い口座が設定された後、端末２０のユーザによって支払い口座を変更する入力がなされたことに基づいて、支払い口座を別の銀行口座に変更するようにすることもできる。
　以下では、これを「支払い口座の変更」と称する。 <First modification (3)>
After the payment account is set in the above embodiment, the payment account may be changed to another bank account based on the input for changing the payment account by the user of the terminal 20.
Hereinafter, this is referred to as "change of payment account".
　この場合は、端末２０のユーザが、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の支払い口座設定ページに端末２０からアクセスし、支払い口座を変更する入力を行う。すると、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、そのユーザのユーザ管理データの支払い口座設定データのうち、対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤを、指定された支払い口座に対応する支払い口座ＩＤに更新することで、支払い口座を変更する。 In this case, the user of the terminal 20 accesses the payment account setting page of the credit card company server 10 from the terminal 20 and inputs to change the payment account. Then, the credit card company server 10 updates the payment account ID associated with the corresponding transaction ID in the payment account setting data of the user management data of the user to the payment account ID corresponding to the designated payment account. By doing so, change the payment account.
＜第１変形例（４）＞
　上記の実施例の手法は、前述した（２）ツケ払いについても同様に適用可能である。
　この場合の処理については、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が行う処理を、ツケ払い事業者のサーバ等の装置が行う処理に書き換えることによって、上記の実施例と同様に構成することが可能である。 <First modification (4)>
The method of the above-mentioned embodiment can be similarly applied to the above-mentioned (2) Tsuke payment.
The processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment by rewriting the processing performed by the credit card company server 10 to the processing performed by a device such as a server of a pay-as-you-go business operator.
　（２）ツケ払いのうち、（２－１）一括ツケ払いを適用する場合は、上記の（１）クレジットカード決済とほぼ同様となる。
　そこで、以下では、（２）ツケ払いのうち、（２－２）都度ツケ払いを適用する場合の処理を例示する。 Of the (2) Tsuke payment, when (2-1) One-time Tsuke payment is applied, it is almost the same as the above (1) Credit card payment.
Therefore, in the following, among (2) Tsuke-payment, (2-2) the process of applying Tsuke-payment each time will be illustrated.
　図１－１３は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示す図である。
　この処理は、都度ツケ払いを適用する場合の処理例であり、クレジットカード決済と同様に、ツケ払い事業者のｗｅｂページ等からユーザ入力に基づいて支払い口座を設定し、設定した支払い口座から口座振替を行う処理例として記載したものである。 FIG. 1-13 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
This process is an example of processing when applying Tsuke payment each time. Similar to credit card payment, a payment account is set based on user input from the web page of the Tsuke payment business operator, and the account is set from the set payment account. It is described as an example of processing for transferring.
　限定ではなく例として、ツケ払いの契約時等に、端末２０のユーザは、自身に関連する複数の銀行口座情報をツケ払い事業者に通知し、ツケ払い事業者のサーバ（以下、「ツケ払い事業者サーバ」と称する。）で登録されるようにすることができる。 As an example, not limited to, the user of the terminal 20 notifies the tsuke payment business of a plurality of bank account information related to himself / herself at the time of contract for tsuke payment, and the server of the tsuke payment business (hereinafter, "tsuke payment"). It can be registered on the "business server").
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が実行する処理、ツケ払い事業者サーバの制御部が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 In this figure, in order from the left side, the process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, the process executed by the control unit of the payer server, the process executed by the control unit of the bank A server 50A, and the control of the bank B server 50B. An example of the processing executed by the department is shown.
　なお、（２）ツケ払いでは、（１）クレジットカード決済における与信照会に相当する処理を、限定ではなく例として、購入金額、ツケ払いの利用頻度、過去の支払い実績等の情報に基づいて行うようにすることができる。
　なお、この与信照会に相当する処理を行わないようにしてもよい。また、ツケ払いの契約時等のタイミングで与信の審査を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, in (2) Tsuke payment, the processing equivalent to (1) credit inquiry in credit card payment is performed based on information such as the purchase amount, the frequency of use of Tsuke payment, and the past payment record, as an example, not limited. Can be done.
The process corresponding to this credit inquiry may not be performed. In addition, the credit may be examined at the timing of the contract for payment.
　ツケ払い事業者サーバの制御部は、前述したＣ１７０に相当するステップを実行した後、支払い口座設定処理で設定した支払い口座に対応する銀行の銀行サーバ５０に、通信Ｉ／Ｆによって口座振替要求情報を送信する（Ｇ１９０）。
　クレジットカード決済の場合とは異なり、都度ツケ払いでは、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザによる取引の都度（商品やサービスの購入の都度）、口座振替が行われるようにすることができる。この場合、Ｇ１９０における口座振替要求情報の送信先の銀行サーバ５０は、その取引について支払い口座として択一的に設定した１つの銀行口座に対応する銀行サーバとなる。 After executing the step corresponding to C170 described above, the control unit of the Tsuke payment business server sends the account transfer request information to the bank server 50 of the bank corresponding to the payment account set in the payment account setting process by communication I / F. Is transmitted (G190).
Unlike the case of credit card payment, in the case of pay-as-you-go payment, the account transfer can be performed every time the user of the terminal 20 makes a transaction (each time a product or service is purchased). In this case, the bank server 50 to which the account transfer request information is transmitted in the G190 is a bank server corresponding to one bank account selectively set as a payment account for the transaction.
　その後、ツケ払い事業者サーバの制御部は、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ｇ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ｇ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。
　一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ｇ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、ツケ払い事業者サーバの制御部は、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit of the pay-as-you-go business server determines whether or not to end the processing (G195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (G195: NO), returns to the beginning.
On the other hand, if it is determined that the processing is terminated (G195: YES), the control unit of the pay-as-you-go business server terminates the processing.
＜第１変形例（５）＞
　クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページやクレジットカードアプリケーションを介して支払い口座が設定されるようにする手法に限らず、クレジットカード会社とは異なる事業者が提供する、クレジットアプリケーションとは異なるアプリケーションを介して支払い口座が設定されるようにしてもよい。 <First modification (5)>
Not limited to the method of setting up a payment account via the credit card company's web page or credit card application, the payment account is provided by a business operator different from the credit card company and through an application different from the credit application. May be set.
　クレジットカードアプリケーションとは異なるアプリケーションとしては、限定ではなく例として、以下のアプリケーションが挙げられる。
（Ａ）チャットアプリケーション
（Ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーション（支払いアプリケーション、電子マネー決済アプリケーション） Applications that differ from credit card applications include, but are not limited to, the following applications.
(A) Chat application (B) Electronic money application (payment application, electronic money payment application)
　チャットアプリケーションは、チャットサービスの事業者によって提供されるアプリケーションであって、ユーザがチャットを行うためのアプリケーションである。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングサービスの事業者によって提供されるメッセージングアプリケーションがこれに含まれる。 The chat application is an application provided by a chat service provider and is an application for a user to chat.
This includes, but is not limited to, messaging applications provided by messaging service providers.
　電子マネーアプリケーションは、電子マネーサービスの事業者によって提供されるアプリケーションであって、ユーザが電子決済（限定ではなく例として、電子マネーによる決済）を行うためのアプリケーションである。 The electronic money application is an application provided by an electronic money service provider, and is an application for a user to make an electronic payment (not limited, but as an example, payment by electronic money).
　本変形例では、上記の（Ａ）チャットアプリケーションを適用する場合を例示する。
　また、本変形例では、チャットアプリケーションの一例として、メッセージングアプリケーションを例示する。つまり、端末２０にインストールされたメッセージングアプリケーションによって、本開示に係る各種の処理が実行されることとして説明する。 In this modification, the case where the above (A) chat application is applied is illustrated.
Further, in this modification, a messaging application is illustrated as an example of a chat application. That is, it will be described that various processes according to the present disclosure are executed by the messaging application installed in the terminal 20.
　また、本変形例では、メッセージングサービスを、サーバ６０を介して複数の装置間で簡単なメッセージの送受信を行うインスタントメッセージングサービス：ＩＭＳ（Instant Messaging Service）とし、このメッセージングアプリケーションを、適宜「Ｍｅｓｓａｇｉｎｇ　Ａｐｐ」として図示・説明する。 Further, in this modification, the messaging service is an instant messaging service (IMS (Instant Messaging Service)) for transmitting and receiving simple messages between a plurality of devices via the server 60, and this messaging application is appropriately referred to as “Messaging App”. It is illustrated and explained as.
　なお、メッセージングサービス（ＩＭＳを含む。）は、ソーシャルネットワーキングサービス（ＳＮＳ）の１つの形態（一形態）と考えることもできる。このため、メッセージングサービスとソーシャルネットワーキングサービスとを区別してもよいし、区別しなくてもよい。つまり、ソーシャルネットワーキングサービスにメッセージングサービスが含まれることとしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Note that the messaging service (including IMS) can be considered as one form (one form) of the social networking service (SNS). Therefore, the messaging service and the social networking service may or may not be distinguished. That is, the social networking service may or may not include a messaging service.
　メッセージには、単純なテキストの他、限定ではなく例として、画像情報（静止画像情報、動画像情報の少なくともいずれか一方を含む。）、音情報（音声情報を含む。）、操作用情報（ボタン、アイコン等を含む。）、特定情報・通信情報・リンク情報（ＵＲＬ、ＵＲＩ等）など、装置間で送受信可能な各種の情報を含めることができる。 In addition to simple text, the message includes image information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), sound information (including voice information), and operation information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), as an example without limitation. Various information that can be sent and received between devices, such as buttons, icons, etc.), specific information, communication information, link information (URL, URI, etc.), can be included.
　テキストには、限定ではなく例として、文字コードで表される各国の文字、拡張文字、機種依存文字、数字、記号、図形及び符号の少なくともいずれか１つを含めることができる。
　なお、テキストは、上記の文字、拡張文字、機種依存文字、数字、記号、図形及び符号の少なくとも１つを含まなくてもよく、その他のテキストを含んでもよい。 The text may include, as an example, without limitation, at least one of national characters represented by character codes, extended characters, machine-dependent characters, numbers, symbols, figures and codes.
The text may not include at least one of the above characters, extended characters, machine-dependent characters, numbers, symbols, figures and symbols, and may include other texts.
　画像情報（画像）には、限定ではなく例として、アイコン、ボタン、スタンプ、絵文字、バナー画像といった各種の画像の情報のうちの少なくともいずれか１つを含めることができる。 The image information (image) can include at least one of various image information such as an icon, a button, a stamp, a pictogram, and a banner image, as an example without limitation.
　なお、本明細書では、メッセージングサービスで送受信される情報を「メッセージ」と称するが、これを、より広義の意味で「コンテンツ」と表現してもよい。
　この場合は、コンテンツに、限定ではなく例として、テキスト、画像情報（静止画像情報、動画像情報の少なくともいずれか一方を含む。）、音情報（音声情報を含む。）、操作用情報（ボタン、アイコン等を含む。）、特定情報・通信情報・リンク情報（ＵＲＬ、ＵＲＩ等）など、装置間で送受信可能な各種の情報を含めることができる。
　また、限定ではなく例として、メッセージをテキストとし、「コンテンツ」の中に、メッセージと、メッセージ以外の情報とが含まれるようにしてもよい。 In this specification, the information sent and received by the messaging service is referred to as a "message", but this may be expressed as "content" in a broader sense.
In this case, the content is not limited, but as an example, text, image information (including at least one of still image information and moving image information), sound information (including voice information), and operation information (button). , Icon, etc.), specific information, communication information, link information (URL, URI, etc.), and various other information that can be sent and received between devices can be included.
Further, as an example rather than limitation, the message may be text, and the "content" may include the message and information other than the message.
　本明細書におけるメッセージングサービスは、チャットサービスの一例である。
　メッセージングサービスでは、ユーザが、チャットルームを利用してチャットを行うことができるように構成されている。
　以下の説明では、適宜、複数のユーザの端末間で送受信されるコンテンツを各々のユーザが閲覧できるＵＩ（User Interface）やＧＵＩ（Graphical User Interface）を「トークルーム」と称する。
　なお、トークルームをチャットルームと称してもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The messaging service herein is an example of a chat service.
The messaging service is configured to allow users to chat using a chat room.
In the following description, a UI (User Interface) or GUI (Graphical User Interface) that allows each user to browse content transmitted / received between terminals of a plurality of users is appropriately referred to as a "talk room".
The talk room may or may not be referred to as a chat room.
　また、トークルームには、限定ではなく例として、１対１のユーザのトークルーム（以下、「１対１トークルーム」と称する。）の他、複数のユーザを含むグループのトークルーム（以下、「グループトークルーム」と称する。）を含めることができる。この場合におけるトークルームは、複数のユーザを含むグループの各端末間で送受信されるコンテンツをグループに含まれるユーザが閲覧できるＵＩやＧＵＩのことを意味する。 Further, the talk room is not limited, but as an example, a talk room of one-to-one users (hereinafter referred to as "one-to-one talk room") and a talk room of a group including a plurality of users (hereinafter referred to as "one-to-one talk room"). A "group talk room") can be included. In this case, the talk room means a UI or GUI that allows users included in the group to view content transmitted / received between terminals of the group including a plurality of users.
　また、本明細書では、メッセージングサービス（メッセージングアプリケーション）を利用する端末２０のユーザのことを「一般ユーザ」と称し、この一般ユーザのアカウントのことを「一般アカウント」と称する。
　それに対し、メッセージングサービスを利用する不図示の事業者装置や事業者端末のユーザのことを「公式アカウント（ＯＡ：Official Account）事業者」と称し、この事業者のアカウントのことを「公式アカウント」と称する。
　つまり、本明細書において、メッセージングサービスのアカウントには、一般アカウントと公式アカウントとが含まれる。 Further, in the present specification, the user of the terminal 20 using the messaging service (messaging application) is referred to as a "general user", and the account of this general user is referred to as a "general account".
On the other hand, users of unillustrated business equipment and business terminals that use messaging services are called "Official Account (OA) business operators", and the accounts of these business operators are called "official accounts". It is called.
That is, in the present specification, the account of the messaging service includes a general account and an official account.
　公式アカウントを有する事業者も、限定ではなく例として、事業者装置や事業者端末によって、一般アカウントを有する端末２０と同様に、サーバ６０を介して、他の装置との間でメッセージの送受信が可能である。限定ではなく例として、他の端末２０にメッセージが送信される場合と同様に、一般アカウントを有するユーザの端末２０から事業者装置や事業者端末宛に送信されたメッセージも、サーバ６０を介して事業者装置や事業者端末に届けられる。そして、そのメッセージの履歴が、事業者装置や事業者端末の表示部（不図示）にトークルーム等として表示される。 A business operator having an official account can also send and receive messages to and from other devices via the server 60, as in the case of the terminal 20 having a general account, by the business operator device or the business terminal, for example, without limitation. It is possible. As an example, but not limited to, a message transmitted from a user's terminal 20 having a general account to a business device or a business terminal is also sent via the server 60, as in the case where a message is sent to another terminal 20. Delivered to business equipment and business terminals. Then, the history of the message is displayed as a talk room or the like on the display unit (not shown) of the business operator device or the business operator terminal.
　また、トークルームには、限定ではなく例として、１対１のユーザのトークルームである「１対１トークルーム」や、複数のユーザを含むグループの「グループトークルーム」の他、限定ではなく例として、ＯＡ事業者とのトークルーム（以下、「ＯＡトークルーム」と称する。）を含めることができる。 In addition, the talk room is not limited, but is not limited to, for example, a "one-to-one talk room" which is a talk room for one-to-one users and a "group talk room" for a group including a plurality of users. As an example, a talk room with an OA operator (hereinafter referred to as "OA talk room") can be included.
　また、以下では、限定ではなく例として、トーク情報は、サーバ６０の記憶部６５で記憶・管理されるが、サーバ６０で追加されて更新されたトーク情報は端末２０に送信され、端末２０の記憶部２８においても、トーク情報がサーバ６０とは別に記憶されて保持されるものとする。 Further, in the following, as an example, not limited to the talk information, the talk information is stored and managed in the storage unit 65 of the server 60, but the talk information added and updated by the server 60 is transmitted to the terminal 20 and is transmitted to the terminal 20. It is assumed that the storage unit 28 also stores and holds the talk information separately from the server 60.
　トーク情報とは、限定ではなく例として、アカウント間（１対１、グループを含む。）でやりとりされるコンテンツ（限定ではなく例として、メッセージ）を含む一連のトーク内容、コンテンツのやりとりの履歴（コンテンツの送受信の履歴）等の情報である。 Talk information is not limited, but as an example, a series of talk contents including contents exchanged between accounts (one-to-one, including groups) (messages as an example, not limited), history of content exchanges ( Information such as (history of transmission / reception of contents).
　この場合、サーバ６０の記憶容量等の問題により、サーバ６０で記憶・管理されるトーク情報は、限定ではなく例として、一定時間（限定ではなく、数週間の時間）が経過したタイミングで、サーバ６０の記憶部６５から消去するようにすることができる。
　その一方で、端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶されるトーク情報のデータは、端末２０のユーザによって入力部を介して消去の入力がなされない限り、保持されるようにすることができる。 In this case, due to a problem such as the storage capacity of the server 60, the talk information stored and managed by the server 60 is not limited, but as an example, the server is at the timing when a certain time (not limited, several weeks) has elapsed. It can be erased from the storage unit 65 of 60.
On the other hand, the data of the talk information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 can be retained unless the user of the terminal 20 inputs an erasure via the input unit.
　ただし、これはあくまでも一例に過ぎず、この形態に限定されるものではない。
　限定ではなく例として、端末２０ではトーク情報は保持されないようにし、サーバ６０で記憶・管理されるトーク情報を、端末２０が取得して表示等するようにしてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 However, this is just an example and is not limited to this form.
As an example, not limited to this, the terminal 20 may not hold the talk information, and the terminal 20 may or may not acquire and display the talk information stored and managed by the server 60. May be good.
＜システム構成＞
　図１－１４は、本変形例における通信システム１Ｂのシステム構成の一例を示す図である。
　通信システム１Ｂは、図１－１の通信システム１Ａに、構成要素としてサーバ６０を追加したシステムである。 <System configuration>
FIG. 1-14 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the communication system 1B in this modification.
The communication system 1B is a system in which a server 60 is added as a component to the communication system 1A of FIG. 1-1.
　サーバ６０（限定ではなく、サーバ、情報処理装置、情報管理装置の一例）は、端末２０に対して、所定のサービス（本変形例では、メッセージングサービス）を提供する機能を有する。
　サーバ６０は、本変形例において記載する機能を実現できる情報処理装置であればどのような装置であってもよい。サーバ６０は、限定ではなく例として、サーバ装置、コンピュータ（限定ではなく例として、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（限定ではなく例として、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダ）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（限定ではなく例として、ＰＤＡ、電子メールクライアントなど）、あるいは他種のコンピュータ、またはコミュニケーションプラットホームを含む。また、サーバ６０は情報処理装置と表現されてもよい。サーバ６０と端末２０とを区別する必要がない場合は、サーバ６０と端末２０とは、それぞれ情報処理装置と表現されてもよいし、されなくてもよい。 The server 60 (not limited to, an example of a server, an information processing device, and an information management device) has a function of providing a predetermined service (a messaging service in this modification) to the terminal 20.
The server 60 may be any device as long as it can realize the functions described in this modification. The server 60 is not limited, but by example, a server device, a computer (not limited, by example, a desktop, a laptop, a tablet, etc.), a media computer platform (not limited, by example, a cable, a satellite set-top box, a digital video recorder). ), Handheld computer devices (for example, but not limited to, PDA, e-mail client, etc.), or other types of computers, or communication platforms. Further, the server 60 may be expressed as an information processing device. When it is not necessary to distinguish between the server 60 and the terminal 20, the server 60 and the terminal 20 may or may not be expressed as information processing devices, respectively.
　サーバ６０は、限定ではなく例として、制御部６１（ＣＰＵ）、記憶部６５、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４（インタフェース）、入出力部６２、時計部６９を備える。サーバ６０のＨＷの各構成要素は、限定ではなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。なお、サーバ６０のＨＷは、サーバ６０のＨＷの構成として、全ての構成要素を含むことは必須ではない。限定ではなく例として、サーバ６０のＨＷは、個々の構成要素、または複数の構成要素を取り外すような構成であってもよいし、そうでなくてもよい。 The server 60 includes, as an example, not limited to, a control unit 61 (CPU), a storage unit 65, a communication I / F 64 (interface), an input / output unit 62, and a clock unit 69. Each component of the HW of the server 60 is interconnected via bus B, as an example, but not limited to. It is not essential that the HW of the server 60 includes all the components as the configuration of the HW of the server 60. As an example, but not limited to, the HW of the server 60 may or may not be configured to remove individual or multiple components.
　なお、サーバ６０のＨＷは、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０等の装置と同様とすることができるため、再度の説明を省略する。 Note that the HW of the server 60 is not limited, and can be the same as a device such as the credit card company server 10 as an example, so the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本変形例では、サーバ６０のユーザを、メッセージングサービスの事業者（以下、「メッセージングサービス事業者」と称する。）とする。また、メッセージングサービス事業者は、クレジットカード会社とは異なる事業者とする。 In this modification, the user of the server 60 is a messaging service provider (hereinafter referred to as "messaging service provider"). In addition, the messaging service provider shall be a different operator from the credit card company.
　この場合、端末２０のユーザによってクレジットカード決済が行われた場合、クレジットカード会社（クレジットカード会社サーバ１０）は、いずれのユーザによってクレジットカード決済が行われたかを把握可能であるが、メッセージングサービス事業者（サーバ６０）は、いずれのユーザによってクレジットカード決済が行われたかを把握する必要がある。 In this case, when the credit card payment is made by the user of the terminal 20, the credit card company (credit card company server 10) can grasp which user made the credit card payment, but the messaging service business. The person (server 60) needs to know which user made the credit card payment.
　これを実現するための手法としては、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかの手法を適用することができる。
（Ｘ）端末２０のユーザがメッセージングアプリケーションのアカウント情報（限定ではなく例として、後述するメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤ等）をクレジットカード会社に通知する。限定ではなく例として、端末２０からクレジットカード会社サーバ１０にアカウント情報を送信する。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０において、ユーザ情報に紐づけてアカウント情報が登録されるようにする手法
（Ｙ）端末２０のユーザがクレジットカード情報をメッセージングサービス事業者に通知する。限定ではなく例として、端末２０からサーバ６０にクレジットカード情報を送信する。そして、サーバ６０において、メッセージングサービスのアカウント情報に紐づけてクレジットカード情報が登録されるようにする手法 As a method for realizing this, any of the following methods can be applied as an example without limitation.
(X) The user of the terminal 20 notifies the credit card company of the account information of the messaging application (not limited, but as an example, the messaging application ID described later). As an example, not a limitation, the account information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10. Then, in the credit card company server 10, the user of the method (Y) terminal 20 for registering the account information in association with the user information notifies the messaging service provider of the credit card information. As an example, not a limitation, the credit card information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 60. Then, on the server 60, a method for registering the credit card information in association with the account information of the messaging service.
　いずれの手法を適用することも可能であるが、本変形例では、限定ではなく例として、上記のうちの（Ｘ）の手法を適用する場合を例示する。 It is possible to apply any method, but in this modification, the case where the method (X) of the above is applied is illustrated as an example, not a limitation.
＜機能構成＞
（１）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０
　図１－１５は、本変形例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶されるユーザ管理データベース１５９の一例であるユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｂのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　各々のユーザ管理データには、前述した契約者ＩＤ、取引データ、登録銀行口座データ、支払い口座設定データの他に、限定ではなく例として、この契約者ＩＤのユーザのメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤが記憶される。 <Functional configuration>
(1) Credit card company server 10
FIG. 1-15 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159B, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this modification.
In addition to the contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data described above, each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, the messaging application ID of the user of this contractor ID. ..
　このメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤは、限定ではなく例として、何らかのタイミング（限定ではなく例として、既にメッセージングサービスを利用している状態でクレジットカードサービスを利用する場合はクレジットカードサービスの契約時、既にクレジットカードサービスを利用している状態でメッセージングサービスを利用する場合はメッセージングサービスの契約時等のタイミング）で、端末２０からクレジットカード会社サーバ１０にメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤを送信するようにする。
　または、サーバ６０からクレジットカード会社サーバ１０にメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤを送信するようにする。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、受信したメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤを、契約者ＩＤと紐づけてユーザ管理データに記憶させて登録するようにすることができる。 This messaging application ID is not limited, but as an example, at some timing (as an example, not limited, if you use the credit card service while already using the messaging service, when you sign up for the credit card service, the credit card service is already available. When using the messaging service while using the above, the messaging application ID is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10 at the timing when the messaging service is contracted).
Alternatively, the messaging application ID is transmitted from the server 60 to the credit card company server 10. Then, the credit card company server 10 can store the received messaging application ID in the user management data in association with the contractor ID and register it.
（２）サーバ６０の機能構成
　図１－１６は、本変形例においてサーバ６０の制御部６１によって実現される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部６１は、記憶部６５に記憶されるメッセージングアプリケーション管理処理プログラム６５１に従って、メッセージングアプリケーション管理処理を実行するメッセージングアプリケーション管理処理部６１１を機能部として含む。 (2) Functional Configuration of Server 60 FIG. 1-16 is a diagram showing an example of a function realized by the control unit 61 of the server 60 in this modification.
The control unit 61 includes a messaging application management processing unit 611 that executes a messaging application management process according to the messaging application management processing program 651 stored in the storage unit 65 as a functional unit.
　図１－１７は、本変形例においてサーバ６０の記憶部６５に記憶される情報の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部６５には、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーション管理処理として実行されるメッセージングアプリケーション管理処理プログラム６５１と、アカウント登録データ６５３と、アカウント管理データベース６５５とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-17 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
The storage unit 65 stores, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application management processing program 651 executed as a messaging application management process, account registration data 653, and an account management database 655.
　アカウント登録データ６５３は、メッセージングアプリケーションのアカウントに関する登録データであり、そのデータ構成の一例を図１－１８に示す。
　アカウント登録データ６５３には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ名と、メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤと、その他登録情報とが関連付けて記憶される。 The account registration data 653 is registration data relating to the account of the messaging application, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 1-18.
The account registration data 653 stores, as an example, without limitation, a user name, a messaging application ID, and other registration information in association with each other.
　ユーザ名は、メッセージングアプリケーションを利用する端末２０のユーザの名称であり、限定ではなく例として、端末２０のユーザがメッセージングアプリケーションを利用する際に登録する名称が記憶される。 The user name is the name of the user of the terminal 20 who uses the messaging application, and is not limited, but as an example, the name registered when the user of the terminal 20 uses the messaging application is stored.
　メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤは、メッセージングアプリケーションのアカウントを識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。
　このメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤは、好ましくはアカウントごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ６０によってアカウントごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤは、端末２０、またはその端末２０のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末に関する情報、または端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The messaging application ID is information used to identify the account of the messaging application, or the account itself.
The messaging application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 60.
The messaging application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
　その他登録情報には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０を識別するための識別情報、端末２０の電話番号（端末電話番号）、メールアドレス（端末メールアドレス）、アプリケーションにおける各種の認証に利用されるパスワード（ログインパスワード、認証パスワード等）等の認証情報といった各種の情報を含めるようにすることができる。 Other registration information is not limited, but is used for identification information for identifying the terminal 20, a terminal 20 telephone number (terminal telephone number), an email address (terminal email address), and various authentications in the application. Various types of information such as authentication information such as passwords (login password, authentication password, etc.) can be included.
　端末２０を識別するための識別情報は、限定ではなく例として、端末ＩＤ（限定ではなく例として、ＩＭＥＩ（International Mobile Equipment Identity））とすることができる。
　また、端末２０のユーザを識別するための識別情報は、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤとすることができる。
　なお、メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤに代えて「ユーザＩＤ」としてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The identification information for identifying the terminal 20 may be a terminal ID (IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) as an example, not a limitation) as an example rather than a limitation.
Further, the identification information for identifying the user of the terminal 20 is not limited, but may be a messaging application ID as an example.
The "user ID" may or may not be used instead of the messaging application ID.
　また、１つの端末２０につき１つのアカウントしか登録することのできないアプリケーションであれば、限定ではなく例として、「端末２０を識別するための識別情報＝端末２０のユーザを識別するための識別情報＝アプリケーションＩＤ」とすることができる。 Further, in the case of an application in which only one account can be registered for one terminal 20, the application is not limited, but as an example, "identification information for identifying the terminal 20 = identification information for identifying the user of the terminal 20 =". It can be an application ID.
　また、限定ではなく例として、１つのユーザＩＤに、複数の端末ＩＤを割り当てることを可能としてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 Further, as an example, not limited to, it may or may not be possible to assign a plurality of terminal IDs to one user ID.
　また、アプリケーションＩＤ等の各種のＩＤに代えて、端末電話番号等の情報によってアカウントを管理する手法を適用することも可能である。
　この場合、アプリケーションＩＤ等のＩＤの情報をアカウント登録データ６５３に記憶させるのに代えて、端末電話番号等の情報をアカウント登録データ６５３に記憶させるようにすることができる。 Further, instead of various IDs such as application IDs, it is also possible to apply a method of managing accounts based on information such as terminal telephone numbers.
In this case, instead of storing the ID information such as the application ID in the account registration data 653, the information such as the terminal telephone number can be stored in the account registration data 653.
　アカウント管理データベース６５５は、アカウント登録データ６５３に記憶されたアカウントの管理用のデータベースであり、その一例であるアカウント管理データベース６５５Ａのデータ構成例を図１－１９に示す。
　アカウント管理データベース６５５Ａには、アカウント登録データ６５３に記憶されたメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤごとの管理データとして、アカウント管理データが記憶される。 The account management database 655 is a database for managing accounts stored in the account registration data 653, and an example of data configuration of the account management database 655A, which is an example thereof, is shown in FIG. 1-19.
The account management database 655A stores account management data as management data for each messaging application ID stored in the account registration data 653.
　各々のアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、友だちデータと、トーク情報データと、取引データとが記憶される。 Each account management data is not limited, but as an example, friend data, talk information data, and transaction data are stored.
　友だちデータは、このメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤのアカウントが友だち登録しているアカウントに関するデータである。友だち登録しているアカウントには、前述した一般アカウントの他、前述した公式アカウントも含めることができる。 Friend data is data related to the account registered as a friend by the account of this messaging application ID. Accounts registered as friends can include the above-mentioned official accounts in addition to the above-mentioned general accounts.
　本変形例では、端末２０のユーザがクレジットカード会社の公式アカウントを友だちに追加する操作を行い、サーバ６０において、クレジットカード会社の公式アカウントが友だちデータに登録されているものとして説明する。 In this modification, it is assumed that the user of the terminal 20 performs an operation of adding the official account of the credit card company to the friend, and the official account of the credit card company is registered in the friend data on the server 60.
　トーク情報データは、このメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤのアカウントのトーク情報のデータである。
　サーバ６０は、限定ではなく例として、メッセージ情報の送信元の端末２０から送信されたメッセージ情報を受信し、受信したメッセージ情報を、対応するアカウントのトークルームに追加する処理を行う。具体的には、アカウント管理データベース６５５Ａのうちの対応するアカウントのアカウント管理データにおいて、対応するトークルームのトーク情報に、受信したメッセージ情報を追加して更新する。そして、サーバ６０は、トークルームへの追加内容（トークルームに追加したメッセージ情報）を、送信先のユーザの端末２０に送信する。これにより、端末２０の表示部２４に表示されるトークルームにおけるメッセージ情報が更新される。 The talk information data is the talk information data of the account of this messaging application ID.
As an example, the server 60 receives the message information transmitted from the terminal 20 from which the message information is transmitted, and adds the received message information to the talk room of the corresponding account. Specifically, in the account management data of the corresponding account in the account management database 655A, the received message information is added to the talk information of the corresponding talk room and updated. Then, the server 60 transmits the content added to the talk room (message information added to the talk room) to the terminal 20 of the destination user. As a result, the message information in the talk room displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 is updated.
　取引データは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０から送信される請求情報（購入情報）に基づいて記憶される、端末２０のユーザによりクレジットカード決済で購入された購入情報のデータである。
　なお、このアカウント管理データに記憶される取引データは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のユーザ管理データに記憶される取引データに記憶される情報のうちの少なくとも一部の情報を含むデータであればよい。 The transaction data is data of purchase information purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by credit card payment, which is stored based on the billing information (purchase information) transmitted from the credit card company server 10.
The transaction data stored in the account management data may be data including at least a part of the information stored in the transaction data stored in the user management data of the credit card company server 10.
（３）端末２０の機能構成
　図１－２０は、本変形例において端末２０の制御部２１によって実行される機能の一例を示す図である。
　制御部２１は、前述した端末メイン処理部２１１の他に、限定ではなく例として、記憶部２８に記憶されるメッセージングアプリケーションプログラム２８３に従ってメッセージングアプリケーション処理を実行するメッセージングアプリケーション処理部２１３を機能部として含む。 (3) Functional Configuration of Terminal 20 FIG. 1-20 is a diagram showing an example of a function executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
In addition to the terminal main processing unit 211 described above, the control unit 21 includes, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application processing unit 213 that executes messaging application processing according to the messaging application program 283 stored in the storage unit 28 as a functional unit. ..
　図１－２１は、本変形例において端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶される情報の一例を示す図である。
　記憶部２８には、前述した端末メイン処理プログラム２８１の他に、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションプログラム２８３と、メッセージングアプリケーションのアカウントのデータであるメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤ２８５とが記憶される。 FIG. 1-21 is a diagram showing an example of information stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20 in this modification.
In addition to the terminal main processing program 281 described above, the storage unit 28 stores, as an example, not limited to, a messaging application program 283 and a messaging application ID 285, which is data of a messaging application account.
＜原理・処理の概要＞
　図１－２２は、本変形例におけるクレジットカード決済サービスの原理を説明するための図であり、クレジットカード決済の流れを図示したものである。
　なお、図１－９と同様の部分については説明を省略する。 <Outline of principle / processing>
FIG. 1-22 is a diagram for explaining the principle of the credit card payment service in this modification, and illustrates the flow of credit card payment.
The same part as in FIG. 1-9 will be omitted.
　（５）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が店舗に購入金額を支払うと、（６－１）クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、請求情報をサーバ６０に送信する。そして、（６－２）サーバ６０は、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションのメッセージ情報であって、この請求情報に対応するメッセージ情報である請求メッセージ情報を端末２０に送信する。 (5) When the credit card company server 10 pays the purchase amount to the store, (6-1) the credit card company server 10 transmits the billing information to the server 60. Then, (6-2) the server 60 transmits, as an example, not limited to, the billing message information which is the message information of the messaging application and which is the message information corresponding to the billing information to the terminal 20.
　次いで、（７－１）請求メッセージ情報を受信した端末２０のユーザにより、端末２０の表示部２４に表示された請求メッセージ情報に基づき、支払い口座を選択する入力がなされたことに基づいて、支払い口座が設定される。 Next, (7-1) payment is made based on the input for selecting a payment account based on the billing message information displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20 who has received the billing message information. An account is set up.
　なお、支払い口座の設定（支払い口座設定処理）を行う主体は、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかとすることができる。
　・クレジットカード会社サーバ１０
　・サーバ６０ The entity that sets the payment account (payment account setting process) is not limited, but can be any of the following as an example.
・ Credit card company server 10
-Server 60
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０によって支払い口座が設定される場合は、（７－１）支払い口座選択情報が端末２０からクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信される。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０によって支払い口座が設定される。
　それに対し、サーバ６０によって支払い口座が設定される場合は、（７－１）支払い口座選択情報が端末２０からサーバ６０に送信される。そして、サーバ６０によって支払い口座が設定された後、（７－２）支払い口座設定情報がサーバ６０からクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信される。
　この詳細については後述する。 When the payment account is set by the credit card company server 10, (7-1) the payment account selection information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10. Then, the payment account is set by the credit card company server 10.
On the other hand, when the payment account is set by the server 60, (7-1) the payment account selection information is transmitted from the terminal 20 to the server 60. Then, after the payment account is set by the server 60, (7-2) the payment account setting information is transmitted from the server 60 to the credit card company server 10.
The details will be described later.
＜表示画面＞
　図１－２３は、本変形例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１－２３左は、メッセージングアプリケーションのトークルーム画面の一例であり、画面最上部中央には、メッセージングアプリケーションの名称として「Ｍｅｓｓａｇｉｎｇ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。また、画面最上部右には、この端末２０のユーザのメッセージングアプリケーションにおけるアイコン画像およびユーザ名（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）が表示されている。 <Display screen>
FIG. 1-23 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
The left side of FIG. 1-23 is an example of the talk room screen of the messaging application, and the characters "Messageing App" are displayed as the name of the messaging application in the center of the top of the screen. Further, on the upper right side of the screen, an icon image and a user name (user A.A. in this example) of the user of the terminal 20 in the messaging application are displayed.
　また、その下には、限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーション内のいずれのページ（この例では、トークルーム）が現在表示されているかを示す領域の一種として、トークルームの名称（以下、「トークルーム名」と称する。）を含むトークルーム名表示領域ＣＬＲが設けられている。トークルーム名表示領域ＣＬＲは、現在ユーザが位置しているメッセージングアプリケーション内のページ（この例では、トークルーム）を示す領域とも言える。 Below that, as an example, not a limitation, the name of the talk room (hereinafter, "talk") is used as a kind of area indicating which page (in this example, the talk room) is currently displayed in the messaging application. A talk room name display area CLR including "room name") is provided. The talk room name display area CLR can also be said to be an area indicating a page (in this example, the talk room) in the messaging application in which the user is currently located.
　本例では、トークルーム名表示領域ＣＬＲには、限定ではなく例として、ユーザＡ．Ａがクレジットカード会社である「Ｘカード」をトーク相手としてトークを行うためのＯＡトークルームであることを示す情報（この例では、「ＯＡ」のアイコンおよび「Ｘカード」の文字）が表示されている。 In this example, the talk room name display area CLR is not limited to the user A. Information indicating that A is an OA talk room for talking with the credit card company "X card" as a talk partner (in this example, the "OA" icon and the letters "X card") is displayed. ing.
　また、その下には、ユーザＡ．ＡとＸカードとが対話形式でトークを行うためのトーク領域が構成されており、画面向かって左側には相手であるＸカードを送信元とするメッセージ情報（メッセージ）が、画面向かって右側には自分であるユーザＡ．Ａのメッセージ情報が表示されるように構成されている。 Below that, User A. A talk area is configured for A and the X card to talk interactively, and the message information (message) originating from the other party's X card is on the left side of the screen, and on the right side of the screen. Is my user A. It is configured to display the message information of A.
　この例では、ユーザＡ．Ａによる店舗Ａでの１回の取引に関する情報（画面では「ご利用情報」）を含む請求メッセージ情報がＸカードを送信元として送信され、サーバ６０を介して、端末２０Ａが請求メッセージ情報を受信したことに基づいて、このＯＡトークルームの画面向かって左側に、Ｘカードのアイコン画像と関連付けて、請求メッセージ情報が表示されている。 In this example, user A. Billing message information including information about one transaction at store A by A (“usage information” on the screen) is transmitted from the X card as a transmission source, and the terminal 20A receives the billing message information via the server 60. Based on the above, the billing message information is displayed on the left side of the screen of the OA talk room in association with the icon image of the X card.
　請求メッセージ情報の下部には、支払い口座の設定を行うために操作されるボタンであって、限定ではなく例として、前述したクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、振替を行う銀行口座の設定ページ）へのリンクが張られた「支払い口座の設定はこちら＞」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ２が設けられている。 At the bottom of the billing message information is a button that is operated to set up a payment account, not a limitation, but as an example, the above-mentioned credit card company web page (as an example, not a limitation, a bank account that makes a transfer). There is a link button BT2 that includes the text "Click here to set up a payment account>" with a link to the setting page).
　このリンクボタンＢＴ２がタップされると、メッセージングアプリケーションを経由してクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに遷移し、限定ではなく例として、図１－１０中央と同様のクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページが表示される。
　以降は、図１－１０と同様である。 When this link button BT2 is tapped, the web page of the credit card company is displayed via the messaging application, and the web page of the credit card company similar to the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed as an example, not limited to the above. ..
The rest is the same as in FIG. 1-10.
＜処理＞
　図１－２４，図１－２５は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。本処理は、サーバ６０を、メッセージングサービス事業者のサーバとする場合の処理の一例である。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ６０の制御部６１が実行する処理、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
1-24 and 1-25 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. This process is an example of a process when the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider.
In this figure, in order from the left side, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, a process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A. An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
　Ｃ１２０の後、制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、対象とする契約者ＩＤのユーザのメッセージングアプリケーションのアカウント情報（限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤ）を含む請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によってサーバ６０に送信する（Ｃ１３１）。 After C120, the control unit 11 sends the billing information including the account information of the messaging application of the user of the target contractor ID (not the limitation but the messaging application ID as an example) to the communication I / F14 as an example, not the limitation. Is transmitted to the server 60 (C131).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から請求情報を受信すると、サーバ６０の制御部６１は、トークルーム用のメッセージ情報であって、受信した請求情報に対応するメッセージ情報（以下、「請求メッセージ情報」と称する。）を生成する。そして、制御部６１は、生成した請求メッセージ情報を、受信した請求情報に含まれるメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤのトークルームであって、トーク相手のアカウントをクレジットカード会社の公式アカウントとするＯＡトークルームに追加する。つまり、アカウント管理データベース６５５Ａのうち、上記のメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤに対応するアカウント管理データについて、そのトーク情報データを更新する。そして、制御部６１は、追加したメッセージ情報を、上記のメッセージングアプリケーションＩＤの端末２０（この例では端末２０Ａ）に通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって送信する（Ｂ１３１）。 When the billing information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 of the server 60 is the message information for the talk room and is the message information corresponding to the received billing information (hereinafter, "billing message"). Information ") is generated. Then, the control unit 61 adds the generated billing message information to the OA talk room which is the talk room of the messaging application ID included in the received billing information and whose account of the talk partner is the official account of the credit card company. .. That is, the talk information data of the account management data corresponding to the above-mentioned messaging application ID in the account management database 655A is updated. Then, the control unit 61 transmits the added message information to the terminal 20 (terminal 20A in this example) of the above-mentioned messaging application ID by communication I / F 64 (B131).
　その後、制御部６１は、処理を終了するか否かを判定し（Ｂ１９５）、処理を継続すると判定したならば（Ｂ１９５：ＮＯ）、最初に戻る。一方、処理を終了すると判定したならば（Ｂ１９５：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、処理を終了する。 After that, the control unit 61 determines whether or not to end the processing (B195), and if it is determined to continue the processing (B195: NO), returns to the beginning. On the other hand, if it is determined to end the process (B195: YES), the control unit 61 ends the process.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から請求メッセージ情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した請求メッセージ情報を含むＯＡトークルームを表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１３１）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１４０に処理を進める。
　つまり、この処理では、端末２０は、メッセージングアプリケーションからクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに遷移して支払い口座の設定のための入力を行い、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０によって支払い口座設定処理が行われる（Ｃ１６０）。 When the billing message information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the OA talk room including the received billing message information (A131). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A140.
That is, in this process, the terminal 20 transitions from the messaging application to the web page of the credit card company to input for setting the payment account, and the credit card company server 10 performs the payment account setting process (C160). ..
　本例では、メッセージングアプリケーションのトークルームからクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに遷移させて支払い口座を選択させるようにしている。
　なお、別の手法として、メッセージングアプリケーションのトークルームからメッセージングアプリケーションの支払い口座設定用のページに遷移させて支払い口座を選択させるようにしてもよい。 In this example, the talk room of the messaging application is transitioned to the web page of the credit card company so that the payment account can be selected.
As another method, the talk room of the messaging application may be transitioned to the payment account setting page of the messaging application so that the payment account can be selected.
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションのトークルームに表示される支払い口座設定用のメッセージ情報において、ユーザが分かり易いように、支払い口座として選択された銀行口座の表示態様（第１表示態様）を、支払い口座として選択されなかった銀行口座とは異なる表示態様（第２表示態様）で表示させることが考えられる。
　しかし、前述したように、端末２０に送信されたメッセージ情報が端末２０の記憶部２８に記憶されて保存される形態を適用することも可能であるため、この場合は、上記のように別のページに遷移させて支払い口座を選択させるようにするとよい。 As an example, not limited to, in the message information for setting the payment account displayed in the talk room of the messaging application, the display mode (first display mode) of the bank account selected as the payment account is set so as to be easy for the user to understand. It is conceivable to display in a display mode (second display mode) different from that of the bank account that was not selected as the payment account.
However, as described above, it is also possible to apply a form in which the message information transmitted to the terminal 20 is stored and stored in the storage unit 28 of the terminal 20, so in this case, another method is used as described above. It is good to move to the page and select the payment account.
　ただし、サーバ６０側で表示態様等を変更したメッセージ情報を生成し、これを端末２０に送信することはメッセージ情報の改変に該当しないとも言えるため、このような手法を適用することも可能である。 However, since it can be said that generating message information whose display mode and the like are changed on the server 60 side and transmitting this to the terminal 20 does not correspond to modification of the message information, it is also possible to apply such a method. ..
　また、上記の処理では、支払い口座が設定された場合に、支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報がサーバ６０から端末２０に送信されることとした。
　これに関連して、ユーザによる支払い口座を変更する入力に基づいて、支払い口座を別の銀行口座に変更した場合に、支払い口座が変更されたことを示す支払い口座変更メッセージ情報がサーバ６０から端末２０に送信されるようにしてもよい。 Further, in the above process, when the payment account is set, the payment account setting completion message information is transmitted from the server 60 to the terminal 20.
In this regard, if the payment account is changed to another bank account based on the user's input to change the payment account, the payment account change message information indicating that the payment account has been changed is sent from the server 60 to the terminal. It may be transmitted to 20.
＜別の手法＞
　図１－２６は、本変形例においてサーバ６０の記憶部６５に記憶されるアカウント管理データベース６５５の別例であるアカウント管理データベース６５５Ｂのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　このアカウント管理データベース６５５Ｂでは、各々のアカウント管理データにおいて、友だちデータと、トーク情報データと、取引データとの他に、限定ではなく例として、登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。 <Another method>
FIG. 1-26 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655B, which is another example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
In this account management database 655B, in addition to friend data, talk information data, and transaction data, registered bank account data and payment account setting data are stored as examples, not limited to, in each account management data. To.
　登録銀行口座データおよび支払い口座設定データは、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０のユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｂにおけるものと同様とすることができる。
　限定ではなく例として、サーバ６０は、何らかのタイミングで登録銀行口座データをクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から取得して、アカウント管理データに記憶させるようにすることができる。 The registered bank account data and the payment account setting data can be the same as those in the user management database 159B of the credit card company server 10 as an example without limitation.
As an example, but not limited to, the server 60 can acquire the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10 at some timing and store it in the account management data.
　なお、メッセージングサービス事業者側でユーザの銀行口座に関する情報（本明細書では、クレジットカードに関する情報ともいえる。）が保持、管理されることをユーザが嫌がったり、セキュリティ面で好ましくないと捉える考え方もあり得る。
　そこで、サーバ６０が、限定ではなく例として締め日（締め日時）にクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に必要な情報を送信した後、上記のアカウント管理データから、限定ではなく例として、登録銀行口座データを消去するようにしてもよい。同様に、支払い口座設定データを消去するようにしてもよい。 In addition, there is also the idea that the messaging service provider dislikes the retention and management of information about the user's bank account (which can also be said to be information about the credit card in this specification), or considers it unfavorable in terms of security. could be.
Therefore, after the server 60 sends necessary information to the credit card company server 10 on the closing date (closing date and time) as an example, not limited, the registered bank account data is deleted from the above account management data as an example, not limited. You may try to do it. Similarly, the payment account setting data may be deleted.
　図１－２７は、本変形例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１－２７左には、図１－２３と同様のＯＡトークルームを示しているが、表示される請求メッセージ情報の内容が一部異なっている。
　具体的には、請求メッセージ情報の下部には、自分（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）が支払い口座として設定可能な銀行口座の一覧が表示されており、この例では、「Ａ銀行」のアイコンＩＣ３Ａと、「Ｂ銀行」のアイコンＩＣ３Ｂとが表示されている。 FIG. 1-27 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
The left side of FIG. 1-27 shows the same OA talk room as in FIG. 1-23, but the contents of the displayed billing message information are partially different.
Specifically, at the bottom of the billing message information, a list of bank accounts that you (user A.A. in this example) can set as a payment account is displayed, and in this example, the "Bank A" icon. The IC3A and the "Bank B" icon IC3B are displayed.
　限定ではなく例として「Ａ銀行」のアイコンがタップされると、図１－２７中央のような表示がなされる。具体的には、図１－２７左のＯＡトークルームにおいて支払い口座として「Ａ銀行」の銀行口座がタップされて選択されたことに基づいて、自分（ユーザＡ．Ａ）を送信元とするメッセージ情報として「Ａ銀行を選択する」と示されたメッセージ情報が、画面向かって右側に吹き出しで表示されている。 When the "Bank A" icon is tapped as an example, not limited to it, the display shown in the center of Fig. 1-27 is displayed. Specifically, a message with yourself (User A.A.) as the sender based on the fact that the bank account of "Bank A" is tapped and selected as the payment account in the OA talk room on the left of Fig. 1-27. The message information indicating "Select Bank A" is displayed as information in a balloon on the right side of the screen.
　また、画面中央部には、支払い口座として「Ａ銀行」の銀行口座を設定するか否かを確認するためのテキストを含む確認情報がポップアップ形式で表示されている。
　この確認情報には、限定ではなく例として、「支払い口座をＡ銀行に設定しますか？」のテキストとともに、承認するための「はい」のボタンと、承認しないための「いいえ」のボタンとが表示されている。 Further, in the central part of the screen, confirmation information including a text for confirming whether or not to set a bank account of "Bank A" as a payment account is displayed in a pop-up format.
This confirmation information is not limited, but as an example, with the text "Do you want to set up a payment account at Bank A?", A "Yes" button to approve, and a "No" button to disapprove. Is displayed.
　限定ではなく例として「はい」のボタンがタップされると、図１－２７右のような表示がなされる。具体的には、図１－２７中央のＯＡトークルームにおいて「はい」のボタンがタップされて選択されたことに基づいて、自分（ユーザＡ．Ａ）を送信元とするメッセージ情報として「はい」と示されたメッセージ情報が、上記の「Ａ銀行を選択する」と示されたメッセージ情報の下に表示されている。 For example, when the "Yes" button is tapped, the display shown on the right in Fig. 1-27 is displayed. Specifically, based on the fact that the "Yes" button is tapped and selected in the OA talk room in the center of FIG. 1-27, "Yes" is used as the message information originating from the user (User A.A.). The message information indicated as "Select Bank A" is displayed below the message information indicated as "Select Bank A" above.
　また、支払い口座の設定がサーバ６０によって行われたことに基づき、支払い口座の設定が完了したことを示す支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報が、図１－２７左のＯＡトークルーム画面に表示されていた請求メッセージ情報の下に表示されている。 Further, based on the fact that the payment account was set by the server 60, the payment account setting completion message information indicating that the payment account setting was completed was displayed on the OA talk room screen on the left side of FIG. 1-27. It is displayed below the billing message information.
　図１－２８は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの別例を示すフローチャートである。本処理は、サーバ６０を、メッセージングサービス事業者のサーバとする場合の処理の一例である。
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から請求情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、受信した請求情報に含まれるアカウント情報から特定されるアカウント管理データに記憶されている登録銀行口座データに基づき、登録銀行口座情報を含む請求メッセージ情報を生成する。そして、制御部６１は、生成した請求メッセージ情報を、トーク相手のアカウントをクレジットカード会社の公式アカウントとするＯＡトークルームに追加し、追加した請求メッセージ情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ１３２）。 FIG. 1-28 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. This process is an example of a process when the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider.
When the billing information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F64, the control unit 61 is based on the registered bank account data stored in the account management data specified from the account information included in the received billing information. Generate billing message information, including registered bank account information. Then, the control unit 61 adds the generated billing message information to the OA talk room where the account of the talk partner is the official account of the credit card company, and transmits the added billing message information to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64. (B132).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から請求メッセージ情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した請求メッセージ情報を含むＯＡトークルームを表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１３２）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１４０に処理を進める。 When the billing message information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the OA talk room including the received billing message information (A132). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A140.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、支払い口座設定処理を行う（Ｂ１６０）。
　具体的には、アカウント管理データベース６５５Ｂの端末２０Ａのユーザのアカウント管理データのうち、支払い口座設定データの対応する取引ＩＤの取引について、受信した支払い口座選択情報から特定される銀行口座に対応する口座ＩＤを、支払い口座ＩＤに記憶させる。
　つまり、本処理では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０ではなく、メッセージングサービス事業者のサーバ６０が支払い口座設定処理を行う。 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 performs the payment account setting process (B160).
Specifically, among the account management data of the user of the terminal 20A of the account management database 655B, the account corresponding to the bank account specified from the received payment account selection information for the transaction of the corresponding transaction ID of the payment account setting data. The ID is stored in the payment account ID.
That is, in this process, the server 60 of the messaging service provider performs the payment account setting process instead of the credit card company server 10.
　その後、制御部６１は、支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報を生成し、生成した支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報を上記のＯＡトークルームに追加する。そして、追加した支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ１７２）。 After that, the control unit 61 generates payment account setting completion message information, and adds the generated payment account setting completion message information to the above OA talk room. Then, the added payment account setting completion message information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F64 (B172).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した支払い口座設定完了メッセージ情報を上記のＯＡトークルームに表示させる（Ａ１９２）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。 When the payment account setting completion message information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 displays the received payment account setting completion message information in the above OA talk room (A192). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
　Ｂ１７２の後、制御部６１は、支払い口座設定情報送信条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｂ１８０）。
　支払い口座設定情報送信条件は、支払い口座設定情報をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する条件であり、限定ではなく例として、「提携銀行に口座振替を依頼する日にち（期日）になったこと」とすることができる。
　支払い口座設定情報は、支払い口座設定処理で設定した支払い口座に関する情報である。 After B172, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting information transmission condition is satisfied (B180).
The payment account setting information transmission condition is a condition for transmitting the payment account setting information to the credit card company server 10, and is not limited, but as an example, "the date (due date) for requesting an account transfer from a partner bank has come". can do.
The payment account setting information is information about the payment account set in the payment account setting process.
　支払い口座設定情報送信条件が成立したと判定した場合（Ｂ１８０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、対象とするアカウントのアカウント管理データに記憶されている最新の支払い口座設定データに対応する支払い口座設定情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ｂ１９０）。そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 When it is determined that the payment account setting information transmission condition is satisfied (B180: YES), the control unit 61 corresponds to the latest payment account setting data stored in the account management data of the target account. Is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by communication I / F64 (B190). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
　Ｃ１３２の後、制御部１１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によってサーバ６０から支払い口座設定情報を受信したか否かを判定する（Ｃ１８０）。 After C132, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account setting information has been received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 14 (C180).
　受信したと判定したならば（Ｃ１８０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、取引データと、受信した支払い口座設定情報に基づき、支払い口座ごとに、振替要求金額を算出する。具体的には、支払い口座設定データを参照し、支払い口座ＩＤごとに、その支払い口座ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている取引ＩＤを特定する。そして、取引データを参照し、特定した取引ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている購入金額を合算した金額を、その支払い口座の振替要求金額として算出する。そして、制御部１１は、支払い口座ごとに、算出した振替要求金額と、その支払い口座ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている口座振替トークンとを含む口座振替要求情報を、対応する銀行サーバ５０に通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって送信する（Ｃ１９１）。そして、制御部１１は、Ｃ１９５に処理を進める。 If it is determined that the payment has been received (C180: YES), the control unit 11 calculates the transfer request amount for each payment account based on the transaction data and the received payment account setting information. Specifically, the transaction ID stored in association with the payment account ID is specified for each payment account ID by referring to the payment account setting data. Then, with reference to the transaction data, the total amount of the purchase amounts stored in association with the specified transaction ID is calculated as the transfer request amount of the payment account. Then, the control unit 11 communicates the account transfer request information including the calculated transfer request amount and the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID to the corresponding bank server 50 for each payment account. It is transmitted by / F14 (C191). Then, the control unit 11 advances the processing to C195.
　なお、サーバ６０と銀行サーバ５０との間の処理は、アプリケーション・プログラミング・インタフェース（ＡＰＩ）等によって実現することができる。これは、以下同様である。 Note that the processing between the server 60 and the bank server 50 can be realized by an application programming interface (API) or the like. This is the same as below.
　また、本変形例において、メッセージングアプリケーションに代えて、電子マネーアプリケーションを適用することも可能である。
　この場合は、通信システム１Ｂにおいて、サーバ６０を電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバとし、メッセージングアプリケーションのアカウント（限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションＩＤ）を、電子マネーアプリケーションのアカウント（限定ではなく例として、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤ）として、上記の実施例と同様の処理を行うようにすることができる。 Further, in this modification, it is also possible to apply an electronic money application instead of the messaging application.
In this case, in the communication system 1B, the server 60 is used as the server of the electronic commerce service provider, and the messaging application account (not limited but as an example, messaging application ID) is used as the electronic money application account (not limited but as an example). As the electronic money application ID), the same processing as in the above embodiment can be performed.
　電子マネーアプリケーションでは、電子マネーを補充（チャージ）し、チャージされた電子マネーを用いて、電子マネー決済等を行うことを可能とすることができる。
　この場合、チャージする手法としては、限定ではなく例として、プリペイドカードを用いてチャージを行う手法や、ユーザが銀行口座の登録をサーバ６０に要求して自身のアカウント（電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤ）に銀行口座の情報が関連付けられるようにし、登録された銀行口座からチャージを行うようにする手法等を適用することができる。 In the electronic money application, it is possible to replenish (charge) the electronic money and use the charged electronic money to make an electronic money payment or the like.
In this case, the method of charging is not limited, but as an example, a method of charging using a prepaid card or a user requesting the server 60 to register a bank account and banking to his / her own account (electronic money application ID). It is possible to apply a method of making the account information associated with each other and charging from the registered bank account.
　また、電子マネーアプリケーションでは、ユーザの金銭を扱うという性質上、原則的には、電子マネーサービス事業者側でユーザの身分証明を行う必要がある。
　この身分証明は、運転免許証等の公的な証明書の提示をユーザに要求して行う手法の他、クレジットカード情報の提示をユーザに要求して行うようにすることも可能である。 Further, in the electronic money application, due to the nature of handling the user's money, in principle, it is necessary for the electronic money service provider to prove the user's identity.
This identification can be performed by requesting the user to present a public certificate such as a driver's license, or by requesting the user to present credit card information.
　クレジットカード情報の提示をユーザに要求する場合、サーバ６０が、そのユーザのアカウントと関連付けてクレジットカード情報を保持しておくことで、サーバ６０は、そのクレジットカード情報に基づいて、そのユーザの登録銀行口座の情報や、そのユーザがクレジットカードを利用して行った取引に関する情報等の情報を、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に照会することができる。 When requesting a user to present credit card information, the server 60 holds the credit card information in association with the user's account, so that the server 60 registers the user based on the credit card information. Information such as information on a bank account and information on transactions performed by the user using a credit card can be inquired to the credit card company server 10.
　なお、以下では、電子マネーサービスとして提供されるアプリケーションである電子マネーアプリケーションを、適宜「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」として図示・説明する。 In the following, the electronic money application, which is an application provided as an electronic money service, will be illustrated and described as "Payment App" as appropriate.
　図１－２９は、本変形例においてサーバ６０の記憶部６５に記憶されるアカウント管理データベース６５５の別例であるアカウント管理データベース６５５Ｃのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　各々のアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、電子マネー口座残高と、取引データと、登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。 FIG. 1-29 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655C, which is another example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this modification.
Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
　電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤは、電子マネーアプリケーションのアカウントを識別するために用いられる情報、またはアカウントそのものである。
　この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤは、好ましくはアカウントごとに一意な値であり、限定ではなく例として、サーバ６０によってアカウントごとに一意な値（固有の値）が設定されて記憶される。
　電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤは、端末２０、またはその端末２０のユーザに関連付けられた情報であり、端末に関する情報、または端末のユーザに関する情報の一例である。 The electronic commerce application ID is information used to identify the account of the electronic commerce application, or the account itself.
The electronic commerce application ID is preferably a unique value for each account, and is not limited, but as an example, a unique value (unique value) is set and stored for each account by the server 60.
The electronic commerce application ID is information associated with the terminal 20 or the user of the terminal 20, and is an example of information about the terminal or information about the user of the terminal.
　電子マネー口座残高は、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤ（このアカウント）の電子マネー口座の残高の金額である。 The electronic commerce account balance is the amount of the electronic commerce account balance of this electronic money application ID (this account).
　登録銀行口座データおよび支払い口座設定データは、限定ではなく例として、前述したクレジットカード会社サーバ１０のユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｂと同様に構成することができる。
　限定ではなく例として、サーバ６０は、登録銀行口座データをクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に要求し、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０から登録銀行口座データを取得して、アカウント管理データに記憶させるようにすることができる。 The registered bank account data and the payment account setting data can be configured in the same manner as the user management database 159B of the credit card company server 10 described above, as an example without limitation.
As an example, but not limited to, the server 60 may request the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10, acquire the registered bank account data from the credit card company server 10, and store it in the account management data. can.
　図１－３０は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの別例を示すフローチャートである。本処理は、サーバ６０を、電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバとする場合の処理の一例である。
　Ｂ１５０の後、制御部６１は、支払い口座設定処理を行う（Ｂ１６０）。
　具体的には、アカウント管理データベース６５５Ｃの端末２０Ａのユーザのアカウント管理データのうち、支払い口座設定データの対応する取引ＩＤの取引について、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報から特定される銀行口座に対応する口座ＩＤを、支払い口座ＩＤに記憶させる。
　つまり、本処理では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０ではなく、電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバ６０が支払い口座設定処理を行う。
　そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ１７０に処理を進める。 FIG. 1-30 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. This processing is an example of processing when the server 60 is used as a server of an electronic money service provider.
After B150, the control unit 61 performs payment account setting processing (B160).
Specifically, among the account management data of the user of the terminal 20A of the account management database 655C, the transaction of the corresponding transaction ID of the payment account setting data is assigned to the bank account specified from the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. The corresponding account ID is stored in the payment account ID.
That is, in this process, the server 60 of the electronic money service provider performs the payment account setting process instead of the credit card company server 10.
Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to the B170.
＜第１変形例（６）＞
　前述した（Ａ）チャットアプリケーション（メッセージングアプリケーション）を適用する場合や（Ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションを適用する場合の他に、限定ではなく例として、チャットと支払いとの両方を行うことができるアプリケーションを適用することも可能である。この形態としては、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかの形態が考えられる。
（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　以下、これらの形態を適用する場合について説明する。 <First modification (6)>
In addition to the above-mentioned (A) chat application (messaging application) and (B) electronic money application, as an example, not limited to, an application that can perform both chat and payment is applied. It is also possible to do. This form is not limited, but any of the following forms can be considered as an example.
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form for configuring a complex (integrated) application having the above. Hereinafter, a case where these forms are applied will be described.
　この場合のシステム構成は、限定ではなく例として、通信システム１Ｂ（図１－１４）と同様の構成を適用し、サーバ６０が、メッセージングサービスを提供する機能（メッセージングアプリケーションの情報を管理する機能）と、電子マネーサービスを提供する機能（電子マネーアプリケーションの情報を管理する機能）とを有するようにすることができる。 The system configuration in this case is not limited, but as an example, the same configuration as that of the communication system 1B (FIG. 1-14) is applied, and the server 60 has a function of providing a messaging service (a function of managing information of a messaging application). And a function of providing an electronic money service (a function of managing information of an electronic money application).
　説明の簡明化のため、ここでは、サーバ６０を複合的な機能を有する１つのサーバとして説明する。
　なお、これとは異なり、通信システム１Ｂにおいて、サーバ６０を、メッセージングサービス用のサーバ（第１サーバ）と、電子マネーサービス用のサーバ（第２サーバ）との２つに分けてもよい。 For the sake of brevity, the server 60 will be described here as one server having multiple functions.
Unlike this, in the communication system 1B, the server 60 may be divided into two, a server for a messaging service (first server) and a server for an electronic money service (second server).
　図１－３１は、本変形例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１－３１左には、図１－２３左と同様のメッセージングアプリケーションのＯＡトークルーム画面を示している。
　この画面において「支払い口座の設定はこちら＞」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、端末２０において電子マネーアプリケーションが起動され、限定ではなく例として、図１－３１中央の画面が表示される。 FIG. 1-31 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
The left side of FIG. 1-31 shows the OA talk room screen of the same messaging application as the left side of FIG. 1-23.
When the link button BT2 containing the characters "Click here for payment account settings>" is tapped on this screen, the electronic money application is started on the terminal 20 as an example, not limited, and as an example, not limited, FIG. 1- 31 The center screen is displayed.
　この画面は、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面であり、画面最上部には、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、支払い口座を設定するための情報が表示されている。 This screen is a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application, and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed at the top of the screen.
Below that, information for setting up a payment account is displayed.
　具体的には、「支払い口座設定」の文字とともに、登録されているユーザＡ．Ａの銀行口座に関する情報として、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）を表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されている。 Specifically, the registered user A. with the characters "Payment account setting". As the information regarding the bank account of A, a bank account information display area for displaying the bank account information (not limited, but as an example, a bank name, an account number, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured.
　また、その右には、振替を行う銀行口座を選択するための第１アイコンを表示するための第１アイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の欄に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂとが表示されている。 Further, on the right side, a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account to be transferred is configured. In this example, the bank A is displayed in the "payment account" column. The first icon IC1A including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank B and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are displayed.
　また、画面下部には、第１アイコンを選択した後に、その情報を保存・決定するための第２ボタン（第２アイコン）を表示するための第２アイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「保存」の文字を含む第２ボタンＢＴ３が表示されている。この第２ボタンＢＴ３の機能は、図１－１０に示した第２アイコンＩＣ２と同様である。 Further, at the lower part of the screen, after selecting the first icon, a second icon display area for displaying a second button (second icon) for saving / determining the information is configured, and this example. Then, the second button BT3 including the character "save" is displayed. The function of the second button BT3 is the same as that of the second icon IC2 shown in FIG. 1-10.
　図１－３１中央に示される支払い口座設定画面において、限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａがタップされた後、第２ボタンＢＴ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１－３１右に示すような支払い口座設定完了画面が、電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて表示される。 In the payment account setting screen shown in the center of FIG. 1-31, when the first icon IC1A corresponding to Bank A is tapped and then the second button BT3 is tapped, it is not a limitation but an example. , Figure 1-31 The payment account setting completion screen as shown on the right is displayed in the electronic money application.
　図１－３２は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの別例を示すフローチャートである。本処理は、サーバ６０を、メッセージングサービス事業者または電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバとする場合の処理の一例である。
　Ａ１３１の後、制御部２１は、支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する（Ａ１４１）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、ＯＡトークルームに表示された請求メッセージ情報に含まれるリンクボタンがタップされるなどして、支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する。 FIG. 1-32 is a flowchart showing another example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification. This process is an example of a process in which the server 60 is used as a server of a messaging service provider or an electronic money service provider.
After A131, the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made (A141). Specifically, as an example, not limited, it is determined whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made by tapping a link button included in the billing message information displayed in the OA talk room. ..
　支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたと判定したならば（Ａ１４１：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって支払い口座設定ページをサーバ６０に要求する（Ａ１５１）。
　これを受けて（Ｂ１５１：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、電子マネーアプリケーションの支払い口座設定ページを、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ１５３）。 If it is determined that the input for setting the payment account has been made (A141: YES), the control unit 21 requests the server 60 for the payment account setting page by the communication I / F 22 (A151).
In response to this (B1511: YES), the control unit 61 transmits the payment account setting page of the electronic money application to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B153).
　すると、制御部２１は、電子マネーアプリケーションを起動して、メッセージングアプリケーションから電子マネーアプリケーションに遷移し、受信した支払い口座設定用ページを表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１５３）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１７０に処理を進める。 Then, the control unit 21 starts the electronic money application, transitions from the messaging application to the electronic money application, and displays the received payment account setting page on the display unit 24 (A153). Then, the control unit 21 advances the processing to the A170.
　Ｂ１６０の後、制御部６１は、支払い口座設定完了情報を生成し、生成した支払い口座設定完了情報を上記の支払い口座設定ページに追加して通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ１７４）。これを受けて、制御部２１は、支払い口座設定完了情報を含む電子マネーアプリケーションの支払い口座設定ページを表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１８４）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。 After B160, the control unit 61 generates payment account setting completion information, adds the generated payment account setting completion information to the above payment account setting page, and transmits it to the terminal 20A by communication I / F64 (B174). In response to this, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the payment account setting page of the electronic money application including the payment account setting completion information (A184). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
　上記の変形例では、サーバ６０（限定ではなく、サーバの一例）が、端末２０のユーザによるクレジットカード決済の請求情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の一例）をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から受信し、受信された請求情報を通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０に送信する。そして、サーバ６０は、支払い口座選択情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部を、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０から受信する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された購入情報を受信した上で、その購入情報を端末に送信して、端末のユーザに通知することができる。また、購入情報の少なくとも一部を、端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報を端末から受信することで、支払いを行う口座を第１口座に設定するなどすることができる。 In the above modification, the server 60 (not limited, but an example of the server) receives the credit card payment billing information (not limited, but an example of purchase information) by the user of the terminal 20 from the credit card company server 10. The received billing information is transmitted to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F64. Then, the server 60 communicates the payment account selection information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal). The configuration of receiving from the terminal 20 by F64 is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to receive the purchase information purchased by the terminal user after payment and then send the purchase information to the terminal to notify the terminal user. can. In addition, by receiving information from the terminal regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase information by the first account among a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal, the account for payment is set as the first account, etc. can do.
＜第１変形例（７）＞
　上記の変形例では、通信システム１Ｂにおいて、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０とサーバ６０とを異なるサーバとして構成する例を示したが、これに限定されない。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０とサーバ６０とを、１つのサーバ（同じサーバ）として構成することも可能である。 <First modification (7)>
In the above modification, the example in which the credit card company server 10 and the server 60 are configured as different servers in the communication system 1B is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
It is also possible to configure the credit card company server 10 and the server 60 as one server (same server).
＜第２実施例＞
　第１実施例では、ユーザが商品やサービスをクレジットカード決済で購入するごと、つまり取引ごとに、支払い口座設定を行う実施例を示した。
　第２実施例は、１または複数の取引に対して、まとめて支払い口座設定を行うことを可能にする実施例である。
　第２実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Second Example>
In the first embodiment, an embodiment in which a payment account is set every time a user purchases a product or service by credit card payment, that is, for each transaction is shown.
The second embodiment is an embodiment that makes it possible to set a payment account collectively for one or a plurality of transactions.
The contents described in the second embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、制御部１１が、前述した請求情報を送信する処理とは別に、前述した請求情報とは異なる請求情報の一例である「当月確定請求情報」を送信する処理（図２－２参照）を行う場合を例示する。 In this embodiment, the control unit 11 transmits "current month confirmed billing information" which is an example of billing information different from the billing information described above, in addition to the processing of transmitting the billing information described above (FIG. 2-2). Refer to).
　「当月確定請求情報」とは、限定ではなく例として、当月分のクレジットカード決済の請求に関する当月商品購入情報（限定ではなく例として、決済月情報、合計決済金額情報、取引別購入日時、取引別購入金額、取引別店舗等の情報を含む。）や、この合計決済金額のうちの各決済金額（取引別）の振替をいずれの銀行口座から行うかを設定するための情報（限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報とを含む情報である。当月商品購入情報には、当月の購入履歴に関する情報が含まれる。
　なお、「当月」は、「今月」、「現在の月」、「決済対象月」等のように表現してもよいし、しなくてもよい。 "Finalized billing information for the current month" is not limited, but as an example, product purchase information for the current month regarding the request for credit card payment for the current month (as an example, not limited, payment month information, total payment amount information, purchase date and time by transaction, transaction. Information for setting which bank account to transfer each settlement amount (by transaction) out of this total settlement amount (including information on separate purchase amount, transaction-specific store, etc.) (not limited) As an example, it is information including link information to a web page of a credit card company. The current month product purchase information includes information regarding the current month's purchase history.
The "current month" may or may not be expressed as "this month", "current month", "payment target month", or the like.
　なお、購入履歴に関する情報とは、限定ではなく例として、購入履歴そのものの情報や、購入履歴を表示するために必要な情報など、購入履歴と何らかの関係性を有する情報である。 The information related to the purchase history is not limited, but is, for example, information having some relation to the purchase history, such as information on the purchase history itself and information necessary for displaying the purchase history.
＜表示画面＞
　図２－１は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図２－１は、ユーザが、今月度（本例では１０月度）の複数のクレジットカード取引に対してまとめて支払い口座設定を行う場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 2-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
FIG. 2-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a user collectively sets a payment account for a plurality of credit card transactions this month (October in this example).
　図２－１左は、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社（Ｘカード）から、当月確定請求情報として、当月決済情報と、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報とを含むＥメールを受信した場合に、ユーザＡ．Ａの端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される受信Ｅメール画面である。 Figure 2-1 left is not limited, but as an example, an e-mail containing the payment information for the current month and the link information to the web page of the credit card company is received from the credit card company (X card) as the confirmation billing information for the current month. If so, User A. It is a received mail screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A of A.
　受信Ｅメール画面の本文表示領域には、限定ではなく例として、本文の見出しとして「１０月度ご利用情報」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、今月度（１０月度）の当月決済情報が表示されており、限定ではなく例として、決済月を示す「ご利用月」の欄と、合計決済金額を示す「ご利用合計金額」の欄とが設けられている。この例では、「ご利用月」の欄には「２０２０／１０」が、「ご利用合計金額」の欄には「５０，０００円」がそれぞれ表示されている。 In the text display area of the received e-mail screen, the characters "October usage information" are displayed as the heading of the text, not as a limitation but as an example.
In addition, below that, the payment information for this month (October) is displayed. There is a column for "total amount". In this example, "2020/10" is displayed in the "Usage month" column, and "50,000 yen" is displayed in the "Total usage amount" column.
　また、その下には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、今月度の支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンク情報が表示されており、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページの登録ＵＲＬに基づくリンクが張られた「今月度の支払い口座の設定はこちら＞」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ４が表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０左の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 Below that, the link information to the credit card company's web page (not limited, but as an example, this month's payment account setting page) is displayed, based on the registration URL of the credit card company's web page. A link button BT4 containing the text "Click here to set up a payment account for this month>" with a link is displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen on the left of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
　図２－１左に示される受信Ｅメール画面においてクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに移行するためのリンクボタンＢＴ４がタップされると、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに移行する。 When the link button BT4 for moving to the credit card company's web page is tapped on the received e-mail screen shown on the left of Fig. 2-1, the screen moves to the credit card company's web page.
　図２－１中央には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度の支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（以下、適宜「今月度支払い口座設定画面」と称する。）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面のうち「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）の一例を示している。 In the center of Fig. 2-1, the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month among the web pages of the credit card company (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "this month payment account setting screen") (not limited, but as an example). An example of the "October payment account setting screen") of this month's payment account setting screen is shown.
　今月度支払い口座設定画面のうち、このｗｅｂページが支払い口座を設定するページであることを示す領域には、「１０月度支払い口座設定」の文字が表示されている。 In this month's payment account setting screen, the characters "October payment account setting" are displayed in the area indicating that this web page is the page for setting the payment account.
　また、その下には、当月商品購入情報（限定ではなく例として、購入日時、購入金額等）を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、このクレジットカード決済の商品購入情報として、「ご利用日」の欄（この例では「２０２０／１０／０１」、「２０２０／１０／１５」、「２０２０／１０／２８」）と、「ご利用金額」の欄（この例では「２５，０００円」、「１５，０００円」、「１０，０００円」）と、「詳細」の欄（図１－１０参照）と、が購入日時順に表示されている。 In addition, below that, an area for displaying product purchase information for the current month (as an example, not limited, purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.) is configured, and in this example, as product purchase information for this credit card payment. , "Usage date" column ("2020/10/01", "2020/10/15", "2020/10/28" in this example) and "Usage amount" column ("Usage amount" in this example "25,000 yen", "15,000 yen", "10,000 yen") and the "details" column (see FIG. 1-10) are displayed in order of purchase date and time.
　また、その右の第１アイコン表示領域には、「支払い口座」の欄に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂと、がクレジットカード取引毎に表示されている。
　また、その他には、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 In the first icon display area to the right of the icon, the first icon IC1A containing the characters "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A and "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B in the "Payment account" column. The first icon IC1B including characters is displayed for each credit card transaction.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
　図２－１中央に示される１０月度支払い口座設定画面において、各クレジットカード取引における第１アイコン（本例では、上から順に「Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａ」、「Ｂ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂ」、「Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａ」）がタップされた後、第２アイコンＩＣ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－１右に示すような、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度の支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するページの画面（以下、適宜「今月度支払い口座設定完了画面」と称する。）が表示される。 On the October payment account setting screen shown in the center of Fig. 2-1, the first icon in each credit card transaction (in this example, "first icon IC1A corresponding to bank A" and "corresponding to bank B" in order from the top. When the second icon IC2 is tapped after the "first icon IC1B" and "first icon IC1A corresponding to Bank A") are tapped, the second icon IC2 is not limited, but as an example, as shown on the right side of FIG. 2-1. Of the web pages of the credit card company, the screen of the page notifying that the setting of the payment account for this month is completed (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "this month payment account setting completion screen") is displayed.
　この今月度支払い口座設定画面の、支払い口座の設定が完了したことを示す領域には、「１０月度支払い口座の設定が完了しました。」の文字が表示されている。 The text "October payment account setting is complete" is displayed in the area of this month's payment account setting screen indicating that the payment account setting is completed.
　また、その下には、当月商品購入情報を表示するための領域が構成されており、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている　。
　また、その右には、設定した支払い口座を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の文字と、各クレジットカード取引別に上から順に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字と、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字と、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字とが表示されている。 In addition, an area for displaying product purchase information for the current month is configured below it, and the same information as the screen in the center of Fig. 2-1 is displayed.
In addition, on the right side, an area for displaying the set payment account is configured. In this example, the characters "payment account" and each credit card transaction correspond to "Bank A" in order from the top. The letters "Bank A", the letters "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B, and the letters "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A are displayed.
＜処理＞
　図２－２，図２－３は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。図２－２は、第１実施例で説明したフローチャートのうちの図１－１２に対応する部分であり、Ｃ１２０までの処理については、図１－１１と共通であるため図示を省略している。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が実行する処理、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
2 and 2-3 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. FIG. 2-2 is a part corresponding to FIG. 1-12 in the flowchart described in the first embodiment, and the processing up to C120 is omitted because it is common to FIG. 1-11. ..
In this figure, in order from the left side, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, a process executed by the control unit of the bank A server 50A, and a process executed by the control unit of the bank A server 50B. An example of the processing executed by the control unit is shown.
　Ｃ１４０：ＮＯまたはＣ１７０の後、制御部１１は、当月確定請求情報送信条件が成立しているか否かを判定する（Ｃ２２５）。
　当月確定請求情報送信条件とは、後述する当月確定請求情報を送信する条件であり、限定ではなく例として、「クレジットカード決済における締め日（締め日時）、限定ではなく例として月末日の翌営業日（翌営業日の特定の時刻）になったこと」とすることができる。 After C140: NO or C170, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the confirmation request information transmission condition for the current month is satisfied (C225).
The conditions for transmitting the finalized billing information for the current month are the conditions for transmitting the finalized billing information for the current month, which will be described later. (A specific time on the next business day) has come. "
　当月確定請求情報送信条件が成立していないと判定した場合（Ｃ２２５：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 If it is determined that the conditions for transmitting the finalized request information for the current month are not satisfied (C225: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C180.
　一方、当月確定請求情報送信条件が成立したと判定した場合（Ｃ２２５：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、当月の合計決済金額の請求に関する情報（限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報等）と、当月度の取引について口座振替を行う口座を選択・設定するための情報とを含む当月確定請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ２３０）。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the conditions for transmitting the finalized billing information for the current month are satisfied (C225: YES), the control unit 11 is not limited but as an example, and information regarding the billing of the total settlement amount for the current month (as an example, not limited to the current month product). (Purchase information, etc.) and information for selecting and setting an account for account transfer for the current month's transaction are transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14 (C230).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から当月確定請求情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された当月確定請求情報（またはこれに基づく情報）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２３０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報（決済月、合計決済金額等）と、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページへのリンク情報とを表示部２４に表示させる。 When the current month confirmed billing information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received current month confirmed billing information (or information based on the same) (A230). Specifically, the display unit 24 displays the product purchase information (settlement month, total settlement amount, etc.) of the current month and the link information to the web page of the credit card company as an example, not limited.
　その後、制御部２１は、表示部２４に表示された当月確定請求情報に基づき、入力部を介して、取引別支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する（Ａ２４０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（当月の振替を行うクレジットカード取引別の支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンク情報に対する入力部を介した操作を検知したか否かを判定する。
　ここでの「取引別支払い口座設定」とは、取引の一覧（取引の履歴）から取引別に支払い口座を設定することを意味する。 After that, the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account for each transaction has been made via the input unit based on the current month finalized billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (A240). Specifically, as an example, not limited, whether or not an operation via the input unit for the link information to the web page of the credit card company (the setting page of the payment account for each credit card transaction to be transferred this month) is detected. Is determined.
Here, "payment account setting by transaction" means to set a payment account for each transaction from the transaction list (transaction history).
　取引別支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされなかったと判定した場合（Ａ２４０：ＮＯ）、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、取引別支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたと判定した場合（Ａ２４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、当月の取引別の支払い口座の設定ページ（ｗｅｂページ）に移動するための取引別支払い口座設定要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ２５０）。 When it is determined that the input for setting the payment account for each transaction has not been made (A240: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the input for setting the payment account for each transaction has been made (A240: YES), the control unit 21 displays the payment account setting page (web page) for each transaction as an example, not a limitation. The transaction-specific payment account setting request information for moving is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A250).
　ステップＣ２３０の後、制御部１１は、取引別支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したか否かを判定する（Ｃ２４０）。
　取引別支払い口座設定要求情報を受信しなかったと判定した場合（Ｃ２４０：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 After step C230, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the transaction-specific payment account setting request information has been received (C240).
When it is determined that the transaction-specific payment account setting request information has not been received (C240: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C180 for processing.
　一方、取引別支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したと判定した場合（Ｃ２４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、受信された取引別支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、合計決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）とを含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ２５０）。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the transaction-specific payment account setting request information has been received (C240: YES), the control unit 11 has information related to billing the total settlement amount based on the received transaction-specific payment account setting request information. (Not limited, but as an example, product purchase information for the current month, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, as an example, bank name, account number, etc.), and necessary to set up a payment account. Communication I / It is transmitted to the terminal 20A by F14 (C250).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から取引別支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された取引別支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２６０）。
　限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報（購入日時、購入金額等）や、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（銀行名、口座番号等）、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（第１アイコン、第２アイコン等）等の情報を含む今月度支払い口座設定画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the communication I / F 22 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting information from the credit card company server 10, the control unit 21 receives the received transaction-specific payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (as an example, not a limitation). , This month payment account setting screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260).
Not limited, but as an example, this month's product purchase information (purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and other items required to set up a payment account. This month's payment account setting screen including information such as information (first icon, second icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24.
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介したユーザによる取引別に支払い口座を選択する入力を受け付ける（Ａ２７０）。この場合、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示された取引別に、第１アイコンがユーザＡ．Ａによって操作（限定ではなく例として、タップ）された後、第２アイコンがユーザＡ．Ａによって操作（限定ではなく例として、タップ）されると、制御部２１は、取引毎に支払い口座として選択された銀行口座の情報を含む取引別支払い口座選択情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ２８０）。 After that, the control unit 21 accepts an input for selecting a payment account for each transaction by the user via the input unit (A270). In this case, as an example, not limited to, the first icon is the user A. for each transaction displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A. After being operated by A (tapped as an example, not limited), the second icon is the user A. When operated (tapped as an example, not limited) by A, the control unit 21 credits the transaction-specific payment account selection information including the information of the bank account selected as the payment account for each transaction by the communication I / F22. It is transmitted to the card company server 10 (A280).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから取引別支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部１１は、受信された取引別支払い口座選択情報に基づいて、取引別支払い口座設定処理を行う（Ｃ２６０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、対象となる契約者（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の契約者ＩＤが記憶されたユーザ管理データのうち、支払い口座設定データに含まれる各々の取引ＩＤそれぞれについて、受信した取引別支払い口座選択情報から特定される支払い口座に対応する口座ＩＤを、支払い口座ＩＤに記憶させる。 When the transaction-specific payment account selection information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the transaction-specific payment account setting process based on the received transaction-specific payment account selection information (C260). Specifically, as an example, not limited, each transaction ID included in the payment account setting data among the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. For each, the account ID corresponding to the payment account specified from the received transaction-specific payment account selection information is stored in the payment account ID.
　その後、制御部１１は、取引別の支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するための取引別支払い口座設定完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信し（Ｃ２７０）、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 After that, the control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information for notifying that the transaction-specific payment account setting is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C270), and processes the C180. Proceed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から取引別支払い口座設定完了情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された取引別支払い口座設定完了情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定完了画面）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ２９０）、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。
　限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報や、支払い口座情報（支払い口座としていずれかの銀行口座が設定されたことを報知する情報等）などの情報を含む今月度支払い口座設定完了画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the communication I / F 22 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information from the credit card company server 10, the control unit 21 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) (as an example, not a limitation). , This month payment account setting completion screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A290), and the process proceeds to A195.
As an example, not limited to this month, the display unit displays the payment account setting completion screen for this month, which includes information such as product purchase information for the current month and payment account information (information notifying that one of the bank accounts has been set as the payment account). It can be displayed on 24.
＜第２実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入履歴に関する情報を含む商品購入情報を受信し、受信した商品購入情報と、自己の端末２０のユーザの登録銀行口座情報とを表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入履歴を端末のユーザに確認させることができるとともに、その支払いをいずれの口座から行うかをユーザに選択させることができる。 <Effect of the second embodiment>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 receives product purchase information including information on the purchase history of a product or service purchased after payment by the user of the terminal 20, the received product purchase information, and the terminal 20 of the terminal 20. The configuration is shown in which the registered bank account information of the user is displayed on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal user can confirm the purchase history of the product or service purchased by the terminal user after payment, and the payment is made from any account. Can be selected by the user.
　また、この場合、端末２０が、取引別支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、購入履歴のうちの少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座に基づいて支払うことに関する情報の一例）を受信するようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入履歴のうちの少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことを端末のユーザに確認させるとともに、その支払いが第１口座から行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the terminal 20 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase history based on the first account). can do.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal user is made to confirm that at least a part of the payment in the purchase history is paid by the first account related to the first account information, and the payment is made. Can be done from the first account.
　また、本実施例は、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額に関する情報を受信し、受信した合計金額に関する情報と、自己の端末２０のユーザの登録銀行口座情報とを表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額を端末のユーザに確認させることができるとともに、その支払いをいずれの口座から行うかをユーザに選択させることができる。 Further, in this embodiment, the terminal 20 receives information on the total amount of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal 20 by the user of the terminal 20, and the information on the received total amount and the user of the terminal 20 of the terminal 20. The configuration for displaying the registered bank account information of the above on the display unit 24 is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the terminal user can be made to confirm the total amount of goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment, and the payment is made from any account. Can be selected by the user.
　なお、購入履歴のうちの少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座に基づいて支払うことに関する情報とは、限定ではなく例として、第１口座が支払い口座として選択されたことを示す情報や、第１口座が支払い口座として設定されたことを示す情報（上記の支払い口座設定完了情報）など、購入履歴のうちの少なくとも一部の支払いを第１口座に基づいて支払うことと何らかの関係性を有する情報である。 The information regarding payment of at least a part of the purchase history based on the first account is not limited, but as an example, information indicating that the first account has been selected as the payment account, or the first. Information that has something to do with paying at least part of the purchase history based on the first account, such as information indicating that the account has been set up as a payment account (payment account setup completion information above). be.
　また、合計金額に関する情報とは、限定ではなく例として、合計金額そのものの情報や、合計金額を算出するための情報（各々の取引の購入金額等）など、合計金額と何らかの関係性を有する情報である。 In addition, the information on the total amount is not limited, but as an example, information having some relation to the total amount, such as information on the total amount itself and information for calculating the total amount (purchase amount of each transaction, etc.). Is.
＜第２変形例＞
　第２実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、支払い口座を設定するようにすることも可能である。 <Second modification>
The method of the second embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, not limited to, it is also possible to set up a payment account by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜表示画面＞
　図２－４は、本変形例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図２－４左は、メッセージングアプリケーションのトークルーム画面の一例である。
　この画面のトーク領域には、ユーザＡ．Ａによる今月度のクレジットカード取引に関する情報（画面では「１０月度ご利用情報」）を含む後述する当月確定請求メッセージ情報がＸカードを送信元として送信され、サーバ６０を介して、端末２０Ａが当月確定請求メッセージ情報を受信したことに基づいて、このＯＡトークルームの画面向かって左側に、Ｘカードのアイコン画像と関連付けて、当月確定請求メッセージ情報が表示されている。 <Display screen>
FIG. 2-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification.
The left side of FIG. 2-4 is an example of a talk room screen of a messaging application.
In the talk area of this screen, the user A. This month's confirmation request message information, which will be described later, including information on this month's credit card transaction by A (“October usage information” on the screen) is transmitted from the X card as the sender, and the terminal 20A is sent to the terminal 20A this month via the server 60. Based on the receipt of the confirmed request message information, the confirmed request message information for the current month is displayed on the left side of the screen of the OA talk room in association with the icon image of the X card.
　この「当月確定請求メッセージ情報」とは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０から当月確定請求情報を受信したサーバ６０が、端末２０に送信するメッセージングアプリケーションのメッセージ情報であって、この当月確定請求情報に対応するメッセージ情報である。 This "current month finalized billing message information" is message information of a messaging application transmitted to the terminal 20 by the server 60 that has received the current month finalized billing information from the credit card company server 10, and corresponds to this current month finalized billing information. Message information.
　当月確定請求メッセージ情報の下部には、支払い口座の設定を行うために操作されるボタンであって、限定ではなく例として、前述したクレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ（限定ではなく例として、今月度の振替を行うクレジットカード取引別の支払い口座の設定ページ）へのリンクが張られた「今月度の支払い口座の設定はこちら」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ２が設けられている。 At the bottom of this month's finalized billing message information is a button that is operated to set up a payment account, not a limitation, but as an example, the above-mentioned credit card company's web page (as an example, not a limitation, this month's). There is a link button BT2 that includes the words "Click here to set up this month's payment account" with a link to the payment account setting page for each credit card transaction to be transferred.
　この画面において「今月度の支払い口座の設定はこちら」の文字を含むリンクボタンＢＴ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、端末２０において電子マネーアプリケーションが起動され、限定ではなく例として、図２－４中央の画面が表示される。 When the link button BT2 containing the characters "Click here to set up this month's payment account" is tapped on this screen, the electronic money application is started on the terminal 20 as an example, not limited, and the figure is not limited. 2-4 The center screen is displayed.
　この画面は、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける今月度支払い口座設定画面（本例では「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）であり、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen" in this example), and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed.
Further, below that, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
　図２－４中央に示される今月度支払い口座設定画面において、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード取引毎に、上から順に、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａ、Ｂ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂ、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａがタップされた後、第２ボタンＢＴ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図２－４右に示すような今月度支払い口座設定完了画面が、電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて表示される。 On the monthly payment account setting screen shown in the center of Fig. 2-4, as an example, not limited to each credit card transaction, the first icon corresponding to Bank A and the first icon corresponding to Bank B, in order from the top. When the first icon IC1A corresponding to IC1B and Bank A is tapped and then the second button BT3 is tapped, the payment account setting completion screen for this month as shown on the right of Fig. 2-4 is displayed as an example, not limited. , Displayed in electronic money applications.
　この画面は、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける今月度支払い口座設定画面（本例では「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）であり、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、図２－１右の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen" in this example), and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed.
Further, below that, the same information as the screen on the right side of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図２－２～図２－３の処理を、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて書き換えることで同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited to the processing of FIGS. 2-2 to 2-3, and the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, and 1-32 is shown. Since it can be similarly configured by rewriting based on the processing such as, detailed description will be omitted.
＜第３実施例＞
　第３実施例は、支払い口座を設定する手法として、ユーザによる支払い口座の選択とは異なる方法によって支払い口座を設定することを可能にする実施例である。
　第３実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Third Example>
The third embodiment is an embodiment that enables the payment account to be set by a method different from the user's selection of the payment account as a method of setting the payment account.
The contents described in the third embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座を設定する手法として、クレジットカード会社から請求された金額（商品毎の決済金額、当月分の合計決済金額等）のうち、一の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額と、他の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額とを、ユーザが任意に入力・指定することによって、支払い口座を設定する方式（以下、適宜「金額入力方式」と称する。）を適用する場合を例示する。なお、これを金額指定方式等と称してもよい。 In this embodiment, as an example, not limited, as a method of setting a payment account, from one bank account among the amounts charged by the credit card company (payment amount for each product, total payment amount for the current month, etc.) A method of setting a payment account by allowing the user to arbitrarily input and specify the transfer amount for account transfer and the transfer amount for account transfer from another bank account (hereinafter, referred to as "amount input method" as appropriate). ) Is applied as an example. In addition, this may be referred to as a monetary amount designation method or the like.
＜データ構成＞
　図３－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶されるユーザ管理データベース１５９の一例であるユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｃのデータ構成例を示す図である。 <Data structure>
FIG. 3-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159C, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
　ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ａと同様に、各々のユーザ管理データには、限定ではなく例として、契約者ＩＤと、取引データと、登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。しかし、支払い口座設定データのデータ構成が異なっている。
　具体的には、ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｃでは、支払い口座設定データには、限定ではなく例として、振替金額と、支払い口座ＩＤとが関連付けて記憶される。 Similar to the user management database 159A, each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data. However, the data structure of the payment account setting data is different.
Specifically, in the user management database 159C, the transfer amount and the payment account ID are stored in association with each other in the payment account setting data, for example, without limitation.
　振替金額には、対応する支払い口座ＩＤについて、この契約者ＩＤのユーザによってこの支払い口座ＩＤの支払い口座から口座振替する金額として指定された金額が記憶される。 The transfer amount stores the amount specified as the amount to be transferred from the payment account of this payment account ID by the user of this contractor ID for the corresponding payment account ID.
　支払い口座ＩＤには、登録銀行口座データに記憶された口座ＩＤのうち、この振替金額の振替を行う口座として指定された銀行口座に対応する口座ＩＤが記憶されて設定される。 Among the account IDs stored in the registered bank account data, the account ID corresponding to the bank account designated as the account for transferring the transfer amount is stored and set in the payment account ID.
＜表示画面＞
　図３－２は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図３－２は、ユーザが金額入力方式を用いて支払い口座を設定する場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 3-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
FIG. 3-2 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a user sets a payment account using an amount input method.
　図３－２左には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度（本例では１０月度）の支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（今月度支払い口座設定画面）として、限定ではなく例として、「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」の一例を示している。 On the left side of Fig. 3-2, the display screen (this month's payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page for this month (October in this example) of the credit card company's web page is not limited, but as an example. An example of the "October payment account setting screen" is shown.
　今月度支払い口座設定画面のうち当月合計決済金額を表示するための領域には、「ご利用合計金額」の欄（この例では「５０，０００円」）が表示されている。 In the area for displaying the total payment amount for the current month on the payment account setting screen for this month, the column for "total usage amount" ("50,000 yen" in this example) is displayed.
　また、その右のクレジットカードに紐づけられている銀行口座（支払い口座）を表示するための領域には、「支払い口座」の文字と、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字と、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字とが表示されている。 Also, in the area for displaying the bank account (payment account) linked to the credit card on the right, the letters "payment account", the letters "bank A" corresponding to bank A, and B The letters "Bank B" corresponding to the bank are displayed.
　また、その右には、支払い口座毎に振替金額を入力する振替金額入力領域が構成されており、この例では、振替金額として、「振替金額」の欄（この例では、ユーザがＡ銀行に対応する振替金額入力領域Ｒ１Ａに「３０，０００」と入力したことに基づいて「３０，０００円」、ユーザがＢ銀行に対応する振替金額入力領域Ｒ１Ｂに「２０，０００」と入力したことに基づいて「２０，０００円」）が表示されている。
　つまり、この例では、ユーザが、Ａ銀行の銀行口座から「３０，０００円」の口座振替を行い、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座から「２０，０００円」の口座振替を行うことを選択したことを示している。
　また、その他には、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 In addition, a transfer amount input area for inputting the transfer amount for each payment account is configured on the right side. In this example, the transfer amount is the "transfer amount" column (in this example, the user is in bank A). "30,000 yen" based on the input of "30,000" in the corresponding transfer amount input area R1A, and the user inputting "20,000" in the transfer amount input area R1B corresponding to the bank B. Based on this, "20,000 yen") is displayed.
That is, in this example, the user has selected to transfer "30,000 yen" from the bank account of Bank A and transfer "20,000 yen" from the bank account of Bank B. Shows.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
　図３－２左に示される１０月度支払い口座設定画面において、各銀行の支払い口座に対応する振替金額入力領域に振替金額（本例では、Ａ銀行に対応する「３０，０００円」、Ｂ銀行に対応する「２０，０００円」）が入力された後、第２アイコンＩＣ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図３－２右に示すような、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度の支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するページの画面（今月度支払い口座設定完了画面）が表示される。 On the October payment account setting screen shown on the left of Fig. 3-2, the transfer amount is entered in the transfer amount input area corresponding to the payment account of each bank (in this example, "30,000 yen" corresponding to bank A, bank B). When the second icon IC2 is tapped after the corresponding "20,000 yen") is entered, it is not limited, but as an example, on the web page of the credit card company as shown on the right of Fig. 3-2. The screen of the page notifying that the setting of the payment account for this month is completed (the payment account setting completion screen for this month) is displayed.
　この今月度支払い口座設定画面の、支払い口座の設定が完了したことを示す領域には、「１０月度支払い口座の設定が完了しました。」の文字が表示されている。 The text "October payment account setting is complete" is displayed in the area of this month's payment account setting screen indicating that the payment account setting is completed.
　また、その下には、支払い口座を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の文字と、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字と、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字とが表示されている。 Below that, an area for displaying payment accounts is configured. In this example, the letters "payment account", the letters "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A, and Bank B are supported. The letters "Bank B" are displayed.
　また、その右には、設定した支払い口座毎の振替金額を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、「振替金額」の文字と、Ａ銀行に対応する振替金額として「３０，０００円」の文字と、Ｂ銀行に対応する振替金額として「２０，０００円」の文字とが表示されている。 In addition, an area for displaying the transfer amount for each set payment account is configured on the right side. In this example, the characters "transfer amount" and the transfer amount corresponding to Bank A are "30, The characters "000 yen" and the characters "20,000 yen" are displayed as the transfer amount corresponding to Bank B.
　なお、この例では、当月合計決済金額をもとに、ユーザが振替金額を自身で計算して入力する表示画面・ユーザインタフェース（ＵＩ）としているが、これに限定されない。
　詳細は後述するが、（Ａ）振替金額固定方式、（Ｂ）割合設定方式、等の方式で、振替金額が設定されるような表示画面・ＵＩとすることも可能である。 In this example, the display screen / user interface (UI) is set so that the user calculates and inputs the transfer amount by himself / herself based on the total settlement amount for the current month, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Although the details will be described later, it is also possible to provide a display screen / UI in which the transfer amount is set by a method such as (A) fixed transfer amount method, (B) ratio setting method, or the like.
＜処理＞
　図３－３は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。図３－３は、第２実施例のフローチャートのうちの図２－３に対応する部分を示したものである。 <Processing>
FIG. 3-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. FIG. 3-3 shows a portion of the flowchart of the second embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2-3.
　Ａ２３０の後、制御部２１は、表示部２４に表示された当月確定請求情報に基づき、入力部を介して、金額入力方式で支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する（Ａ３４０）。 After A230, the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account by the amount input method has been made via the input unit based on the current month fixed billing information displayed on the display unit 24 (. A340).
　金額入力方式で支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされなかったと判定した場合（Ａ３４０：ＮＯ）、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、金額入力方式で支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたと判定した場合（Ａ３４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、金額入力方式による支払い口座の設定ページ（ｗｅｂページ）に移動するための金額入力方式支払い口座設定要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ３５０）。 When it is determined that the input for setting the payment account has not been made by the amount input method (A340: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to the process to A195.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the input for setting the payment account by the amount input method has been made (A340: YES), the control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, the payment account setting page (web page) by the amount input method. Amount input method for moving to the payment account setting request information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 by communication I / F22 (A350).
　ステップＣ２３０の後、制御部１１は、金額入力方式支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したか否かを判定する（Ｃ３４０）。受信しなかったと判定した場合（Ｃ３４０：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 After step C230, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the amount input method payment account setting request information has been received (C340). If it is determined that the signal has not been received (C340: NO), the control unit 11 advances the process to C180.
　一方、金額入力方式支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したと判定した場合（Ｃ３４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、金額入力方式支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ３５０）。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the amount input method payment account setting request information has been received (C340: YES), the control unit 11 transmits the amount input method payment account setting information to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14 (C350). ).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から金額入力方式支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された金額入力方式支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ３６０）。 When the information for setting the amount input method payment account is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received information for setting the amount input method payment account (or information based on the information) (not limited). As an example, this month's payment account setting screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A360).
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介したユーザによる登録銀行口座毎の振替金額の入力を受け付ける（Ａ３７０）。そして、制御部２１は、登録銀行口座毎に入力された振替金額を含む振替金額入力情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する（Ａ３８０）。 After that, the control unit 21 accepts the input of the transfer amount for each registered bank account by the user via the input unit (A370). Then, the control unit 21 transmits the transfer amount input information including the transfer amount input for each registered bank account to the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F22 (A380).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａから振替金額入力情報を受信すると、制御部１１は、受信された振替金額入力情報に基づいて、金額入力方式支払い口座設定処理を行う（Ｃ３６０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、対象となる契約者（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の契約者ＩＤが記憶されたユーザ管理データの支払い口座設定データに、受信した振替金額入力情報から特定される振替金額を支払い口座ＩＤと関連付けて記憶させる。 When the transfer amount input information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 performs the amount input method payment account setting process based on the received transfer amount input information (C360). Specifically, as an example, not limited, from the transfer amount input information received in the payment account setting data of the user management data in which the contractor ID of the target contractor (user A.A. in this example) is stored. The specified transfer amount is stored in association with the payment account ID.
　その後、制御部１１は、金額入力方式での支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するための金額入力方式支払い口座設定完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０に送信し（Ｃ３７０）、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 After that, the control unit 11 transmits the amount input method payment account setting completion information for notifying that the payment account setting by the amount input method is completed to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F 14 (C370), and C180. Proceed to the process.
　この処理において、Ｃ１９０では、制御部１１は、ユーザ管理データに含まれる支払い口座設定データを参照し、支払い口座ＩＤごとに、関連付けて記憶されている振替金額を振替要求金額とし、その振替要求金額と、その支払い口座ＩＤに関連付けて記憶されている口座振替トークンとを含む口座振替要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって、対応する提携銀行サーバＵＲＩをアクセス先として、対応する銀行サーバ５０に通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって送信する。 In this process, in C190, the control unit 11 refers to the payment account setting data included in the user management data, sets the transfer amount stored in association with each payment account ID as the transfer request amount, and sets the transfer request amount. And the account transfer request information including the account transfer token stored in association with the payment account ID is communicated to the corresponding bank server 50 by the communication I / F14 with the corresponding affiliated bank server URI as the access destination. It is transmitted by / F14.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から金額入力方式支払い口座設定完了情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された金額入力方式支払い口座設定完了情報（またはこれに基づく情報）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ３９０）、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。 When the amount input method payment account setting completion information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 displays the received amount input method payment account setting completion information (or information based on the information) 24. (A390) and proceed to A195.
＜第３実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザによって後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額のうちのユーザによって入力（指定）された振替金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）を、ユーザによって選択された第１銀行口座（第１口座）に基づいて支払うことに関する情報を受信して表示部２４に表示する。そして、端末２０は、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、振替金額が入力されたことに基づき、第１銀行口座が支払い口座として設定されたことを示す支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、第１情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザによって後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額のうちの第１金額を、端末のユーザによって選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことができる。 <Effect of the third embodiment>
This embodiment is an example of a transfer amount (not limited, but a first amount) input (designated) by the user among the total amount of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal 20 in a postpaid manner. ) Is received and displayed on the display unit 24 regarding payment based on the first bank account (first account) selected by the user. Then, the terminal 20 is the payment account setting completion information (not limited, but the first) indicating that the first bank account has been set as the payment account based on the input of the transfer amount by the user of the terminal 20. An example of information) is shown in the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the first amount of the total amount of goods or services purchased by the terminal user after payment is added to the first account information selected by the terminal user. You can pay with the relevant first account.
　また、この場合、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザにより、複数の登録銀行口座情報のうちの第２銀行口座（第２口座）が選択されたことに基づき、第２銀行口座が支払い口座として設定されたことを示す支払い口座設定完了情報（限定ではなく、合計金額のうちの第２金額を第２口座情報に関連する第２口座で支払うことに関する第２情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示するようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザによって後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額のうちの第２金額を、端末のユーザによって選択された第２口座情報に関連する第２口座で支払うことができる。 Further, in this case, the terminal 20 uses the second bank account as the payment account based on the fact that the second bank account (second account) among the plurality of registered bank account information is selected by the user of the terminal 20. Display unit 24 for payment account setting completion information (not limited, but an example of the second information regarding payment of the second amount of the total amount in the second account related to the second account information) indicating that the payment account has been set as Can be displayed in.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second amount of the total amount of goods or services purchased postpaid by the terminal user is used as the second account information selected by the terminal user. You can pay with the relevant second account.
＜第３変形例＞
　第３実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、金額入力方式で支払い口座を設定するようにすることも可能である。 <Third modification example>
The method of the third embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, it is also possible to set a payment account by the amount input method by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図３－３の処理を、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて書き換えることで同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 3-3 is based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. Since it can be configured in the same way by rewriting it, detailed description will be omitted.
＜第４実施例＞
　クレジットカード決済では、口座振替の日にちが決まっている性質上、支払い口座を設定できる期間は有限である。しかしながら、クレジットカード決済を利用して商品やサービスを購入してから、実際に口座振替が行われるまで一定の期間が経過するクレジットカード決済において、ユーザがその期限を忘れてしまう可能性がある。
　第４実施例は、支払い口座をユーザが選択可能な時期または日にちに関する情報（期間、期限、期日等の情報を含む。）をユーザに報知する実施例である。
　第４実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Fourth Example>
In credit card payment, the period during which a payment account can be set is limited due to the nature of the account transfer date being fixed. However, there is a possibility that the user forgets the deadline in the credit card payment in which a certain period of time elapses from the purchase of the product or service using the credit card payment until the actual account transfer is performed.
The fourth embodiment is an example of notifying the user of information (including information such as a period, a deadline, and a due date) regarding a time or date when the payment account can be selected by the user.
The contents described in the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済において支払い口座から振替が行われる日（以下、適宜「振替日」、「引き落とし日」と称する。）より前の日時に、支払い口座を設定できる期限（以下、適宜「支払い口座設定期限」と称する。）が設定される。そして、この支払い口座設定期限までの期間を、支払い口座を設定できる期間（以下、適宜「支払い口座設定可能期間」と称する。）とする。 In this embodiment, as an example, the payment account is set at a date and time before the date when the transfer is performed from the payment account in the credit card payment (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "transfer date" and "withdrawal date"). A possible deadline (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting deadline") is set as appropriate. Then, the period until the payment account setting deadline is defined as a period during which the payment account can be set (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "payment account settable period").
　支払い口座設定期限を「日」で表したものを、適宜「支払い口座設定期日」と称する。限定ではなく例として、毎月２５日が振替日であって、その３日前が支払い口座設定期限の日に設定される場合、毎月２２日が支払い口座設定期日となる。
　なお、支払い口座設定期限を「日時」として設定するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The payment account setting deadline expressed in "day" is appropriately referred to as "payment account setting deadline". As an example, not a limitation, if the 25th of each month is the transfer date and the 3rd day before that is set as the payment account setting deadline, the 22nd of each month is the payment account setting deadline.
The payment account setting deadline may or may not be set as the "date and time".
　本実施例では、支払い口座設定期限をユーザに報知する情報を「期限報知情報」と称する。
　「期限報知情報」は、支払い口座設定期限と何らかの関係性を有する情報であればよく、限定ではなく例として、以下の少なくともいずれか１つの情報がこれに含まれる。
　・支払い口座設定期限を直接的に報知する情報（限定ではなく例として、後述する「支払い口座設定期限情報」）
　・支払い口座設定期限を間接的に報知する情報（限定ではなく例として、後述する「支払い口座設定残り期間情報」） In this embodiment, the information for notifying the user of the payment account setting deadline is referred to as "deadline notification information".
The "deadline notification information" may be any information having some relation to the payment account setting deadline, and is not limited to the information, and includes at least one of the following information as an example.
-Information that directly informs the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting deadline information" described later)
-Information that indirectly informs the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting remaining period information" described later)
　「支払い口座設定期限情報」とは、支払い口座設定期限そのものを報知する情報であり、限定ではなく例として、「Ｘ月Ｙ日まで設定可能」の文字や「設定期限：Ｘ月Ｙ日」の文字等の情報が含まれる。 "Payment account setting deadline information" is information that notifies the payment account setting deadline itself, and is not limited, but as an example, the characters "can be set up to X month Y day" and "setting deadline: X month Y day". Information such as characters is included.
　「支払い口座設定残り期間情報」とは、支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間を報知する情報であり、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期限までの残り時間そのものの情報等がこれに含まれる。 "Payment account setting remaining period information" is information for notifying the remaining period until the payment account setting deadline, and is not limited to the information such as the remaining time itself until the payment account setting deadline.
　なお、支払い口座設定残り期間情報には、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間（残り時間）を画像等によって示唆する情報（以下、「支払い口座設定残り期間示唆情報」と称する。）を含めることができる。 The payment account setting remaining period information is not limited, but as an example, information suggesting the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline by an image or the like (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting remaining period suggestion information"). .) Can be included.
　支払い口座設定残り期間示唆情報は、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間（残り時間）に基づいて、限定ではなく例として、以下のように表示態様を異ならせて端末２０の表示部２４に表示させるようにすることができる。
　・支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間（残り時間）が所定期間（所定時間）以上ある場合（限定ではなく例として、一週間以上ある場合）：第１表示態様（限定ではなく例として、丸型のアイコンを表示、第１アイコンの周りに青色の枠を表示、等）
　・支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間（残り時間）が所定期間（所定時間）以上ない場合（限定ではなく例として、一週間以内の場合）：第２表示態様（限定ではなく例として、三角形型のアイコンを表示、第１アイコンの周りに黄色の枠を表示、等） The payment account setting remaining period suggestion information is not limited, but as an example, based on the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline, as an example, not limited, the display mode is different as follows. It can be displayed on the display unit 24.
-When the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline is longer than the predetermined period (predetermined time) (when there is more than one week as an example, not limited): First display mode (as an example, not limited) Icon is displayed, a blue frame is displayed around the first icon, etc.)
-If the remaining period (remaining time) until the payment account setting deadline is not more than the specified period (predetermined time) (not limited but within one week as an example): Second display mode (not limited but as an example, triangular shape) Icon is displayed, a yellow frame is displayed around the first icon, etc.)
　本実施例では、期限報知情報が表示されるタイミングは、限定ではなく例として、以下の少なくともいずれか１つのタイミングがこれに含まれる。
　・端末２０で請求情報や当月確定請求情報が表示されたタイミング（限定ではなく例として、請求情報や当月確定請求情報に関連する受信Ｅメール画面が表示されたタイミング）
　・端末２０で支払い口座設定用情報や取引別支払い口座設定用情報が表示されたタイミング（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面や今月度支払い口座設定画面が表示されたタイミング）
　以下では、期限報知情報が表示されるタイミングを、端末２０で今月度支払い口座設定画面が表示されたタイミングとする場合を例示する。 In this embodiment, the timing at which the deadline notification information is displayed is not limited, and includes at least one of the following timings as an example.
-Timing when billing information and current month confirmed billing information are displayed on the terminal 20 (when the received e-mail screen related to billing information and current month confirmed billing information is displayed as an example, not limited)
-Timing when payment account setting information and transaction-specific payment account setting information are displayed on the terminal 20 (when the payment account setting screen and this month's payment account setting screen are displayed as an example, not limited)
In the following, an example will be illustrated in which the timing at which the deadline notification information is displayed is the timing at which the payment account setting screen for this month is displayed on the terminal 20.
　また、本実施例では、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期限を超過したことを報知（示唆）する情報を「期限超過報知情報」と称する。この期限超過報知情報は、支払い口座設定期限と何らかの関係性を有する情報であって、支払い口座設定期限を超過したことを報知（示唆）する情報であり、限定ではなく例として、以下の少なくともいずれか１つの情報がこれに含まれる。
　・支払い口座設定期限を超過したこと報知する情報（限定ではなく例として、後述する「支払い口座設定期限超過情報」）
　・支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間がない（超過したこと）を報知する情報（限定ではなく例として、後述する「支払い口座設定残り期間超過情報」） Further, in this embodiment, the information for notifying (suggesting) that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded is referred to as "overdue notification information", not as a limitation but as an example. This overdue notification information is information that has some relation to the payment account setting deadline, and is information that notifies (suggests) that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded. This includes one piece of information.
-Information to notify that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting deadline information" described later)
-Information that notifies that there is no remaining period (exceeded) until the payment account setting deadline (not limited, but as an example, "payment account setting remaining period excess information" described later)
　「支払い口座設定期限超過情報」とは、支払い口座設定期限を超過したことを直接的に報知する情報であり、具体的には、「Ｘ月Ｙ日で設定期間終了」の文字や「設定期限：Ｘ月Ｙ日を過ぎました。」の文字等が含まれる。 "Payment account setting deadline information" is information that directly notifies that the payment account setting deadline has been exceeded, and specifically, the characters "the setting period ends on XY days" and "setting deadline". : X month Y day has passed. ”Is included.
　「支払い口座設定残り期間超過情報」は、期限超過（期限徒過）によって支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間がないことを報知する情報である。
　支払い口座設定残り期間超過情報には、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定の残り期間がないことを画像等によって示唆する情報（以下、「支払い口座設定残り期間超過示唆情報」と称する。）を含めることができる。 "Payment account setting remaining period excess information" is information for notifying that there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline due to overdue (excessive deadline).
The payment account setting remaining period excess information is not limited, but as an example, information suggesting that there is no payment account setting remaining period by an image or the like (hereinafter referred to as "payment account setting remaining period excess suggestion information") is used. Can be included.
　支払い口座設定残り期間超過示唆情報は、限定ではなく例として、以下の表示態様で端末２０の表示部２４に表示させることができる。
　・支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間がない場合：第３表示態様（限定ではなく例として、バツ型（×）のアイコンを表示、第１アイコンの周りに赤色の枠を表示、等） The payment account setting remaining period excess suggestion information can be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in the following display mode as an example without limitation.
-If there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline: 3rd display mode (not limited, but as an example, a cross-shaped (x) icon is displayed, a red frame is displayed around the 1st icon, etc.)
　本実施例では、支払い口座設定用情報には、限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報と、期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報とが含まれる。
　具体的には、期限報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報とは、限定ではなく例として、「Ｘ月Ｙ日まで設定可能」の文字が含まれる支払い口座設定画面であり、期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報とは、限定ではなく例として、「Ｘ月Ｙ日で設定期間終了」の文字が含まれる支払い口座設定画面である。 In this embodiment, the payment account setting information includes, but is not limited to, payment account setting information including deadline notification information and payment account setting information including overdue notification information.
Specifically, the payment account setting information including the deadline notification information is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen including the characters "can be set until X month Y day", and the overdue notification information is displayed. The payment account setting information to be included is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen including the characters "the setting period ends on X month Y day".
　また、本実施例では、取引別支払い口座設定用情報には、限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報と、期限超過報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報とが含まれる。
　具体的には、期限報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報とは、限定ではなく例として、「Ｘ月Ｙ日まで設定可能」の文字が含まれる今月度支払い口座設定画面であり、期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報とは、限定ではなく例として、「Ｘ月Ｙ日で設定期間終了」の文字が含まれる今月度支払い口座設定画面である。 Further, in this embodiment, the transaction-specific payment account setting information is not limited, but as an example, transaction-specific payment account setting information including deadline notification information and transaction-specific payment account setting information including overdue notification information. And are included.
Specifically, the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the deadline notification information is not limited, but as an example, this month's payment account setting screen including the characters "can be set until X month Y day", and the deadline. The payment account setting information including the excess notification information is not limited, but is, as an example, a payment account setting screen for this month, which includes the characters "the setting period ends on the X month and Y day".
＜データ構成＞
　図４－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データには、限定ではなく例として、現在の計時情報（現在の日時）が支払い口座設定期限以内であるか否かの判定結果と、支払い口座設定用情報の種別とが関連付けて記憶される。 <Data structure>
FIG. 4-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of information type determination data for payment account setting stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The payment account setting information type judgment data is not limited, but as an example, the judgment result of whether or not the current timekeeping information (current date and time) is within the payment account setting deadline, and the type of payment account setting information. Is associated and stored.
　現在の計時情報が支払い口座設定期限以内であるか否かは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、時計部１９から出力される計時情報に基づいて判定するようにすることができる。現在の計時情報が支払い口座設定期限以内である場合、判定結果は「ＹＥＳ」となり、現在の計時情報が支払い口座設定期限以内ではない場合、判定結果は「ＮＯ」となる。 Whether or not the current timekeeping information is within the payment account setting deadline can be determined by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 based on the timekeeping information output from the clock unit 19. If the current timekeeping information is within the payment account setting deadline, the determination result is "YES", and if the current timekeeping information is not within the payment account setting deadline, the determination result is "NO".
　支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、支払い口座設定用情報の種別であり、限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報と、期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報とがこれに含まれる。このデータでは、判定結果が「ＹＥＳ」である場合、支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、期限報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報となり、判定結果が「ＮＯ」である場合、支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定用情報となることが定められている。 The type of payment account setting information is a type of payment account setting information, and is not limited, but as an example, payment account setting information including deadline notification information and payment account setting information including overdue notification information are available. Included in this. In this data, when the judgment result is "YES", the type of the payment account setting information is the payment account setting information including the deadline notification information, and when the judgment result is "NO", the payment account setting information. It is stipulated that the type of is the information for setting the payment account including the overdue notification information.
　図４－２は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される取引別支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　取引別支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データには、限定ではなく例として、現在の計時情報が支払い口座設定期限以内であるか否かの判定結果と、取引別支払い口座設定用情報の種別とが関連付けて記憶される。 FIG. 4-2 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of information type determination data for transaction-specific payment account setting stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The transaction-specific payment account setting information type judgment data is not limited, but as an example, the judgment result of whether or not the current timing information is within the payment account setting deadline and the type of transaction-specific payment account setting information. Associated and remembered.
　取引別支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、取引別支払い口座設定用情報の種別であり、限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報と、期限超過報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報とがこれに含まれる。このデータでは、判定結果が「ＹＥＳ」である場合、取引別支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、期限報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報となり、判定結果が「ＮＯ」である場合、支払い口座設定用情報の種別は、期限超過報知情報を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報となることが定められている。 The type of information for setting the payment account by transaction is the type of information for setting the payment account by transaction, and is not limited, but as an example, the information for setting the payment account by transaction including the deadline notification information and the transaction including the overdue notification information. This includes information for setting up a separate payment account. In this data, when the judgment result is "YES", the type of the transaction-specific payment account setting information is the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the deadline notification information, and when the judgment result is "NO", payment is made. It is stipulated that the type of the account setting information is the transaction-specific payment account setting information including the overdue notification information.
＜表示画面＞
　図４－３は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図である。図４－３は、支払い口座設定期限情報が表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 4-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment. FIG. 4-3 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the payment account setting deadline information is displayed.
　図４－３には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度の支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（今月度支払い口座設定画面）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面のうち「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）の一例を示している。 Figure 4-3 shows the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month (this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen). An example of "October payment account setting screen") is shown.
　今月度支払い口座設定画面には、支払い口座設定期限情報を表示するための支払い口座設定期限情報領域Ｒ２が構成されており、この例では、支払い口座設定期限情報として、「１１月２２日まで設定可能」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その他には、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 The payment account setting deadline information area R2 for displaying the payment account setting deadline information is configured on the payment account setting screen this month. In this example, the payment account setting deadline information is set until November 22nd. The word "possible" is displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
　図４－４は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図である。図４－４は、支払い口座設定期限超過情報が表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment. FIG. 4-4 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the payment account setting deadline information is displayed.
　図４－４には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち今月度の支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（今月度支払い口座設定画面）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面のうち「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）の一例を示している。 Figure 4-4 shows the display screen of the payment account setting page for this month (this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen) (not limited to this month's payment account setting screen). An example of "October payment account setting screen") is shown.
　今月度支払い口座設定画面には、支払い口座設定期限超過情報を表示するための支払い口座設定期限超過情報表示領域Ｒ３が構成されており、この例では、支払い口座設定期限超過情報として、「１１月２２日で設定期間終了」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その他には、図２－１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 On the payment account setting screen this month, the payment account setting overdue information display area R3 for displaying the payment account setting overdue information is configured. In this example, the payment account setting overdue information is "November". The text "The set period ends in 22 days" is displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-1 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本実施例の処理は、限定ではなく例として、図１－１１、図２－２、図２－３に基づいて構成することができる。
　なお、Ｃ１５０およびＡ１６０、並びにＣ２５０およびＡ２６０以外のステップについては、図１－１１、図２－２、図２－３と同様であるため、説明を省略する。 <Processing>
The processing of this embodiment can be configured based on FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 as an example without limitation.
The steps other than C150 and A160, and C250 and A260 are the same as those in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
　Ｃ１４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データ（図４－１参照）に基づいて、端末２０Ａに送信する支払い口座設定用情報の種別を判定する。そして、制御部１１は、判定した種別の支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ１５０）。 If YES is determined in C140, the control unit 11 determines the type of payment account setting information to be transmitted to the terminal 20A based on the payment account setting information type determination data (see FIG. 4-1). Then, the control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting information of the determined type to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０からいずれかの種別の支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された種別の支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報または期限超過報知情報を含む支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１６０）。 When the communication I / F 22 receives any type of payment account setting information from the credit card company server 10, the control unit 21 receives the received type of payment account setting information (or information based on this) (limited to this). As an example, the display unit 24 displays the payment account setting screen including the deadline notification information or the overdue notification information (A160).
　同様に、Ｃ２４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、取引別支払い口座設定用情報種別判定データ（図４－２参照）に基づいて、端末２０Ａに送信する取引別支払い口座設定用情報の種別を判定する。そして、制御部１１は、判定した種別の取引別支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する。 Similarly, when the determination is YES in C240, the control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting information to the terminal 20A based on the transaction-specific payment account setting information type determination data (see FIG. 4-2). Judge the type of. Then, the control unit 11 transmits the transaction-specific payment account setting information of the determined type to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０からいずれかの種別の取引別支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された種別の取引別支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、期限報知情報または期限超過報知情報を含む今月度支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２６０）。 When the communication I / F 22 receives any type of transaction-specific payment account setting information from the credit card company server 10, the control unit 21 receives transaction-specific payment account setting information (or information based on the received information). ) (As an example, not a limitation, this month's payment account setting screen including deadline notification information or overdue notification information) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260).
＜第４実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、請求情報のうちの一の請求情報（限定ではなく、第１購入情報の一例）に対して、複数の登録銀行口座情報のうちから支払い口座とする口座情報をユーザが選択可能な時期または日にちに関する情報（限定ではなく、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能であることに関する第３情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報のうちの第１購入情報に対して、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能であることや、口座情報を選択することができる時期や日にちなどの情報を、端末のユーザに報知することができる。 <Effect of Fourth Example>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 uses the billing information of one of the billing information (not limited to one example of the first purchase information) as the payment account from a plurality of registered bank account information. A configuration for displaying information on a time or date that can be selected by a user (an example of a third information regarding that at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information without limitation) is displayed on the display unit 24. ing.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to select at least one account information from a plurality of account information for the first purchase information of the purchase information, and the account information. Information such as the time and date at which the terminal can be selected can be notified to the user of the terminal.
　また、この場合、上記の第３情報は、期限報知情報（限定ではなく、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な日にちに関する情報の一例）を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な日にちに関する情報を、端末のユーザに報知することができる。 Further, in this case, the above-mentioned third information may include deadline notification information (not limited, but an example of information regarding a date on which at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information). ..
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to notify the terminal user of information regarding a date on which at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information.
　また、この場合、支払い口座をユーザが選択可能な時期または日にちに関する情報（第３情報）は、支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間がない場合、支払い口座設定期限までの残り期間がある場合とは異なる表示態様で端末２０の表示部２４に表示されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な時期または日にちではない場合、そのことを端末のユーザに確実に認識させることができる。 Also, in this case, the information regarding the time or date when the user can select the payment account (third information) is that there is no remaining period until the payment account setting deadline, or there is a remaining period until the payment account setting deadline. It can be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 in a different display mode.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, if it is not the time or date when at least one account information can be selected from a plurality of account information, the terminal user is surely recognized. Can be done.
＜第４変形例＞
　第４実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、支払い口座設定期限等の情報をユーザに報知するようにすることも可能である。 <Fourth modification>
The method of the fourth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, not limited to this, it is also possible to notify the user of information such as the payment account setting deadline by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
＜第５実施例＞
　上記の実施例では、クレジットカード決済に基づく、取引別の請求情報や、ひと月分の当月確定請求情報等が、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０から端末２０に送信される例を示した。
　第５実施例は、請求情報や当月確定請求情報とは異なる支払い口座設定リマインド情報が、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０から端末２０に送信されることを可能にする実施例である。
　第５実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Fifth Example>
In the above embodiment, an example is shown in which billing information for each transaction based on credit card payment, monthly finalized billing information, and the like are transmitted from the credit card company server 10 to the terminal 20.
The fifth embodiment is an embodiment that enables payment account setting reminder information different from billing information and current month fixed billing information to be transmitted from the credit card company server 10 to the terminal 20.
The contents described in the fifth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already described are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、支払い口座の設定や変更をユーザに思い出させること、再確認させることを「支払い口座設定リマインド」と称し、この支払い口座設定リマインドに関連する情報を「支払い口座設定リマインド情報」と称する。この支払い口座設定リマインド情報には、支払い口座を設定するために用いられる各種の情報（限定ではなく例として、前述した支払い口座設定ページへのリンク情報等）を含めることができる。 In this embodiment, reminding and reconfirming the payment account setting or change to the user is referred to as "payment account setting reminder", and information related to this payment account setting reminder is referred to as "payment account setting reminder information". Refer to. This payment account setting reminder information can include various information used for setting a payment account (for example, not limited to the link information to the payment account setting page described above).
　なお、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）や、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が店舗端末４０に一時的に支払った決済金額の請求に係る情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）、当月分のクレジットカード決済の請求に関する当月商品購入情報（限定ではなく例として、決済月情報、合計決済金額情報、取引別購入日時、取引別購入金額、取引別店舗等の情報を含む。）等の情報を支払い口座設定リマインド情報に含めてもよいし、含めなくてもよい。 It should be noted that the bank account information associated with the credit card (not limited, but as an example, the bank name, account number, etc.) and the information related to the billing of the payment amount temporarily paid by the credit card company server 10 to the store terminal 40. (As an example, not limited, product purchase information, receipt information, etc.), current month's product purchase information regarding the request for credit card payment for the current month (As an example, not limited, settlement month information, total payment amount information, purchase date and time by transaction, Information such as the purchase amount by transaction and information on stores by transaction may or may not be included in the payment account setting reminder information.
　本実施例では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うか否かを判定する処理（以下、「支払い口座設定リマインド判定処理」と称する。）を行う場合を例示する。
　具体的には、本実施例では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、記憶部１５に記憶済みの各種の情報を取得し、取得した情報に基づいて、後述する支払い口座設定リマインド条件の成否を判定する。そして、支払い口座設定リマインド条件が成立した場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報を送信することに決定し、支払い口座設定リマインド条件が成立しなかった場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報を送信しないことに決定する。 In this embodiment, a case where the credit card company server 10 performs a process of determining whether or not to perform a payment account setting reminder (hereinafter, referred to as “payment account setting reminder determination process”) is exemplified.
Specifically, in this embodiment, the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 acquires various information stored in the storage unit 15, and based on the acquired information, the payment account setting reminder condition described later is satisfied. Judge success or failure. Then, when the payment account setting reminder condition is satisfied, it is decided to send the payment account setting reminder information, and when the payment account setting reminder condition is not satisfied, it is decided not to send the payment account setting reminder information.
＜データ構成＞
　図５－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される支払い口座設定リマインド条件データのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　支払い口座設定リマインド条件データには、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定リマインド条件の番号（Ｎｏ）と、この番号に対応する支払い口座設定リマインド条件とが関連付けて記憶されている。 <Data structure>
FIG. 5-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of payment account setting reminder condition data stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The payment account setting reminder condition data stores, as an example, not limited to, a payment account setting reminder condition number (No) and a payment account setting reminder condition corresponding to this number in association with each other.
　なお、このデータはあくまでも一例に過ぎず、これに限定されるわけではない。
　上記の全ての情報を関連付けて記憶させる必要はなく、一部の情報を記憶させないようにしてもよい。
　また、支払い口座設定リマインド条件の成否の判定を上記のデータを参照することによって実現するのではなく、プログラムによって実現してもよい。
　これは、他の実施例で説明するデータについても同様である。 It should be noted that this data is merely an example and is not limited to this.
It is not necessary to store all the above information in association with each other, and some information may not be stored.
Further, the determination of the success or failure of the payment account setting reminder condition may be realized by a program instead of being realized by referring to the above data.
This also applies to the data described in the other examples.
　以下、それぞれの支払い口座設定リマインド条件、および、その判定方法について詳細に説明する。 Below, each payment account setting reminder condition and its judgment method will be explained in detail.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０１」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０１」には、支払い口座設定リマインド条件として「設定された時間間隔の時間が経過した、または設定された日時になった」が定められている。
　「設定された時間間隔」は、限定でなく例として、端末２０側またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０側であらかじめ任意の時間間隔を設定可能とすることができる。
　限定ではなく例として、「毎週日曜日の朝１０時」等のタイミングでリマインドが行われるように条件を設定することができる。これは、週末である日曜日は比較的時間に余裕のある可能性があるためである。 <No "SP01">
In No. "SP01", "the time of the set time interval has elapsed or the set date and time has come" is defined as the payment account setting reminder condition.
The "set time interval" is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary time interval can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side.
As an example, not a limitation, a condition can be set so that a reminder is performed at a timing such as "every Sunday at 10 am". This is because Sunday, which is a weekend, may have a relatively large amount of time.
　なお、この他にも、限定ではなく例として、「毎月３日の朝１０時（クレジットカード決済における締め日の３日後の特定の時刻）」にリマインドが行われるように条件を設定するなどしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 In addition to this, as an example, not limited, conditions are set so that reminders are performed at "10 am on the 3rd of every month (a specific time 3 days after the closing date in credit card payment)". It may or may not be.
　この支払い口座設定リマインド条件の判定では、限定でなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、時計部１９から出力される計時情報に基づいて、条件が成立したか否かを判定するようにすることができる。 In the determination of the payment account setting reminder condition, as an example, the credit card company server 10 determines whether or not the condition is satisfied based on the timekeeping information output from the clock unit 19. Can be done.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０２」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０２」には、支払い口座設定リマインド条件として「支払い口座の設定，変更がされていない状態で設定時間が経過した」が定められている。
　「設定時間」は、限定でなく例として、端末２０側またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０側であらかじめ任意の設定時間を設定可能とすることができる。 <No "SP02">
In No. "SP02", "the set time has elapsed without setting or changing the payment account" is defined as a payment account setting reminder condition.
The "set time" is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary set time can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side.
　「支払い口座の設定，変更がされていない状態」には、「支払い口座の設定がされていない状態」と、「支払い口座の変更がされていない状態」とが含まれる。 The "state in which the payment account has not been set or changed" includes "the state in which the payment account has not been set" and "the state in which the payment account has not been changed".
　「支払い口座の設定がされていない状態」とは、クレジットカード決済以降に支払い口座の設定が一度もされていない状態である。
　限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面や今月度支払い口座設定画面の第１アイコンを選択した後に、その情報を保存・決定するための第２アイコンが操作されていない状態や、ユーザが端末２０に表示される請求情報や当月確定請求情報を閲覧していない状態等がこれに含まれる。 The "state in which the payment account has not been set" is a state in which the payment account has never been set since the credit card payment.
As an example, not a limitation, after selecting the first icon on the payment account setting screen or this month's payment account setting screen, the second icon for saving / determining the information is not operated, or the user is using the terminal 20. This includes the state in which the billing information displayed in is not viewed and the finalized billing information for the current month is not viewed.
　また、「支払い口座の変更がされていない状態」とは、支払い口座が設定された後、支払い口座の変更が一度もされていない状態である。
　限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済における支払い口座が、一の銀行口座（限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行の銀行口座）に初期設定される構成が採用される場合（この場合の初期設定される銀行口座を以下、適宜「初期支払い口座」と称する。）、いずれのクレジットカード決済も支払い口座が初期支払い口座のまま変更されていない状態や、クレジットカード決済における支払い口座が、いずれかの銀行口座に自動設定される構成が採用される場合（この方式を、以下、適宜「支払い口座自動設定方式」と称する。）、いずれのクレジットカード決済も支払い口座自動設定方式で設定された支払い口座のまま変更されていない状態等がこれに含まれる。 Further, the "state in which the payment account has not been changed" is a state in which the payment account has never been changed after the payment account has been set.
As an example, not a limitation, when a configuration is adopted in which the payment account in credit card payment is initialized to one bank account (as an example, not the limitation, the bank account of Bank A) (initial setting in this case). The bank account will be referred to as the "initial payment account" as appropriate below), the payment account has not been changed as the initial payment account for any credit card payment, or the payment account for credit card payment is one of the bank accounts. If a configuration that is automatically set to is adopted (this method is hereinafter referred to as "payment account automatic setting method" as appropriate), any credit card payment remains the payment account set by the payment account automatic setting method. This includes the state that has not been changed.
　限定ではなく例として、「当月確定請求情報が送信されてから第２アイコンが操作されていない状態で設定時間（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期日までの日数が残り１日となるまでの日数）が経過した」等の条件を設定することができる。これは、支払い口座設定期日が近くなっているにも関わらず、支払い口座の設定をユーザが失念している可能性があるため、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うことを意味する。 As an example, not a limitation, "The set time after the confirmation billing information for the current month is sent and the second icon is not operated (as an example, not a limitation, until the number of days until the payment account setting date is one day left" It is possible to set conditions such as "the number of days has passed". This means reminding the payment account setting because the user may have forgotten to set the payment account even though the payment account setting deadline is approaching.
　この支払い口座設定リマインド条件の判定では、限定でなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、ユーザからの第２アイコンへの入力を受け付けたことに基づいて制御部２１から送信される支払い口座設定選択情報や取引別支払い口座設定選択情報を受信したことに関する情報（限定ではなく例として、その受信履歴等の情報）と、時計部１９から出力される時計情報（計時情報）とを取得して、これらの情報に基づいて、条件の成否を判定するようにすることができる。 In the determination of the payment account setting reminder condition, as an example, the payment account setting selection transmitted from the control unit 21 based on the fact that the credit card company server 10 accepts the input to the second icon from the user is not limited. Obtaining information and information regarding the receipt of payment account setting selection information for each transaction (information such as the reception history, not limited to the information) and clock information (timekeeping information) output from the clock unit 19 are acquired. Based on this information, the success or failure of the condition can be determined.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０３」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０３」には、支払い口座設定リマインド条件として「クレジットカード決済の取引数が設定数を超えた」が定められている。
　「設定数」は、限定でなく例として、端末２０側またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０側であらかじめ任意の数を設定可能とすることができる。
　限定ではなく例として、取引数がある程度大きい数（限定ではなく例として、「２０件」や「３０件」）である場合、支払い口座の設定をしていないクレジットカード決済が溜まってしまい、後にユーザの負担となる可能性がある。そこで、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うようにすることができる。 <No "SP03">
No. "SP03" stipulates that "the number of credit card payment transactions has exceeded the set number" as a payment account setting reminder condition.
The "set number" is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary number can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side.
As an example, not a limitation, if the number of transactions is large to some extent (as an example, not a limitation, "20" or "30"), credit card payments for which a payment account has not been set will accumulate, and later It may be a burden on the user. Therefore, it is possible to remind the payment account setting.
　この支払い口座設定リマインド条件の判定は、限定でなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、ユーザ管理データに含まれる取引データに基づいて取引数を算出し、算出した取引数が設定数を超えているか否かを判定することによって実現することができる。 The determination of the payment account setting reminder condition is not limited, but as an example, the credit card company server 10 calculates the number of transactions based on the transaction data included in the user management data, and the calculated number of transactions exceeds the set number. It can be realized by determining whether or not it is present.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０４」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ０４」には、支払い口座設定リマインド条件として「決済金額が設定金額を超えた」が定められている。
　「設定金額」は、限定でなく例として、端末２０側またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０側であらかじめ任意の金額を設定可能とすることができる。 <No "SP04">
No. "SP04" stipulates that "the payment amount exceeds the set amount" as a payment account setting reminder condition.
The "set amount" is not limited, and as an example, an arbitrary amount can be set in advance on the terminal 20 side or the credit card company server 10 side.
　この条件における「決済金額」は、限定ではなく例として、当月度の合計決済金額とすることができる。
　なお、これとは異なり、この条件における「決済金額」を、クレジットカード決済毎（取引毎）の決済金額としてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The "settlement amount" under this condition is not limited, but may be the total settlement amount for the current month as an example.
Unlike this, the "payment amount" under this condition may or may not be the payment amount for each credit card payment (transaction).
　限定ではなく例として、決済金額がある程度大きい金額（限定ではなく例として、「５万円」や「１０万円」等）である場合、引き落としを依頼する銀行口座をユーザが慎重に決めたいと考えるような場合が想定される。そこで、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うようにすることができる。 As an example, not a limitation, if the payment amount is a certain amount (for example, "50,000 yen" or "100,000 yen", not a limitation), the user wants to carefully decide the bank account to request the withdrawal. It is assumed that you will think about it. Therefore, it is possible to remind the payment account setting.
　この支払い口座設定リマインド条件の判定は、限定でなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、ユーザ管理データに含まれる取引データに基づいて決済金額を算出し、算出した決済金額が設定金額を超えているか否かを判定することによって実現することができる。 The determination of the payment account setting reminder condition is not limited, but as an example, the credit card company server 10 calculates the payment amount based on the transaction data included in the user management data, and the calculated payment amount exceeds the set amount. It can be realized by determining whether or not it is present.
＜処理＞
　図５－２は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　なお、図１－１１、図２－２、図２－３に示したＡ２９０およびＣ２７０までの処理と、Ａ１９５およびＣ１８０以降の処理とは同様であるため、図示・説明は省略する。 <Processing>
FIG. 5-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
Since the processes up to A290 and C270 shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 are the same as the processes after A195 and C180, the illustration and description will be omitted.
　図２－３のＣ２７０の後、制御部１１は、支払い口座設定リマインド条件判定処理を実行する（Ｃ５１０）。
　この支払い口座設定リマインド条件判定処理では、制御部１１は、前述した支払い口座設定リマインド条件データに基づいて支払い口座設定リマインド条件の成否を判定する。 After C270 in FIG. 2-3, the control unit 11 executes the payment account setting reminder condition determination process (C510).
In this payment account setting reminder condition determination process, the control unit 11 determines the success or failure of the payment account setting reminder condition based on the above-mentioned payment account setting reminder condition data.
　支払い口座設定リマインド条件が成立していないと判定した場合（Ｃ５２０：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、図２－３のＣ１８０に処理を進める。
　一方、支払い口座設定リマインド条件が成立していると判定した場合（Ｃ５２０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定リマインドに関連する支払い口座設定リマインド情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０に送信し（Ｃ５３０）、図２－３のＣ１８０に処理を進める。 When it is determined that the payment account setting reminder condition is not satisfied (C520: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C180 in FIG. 2-3.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the payment account setting reminder condition is satisfied (C520: YES), the control unit 11 transmits the payment account setting reminder information related to the payment account setting reminder, as an example, not limited to the communication I /. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 by F14 (C530), and the process proceeds to C180 in FIG. 2-3.
　限定ではなく例として図２－３のＡ２９０の後、制御部２１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定リマインド情報を受信したか否かを判定する（Ａ５３０）。 As an example, not limited to, after A290 in FIG. 2-3, the control unit 21 determines whether or not the payment account setting reminder information has been received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22 (A530).
　支払い口座設定リマインド情報を受信しなかったと判定した場合（Ａ５３０：ＮＯ）、制御部２１は、図２－３のＡ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、支払い口座設定リマインド情報を受信したと判定した場合（Ａ５３０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定リマインド情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定リマインド画面）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ５４０）、図２－３のＡ１９５に処理を進める。 When it is determined that the payment account setting reminder information has not been received (A530: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195 in FIG. 2-3.
On the other hand, when it is determined that the payment account setting reminder information has been received (A530: YES), the control unit 21 has received the payment account setting reminder information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting. (Remind screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A540), and the process proceeds to A195 in FIG. 2-3.
＜第５実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、請求情報のうちの少なくとも一の請求情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部の一例）に基づく支払い口座設定リマインド情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部に基づく通知情報の一例）を通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によって受信することに基づき、支払い口座設定用情報を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報の少なくとも一部に基づく通知情報を通信部によって受信することに基づいて、複数の口座情報を表示部に表示して、端末のユーザに確認させることができる。 <Effect of the fifth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 has a payment account setting reminder information (not limited, but at least one of the purchase information) based on at least one of the billing information (not limited, but at least a part of the purchase information). Based on receiving an example of the notification information based on the unit) by the communication I / F 22, the configuration for displaying the payment account setting information on the display unit 24 is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, a plurality of account information is displayed on the display unit based on the notification information based on at least a part of the purchase information being received by the communication unit, and the terminal You can ask the user to confirm.
　また、この場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報は、設定された時間間隔で端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報の少なくとも一部に基づく通知情報が設定された時間間隔で端末に送信されるため、複数の口座情報を定期的にユーザに確認させることが可能となる。 Further, in this case, the payment account setting reminder information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 at a set time interval.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, notification information based on at least a part of purchase information is sent to the terminal at a set time interval, so that a plurality of account information is periodically confirmed to the user. It is possible to make it.
　また、この場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報は、請求情報のうちの少なくとも一の請求情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の少なくとも一部の一例）に対して、後払いの締め日（限定ではなく、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な期間または日にちの一例）に基づいて端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報の少なくとも一部に対して、複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な期間または日にちに基づいて、適切なタイミングで通知情報が端末に送信されるようにすることができる。 Also, in this case, the payment account setting reminder information is for at least one of the billing information (not limited, but at least a part of the purchase information) with a deferred payment deadline (not limited, but multiple). At least one of the account information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 based on an example of a selectable period or date).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is appropriate for at least a part of the purchase information based on the period or date in which at least one of the plurality of account information can be selected. Notification information can be sent to the terminal at the timing.
　また、この場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報は、後払いの取引数（限定ではなく、購入情報に含まれる決済数の一例）に基づいて端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報に含まれる決済数に基づいて、適切なタイミングで通知情報が端末に送信されるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the payment account setting reminder information can be transmitted to the terminal 20 based on the number of postpaid transactions (not limited, but an example of the number of payments included in the purchase information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the notification information can be transmitted to the terminal at an appropriate timing based on the number of payments included in the purchase information.
　また、この場合、支払い口座設定リマインド情報は、当月度の合計決済金額（限定ではなく、購入情報に基づく合計金額の一例）が設定金額（限定ではなく、設定された金額の一例）よりも大きい場合、端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、購入情報に基づく合計金額がある程度大きいような場合に、通知情報が端末に送信されるようにすることができる。 Also, in this case, in the payment account setting reminder information, the total settlement amount for the current month (an example of the total amount based on the purchase information, not the limitation) is larger than the set amount (an example of the set amount, not the limitation). If so, it can be transmitted to the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the notification information can be transmitted to the terminal when the total amount based on the purchase information is large to some extent.
＜第５変形例＞
　第５実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うようにすることも可能である。 <Fifth variant>
The method of the fifth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, not limited to, it is also possible to remind payment account setting by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図５－２の処理を、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に適用することで同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 5-2 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
＜第６実施例＞
　第６実施例は、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択可能にする実施例である。
　第６実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Sixth Example>
The sixth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user can select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
The contents described in the sixth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　上記の実施例では、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面の第１アイコン表示領域に、画像情報の一例として、支払い口座を選択するための第１アイコン（限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンや、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコン）を表示した。
　本実施例では、画像情報の別例として、第３アイコンを表示する。 In the above embodiment, in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen, as an example of the image information, the first icon for selecting the payment account (not limited, but as an example, Bank A). The first icon including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank B and the first icon containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B) are displayed.
In this embodiment, a third icon is displayed as another example of the image information.
　「第３アイコン」とは、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面の第１アイコン表示領域に表示されるアイコンであって、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法を選択・設定するためのアイコンである。「クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法」には、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかを含めることができる。
（Ａ）分割払い
（Ｂ）リボ払い
（Ｃ）ローン払い The "third icon" is an icon displayed in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen or the payment account setting screen for each transaction, and selects and sets the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment. It is an icon for. The "payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment" may include, for example, at least one of the following, without limitation.
(A) Installment payment (B) Revolving payment (C) Loan payment
　（Ａ）「分割払い」は、クレジットカード会社から請求された金額を一括（１回）で支払わずに、支払い回数を複数回に分けて（指定して）支払う方法の一種である。
　本実施例におけるクレジットカード決済の分割払いは、クレジットカード会社からの請求金額のうちユーザが指定した分割回数で割った分割金額を、月に１回などの設定された日、または設定された期日に紐づけられた銀行口座から支払いを行う。 (A) "Installment payment" is a type of payment method in which the amount billed by the credit card company is not paid in a lump sum (once), but is paid in multiple payments (specified).
The installment payment for credit card payment in this embodiment is the installment amount obtained by dividing the amount billed by the credit card company by the number of installments specified by the user on a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make payments from the linked bank account.
　（Ｂ）「リボ払い」は、クレジットカード会社から請求された金額を一括（１回）で支払わずに、毎月の支払い金額を一定の金額に指定して、複数回に分けて支払う方法の一種である。
　本実施例におけるクレジットカード決済のリボ払いは、クレジットカード会社からの請求金額のうちユーザが指定した毎月の支払い金額を、月に１回などの設定された日、または設定された期日に紐づけられた銀行口座から支払いを行う。 (B) "Revolving payment" is a type of method in which the amount billed by the credit card company is not paid in a lump sum (once), but the monthly payment amount is specified as a fixed amount and the payment is made in multiple payments. Is.
In the revolving payment of credit card payment in this embodiment, the monthly payment amount specified by the user among the invoiced amounts from the credit card company is linked to a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make payments from your bank account.
　（Ｃ）「ローン払い」は、クレジットカード会社から請求された金額を、その場ではユーザの銀行口座から支払わずに、ローン会社（限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社に関連するローン会社、クレジットカード会社に関連しないローン会社等）が支払いを行い、後からユーザがそのローン会社に支払いを行う方法の一種である。
　本実施例におけるローン払いは、クレジットカード会社からの請求金額をローン会社が代わりに支払ったローン支払い金額を、ローン会社に月に１回などの設定された日、または設定された期日に紐づけられた銀行口座から支払いを行う。 (C) "Loan payment" means that the amount charged by the credit card company is not paid from the user's bank account on the spot, but the loan company (not limited to the loan company related to the credit card company, credit). This is a type of method in which a loan company not related to a credit card company) makes a payment and the user later pays the loan company.
In the loan payment in this embodiment, the amount billed by the credit card company is linked to the loan payment amount paid by the loan company on behalf of the loan company on a set date such as once a month or a set date. Make a payment from your bank account.
　本実施例では、「第３アイコン」には、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかを含めることができる。
（Ａ）分割払いに対応する第３アイコン（限定ではなく例として、「分割払い」の文字を含む第３アイコン）
（Ｂ）リボ払いに対応する第３アイコン（限定ではなく例として、「リボ払い」の文字を含む第３アイコン）
（Ｃ）ローン払いに対応する第３アイコン（限定ではなく例として、「ローン」の文字を含む第３アイコン） In the present embodiment, the "third icon" may include at least one of the following as an example without limitation.
(A) Third icon corresponding to installment payment (not limited, but as an example, the third icon including the characters "installment payment")
(B) Third icon corresponding to revolving payment (third icon including the characters "revolving payment" as an example, not limited)
(C) Third icon corresponding to loan payment (third icon including the letters "loan" as an example, not limited)
＜表示画面＞
　図６－１は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図６－１は、支払い口座設定画面に第３アイコンが表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 6-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
FIG. 6-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the third icon is displayed on the payment account setting screen.
　図６－１には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（支払い口座設定画面）の一例を示している。 FIG. 6-1 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the web pages of the credit card company.
　支払い口座設定画面には、第１アイコンおよび第３アイコンを表示するためのアイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座，その他」の欄に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂと、リボ払いに対応する「リボ払い」の文字を含む第３アイコンＩＣ３とが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 The payment account setting screen has an icon display area for displaying the first icon and the third icon. In this example, in the "Payment account, etc." column, "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A is displayed. The first icon IC1A containing the characters "", the first icon IC1B containing the characters "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B, and the third icon IC3 containing the characters "Revolving payment" corresponding to revolving payment are displayed. Has been done.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
　図６－１左に示される支払い口座設定画面において、リボ払いに対応する第３アイコンＩＣ３がタップされた後、第２アイコンＩＣ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－１中央に示すような、第３アイコンＩＣ３で選択した支払い方法に対応する支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（以下、適宜「リボ払い支払い口座設定画面」と称する。）が表示される。 In the payment account setting screen shown on the left side of FIG. 6-1, when the third icon IC3 corresponding to revolving payment is tapped and then the second icon IC2 is tapped, the center of FIG. The display screen of the payment account setting page corresponding to the payment method selected by the third icon IC3 (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "revolving payment payment account setting screen") is displayed.
　リボ払い支払い口座設定画面には、この支払い口座設定画面がいずれの支払い方法に対応しているかの情報を表示するための領域が構成されており、この例では、「リボ払い」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 The revolving payment account setting screen has an area for displaying information on which payment method the payment account setting screen supports. In this example, the characters "revolving payment" are displayed. Has been done.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
　図６－１中央に示されるリボ払い支払い口座設定画面において、限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａがタップされた後、第２アイコンＩＣ２がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図６－１右に示すような、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうちリボ払いの支払い口座の設定が完了したことを報知するページの画面（以下、「リボ払い支払い口座設定完了画面」と称する。）が表示される。 In the revolving payment account setting screen shown in the center of FIG. 6-1, as an example, not limited, when the first icon IC1A corresponding to Bank A is tapped and then the second icon IC2 is tapped, it is not limited. As an example, the screen of the page of the credit card company's web page that notifies that the setting of the revolving payment account has been completed (hereinafter, "revolving payment account setting completion screen"" as shown on the right of Fig. 6-1. Is called.) Is displayed.
　この画面には、リボ払いの支払い口座の設定が完了したことを示す領域が構成されており、この例では、「リボ払いの支払い口座の設定が完了しました。」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０右の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 This screen has an area indicating that the revolving payment account has been set up, and in this example, the text "The revolving payment account has been set up" is displayed. ..
In addition, the same information as the screen on the right of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本実施例における処理は、図１－１１、図２－２、図２－３に示したフローチャートに倣って同様に構成することができる。
　なお、図１－１１、図２－２、図２－３に示したフローチャートのうちのＣ１５０およびＡ１６０、並びにＣ２５０およびＡ２６０以外の処理とは同様であるため、説明を省略する。 <Processing>
The process in this embodiment can be similarly configured by following the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3.
Since the processes other than C150 and A160, and C250 and A260 in the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11, 2-2, and 2-3 are the same, the description thereof will be omitted.
　図２－２のＣ１４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、受信された支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）と、支払い方法を設定するための情報（限定ではなく例として、各支払い方法に対応した第３アイコン等）と、を含む支払い口座設定用情報とを、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ１５０）。 If it is determined to be YES in C140 of FIG. 2-2, the control unit 11 determines the information related to the billing of the payment amount based on the received payment account setting request information (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited). , 1st icon corresponding to the bank account, 2nd icon to save / determine after selecting the 1st icon, etc.) and information for setting the payment method (not limited, but as an example, the 1st corresponding to each payment method) (3 icons, etc.) and payment account setting information including the payment account setting information are transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ１６０）。
　限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報（決済日時、決済店舗、決済金額等）や、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（銀行名、口座番号等）、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（第１アイコン、第２アイコン等）や、支払い方法を設定するための情報（第３アイコン等）等の情報を含む支払い口座設定画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the payment account setting information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160).
Not limited, but as an example, it is necessary to set product purchase information (payment date and time, payment store, payment amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and payment account. It is possible to display the payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) and information for setting the payment method (third icon, etc.) on the display unit 24. ..
　また、図２－３のＣ２４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、受信された取引別支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、合計決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）と、支払い方法を設定するための情報（限定ではなく例として、各支払い方法に対応した第３アイコン等）と、を含む取引別支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｃ２５０）。 Further, when it is determined as YES in C240 of FIG. 2-3, the control unit 11 is based on the received transaction-specific payment account setting request information, and the information related to the billing of the total settlement amount (as an example, not a limitation). , Current month product purchase information, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, for example, bank name, account number, etc.), and other information necessary to set up a payment account (limited) As an example, the first icon corresponding to the bank account, the second icon to save / determine after selecting the first icon, etc., and the information for setting the payment method (not limited, but as an example, for each payment method) Information for setting a payment account for each transaction including the corresponding third icon, etc.) is transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14 (C250).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から取引別支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された取引別支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２６０）。
　限定ではなく例として、当月商品購入情報（購入日時、購入金額等）や、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（銀行名、口座番号等）、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（第１アイコン、第２アイコン等）や、支払い方法を設定するための情報（第３アイコン等）等の情報を含む今月度支払い口座設定画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the communication I / F 22 receives the transaction-specific payment account setting information from the credit card company server 10, the control unit 21 receives the received transaction-specific payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (as an example, not a limitation). , This month payment account setting screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A260).
Not limited, but as an example, this month's product purchase information (purchase date and time, purchase amount, etc.), bank account information linked to the credit card (bank name, account number, etc.), and other items required to set up a payment account. This month's payment account setting screen including information such as information (first icon, second icon, etc.) and information for setting a payment method (third icon, etc.) can be displayed on the display unit 24. ..
　上記の（Ａ）分割払い、（Ｂ）リボ払い、（Ｃ）ローン払い、等に関する設定は、取引ごとに端末２０に送信される請求情報に基づいて行う（個別の購入情報の画面から行う）ようにしてもよいし、端末２０に送信される当月確定請求情報に基づいて行う（購入情報の履歴の画面から行う）ようにしてもよい。 The above settings related to (A) installment payment, (B) revolving payment, (C) loan payment, etc. should be made based on the billing information sent to the terminal 20 for each transaction (from the individual purchase information screen). Alternatively, the transaction may be performed based on the current month confirmed billing information transmitted to the terminal 20 (performed from the purchase information history screen).
＜第６実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、少なくとも１つの取引の支払いに対して、ローン支払いを選択・設定するための情報（限定ではなく、ローンで支払うことに関する第４情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、後払いによる購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いに対して、ローンでの支払いが可能であることを端末のユーザに報知することができる。 <Effect of the sixth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 displays information for selecting and setting loan payment for payment of at least one transaction (an example of a fourth information regarding payment by loan, not limitation) on the display unit 24. Shows the configuration to be displayed.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to notify the user of the terminal that payment by loan is possible for at least a part of payment of purchase information by postpayment.
　また、この場合、ローン払いは、端末２０のユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）によって行われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザによって選択された第１口座によって、ローンによる支払いを可能とすることができる。 Further, in this case, the loan payment can be made by the bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the first account selected by the user of the terminal can enable payment by loan.
　なお、ローンで支払うことに関する第４情報とは、限定ではなく例として、ローンで支払うことが可能であることをユーザに通知する情報や、ユーザがローンを申し込むための情報など、ローン支払いと何らかの関係性を有する情報である。 The fourth information regarding payment by loan is not limited, but as an example, information that notifies the user that payment by loan is possible, information for the user to apply for a loan, and some other information about loan payment. Information that has a relationship.
＜第６変形例＞
　第６実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、クレジットカード会社への支払い方法を設定するようにすることも可能である。 <Sixth modification>
The method of the sixth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, but not limited to, it is also possible to set a payment method to a credit card company by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
＜第７実施例＞
　上記の実施例では、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面に、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報として、銀行名や口座番号等の情報が表示される実施例を示した。
　第７実施例は、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面に、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報として、銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座の残高に関連する残高情報）が表示される実施例である。
　第７実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <7th Example>
In the above embodiment, information such as a bank name and an account number is displayed as bank account information linked to a credit card on the payment account setting screen and the payment account setting screen for each transaction.
In the seventh embodiment, information different from the bank name or account number as the bank account information linked to the credit card on the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen (as an example, not limited to the bank account). This is an example in which balance information related to the balance) is displayed.
The contents described in the seventh embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、銀行口座情報のうち銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報として、ユーザ（預金者）の銀行口座の残高（以下、適宜「残高」、「銀行口座残高」等と称する。）に関連する情報（以下、適宜「残高情報」と称する。）が含まれる。 In this embodiment, the bank account information that is different from the bank name and account number is the balance of the user's (depositor's) bank account (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "balance", "bank account balance", etc.). Relevant information (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "balance information") is included.
＜データ構成＞
　図７－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶されるユーザ管理データベース１５９の一例であるユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｈのデータ構成例を示す図である。 <Data structure>
FIG. 7-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159H, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
　ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ａと同様に、各々のユーザ管理データには、限定ではなく例として、契約者ＩＤと、取引データと、登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。しかし、登録銀行口座データのデータ構成が異なっている。
　具体的には、ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｈでは、支払い口座設定データには、限定ではなく例として、口座ＩＤと、口座振替トークンと、残高照会トークンとが関連付けて記憶される。 Similar to the user management database 159A, each user management data stores, as an example, not limited to, a contractor ID, transaction data, registered bank account data, and payment account setting data. However, the data structure of the registered bank account data is different.
Specifically, in the user management database 159H, the payment account setting data is stored in association with, for example, an account ID, an account transfer token, and a balance inquiry token.
　残高照会トークンは、この口座ＩＤの銀行口座を管理する提携銀行の銀行サーバ５０によって発行される認証用の情報である。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、あらかじめ銀行サーバ５０によって発行されて銀行サーバ５０から通知された残高照会トークンと、前述した口座振替トークンとに基づいて、この契約者ＩＤのユーザの口座残高の情報を取得する処理を、その銀行サーバ５０との間で行う。
　なお、残高照会トークンは、アクセストークン等のように表現してもよい。 The balance inquiry token is information for authentication issued by the bank server 50 of the affiliated bank that manages the bank account of this account ID.
The credit card company server 10 acquires the information of the account balance of the user of this contractor ID based on the balance inquiry token issued by the bank server 50 in advance and notified from the bank server 50 and the above-mentioned account transfer token. The processing to be performed is performed with the bank server 50.
The balance inquiry token may be expressed as an access token or the like.
　なお、１つの口座ＩＤに対して２つ以上のトークン（この例では、１つの口座振替トークンと１つの残高照会トークン）が関連付けられる構成に限らず、１つの口座ＩＤに対して１つの口座トークン（包括的なトークン）が関連付けられる構成としてもよいし、そのようにしなくてもよい。 It should be noted that the configuration is not limited to the configuration in which two or more tokens (in this example, one account transfer token and one balance inquiry token) are associated with one account ID, and one account token is associated with one account ID. (Comprehensive token) may or may not be associated.
　本実施例では、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が銀行サーバ５０から残高情報を取得するが、取得された残高情報は、口座ＩＤと関連付けてユーザ管理データに記憶される。記憶された残高情報は、残高情報を取得する都度、最新の情報に更新される。
　なお、記憶している残高情報は、その月の口座振替が行われたタイミング等で消去するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 In this embodiment, the credit card company server 10 acquires the balance information from the bank server 50, and the acquired balance information is stored in the user management data in association with the account ID. The stored balance information is updated with the latest information each time the balance information is acquired.
The stored balance information may or may not be deleted at the timing when the account transfer is performed in that month.
＜表示画面＞
　図７－２は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図である。図７－２は、支払い口座設定画面に残高情報が表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 7-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment. FIG. 7-2 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen.
　図７－２には、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページのうち支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（支払い口座設定画面）の一例を示している。 FIG. 7-2 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the web pages of the credit card company.
　クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号、残高等）を表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されており、この例では、Ａ銀行に対応する銀行名として「Ａ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。また、「Ｂ銀行」に対応する銀行名として「Ｂ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 A bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, balance, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured, and in this example, it corresponds to bank A. The letters "Bank A" are displayed as the name of the bank to be used, the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" is displayed as the balance. Further, the characters "Bank B" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B", the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" is displayed as the balance.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　図７－３は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　なお、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したＡ１５０およびＣ１４０までの処理と、Ａ１７０、Ｃ１６０、Ｄ１９０、およびＥ１９０以降の処理とは同様であるため、図示・説明は省略する。 <Processing>
FIG. 7-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
Since the processes up to A150 and C140 shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same as the processes after A170, C160, D190, and E190, the illustration and description will be omitted.
　図１－１２のＣ１４０でＹＥＳと判定された後、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０と銀行サーバ５０との間で認証システム認可処理が行われる。
　具体的には、制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、ユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｈのうちの、支払い口座設定要求情報に含まれる取引ＩＤが記憶されているユーザ管理データにおける登録銀行口座データから、口座ＩＤに関連付けられた口座振替トークンと残高照会トークンとを取得する。
　また、制御部１１は、提携銀行データ１５５から、このユーザ管理データに含まれる口座ＩＤ（提携銀行ＩＤ）に関連付けられた提携銀行サーバＵＲＩを取得する。そして、制御部１１は、その口座振替トークンと残高照会トークンとを含み、端末２０のユーザの口座に関する情報の照会・参照を要求するための残高照会要求情報（残高参照要求情報）を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって、その提携銀行サーバＵＲＩをアクセス先として、対応する銀行サーバ５０（Ａ銀行サーバ５０ＡやＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂ）に送信する（Ｂ８２０）。 After the determination in C140 of FIG. 1-12 is YES, the authentication system approval process is performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank server 50.
Specifically, the control unit 11 is not limited to, but as an example, from the registered bank account data in the user management data in which the transaction ID included in the payment account setting request information is stored in the user management database 159H. Obtain the account transfer token and balance inquiry token associated with the ID.
Further, the control unit 11 acquires the affiliated bank server URI associated with the account ID (affiliated bank ID) included in the user management data from the affiliated bank data 155. Then, the control unit 11 communicates I with the balance inquiry request information (balance reference request information) for requesting the inquiry / reference of the information about the user's account of the terminal 20, including the account transfer token and the balance inquiry token. By / F14, the affiliated bank server URI is used as an access destination and transmitted to the corresponding bank server 50 (A bank server 50A or B bank server 50B) (B820).
　Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、通信Ｉ／Ｆによってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から残高照会要求情報を受信すると、記憶部に記憶された口座管理データベース（不図示）のうちの、残高照会要求情報に含まれる残高照会トークンと関連付けられた口座管理データ（不図示）から、限定ではなく例として、店番号、口座種別、口座番号、残高情報および取引履歴、ならびに姓および名等の情報を取得する。そして、これらの情報のうち少なくとも残高情報を含む銀行口座情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆによって、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信し（Ｄ８３０）、図１－１２のＤ１９０に処理を進める。これにより、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０とＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａとの間で行われる認証システム認可処理が完了する。 When the control unit of the bank A server 50A receives the balance inquiry request information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F, it becomes the balance inquiry request information in the account management database (not shown) stored in the storage unit. From the account management data (not shown) associated with the included balance inquiry token, information such as store number, account type, account number, balance information and transaction history, and surname and first name is obtained, as an example but not limited. Then, the bank account information including at least the balance information among these information is transmitted to the credit card company server 10 (D830) by the communication I / F, and the process proceeds to D190 in FIG. 1-12. As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank A server 50A is completed.
　また、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、通信Ｉ／Ｆによってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から残高照会要求情報を受信すると、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの場合と同様に、銀行口座情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆによって、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信し（Ｅ８３０）、図１－１２のＥ１９０に処理を進める。これにより、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０とＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂとの間で行われる認証システム認可処理が完了する。 Further, when the control unit of the bank B server 50B receives the balance inquiry request information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F, the bank account information is transmitted by the communication I / F as in the case of the bank A server 50A. , Sent to the credit card company server 10 (E830), and proceed to E190 in FIG. 1-12. As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the credit card company server 10 and the bank B server 50B is completed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって銀行サーバ５０（Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂ）から残高情報を含む口座情報を受信すると、制御部１１は、受信された口座情報に基づいて、決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号、残高情報等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）とを含む支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信し（Ｃ１５０）、図１－１２のＣ１６０に処理を進める。 When the account information including the balance information is received from the bank server 50 (Bank A server 50A, Bank B server 50B) by the communication I / F 14, the control unit 11 is related to the billing of the settlement amount based on the received account information. Information to be used (as an example, not limited, product purchase information, receipt information, etc.), bank account information linked to a credit card (not limited, as an example, bank name, account number, balance information, etc.), and payment account. Information for payment account setting including other information necessary for setting (for example, not limited to the first icon corresponding to the bank account, the second icon to be saved / determined after selecting the first icon, etc.) Is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150), and the process proceeds to C160 in FIG. 1-12.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ１６０）、図１－１２のＡ１７０に処理を進める。
　限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報（決済日時、決済店舗、決済金額等）や、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（銀行名、口座番号、残高情報等）、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（第１アイコン、第２アイコン等）等の情報を含む支払い口座設定画面を表示部２４に表示させるなどすることができる。 When the payment account setting information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12.
Not limited, but as an example, to set product purchase information (payment date and time, payment store, payment amount, etc.), bank account information linked to a credit card (bank name, account number, balance information, etc.), and payment account. It is possible to display the payment account setting screen including information such as other information (first icon, second icon, etc.) necessary for the display unit 24 on the display unit 24.
　なお、端末２０が、残高情報に加えて、第６実施例で説明した、（Ａ）分割払い、（Ｂ）リボ払い、（Ｃ）ローン払い、などの支払い方法を選択・設定するための画像情報（前述した第３アイコン等）を、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面に表示させるようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 In addition to the balance information, the terminal 20 has image information for selecting and setting payment methods such as (A) installment payment, (B) revolving payment, and (C) loan payment described in the sixth embodiment. (The above-mentioned third icon, etc.) may or may not be displayed on the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen.
＜第７実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、ユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座の残高情報を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザによって選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座の残高をユーザが確認可能となるため、第１口座からの支払いが可能であるかどうかの判断が容易になる。 <Effect of the 7th Example>
This embodiment shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, since the user can confirm the balance of the first account related to the first account information selected by the user of the terminal, the payment from the first account can be made. It will be easier to determine if it is possible.
＜第７変形例＞
　第７実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、残高情報を表示するようにすることも可能である。 <7th modification>
The method of the seventh embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, the balance information can be displayed by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜表示画面＞
　図７－４は、本変形例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図である。図７－４は、端末２０の電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面に残高情報が表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 7-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this modification. FIG. 7-4 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
　図７－４には、電子マネーアプリケーションのうち支払い口座の設定ページの表示画面（支払い口座設定画面）の一例を示している。 Figure 7-4 shows an example of the display screen (payment account setting screen) of the payment account setting page among the electronic money applications.
　クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号、残高等）を表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されており、この例では、Ａ銀行に対応する銀行名として「Ａ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。また、「Ｂ銀行」に対応する銀行名として「Ｂ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－３１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 A bank account information display area for displaying bank account information (not limited, but as an example, bank name, account number, balance, etc.) associated with a credit card is configured, and in this example, it corresponds to bank A. The letter "Bank A" is displayed as the name of the bank to be used, the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" is displayed as the balance. Further, the characters "Bank B" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to "Bank B", the number "XXXXXX" is displayed as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" is displayed as the balance.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図７－３の処理を、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に適用することで同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 7-3 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
＜第８実施例＞
　第８実施例は、装置（端末またはサーバ）側で支払い口座を決定する（自動で決定する）実施例である。
　第８実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Eighth Example>
The eighth embodiment is an embodiment in which the payment account is determined (automatically determined) on the device (terminal or server) side.
The contents described in the eighth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、端末２０またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、支払い口座を決定する処理（以下、「支払い口座決定処理」と称する。）を行う。
　ここで、「支払い口座の決定」には、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定処理で支払い口座に設定する銀行口座を決めることと、支払い口座に設定する銀行口座の候補を端末２０のユーザに提案（サジェスト）することと、のいずれかを含む概念とすることができる。
　前者の場合は、決められた銀行口座が自動的に支払い口座に設定される。
　一方、後者の場合は、決められた銀行口座が端末２０のユーザに提案され、その上で、端末２０のユーザが同意した場合には、その銀行口座が支払い口座に設定される。 In this embodiment, the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 performs a process of determining a payment account (hereinafter, referred to as "payment account determination process").
Here, the "determination of payment account" is not limited to, but as an example, the bank account to be set as the payment account is determined in the payment account setting process, and the bank account candidate to be set as the payment account is given to the user of the terminal 20. It can be a concept that includes either suggestion or suggestion.
In the former case, the determined bank account is automatically set as the payment account.
On the other hand, in the latter case, a determined bank account is proposed to the user of the terminal 20, and if the user of the terminal 20 agrees, the bank account is set as the payment account.
＜データ構成＞
　図８－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶される支払い口座決定用データのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　このデータは、限定ではなく例として、前述した端末２０ＡのユーザＡ．Ａについて設定されるデータである。 <Data structure>
FIG. 8-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of payment account determination data stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
This data is not limited, but as an example, the user A. of the terminal 20A described above. This is the data set for A.
　支払い口座決定用データには、限定ではなく例として、条件の番号（Ｎｏ）と、この番号に対応する口座決定条件と、この条件によって決定される銀行口座（以下、「決定口座」と称する。）とが関連付けて記憶されている。決定口座には、括弧書きで、その決定口座に対応する口座ＩＤを記載している。 The payment account determination data is not limited, but as an example, the condition number (No), the account determination condition corresponding to this number, and the bank account determined by this condition (hereinafter, referred to as "determination account". ) Is associated and stored. In the decision account, the account ID corresponding to the decision account is described in parentheses.
　なお、このデータはあくまでも一例に過ぎず、これに限定されるわけではない。
　上記の全ての情報を関連付けて記憶させる必要はなく、一部の情報を記憶させないようにしてもよい。
　また、条件の成否の判定を上記のデータを参照することによって実現するのではなく、プログラムによって実現してもよい。
　これは、他の実施例で説明するデータについても同様である。
　以下、「口座決定条件」の一例について詳細に説明する。 It should be noted that this data is merely an example and is not limited to this.
It is not necessary to store all the above information in association with each other, and some information may not be stored.
Further, the determination of the success or failure of the condition may not be realized by referring to the above data, but may be realized by a program.
This also applies to the data described in the other examples.
Hereinafter, an example of "account determination conditions" will be described in detail.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１１」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１１」には、口座決定条件として「購入した商品またはサービスの種別」が定められており、これに関連付けて、複数の商品またはサービスの種別が定められている。この例では、商品の種別として、「食料品」、「衣料品」、「医薬品」などの複数の種別が記憶されている。 <No "SP11">
In No. "SP11", "type of purchased goods or services" is defined as an account determination condition, and in association with this, a plurality of types of goods or services are defined. In this example, as the product type, a plurality of types such as "food", "clothing", and "pharmaceutical product" are stored.
　また、決定口座（口座ＩＤ）には、それぞれの商品またはサービスの種別に対応して決定されるユーザＡ．Ａの銀行口座（口座ＩＤ）が記憶されている。この例では、「食料品」には「Ａ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＡ００１）」が、「衣料品」には「Ｂ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＢ００１）」が、「医薬品」には「Ａ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＢ００２）」がそれぞれ記憶されている。 In addition, the decision account (account ID) is determined by the user A. who is determined according to the type of each product or service. A's bank account (account ID) is stored. In this example, "Food" is "Bank A's bank account (BA001)", "Clothing" is "Bank B's bank account (BB001)", and "Pharmaceuticals" is "Bank A's bank". Accounts (BB002) ”are stored respectively.
　なお、処理は複雑になるが、商品またはサービスの種別ではなく、商品またはサービスごとの口座決定条件を設定するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 Although the processing is complicated, the account determination conditions for each product or service may or may not be set instead of the type of product or service.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１２」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１２」には、口座決定条件として「商品またはサービスを購入した店舗の種別」が定められており、これに関連付けて、複数の店舗の種別が設定されている。この例では、店舗の種別として、「スーパーマーケット」、「百貨店」、「レストラン」などの複数の種別が記憶されている。 <No "SP12">
In No. "SP12", "type of store that purchased the product or service" is defined as an account determination condition, and a plurality of store types are set in association with this. In this example, a plurality of types such as "supermarket", "department store", and "restaurant" are stored as the types of stores.
　また、決定口座（口座ＩＤ）には、それぞれの店舗の種別に対応して決定されるユーザＡ．Ａの銀行口座（口座ＩＤ）が記憶されている。この例では、「スーパーマーケット」には「Ａ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＡ００１）」が、「百貨店」には「Ｃ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＣ００１）」が、「レストラン」には「Ｂ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＢ００１）」がそれぞれ記憶されている。 In addition, the user A. who is determined according to the type of each store in the determination account (account ID). A's bank account (account ID) is stored. In this example, "Supermarket" is "Bank A's bank account (BA001)", "Department store" is "Bank C's bank account (BC001)", and "Restaurant" is "Bank B's bank account (BA001)". BB001) ”is stored respectively.
　なお、処理は複雑になるが、店舗の種別ではなく、店舗ごとの口座決定条件を設定するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 Although the processing is complicated, it is not necessary to set the account determination conditions for each store, not the type of store.
＜Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１３」＞
　Ｎｏ「ＳＰ１３」には、口座決定条件として「商品またはサービスを購入した購入金額」が定められており、これに関連付けて、複数の購入金額の範囲が設定されている。この例では、購入金額の範囲として、「１０万円未満」、「１０万円以上５０万円未満」、「５０万円以上１００万円未満」などの複数の範囲が記憶されている。 <No "SP13">
In No. "SP13", "purchase amount of purchase of goods or services" is defined as an account determination condition, and a range of a plurality of purchase amounts is set in association with this. In this example, as the range of the purchase amount, a plurality of ranges such as "less than 100,000 yen", "100,000 yen or more and less than 500,000 yen", and "500,000 yen or more and less than 1 million yen" are stored.
　また、決定口座（口座ＩＤ）には、それぞれの購入金額に対応して決定されるユーザＡ．Ａの銀行口座（口座ＩＤ）が記憶されている。この例では、「１０万円未満」には「Ａ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＡ００１）」が、「１０万円以上５０万円未満」には「Ｃ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＣ００１）」が、「５０万円以上１００万円未満」には「Ｃ銀行の銀行口座（ＢＣ００２）」がそれぞれ記憶されている。 In addition, the user A. who is determined according to each purchase amount in the determined account (account ID). A's bank account (account ID) is stored. In this example, "Bank A's bank account (BA001)" for "less than 100,000 yen" and "Bank C's bank account (BC001)" for "100,000 yen or more and less than 500,000 yen" are "50". "Bank account of Bank C (BC002)" is stored in "10,000 yen or more and less than 1 million yen".
　なお、この条件における「購入金額」は、１回の取引における購入金額としてもよいし、ひと月分の購入金額を合計した金額としてもよい。 The "purchase amount" under this condition may be the purchase amount in one transaction or the total purchase amount for one month.
　これらの条件のうちの少なくとも１つの条件を適用して、端末２０またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、支払い口座を決定する。 Applying at least one of these conditions, the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 determines the payment account.
　なお、上記の支払い口座決定用データは、端末２０のユーザの入力に基づいて、端末２０の制御部２１が生成して記憶部２８に記憶しておくようにすることができる。
　または、端末２０のユーザの入力に基づいて、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が生成して記憶部１５に記憶しておくようにすることができる。 The payment account determination data may be generated by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20 and stored in the storage unit 28 based on the input of the user of the terminal 20.
Alternatively, it can be generated by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 and stored in the storage unit 15 based on the input of the user of the terminal 20.
　限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が支払い口座を決定する場合、限定ではなく例として、あらかじめ、端末２０のユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）が、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページ等にアクセスして必要事項を入力し、その入力結果に基づいて、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、支払い口座決定用データを生成するようにすることができる。 As an example, not limited, when the credit card company server 10 determines the payment account, as an example, not limited, the user of the terminal 20 (user AA in this example) is previously displayed on the web page of the credit card company or the like. It is possible to access and input necessary items, and based on the input result, the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 can generate data for determining a payment account.
　また、別の手法として、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、端末２０のユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）のクレジットカード決済の履歴（取引の履歴）、より具体的には、どの種別の商品またはサービスについてはどの銀行口座から引き落とす傾向があるか、どの種別の店舗についてはどの銀行口座から引き落とす傾向があるか、どの程度の金額についてはどの銀行口座から引き落とす傾向があるか、などを分析・推定する処理を行う。そして、制御部１１は、その推定結果に基づいて、支払い口座決定用データを生成するようにすることができる。 Further, as another method, the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 determines the credit card payment history (transaction history) of the user of the terminal 20 (user AA in this example), more specifically, which. Which bank account you tend to withdraw for a type of product or service, which bank account you tend to withdraw from which type of store, how much money you tend to withdraw from which bank account, etc. Is analyzed and estimated. Then, the control unit 11 can generate the payment account determination data based on the estimation result.
　なお、端末２０にインストールされるクレジットカード会社のアプリケーションと、端末２０にインストールされる家計簿アプリケーションとを連携させ、家計簿アプリケーションにおけるユーザの家計簿のデータに基づいて、上記の支払い口座決定用データを生成するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 The above payment account determination data is linked based on the user's household account book data in the household account book application by linking the credit card company application installed on the terminal 20 and the household account book application installed on the terminal 20. May or may not be generated.
　また、上記の他にも、限定ではなく例として、一の端末２０（そのユーザ）の現在位置の近傍に位置している端末２０（そのユーザ）に基づいて、支払い口座を決定するようにすることもできる。 In addition to the above, as an example, not limited to the above, the payment account is determined based on the terminal 20 (the user) located near the current position of the one terminal 20 (the user). You can also do it.
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、「商品またはサービスを購入したタイミングで近くにいた人が設定された人であった」等の条件に基づいて、支払い口座を決定するようにしてもよい。限定ではなく例として、端末２０の近くに、その端末２０のユーザの家族や友人などの特定の人物が存在する場合、その端末２０のユーザは、それらの人物と一緒に会食やショッピングを行い、クレジットカード決済によって特定の銀行口座から引き落としを行うケースが考えられる。 Specifically, the payment account may be determined based on a condition such as "a person who was nearby at the time of purchasing the product or service was a set person" as an example rather than a limitation. .. As an example, but not limited to, when a specific person such as a family member or a friend of the user of the terminal 20 exists near the terminal 20, the user of the terminal 20 has a dinner or shopping with those persons. It is conceivable that credit card payment will be used to withdraw money from a specific bank account.
　そこで、端末２０またはクレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、その端末２０の近傍に、登録済みの特定の人物の端末２０が位置しているか否かを判定する。そして、位置していると判定した場合、端末２０のユーザの特定の銀行口座を支払い口座として決定するようにすることができる。 Therefore, the terminal 20 or the credit card company server 10 determines whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific registered person is located in the vicinity of the terminal 20. Then, if it is determined that the terminal 20 is located, a specific bank account of the user of the terminal 20 can be determined as a payment account.
　なお、端末２０の近傍に特定の人物の端末２０が位置しているか否かの判定は、限定ではなく例として、端末同士が無線通信を行うシステム、限定ではなく例として、ブルートゥース等の近距離無線通信技術を用いてＰ２Ｐ（ピアツーピア）方式等によって通信を行うことによって実現可能である。
　端末２０が判定を行うのであれば、上記の通信によって、特定の人物の端末２０が近傍に位置しているか否かを判定可能である。
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が判定を行うのであれば、端末２０が上記の通信結果の情報をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信することで、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０側で判定可能となる。 It should be noted that the determination of whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity of the terminal 20 is not limited, but as an example, a system in which terminals communicate wirelessly with each other, and not limited, as an example, a short distance such as Bluetooth. It can be realized by communicating by a P2P (peer-to-peer) method or the like using wireless communication technology.
If the terminal 20 makes a determination, it is possible to determine whether or not the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity by the above communication.
If the credit card company server 10 makes a determination, the terminal 20 transmits the above communication result information to the credit card company server 10, so that the determination can be made on the credit card company server 10 side.
　また、この他にも、各々の端末２０が、自己の端末２０の最新の端末位置の情報をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信する。そして、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０が、各々の端末２０から受信した端末位置の情報に基づいて、特定の人物の端末２０が近傍に位置しているかを判定することができる。 In addition to this, each terminal 20 transmits the latest terminal position information of its own terminal 20 to the credit card company server 10. Then, the credit card company server 10 can determine whether the terminal 20 of a specific person is located in the vicinity based on the terminal position information received from each terminal 20.
＜処理＞
　図８－２は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　ここでは、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が、支払い口座を決定する場合の処理を例示する。また、ここでは、支払い口座に設定する銀行口座の候補を端末２０のユーザに提案（サジェスト）する場合の処理を例示する。
　なお、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したＡ１３０およびＣ１３０までの処理は同様であるため、図示・説明は省略する。 <Processing>
FIG. 8-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment.
Here, a process when the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10 determines a payment account is illustrated. Further, here, an example of processing is performed when a candidate for a bank account to be set as a payment account is proposed (suggested) to a user of the terminal 20.
Since the processes up to A130 and C130 shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same, the illustration and description will be omitted.
　図１－１１のＣ１２０の後、制御部１１は、支払い口座決定処理を実行する（Ｃ９１０）。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、前述した支払い口座決定用データに基づいて、支払い口座を決定する。 After C120 in FIG. 1-11, the control unit 11 executes the payment account determination process (C910). Specifically, the payment account is determined based on the above-mentioned payment account determination data as an example, not a limitation.
　次いで、制御部１１は、支払い口座が定まったか否かを判定し（Ｃ９２０）、定まったと判定した場合（Ｃ９２０：ＹＥＳ）、限定ではなく例として、決定した支払い口座の情報を含む請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０に送信する（Ｃ９３０）。そして、制御部１１は、図１－１２のＣ１４０に処理を進める。 Next, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the payment account has been determined (C920), and if it determines that the payment account has been determined (C920: YES), the billing information including the determined payment account information is used as an example, not a limitation. It is transmitted to the terminal 20 by the communication I / F14 (C930). Then, the control unit 11 proceeds to the process to C140 in FIG. 1-12.
　一方、支払い口座が定まらなかったと判定した場合（Ｃ９２０：ＮＯ）、制御部１１は、図１－１２のＣ１３０に処理を進める。
　なお、支払い口座が定まらない場合とは、上記の支払い口座決定用データの条件に当てはまるものがないような場合である。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the payment account has not been determined (C920: NO), the control unit 11 proceeds to C130 in FIG. 1-12.
The case where the payment account is not determined is the case where there is no data that meets the above conditions for determining the payment account.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から請求情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、図１－１２のＡ１３０に処理を進める。
　この場合、Ａ１３０では、受信した請求情報が端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示されるが、この際、決定された支払い口座の情報が併せて表示されることで、支払い口座とする銀行口座がユーザに提案される。
　これにより、ユーザは、その銀行口座を支払い口座として設定して問題ないかを検討することができる。 Upon receiving the billing information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 proceeds to the process to A130 in FIG. 1-12.
In this case, in the A130, the received billing information is displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A. At this time, the information of the determined payment account is also displayed, so that the bank account as the payment account is the user. Proposed to.
This allows the user to set the bank account as a payment account and consider whether there is any problem.
＜第８変形例＞
　第８実施例の手法は、第１変形例で説明した各種の内容について同様に適用することが可能である。
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、支払い口座自動設定方式で支払い口座を設定するようにすることも可能である。 <8th modification>
The method of the eighth embodiment can be similarly applied to various contents described in the first modification.
As an example, it is also possible to set a payment account by the payment account automatic setting method by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図８－２の処理を、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に適用することで同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but as an example, the processing of FIG. 8-2 is applied to the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32 and the like. Since it can be configured in the same manner, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
＜第９実施例＞
　第９実施例は、クレジットカードの銀行口座に関連付けられた特典情報をユーザに報知するとともに、その特典情報に対応する特典をユーザが受けられるようにする実施例である。
　第９実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <9th Example>
The ninth embodiment is an embodiment in which the user is notified of the privilege information associated with the bank account of the credit card, and the user can receive the privilege corresponding to the privilege information.
The contents described in the ninth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
＜表示画面＞
　図９－１は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図であり、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに対応する支払い口座設定画面の一例を示している。 <Display screen>
FIG. 9-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen corresponding to a web page of a credit card company.
　この支払い口座設定画面には、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＡ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下に、このＡ銀行の銀行口座から口座振替を行った場合の特典情報として、「Ａ銀行　ポイントＹ％還元」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ１Ａが表示されている。
　また、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＢ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下には、このＢ銀行の銀行口座から口座振替を行った場合の特典情報として、「Ｂ銀行　クーポン配布中」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ１Ｂが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 On this payment account setting screen, "Bank A" is provided as privilege information when an account transfer is made from the bank account of Bank A under the image that schematically shows the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card. The campaign image G1A including the characters "Point Y% reduction" is displayed.
In addition, below the image that models the cash card of Bank B linked to the credit card, as privilege information when making an account transfer from this bank account of Bank B, "Bank B coupon is being distributed". The campaign image G1B including characters is displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本実施例における処理は、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したフローチャートに倣って同様に構成することができる。
　なお、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したフローチャートのうちのＣ１５０およびＡ１６０以外の処理とは同様であるため、説明を省略する。 <Processing>
The process in this embodiment can be similarly configured according to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12.
Since the processes other than C150 and A160 in the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same, the description thereof will be omitted.
　図１－１２のＣ１４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、受信された支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）と、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座の各々に関連付けてユーザが取得可能な特典に関する情報とを、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信し（Ｃ１５０）、図１－１２のＣ１６０に処理を進める。 If it is determined to be YES in C140 of FIG. 1-12, the control unit 11 determines the information related to the billing of the payment amount based on the received payment account setting request information (not limited, but as an example, product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited). , 1st icon corresponding to the bank account, 2nd icon to save / determine after selecting the 1st icon, etc.) and information on the benefits that can be obtained by the user in association with each of the bank accounts linked to the credit card. Is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F14 (C150), and the process proceeds to C160 in FIG. 1-12.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ１６０）、図１－１２のＡ１７０に処理を進める。 When the payment account setting information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12.
　また、口座振替が行われた後、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、その口座振替が行われた銀行口座、つまり、ユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座に対応する特典情報を、端末２０Ａに送信する。そして、端末２０Ａは、受信した特典情報を、表示部２４に表示させることができる。 Further, after the account transfer is performed, the credit card company server 10 transmits the privilege information corresponding to the bank account to which the account transfer was performed, that is, the bank account selected as the payment account by the user, to the terminal 20A. do. Then, the terminal 20A can display the received privilege information on the display unit 24.
　限定ではなく、図９－１の例において、Ａ銀行の銀行口座を支払い口座とする支払いが行われた場合、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａによる口座振替処理が行われた後、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、その特典として、ポイント還元処理（限定ではなく例として、Ｙ％のポイントをユーザＡ．Ａに関連付けて記憶させる処理）を行うようにすることができる。
　また、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座を支払い口座とする支払いが行われた場合、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂによる口座振替処理が行われた後、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、その特典として、クーポン提供処理（限定ではなく例として、クーポン情報を端末２０Ａに送信する処理）を行うようにすることができる。 Not limited to this, in the example of FIG. 9-1, when payment is made using the bank account of Bank A as the payment account, after the account transfer processing is performed by the bank A server 50A, the credit card company server 10 is set to. As a privilege, it is possible to perform a point redemption process (a process of associating and storing Y% points with the user AA, not by limitation, as an example).
Further, when payment is made using the bank account of Bank B as the payment account, after the account transfer processing is performed by the Bank B server 50B, the credit card company server 10 performs the coupon provision processing (limited) as a privilege. As an example, the process of transmitting the coupon information to the terminal 20A) can be performed.
＜第９実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座情報に関連付けられた割引、キャンペーン、クーポン等の情報（限定ではなく、第１口座情報に関連付けられた特典情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座により支払いを行うことによって特典を取得可能であることや、取得可能な特典を、端末のユーザが認識できるようにすることができる。 <Effect of 9th Example>
In this embodiment, the terminal 20 is associated with information such as discounts, campaigns, coupons, etc. (not limited, but associated with the first account information) associated with the bank account information selected by the user of the terminal 20 as the payment account. An example of privilege information) is shown on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the privilege can be acquired by paying with the first account related to the selected first account information, and the privilege that can be acquired can be obtained from the terminal. Can be made recognizable by the user.
　また、この場合、端末２０が、自己の端末２０のユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座による支払いに基づいて、ユーザが取得した割引、キャンペーン、クーポン等の情報（限定ではなく、端末のユーザに関連付けられた特典情報の一例）を表示部２４に表示するようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座による支払いに基づいて端末のユーザが取得した特典を確認させることができる。 Further, in this case, information such as discounts, campaigns, coupons, etc. acquired by the terminal 20 based on the payment by the bank account selected as the payment account by the user of the terminal 20 (not limited, but the user of the terminal). (Example of privilege information associated with) can be displayed on the display unit 24.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to confirm the privilege acquired by the user of the terminal based on the payment by the first account related to the selected first account information.
＜第９変形例（１）＞
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座に関連付けられた特典情報を表示するようにすることも可能である。 <9th modification (1)>
As an example, but not limited to, it is also possible to display privilege information associated with a bank account associated with a credit card by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
　図９－２は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図であり、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面の一例を示している。 FIG. 9-2 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application.
　この支払い口座設定画面には、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＡ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下に、このＡ銀行の銀行口座から口座振替を行った場合の特典情報として、「Ａ銀行　ポイントＹ％還元」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ１Ａが表示されている。
　また、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＢ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下には、このＢ銀行の銀行口座から口座振替を行った場合の特典情報として、「Ｂ銀行　クーポン配布中」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ１Ｂが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－３１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 On this payment account setting screen, "Bank A" is provided as privilege information when an account transfer is made from the bank account of Bank A under the image that schematically shows the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card. The campaign image G1A including the characters "Point Y% reduction" is displayed.
In addition, below the image that models the cash card of Bank B linked to the credit card, as privilege information when making an account transfer from this bank account of Bank B, "Bank B coupon is being distributed". The campaign image G1B including characters is displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
＜第９変形例（２）＞
　上記の実施例において、新規銀行に関する情報（限定ではなく例として、新規銀行情報）や、その新規銀行に対応する画像情報（限定ではなく例として、新規銀行の口座開設を行う銀行口座を選択するための情報）を表示させるようにしてもよい。
　また、新規銀行の口座開設に伴いユーザに付与される特典情報を表示させるようにしてもよい。 <9th modification (2)>
In the above embodiment, select the information about the new bank (not limited but as an example, new bank information) and the image information corresponding to the new bank (not limited but as an example, the bank account to open the account of the new bank). Information for) may be displayed.
In addition, the privilege information given to the user when opening an account of a new bank may be displayed.
　「新規銀行情報」とは、クレジットカードに紐づいていない銀行に関する情報、限定ではなく例として、ユーザが銀行口座を開設していない銀行に関する情報である。
　限定ではなく例として、新規銀行の銀行名、その新規銀行のキャンペーン情報等を含めることができる。 "New bank information" is information about banks that are not tied to a credit card, and is not limited, but as an example, information about banks for which the user has not opened a bank account.
The bank name of the new bank, the campaign information of the new bank, etc. can be included as an example without limitation.
＜表示画面＞
　図９－３は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図であり、クレジットカード会社のｗｅｂページに対応する支払い口座設定画面の一例を示している。 <Display screen>
FIG. 9-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen corresponding to a web page of a credit card company.
　この支払い口座設定画面には、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＡ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像およびＢ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下に、新規銀行情報（限定ではなく例として、新規銀行の銀行名、その新規銀行のキャンペーン情報等）を表示するための新規銀行情報表示領域が構成されている。この例では、「ＰＲあなたへのおすすめ＞」の文字とともに、新規銀行情報として、「Ｃ銀行　ポイントＺ％還元」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ２Ｃと、「Ｄ銀行　クーポン配布中」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ２Ｄとが表示されている。 On this payment account setting screen, new bank information (not limited, but as an example) is displayed under the image of the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card and the image of the cash card of Bank B. The new bank information display area for displaying the bank name of the new bank, the campaign information of the new bank, etc.) is configured. In this example, along with the characters "PR Recommended for You>", the campaign image G2C containing the characters "Bank C points Z% reduction" and the campaign containing the characters "Bank D coupons are being distributed" as new bank information. The image G2D is displayed.
　また、支払い口座設定画面の下部には、新規銀行の口座開設を行う銀行口座を選択するための情報として、「ＰＲ口座開設希望のお客様はこちらをクリック！！」の文字と、Ｃ銀行に対応する「Ｃ銀行」の文字を含むアイコンＩＣ４Ｃと、Ｄ銀行に対応する「Ｄ銀行」の文字を含むアイコンＩＣ４Ｄとが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－１０中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 In addition, at the bottom of the payment account setting screen, as information for selecting a bank account to open a new bank account, the text "Customers who wish to open a PR account click here !!" and correspond to Bank C. The icon IC4C including the character "C bank" and the icon IC4D containing the character "D bank" corresponding to the D bank are displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-10 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本実施例における処理は、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したフローチャートに倣って同様に構成することができる。
　なお、図１－１１、図１－１２に示したフローチャートのうちのＣ１５０およびＡ１６０以外の処理とは同様であるため、説明を省略する。 <Processing>
The process in this embodiment can be similarly configured according to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12.
Since the processes other than C150 and A160 in the flowcharts shown in FIGS. 1-11 and 1-12 are the same, the description thereof will be omitted.
　図１－１２のＣ１４０でＹＥＳと判定された場合、制御部１１は、受信された支払い口座設定要求情報に基づいて、決済金額の請求に関連する情報（限定ではなく例として、商品購入情報、レシート情報等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行名、口座番号等）と、支払い口座を設定するために必要な他の情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座に対応した第１アイコン、第１アイコンを選択した後に保存・決定する第２アイコン等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいておらずユーザが銀行口座を開設していない銀行の情報と、ユーザが銀行口座を開設するための情報とを、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって端末２０Ａに送信し（Ｃ１５０）、図１－１２のＣ１６０に処理を進める。 If it is determined to be YES in C140 of FIG. 1-12, the control unit 11 is based on the received payment account setting request information, and the information related to the billing of the payment amount (not limited, but as an example, the product purchase information, Receipt information, etc.), bank account information associated with the credit card (bank name, account number, etc., not limited) and other information required to set up a payment account (as an example, not limited). , 1st icon corresponding to the bank account, 2nd icon to save / determine after selecting the 1st icon, etc.), information on the bank that is not tied to the credit card and the user has not opened a bank account, Information for the user to open a bank account is transmitted to the terminal 20A by communication I / F14 (C150), and processing proceeds to C160 in FIG. 1-12.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信された支払い口座設定用情報（またはこれに基づく情報）（限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定画面）を表示部２４に表示させ（Ａ１６０）、図１－１２のＡ１７０に処理を進める。 When the payment account setting information is received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 receives the received payment account setting information (or information based on the information) (not limited, but as an example, payment account setting). The screen) is displayed on the display unit 24 (A160), and the process proceeds to A170 in FIG. 1-12.
＜第９変形例（３）＞
　限定ではなく例として、メッセージングアプリケーションや電子マネーアプリケーション等のアプリケーションによって、新規銀行情報等の情報を表示するようにすることも可能である。 <9th modification (3)>
As an example, it is also possible to display information such as new bank information by an application such as a messaging application or an electronic money application.
　また、第１変形例で説明した、
　（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
　（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態
　を適用することも可能である。 Further, as described in the first modification,
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service It is also possible to apply a form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application having.
＜表示画面＞
　図９－４は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の一例を示す図であり、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面の一例を示している。 <Display screen>
FIG. 9-4 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment, and shows an example of a payment account setting screen in the electronic money application.
　この支払い口座設定画面には、クレジットカードに紐づけられたＡ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像およびＢ銀行のキャッシュカードを模式化した画像の下に、新規銀行情報（限定ではなく例として、新規銀行の銀行名、その新規銀行のキャンペーン情報等等）を表示するための新規銀行情報表示領域が構成されている。この例では、「ＰＲあなたへのおすすめ＞」の文字とともに、新規銀行情報として、「Ｃ銀行　ポイントＺ％還元」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ２Ｃと、「Ｄ銀行　クーポン配布中」の文字を含むキャンペーン画像Ｇ２Ｄとが表示されている。 On this payment account setting screen, new bank information (not limited, but as an example) is displayed under the image of the cash card of Bank A linked to the credit card and the image of the cash card of Bank B. A new bank information display area for displaying the bank name of the new bank, campaign information of the new bank, etc.) is configured. In this example, along with the characters "PR Recommended for You>", the campaign image G2C containing the characters "Bank C points Z% reduction" and the campaign containing the characters "Bank D coupons are being distributed" as new bank information. The image G2D is displayed.
　また、支払い口座設定画面の下部には、新規銀行の口座開設を行う銀行口座を選択するための情報として、「ＰＲ口座開設希望のお客様はこちらをクリック！！」の文字と、Ｃ銀行に対応する「Ｃ銀行」の文字を含むアイコンＩＣ４Ｃと、Ｄ銀行に対応する「Ｄ銀行」の文字を含むアイコンＩＣ４Ｄとが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－３１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 In addition, at the bottom of the payment account setting screen, as information for selecting a bank account to open a new bank account, the text "Customers who wish to open a PR account click here !!" and correspond to Bank C. The icon IC4C including the character "C bank" and the icon IC4D containing the character "D bank" corresponding to the D bank are displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
＜処理＞
　本変形例における処理は、限定ではなく例として、図１－２４～図１－２５、図１－２８、図１－３０、図１－３２等の処理に基づいて同様に構成可能であるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 <Processing>
The processing in this modification is not limited, but can be similarly configured based on the processing of FIGS. 1-24 to 1-25, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32, and the like. , Detailed explanation is omitted.
＜第１実施例～第９実施例に関連する他の実施例＞
　（１）上記の実施例では、合計決済金額のうちの各決済金額（取引別）の口座振替をいずれの銀行口座から行うかを取引ごとに設定する例を示したが、このような形態に限らず、合計決済金額のうちの各決済金額（取引別）の口座振替をいずれの銀行口座から行うかをまとめて設定できるようにしてもよい。 <Other Examples Related to the 1st to 9th Examples>
(1) In the above embodiment, an example is shown in which the bank account from which the account transfer of each settlement amount (by transaction) of the total settlement amount is to be performed is set for each transaction. Not limited to this, it may be possible to collectively set from which bank account the account transfer of each settlement amount (by transaction) of the total settlement amount is performed.
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、今月度支払い口座設定画面の第１アイコン表示領域に、「支払い口座」の文字が表示され、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンと、がクレジットカード取引毎ではなく、今月度の１または２以上のクレジットカード取引に対してまとめて１つずつ（Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコンと、Ｂ銀行に対応する第１アイコンとが１つずつ）表示されるようにする。
　そして、この第１アイコン（限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行に対応する第１アイコン）がタップされた後、第２アイコンがタップされると、限定ではなく例として、今月度の支払い口座の設定がまとめて行われるようにする。 Specifically, as an example, not limited, the character "payment account" is displayed in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen this month, and the first one including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank A. The icon and the first icon containing the letters "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are not for each credit card transaction, but for one or two or more credit card transactions this month (A). The first icon corresponding to the bank and the first icon corresponding to the bank B are displayed one by one).
Then, when the first icon (the first icon corresponding to Bank A as an example, not the limitation) is tapped and then the second icon is tapped, the payment account for this month is set as an example, not the limitation. To be done together.
　（２）上記の実施例では、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法として、銀行口座から口座振替を行う方法を示したが、このような形態に限らず、銀行口座から口座振替を行う方法とは異なる方法で支払うことを可能としてもよい。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法として、電子マネーまたは電子マネーに変換可能なポイントを用いた方法で支払いを行う。この場合、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面の第１アイコン表示領域に、電子マネーまたは電子マネーに変換可能なポイントを用いた方法で支払いを行うための第５アイコン（限定ではなく例として、「ｐａｙ払い」の文字を含むアイコン、「ポイント払い」の文字を含むアイコン等）が表示されるようにすることができる。 (2) In the above embodiment, a method of making an account transfer from a bank account is shown as a payment method to a credit card company in a credit card payment, but the method is not limited to such a form, and an account transfer is made from a bank account. It may be possible to pay by a method different from the method.
Specifically, as an example, not limited to payment, payment is made by a method using electronic money or points that can be converted into electronic money as a payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment. In this case, in the first icon display area of the payment account setting screen or the payment account setting screen for each transaction, the fifth icon for making payment by a method using electronic money or points that can be converted into electronic money (example, not limited). As an icon including the characters of "pay payment", an icon including the characters of "point payment", etc.) can be displayed.
　（３）上記の実施例で説明した金額入力方式の他にも、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかの方式によって、支払い口座を設定するようにすることも可能である。
（Ａ）振替金額固定方式
（Ｂ）割合設定方式 (3) In addition to the amount input method described in the above embodiment, it is also possible to set a payment account by any of the following methods as an example without limitation.
(A) Fixed transfer amount method (B) Ratio setting method
　（Ａ）「振替金額固定方式」は、限定ではなく例として、一の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額がユーザによって任意に指定されると、残りの振替金額が他の銀行口座から口座振替されるように自動で設定される方式である。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、合計決済金額が「１０万円」であり、一の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額としてユーザによって「６万円」が指定されると、「６万円」が一の銀行口座から口座振替され、残りの振替金額である「４万円」が他の銀行口座から口座振替されるように設定される。 (A) The "fixed transfer amount method" is not limited, but as an example, when the transfer amount to be transferred from one bank account is arbitrarily specified by the user, the remaining transfer amount is transferred from another bank account to the account. It is a method that is automatically set so that it is done.
Specifically, as an example, not limited, if the total settlement amount is "100,000 yen" and "60,000 yen" is specified by the user as the transfer amount to transfer from one bank account, "6". "10,000 yen" is set to be transferred from one bank account, and the remaining transfer amount "40,000 yen" is set to be transferred from another bank account.
　（Ｂ）「割合設定方式」は、限定ではなく例として、一の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額と、他の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額とが、ユーザによって任意に割合（比率、百分率等）で指定されることによって、支払い口座が自動で設定される方式である。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、合計決済金額が「１０万円」であり、ユーザによって一の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額と、他の銀行口座から口座振替を行う振替金額との割合が「８：２」に指定されると、合計決済金額の「１０万円」のうち「８万円」が一の銀行口座から口座振替され、残りの振替金額の「２万円」が他の銀行口座から口座振替されるように設定される。 (B) The "percentage setting method" is not limited, but as an example, the transfer amount for which an account transfer is made from one bank account and the transfer amount for which an account transfer is made from another bank account are arbitrarily ratioed (ratio) by the user. , Percentage, etc.), the payment account is automatically set.
Specifically, as an example, not limited, the total settlement amount is "100,000 yen", and the transfer amount that the user transfers from one bank account to the account and the transfer amount that transfers from another bank account to the account. When the ratio of is specified as "8: 2", "80,000 yen" out of the total settlement amount of "100,000 yen" is transferred from one bank account, and the remaining transfer amount is "20,000 yen". Is set to be transferred from another bank account.
　（４）上記の実施例では、クレジットカードの契約者と、このクレジットカードのユーザとが同一である（一対一で紐づいている）例を示したが、このような形態に限らず、クレジットカードの契約者とこのクレジットカードのユーザとが同一でなくても（一対一で紐づいていなくても）よい。 (4) In the above embodiment, an example in which the contractor of the credit card and the user of the credit card are the same (linked one-to-one) is shown, but the credit is not limited to such a form. The contractor of the card and the user of this credit card do not have to be the same (not necessarily one-to-one).
　具体的には、クレジットカードの契約者とこのクレジットカードのユーザとが同一でない場合のクレジットカードとして、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかを含めることができる。
（Ａ）法人クレジットカード
（Ｂ）家族クレジットカード Specifically, as a credit card when the contractor of the credit card and the user of the credit card are not the same, at least one of the following can be included as an example without limitation.
(A) Corporate credit card (B) Family credit card
　（Ａ）「法人クレジットカード」とは、限定ではなく例として、このクレジットカードの契約者が法人（限定ではなく例として、会社、個人事業主等）であり、このクレジットカードのユーザがその法人に属する人である場合に利用されるクレジットカードの一種である。
　「法人クレジットカード」では、口座振替を行う銀行口座として法人の銀行口座やユーザ個人の銀行口座を設定することができる。
　「法人クレジットカード」は、「会社クレジットカード」や、「コーポレートカード」、「ビジネスカード」等と称してもよい。 (A) "Corporate credit card" is not limited, but as an example, the contractor of this credit card is a corporation (not limited, as an example, a company, an individual business owner, etc.), and the user of this credit card is the corporation. It is a kind of credit card used when a person belongs to.
With the "corporate credit card", a corporate bank account or a user's individual bank account can be set as a bank account for account transfer.
The "corporate credit card" may be referred to as a "company credit card", a "corporate card", a "business card" or the like.
　（Ｂ）「家族クレジットカード」とは、限定ではなく例として、このクレジットカードの契約者と、このクレジットカードのユーザがその契約者の家族（限定ではなく例として、契約者と生計を同一にする配偶者・親・子供（高校生をのぞく１８歳以上）等）である場合に利用されるクレジットカードの一種である。
　「家族クレジットカード」では、口座振替を行う銀行口座として契約者の銀行口座を設定することができる。
　「家族クレジットカード」は、「ファミリーカード」等と称してもよい。 (B) “Family credit card” is not limited, but as an example, the contractor of this credit card and the user of this credit card have the same livelihood as the contractor's family (as an example, not limited). This is a type of credit card used for spouses, parents, children (18 years old or older excluding high school students), etc.
With a "family credit card", the contractor's bank account can be set as a bank account for account transfer.
The "family credit card" may be referred to as a "family card" or the like.
　（５）上記の実施例では、クレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報（請求情報、当月確定請求情報）が、このクレジットカードのユーザの端末２０に送信される例を示したが、このような形態に限らず、クレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報（請求情報、当月確定請求情報）が、このクレジットカードのユーザとは異なる人の端末２０に送信されるようにしてもよい。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、前述した「法人クレジットカード」や「家族クレジットカード」を利用した場合、これらのクレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報（請求情報、当月確定請求情報）が、上記のようなクレジットカードのユーザとは異なる人の端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。 (5) In the above embodiment, an example is shown in which information related to a transaction in credit card payment (billing information, current month confirmed billing information) is transmitted to the terminal 20 of the user of this credit card. Not limited to this, information regarding transactions in credit card payment (billing information, current month confirmed billing information) may be transmitted to a terminal 20 of a person different from the user of this credit card.
Specifically, as an example, not limited to the above, when the above-mentioned "corporate credit card" or "family credit card" is used, the information regarding transactions in these credit card payments (billing information, current month fixed billing information) is described above. It can be made to be transmitted to the terminal 20 of a person different from the user of the credit card such as.
　限定ではなく例として、「法人クレジットカード」を利用した場合、このクレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報（情報請求情報、当月確定請求情報）が、このクレジットカードのユーザとは異なる人（限定ではなく例として、契約者である会社の事務担当や経理担当等）の端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。
　また、限定ではなく例として、「家族クレジットカード」を利用した場合、このクレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報（請求情報、当月確定請求情報）が、このクレジットカードのユーザとは異なる契約者である人（限定ではなく例として、契約者である親等）の端末２０に送信されるようにすることができる。 As an example, not a limitation, when using a "corporate credit card", the information (information request information, current month confirmation request information) regarding the transaction in this credit card payment is different from the user of this credit card (example not limitation). As a result, it can be transmitted to the terminal 20 of the contractor's company's clerical staff, accounting staff, etc.).
Also, as an example, not limited to, when using a "family credit card", the information (billing information, confirmed billing information for the current month) regarding the transaction in this credit card payment is a contractor different from the user of this credit card. It can be made to be transmitted to the terminal 20 of (as an example, not limited to, the parent who is the contractor).
　これらのクレジットカード決済における取引に関する情報が送信されるタイミングとしては、請求情報や当月確定請求情報が送信されるタイミングの他、限定ではなく例として、これとは異なるタイミングを適用することもできる。
　具体的には、法人クレジットカードの場合、限定ではなく例として、「仕事上ではない私的な種別の商品・サービスの購入があったタイミング」等を適用することができる。また、家族クレジットカードの場合、限定ではなく例として、「高額な購入金額の商品・サービスの購入があったタイミング」等を適用することができる。 As the timing at which the information related to the transaction in these credit card payments is transmitted, in addition to the timing at which the billing information and the confirmed billing information for the current month are transmitted, a timing different from this can be applied as an example, not limited to this.
Specifically, in the case of a corporate credit card, "timing when a product or service of a private type other than work is purchased" or the like can be applied as an example, not limited. Further, in the case of a family credit card, "timing when a product or service with a high purchase price is purchased" or the like can be applied as an example, not limited.
　（６）上記の実施例では、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法として「分割払い」の例を示した。ユーザによって「分割払い」の方法が選択（指定）された場合、分割払いの毎月の支払いにおける支払い口座の設定方法として、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかの方式を適用することができる。
（Ａ）分割払い支払い口座固定方式
（Ｂ）分割払い支払い口座変動方式 (6) In the above embodiment, an example of "installment payment" is shown as a payment method to a credit card company in credit card payment. When the "installment payment" method is selected (designated) by the user, at least one of the following methods can be applied as an example, not limited to, as a payment account setting method in the monthly payment of the installment payment.
(A) Installment payment account fixed method (B) Installment payment account fluctuation method
　（Ａ）「分割払い支払い口座固定方式」とは、ユーザによって最初の支払いにおいて支払い口座が選択される場合、ユーザによって選択された銀行口座が、分割払いの毎月の支払いにおける支払い口座として設定される方式である。
　具体的には、ユーザによって３回払いの分割払いが選択され、最初の支払いにおいて銀行口座（限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行に対応する銀行口座）が支払い口座として選択されると、この銀行口座が分割払いの毎月の支払いにおける支払い口座として設定される。 (A) "Installment payment account fixed method" is a method in which when the payment account is selected by the user in the first payment, the bank account selected by the user is set as the payment account in the monthly payment of the installment payment. be.
Specifically, if the user selects a three-time installment payment and the first payment selects a bank account (not a limitation, for example, a bank account corresponding to Bank A) as the payment account, this bank account will be Set up as a payment account for monthly payments in installments.
　（Ｂ）「分割払い支払い口座変動方式」とは、ユーザによって毎月の支払いのたびに支払い口座が選択される場合、ユーザによって選択された銀行口座が、分割払いの毎月の支払いにおける支払い口座として設定される方式である。
　具体的には、ユーザによって３回払いの分割払いが選択され、毎月の支払いにおいて一の銀行口座（限定ではなく例として、１回目の支払い：Ａ銀行に対応する銀行口座、２回目の支払い：Ｂ銀行に対応する銀行口座、３回目の支払い：Ａ銀行に対応する銀行口座）が支払い口座として選択されると、これらの銀行口座が分割払いの毎月の支払いにおける支払い口座として設定される。 (B) "Installment payment account variation method" means that when the payment account is selected by the user for each monthly payment, the bank account selected by the user is set as the payment account for the monthly payment of the installment payment. It is a method.
Specifically, the user selects a three-time installment payment, and one bank account for monthly payments (as an example, not limited to the first payment: the bank account corresponding to bank A, the second payment: B. When the bank account corresponding to the bank (third payment: the bank account corresponding to Bank A) is selected as the payment account, these bank accounts are set as the payment account for the monthly payment in installments.
　（７）上記の実施例では、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面に、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報として銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座の残高に関連する残高情報）が表示される例を示したが、このような形態に限らず、支払い口座設定画面や取引別支払い口座設定画面とは異なる画面に、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報として銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報（限定ではなく例として、銀行口座の残高に関連する残高情報）が表示されてもよい。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、請求情報や当月確定請求情報に、クレジットカードに紐づいている銀行口座情報として、銀行名や口座番号とともに、限定ではなく例として、銀行口座の残高に関連する残高情報が表示されるようにしてもよい。 (7) In the above embodiment, information different from the bank name or account number as the bank account information linked to the credit card on the payment account setting screen or the transaction-specific payment account setting screen (not limited, but as an example, a bank). An example is shown in which the balance information related to the balance of the account) is displayed, but it is not limited to this form, and it is linked to the credit card on a screen different from the payment account setting screen and the transaction-specific payment account setting screen. Information different from the bank name or account number (as an example, not limited to the balance information related to the balance of the bank account) may be displayed as the existing bank account information.
Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, in the billing information and the final billing information for the current month, as the bank account information linked to the credit card, along with the bank name and account number, as an example, not as a limitation, in the balance of the bank account. The relevant balance information may be displayed.
　（８）上記の実施例では、ユーザ（預金者）の銀行口座の残高そのものを表示したが、このような形態に限らず、残高と何らかの関係性を有する情報を表示させるようにしてもよい。
　具体的には、ユーザ（預金者）の銀行口座の残高に関連する情報として、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかを含めることができる。
（Ａ）予想残高情報
（Ｂ）残高オブジェクト情報 (8) In the above embodiment, the balance of the bank account of the user (depositor) itself is displayed, but the present invention is not limited to such a form, and information having some relation to the balance may be displayed.
Specifically, as information related to the balance of the user's (depositor's) bank account, at least one of the following can be included as an example without limitation.
(A) Expected balance information (B) Balance object information
　（Ａ）「予想残高情報」とは、ユーザの銀行口座の残高に関連する情報であって、銀行口座の残高から決済金額を差し引いた場合に予想される残高に関連する情報である。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザの銀行口座の残高が１０万円であり、決済金額が４万円である場合、予想残高情報として「６０，０００円」を表示させるようにすることができる。 (A) "Expected balance information" is information related to the balance of the user's bank account, and is information related to the balance expected when the settlement amount is subtracted from the balance of the bank account.
Specifically, as an example, not limited, if the balance of the user's bank account is 100,000 yen and the settlement amount is 40,000 yen, "60,000 yen" is displayed as the expected balance information. be able to.
　（Ｂ）「残高オブジェクト情報」とは、ユーザの銀行口座の残高に関連する情報であって、オブジェクト形式等によって残高を表示する情報である。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、ユーザの給与支給日の残高（限定ではなく例として、３０万円）を１００％とした円グラフや棒グラフ（ゲージ）をオブジェクトとし、最新の銀行口座の残高（限定ではなく例として、１０万円）が、この例では「３３％」の円グラフや棒グラフ（ゲージ）として表示されるようにすることができる。 (B) "Balance object information" is information related to the balance of the user's bank account, and is information for displaying the balance in an object format or the like.
Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, a pie chart or bar graph (gauge) with the balance of the user's salary payment date (300,000 yen as an example, not a limitation) as an object is used as an object for the latest bank account. The balance (100,000 yen as an example, not a limitation) can be displayed as a "33%" pie chart or bar graph (gauge) in this example.
　（９）また、残高の表示に関連して、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超える場合に、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えることをユーザに報知するようにしてもよい。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えることをユーザに報知する方法として、限定ではなく例として、少なくとも以下のいずれかを含めることができる。
（Ａ）予想残高情報の表示態様を変化させる
（Ｂ）アラート情報を表示させる (9) Further, in relation to the display of the balance, when the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, the user may be notified that the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account.
Specifically, as a method of notifying the user that the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account as an example rather than the limitation, at least one of the following can be included as an example rather than the limitation.
(A) Change the display mode of expected balance information (B) Display alert information
　（Ａ）の方法では、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超える場合、予想残高情報の表示態様を変化させることによって、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えることをユーザに報知する。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えない場合は、予想残高情報がデフォルトの第１表示態様（限定ではなく例として、黒文字）で表示される。一方、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超える場合は、予想残高情報が第１表示態様とは異なる第２表示態様（限定ではなく例として、赤文字）で表示されるようにすることができる。 In the method (A), when the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, the user is notified that the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account by changing the display mode of the expected balance information.
Specifically, as an example rather than a limitation, if the settlement amount does not exceed the balance of the bank account, the expected balance information is displayed in the default first display mode (not the limitation but, as an example, black letters). On the other hand, when the settlement amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, the expected balance information can be displayed in a second display mode (not limited, but as an example, red characters) different from the first display mode.
　（Ｂ）の方法では、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超える場合、アラート情報を表示させることによって、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えることをユーザに報知する。
　「アラート情報」とは、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えることをユーザに報知するための情報であり、限定ではなく例として、請求情報や当月確定請求情報に含めることができる。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超えない場合は、アラート情報は表示されないが、決済金額が銀行口座の残高を超える場合は、アラート情報（限定ではなく例として、「残高が不足しています。」の文字やマーク等）が表示されるようにすることができる。
　なお、このアラート情報のみが、請求情報や当月確定請求情報とは異なる情報として端末２０に送信されて表示されるようにしてもよい。 In the method (B), when the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, the alert information is displayed to notify the user that the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account.
The "alert information" is information for notifying the user that the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account, and can be included in the billing information and the fixed billing information for the current month as an example without limitation.
Specifically, as an example, not limited, alert information is not displayed if the payment amount does not exceed the balance of the bank account, but alert information (example not limited) if the payment amount exceeds the balance of the bank account. As a result, the characters and marks such as "Insufficient balance" can be displayed.
It should be noted that only this alert information may be transmitted to the terminal 20 and displayed as information different from the billing information and the current month finalized billing information.
　また、上記の実施例において、サーバが、支払い口座として設定された銀行口座の残高情報に基づいて、支払い口座設定リマインドを行うようにしてもよい。
　具体的には、サーバが、支払い口座として設定された銀行口座の残高が、その支払い口座からの支払い金額に満たないと判定した場合に、現時点では支払い口座の残高が不足していることを示す残高不足情報や、支払いができないことを示す支払い不可情報を含む支払い口座設定リマインド情報を、端末２０に送信するようにすることができる。 Further, in the above embodiment, the server may perform payment account setting reminding based on the balance information of the bank account set as the payment account.
Specifically, if the server determines that the balance of the bank account set as the payment account is less than the payment amount from that payment account, it indicates that the balance of the payment account is insufficient at this time. Payment account setting reminder information including balance shortage information and non-payment information indicating that payment cannot be made can be transmitted to the terminal 20.
　本変形例は、支払い口座設定リマインド情報（限定ではなく、通知情報の一例）は、少なくともユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座の残高情報（限定ではなく、第１口座の残高の情報の一例）に基づいて端末２０に送信される構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、少なくとも第１口座の残高の情報に基づいて、購入情報の少なくとも一部に基づく通知情報が端末に送信されるようにすることができる。 In this modification, the payment account setting reminder information (not limited, but an example of notification information) is at least an example of the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user (not limited, but the balance information of the first account). ) Is shown to be transmitted to the terminal 20.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the notification information based on at least a part of the purchase information can be transmitted to the terminal based on the information of the balance of the first account.
　（１０）上記の実施例では、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを可能にする例を示したが、このような形態に限らず、設定された条件が成立した場合にクレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを可能にしてもよい。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、「支払い口座の残高が設定金額を下回った」、「決済金額が支払い口座の残高を超えた」等の条件を設定することができる。
　この条件が成立しない場合は、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを不可とする。一方、この条件が成立する場合は、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを可能とする。 (10) In the above embodiment, an example is shown in which the user can select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment, but the set conditions are satisfied without being limited to such a form. In this case, it may be possible to allow the user to select a payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
Specifically, it is possible to set conditions such as "the balance of the payment account is less than the set amount" and "the payment amount exceeds the balance of the payment account" as an example, not limited.
If this condition is not satisfied, the user cannot select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment. On the other hand, if this condition is satisfied, the user can select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、「支払い口座の残高が設定金額（限定ではなく例として、１万円）を下回った」の条件が成立しない場合は、第３アイコンが表示されないが、「支払い口座の残高が設定金額（限定ではなく例として、１万円）を下回った」の条件が成立する場合は、第３アイコンが表示されるようにすることができる。 Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, if the condition "the balance of the payment account is less than the set amount (10,000 yen as an example, not a limitation)" is not satisfied, the third icon is not displayed, but If the condition "the balance of the payment account is less than the set amount (not limited, but 10,000 yen as an example)" is satisfied, the third icon can be displayed.
　なお、上記の設定された条件が成立する場合、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを可能とする手法として、第３アイコンを表示させることに限らず、条件が成立する場合、クレジットカード決済におけるクレジットカード会社への支払い方法をユーザが選択することを可能とする手法として、第３アイコンとは異なる情報を表示するようにしてもよい。 If the above-mentioned set conditions are satisfied, the condition is not limited to displaying the third icon as a method for allowing the user to select the payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment. If it is established, information different from the third icon may be displayed as a method for allowing the user to select a payment method to the credit card company in the credit card payment.
　具体的には、「第３アイコンとは異なる情報」として、限定ではなく例として、ローン会社のｗｅｂページのリンク情報や広告情報等を表示させるようにしてもよい。このようにすることで、ユーザは、決済金額が支払い口座の残高を超える可能性がある場合に、ローン会社からローンによってお金を借りるなどすることが可能となる。 Specifically, as "information different from the third icon", the link information, advertisement information, etc. of the web page of the loan company may be displayed as an example, not limited. By doing so, the user can borrow money from a loan company by a loan when the payment amount may exceed the balance of the payment account.
　本変形例は、端末２０が、ユーザによって支払い口座として選択された銀行口座の残高情報に基づいて、ローンに関連する情報を表示部２４に表示する構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザによって選択された第１口座情報に関連する第１口座の残高が支払いを行うのに不足しているような場合に、ローンの情報を端末のユーザに報知することができる。 This modification shows a configuration in which the terminal 20 displays information related to a loan on the display unit 24 based on the balance information of the bank account selected as the payment account by the user.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, a loan is made when the balance of the first account related to the first account information selected by the user of the terminal is insufficient to make a payment. Information can be notified to the user of the terminal.
　（１１）上記の実施例では、クレジットカードに紐づけられる銀行口座（支払い口座として設定可能な銀行口座）を２つとして説明したが、これを３以上の銀行口座としてもよい。この場合の処理は、上記の実施例と同様に構成することができるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 (11) In the above embodiment, two bank accounts (bank accounts that can be set as payment accounts) linked to a credit card have been described, but these may be three or more bank accounts. Since the processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
　（１２）複数のクレジットカード取引のうち（複数の購入情報のうち）、その一部または全部のクレジットカード取引（購入情報）に対して、クレジットカードに紐づけられた複数の銀行口座の中から１つの銀行口座を支払い口座として設定するのに限らず、２以上の銀行口座を支払い口座として設定するようにすることも可能である。 (12) Of multiple credit card transactions (out of multiple purchase information), for some or all of the credit card transactions (purchase information), from among multiple bank accounts linked to the credit card Not only one bank account is set as a payment account, but it is also possible to set two or more bank accounts as payment accounts.
　限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行の銀行口座と、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座と、Ｃ銀行の銀行口座との３つの銀行口座をクレジットカードに紐づける場合、あるクレジットカード取引（購入情報）に対して、限定ではなく例として、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座と、Ｃ銀行の銀行口座との２つの銀行口座を支払い口座として設定するなどしてもよい。 As an example, not limited to, when linking three bank accounts, a bank account of bank A, a bank account of bank B, and a bank account of bank C, to a credit card, for a certain credit card transaction (purchase information) As an example, not limited to, two bank accounts, a bank account of bank B and a bank account of bank C, may be set as payment accounts.
　この場合は、限定ではなく例として、前述した金額入力方式、（Ａ）振替金額固定方式、（Ｂ）割合設定方式、等の方式に倣って、複数の支払い口座それぞれから口座振替を行う振替金額を、端末２０のユーザによる入力に基づいて設定するようにすることができる。 In this case, the transfer amount is not limited, but as an example, the transfer amount is transferred from each of a plurality of payment accounts according to the above-mentioned methods such as the amount input method, (A) fixed transfer amount method, and (B) ratio setting method. Can be set based on the input by the user of the terminal 20.
　（１３）上記の実施例において、前述したように、デフォルトの支払い口座を設定するようにすることも可能である。
　この場合、複数の銀行口座の中から支払い口座として設定する銀行口座をユーザに選択させるのではなく、デフォルトの支払い口座とは異なる銀行口座から支払いを希望する取引をユーザに選択させるようにしてもよい。
　限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行の銀行口座とＢ銀行の銀行口座とが登録されており、Ａ銀行の銀行口座がデフォルトの支払い口座として設定されている場合、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座から支払いを希望する取引をユーザに選択させるようにする。そして、選択された取引について、支払い口座をＢ銀行の銀行口座に更新するようにすることができる。 (13) In the above embodiment, it is also possible to set a default payment account as described above.
In this case, instead of letting the user select the bank account to be set as the payment account from multiple bank accounts, even if the user selects the transaction that he / she wants to pay from a bank account different from the default payment account. good.
As an example, not limited to, if the bank account of Bank A and the bank account of Bank B are registered and the bank account of Bank A is set as the default payment account, you want to pay from the bank account of Bank B. Let the user choose which transaction to do. Then, for the selected transaction, the payment account can be updated to the bank account of Bank B.
＜第１０実施例＞
　第１０実施例は、前述した実施例とは異なる手法によって、後払いを実現する実施例である。後払いとしては、前述したように、（１）クレジットカード決済、（２）ツケ払い、のいずれを適用することも可能である。 <10th Example>
The tenth embodiment is an example in which postpayment is realized by a method different from the above-mentioned embodiment. As the deferred payment, as described above, either (1) credit card payment or (2) payout can be applied.
　以下説明する実施例では、前述した（１）クレジットカード決済を適用する場合を例示する。
　前述した実施例では、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードに、複数の銀行口座が紐づけられていた。
　それに対し、以下説明する実施例では、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードに、１つの銀行口座のみが紐づけられる。 In the embodiment described below, the case where the above-mentioned (1) credit card payment is applied will be illustrated.
In the above-described embodiment, a plurality of bank accounts are associated with the credit card associated with the user of the terminal 20.
On the other hand, in the embodiment described below, only one bank account is associated with the credit card related to the user of the terminal 20.
　以下では、便宜的に、ユーザに関連する銀行口座であって、ユーザに関連するクレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座を「メイン銀行口座」と称し、このユーザに関連するクレジットカードに紐づけられていない銀行口座を「サブ銀行口座」と称して説明する。 In the following, for convenience, a bank account related to a user and associated with a credit card associated with the user is referred to as a "main bank account" and associated with the credit card associated with this user. A bank account that does not have a bank account will be referred to as a "sub-bank account".
　第１０実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 The contents described in the tenth embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　本実施例では、ユーザがクレジットカード決済を行った後、その支払いをサブ銀行口座から行うことを予定している支払い予定金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）等の情報を、所定のサーバが受信する。そして、所定のサーバが、受信した情報に基づいて、サブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）からメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）に支払い予定金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）を送金することに関する処理を行う。 In this embodiment, after the user makes a credit card payment, information such as the planned payment amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) that the user plans to make the payment from the sub-bank account is specified. Received by the server. Then, based on the information received by the predetermined server, the amount to be paid from the sub bank account (an example of the second account, not the limitation) to the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (in the limitation). However, the process related to remittance (an example of the second amount) is performed.
　第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理とは、限定ではなく例として、第２金額を実際に送金する処理や、送金を実現するために第２金額の情報を他の装置に送信する処理など、第２金額の送金と何らかの関係性を有する処理である。この具体例については後述する。 The process related to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account is not limited, but as an example, the process of actually remittance of the second amount and the information of the second amount to realize the remittance, etc. This is a process that has some relation to the remittance of the second amount, such as the process of transmitting to the device of. A specific example of this will be described later.
　この処理を行う所定のサーバは、限定ではなく例として、金融機関サーバ（限定ではなく例として、銀行サーバ５０）や、資金移動業を営む資金移動業者のサーバ（以下、「資金移動業者サーバ」と称する。）とすることができる。 The predetermined server that performs this processing is not limited, but as an example, a financial institution server (not limited, as an example, a bank server 50) or a server of a fund transfer company engaged in a fund transfer business (hereinafter, "fund transfer company server"). It can be referred to as).
　本実施例では、限定ではなく例として、資金移動業者を、前述した電子マネーサービス事業者（電子マネーアプリケーションの事業者）とする。そして、所定のサーバを、前述した電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバとし、これを前述したサーバ６０とする。 In this embodiment, as an example, not limited to, the fund transfer business operator is referred to as the above-mentioned electronic money service business operator (electronic money application business operator). Then, the predetermined server is used as the server of the electronic money service provider described above, and this is referred to as the server 60 described above.
　本実施例では、クレジットカード決済において、ユーザがサブ銀行口座から支払いを行いたい取引の情報（購入情報）を選択し、それをサーバ６０に通知する。これを受けて、サーバ６０は、銀行サーバ５０と通信して、そのユーザのサブ銀行口座から、そのユーザのメイン銀行口座（クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座）に購入金額を送金する処理を行う。ここで、本実施例における「送金」とは、限定ではなく例として、サブ銀行口座からの電子マネーのチャージと、メイン銀行口座への出金とが含まれる。
　これにより、ユーザにより選択された取引について、実際には、そのユーザのメイン銀行口座から購入金額が引き落とされてクレジットカード会社に支払われるが、ユーザにとっては、あたかもサブ銀行口座からクレジットカード会社への支払いが行われたように見えることになる。
　このようにして送金を行うことを「口座間送金」と称する。 In this embodiment, in the credit card payment, the user selects the transaction information (purchase information) that the user wants to pay from the sub-bank account, and notifies the server 60 of the information. In response to this, the server 60 communicates with the bank server 50 to transfer the purchase amount from the user's sub-bank account to the user's main bank account (bank account linked to the credit card). conduct. Here, the “remittance” in the present embodiment is not limited to, but includes, as an example, charging of electronic money from a sub-bank account and withdrawal to a main bank account.
As a result, for the transaction selected by the user, the purchase amount is actually deducted from the user's main bank account and paid to the credit card company, but for the user, it is as if from the sub bank account to the credit card company. It will look like the payment has been made.
Remittance in this way is called "inter-account remittance".
　本実施例における口座間送金を実現する手法としては、大きく分けて、以下の手法が考えられる。
（１）取引ごとに送金（電子マネー振替・チャージ＆出金）を行う手法
（２）取引ごとに電子マネー振替・チャージを行い、複数の取引についてまとめて出金を行う手法
（３）複数の取引についてまとめて送金（電子マネー振替・チャージ＆出金）を行う手法 The methods for realizing remittance between accounts in this embodiment can be broadly divided into the following methods.
(1) Remittance (electronic money transfer / charge & withdrawal) method for each transaction (2) Electronic money transfer / charge for each transaction and withdrawal for multiple transactions at once (3) Multiple transactions A method of collectively remittance (electronic money transfer, charge & withdrawal) of transactions
　また、（３）の手法には、限定ではなく例として、以下の手法が考えられる。
（３－１）取引ごとに送金設定を行い、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行う手法
（３－２）複数の取引についてまとめて送金設定を行い、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行う手法 Further, the method (3) is not limited, and the following method can be considered as an example.
(3-1) Remittance setting for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions (3-2) Remittance setting for multiple transactions and remittance for multiple transactions
　以下、各々の手法を適用する場合について説明する。 The case of applying each method will be described below.
＜システム構成＞
　本実施例では、システム構成として、限定ではなく例として、図１－１４に示した通信システム１Ｂを適用する。
　また、本実施例では、図１－１４で説明したサーバ６０を、電子マネーサービス事業者のサーバとして説明する。 <System configuration>
In this embodiment, as the system configuration, the communication system 1B shown in FIG. 1-14 is applied as an example, not a limitation.
Further, in this embodiment, the server 60 described with reference to FIG. 1-14 will be described as a server of an electronic money service provider.
＜データ構成＞
　図１０－１は、本実施例においてクレジットカード会社サーバ１０の記憶部１５に記憶されるユーザ管理データベース１５９の一例であるユーザ管理データベース１５９Ｅのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　各々のユーザ管理データには、契約者ＩＤと、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、取引データと、第１登録銀行口座データとが記憶される。 <Data structure>
FIG. 10-1 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the user management database 159E, which is an example of the user management database 159 stored in the storage unit 15 of the credit card company server 10 in this embodiment.
The contractor ID, the electronic money application ID, the transaction data, and the first registered bank account data are stored in each user management data.
　電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤには、この契約者ＩＤのユーザの電子マネーアプリケーションにおけるアカウントである。 The electronic money application ID is an account in the electronic money application of the user of this contractor ID.
　第１登録銀行口座データには、この契約者ＩＤのユーザのクレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座の情報として、１つの銀行口座に関する情報が記憶される。具体的には、限定ではなく例として、１つの口座ＩＤと、この口座ＩＤに対応する口座振替トークンとが関連付けて記憶される。つまり、クレジットカードに紐づけられている銀行口座の数は１つである。 In the first registered bank account data, information about one bank account is stored as the information of the bank account linked to the credit card of the user of this contractor ID. Specifically, as an example, not limited to one, one account ID and the account transfer token corresponding to this account ID are stored in association with each other. That is, the number of bank accounts associated with a credit card is one.
　図１０－２は、本実施例においてサーバ６０の記憶部６５に記憶されるアカウント管理データベース６５５の一例であるアカウント管理データベース６５５Ｅのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　各々のアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、電子マネー口座残高と、取引データと、第２登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。 FIG. 10-2 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655E, which is an example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this embodiment.
Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, a second registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
　第２登録銀行口座データには、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤのユーザの銀行口座に関する情報として、限定ではなく例として、口座ＩＤと、口座振替トークンと、種別とが関連付けて記憶されている。 In the second registered bank account data, as information about the bank account of the user of this electronic money application ID, the account ID, the account transfer token, and the type are stored in association with each other as an example, not limited.
　口座ＩＤには、このユーザの２以上（複数）の銀行口座の口座ＩＤが記憶される。
　口座振替トークンは、この口座ＩＤに対応する口座振替トークンが記憶される。 In the account ID, the account IDs of two or more (plural) bank accounts of this user are stored.
As the account transfer token, the account transfer token corresponding to this account ID is stored.
　種別には、この口座ＩＤの銀行口座のメイン／サブの種別であり、メイン銀行口座には「メイン」が、サブ銀行口座には「サブ」がそれぞれ関連付けて記憶される。
　具体的には、前述した第１登録銀行口座データに記憶されている口座ＩＤ、つまり、ユーザのクレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座をメイン銀行口座とし、これに対応する口座ＩＤには「メイン」が関連付けて記憶される。一方、前述した第１登録銀行口座データに記憶されていない口座ＩＤ、つまり、ユーザのクレジットカードに紐づけられていない銀行口座をサブ銀行とし、これに対応する口座ＩＤには「サブ」が関連付けて記憶される。 The type is the main / sub type of the bank account of this account ID, and "main" is associated with the main bank account and "sub" is associated with the sub bank account.
Specifically, the account ID stored in the first registered bank account data described above, that is, the bank account linked to the user's credit card is used as the main bank account, and the corresponding account ID is "main". Is associated and memorized. On the other hand, the account ID not stored in the first registered bank account data described above, that is, the bank account not associated with the user's credit card is set as the sub bank, and the corresponding account ID is associated with "sub". Will be remembered.
　支払い口座設定データには、限定ではなく例として、取引ＩＤと、支払い口座ＩＤとが関連付けて記憶される。 The payment account setting data is not limited, but as an example, the transaction ID and the payment account ID are stored in association with each other.
　なお、クレジットカードに紐づけられた銀行口座はメイン銀行口座であるため、限定ではなく例として、メイン銀行口座を、デフォルトの支払い口座として設定するようにしてもよい。この場合、ユーザによってサブ銀行口座が支払い口座として選択されると、その口座ＩＤで支払い口座ＩＤが更新されるようにすることができる。 Since the bank account linked to the credit card is the main bank account, the main bank account may be set as the default payment account as an example, not limited to it. In this case, when the sub-bank account is selected as the payment account by the user, the payment account ID can be updated with that account ID.
＜表示画面＞
　図１０－３は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１０－３は、端末２０Ａの電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて支払い口座を設定する場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 10-3 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
FIG. 10-3 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a payment account is set in the electronic money application of the terminal 20A.
　図１０－３左には、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面が表示されている。
　この画面最上部には、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、支払い口座を設定するための情報が表示されている。 On the left side of FIG. 10-3, the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application is displayed.
At the top of this screen, the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed.
Below that, information for setting up a payment account is displayed.
　具体的には、「支払い口座設定」の文字とともに、登録されているユーザＡ．Ａの銀行口座に関する情報として、クレジットカードに紐づいているメイン銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、メイン銀行口座である銀行Ａに対応する銀行名、口座番号等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいていないサブ銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、サブ銀行口座である銀行Ｂに対応する銀行名、口座番号等）とを表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されている。 Specifically, the registered user A. with the characters "Payment account setting". Information about A's bank account includes the main bank account information linked to the credit card (not limited, but as an example, the bank name, account number, etc. corresponding to bank A, which is the main bank account) and the credit card. A bank account information display area for displaying unrestricted sub-bank account information (not limited, but as an example, a bank name, an account number, etc. corresponding to bank B, which is a sub-bank account) is configured.
　また、その右には、振替を行う銀行口座を選択するための第１アイコンを表示するための第１アイコン表示領域が構成されており、この例では、「支払い口座」の欄に、Ａ銀行に対応する「Ａ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａと、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字を含む第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂとが表示されている。 Further, on the right side, a first icon display area for displaying a first icon for selecting a bank account to be transferred is configured. In this example, the bank A is displayed in the "payment account" column. The first icon IC1A including the character "Bank A" corresponding to Bank B and the first icon IC1B containing the character "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are displayed.
　図１０－３左に示される支払い口座設定画面において、限定ではなく例として、Ｂ銀行に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂがタップされた後、第２ボタンＢＴ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１０－３右に示すような支払い口座設定完了画面が、電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて表示される。 In the payment account setting screen shown on the left side of FIG. 10-3, when the first icon IC1B corresponding to the bank B is tapped and then the second button BT3 is tapped, it is not a limitation but an example. , Figure 10-3 The payment account setting completion screen as shown on the right is displayed in the electronic money application.
　この画面の設定した支払い口座を表示するための領域には、「支払い口座」の文字と、Ｂ銀行に対応する「Ｂ銀行」の文字とが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－３１右の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 In the area for displaying the payment account set on this screen, the characters "payment account" and the characters "Bank B" corresponding to Bank B are displayed.
In addition, the same information as the screen on the right of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
　この例では、上記の画面図は、第１変形例で説明した図１－３１の中央、図１－３１の右の画面図と同様の表示態様・ユーザインタフェース（ＵＩ）となっている。
　つまり、本実施例では、サブ銀行口座（上記の例では、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座）から支払い金額は引き落とされず、実際にはメイン銀行口座（上記の例では、Ａ銀行の銀行口座）から支払い金額が引き落とされるのであるが、上記のような表示を行うことにより、あたかもサブ銀行口座から支払い金額が引き落とされるかのようにユーザに見せることができる。つまり、ユーザは口座間送金が行われることを意識する必要はなく、支払い口座を選択すれば済む。 In this example, the above screen view has the same display mode / user interface (UI) as the screen view in the center of FIG. 1-31 and the screen view on the right of FIG. 1-31 described in the first modification.
That is, in this embodiment, the payment amount is not deducted from the sub-bank account (in the above example, the bank account of Bank B), but actually the payment amount is actually paid from the main bank account (in the above example, the bank account of Bank A). Is deducted, but by displaying as described above, it is possible to make the user look as if the payment amount was deducted from the sub-bank account. In other words, the user does not need to be aware that remittances will be made between accounts, just select a payment account.
＜処理＞
　図１０－４，図１０－５は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。この処理は、前述した（１）の手法を適用する場合の処理の一例である。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ６０の制御部２１が実行する処理、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 <Processing>
10-4 and 10-5 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each apparatus in this embodiment. This process is an example of the process when the method (1) described above is applied.
In this figure, in order from the left side, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A. An example of the processing executed by the department is shown.
　ここでは、分かり易いように、ユーザＡ．Ａのメイン銀行口座をＡ銀行の銀行口座（口座ＩＤ：ＢＡ００１）とし、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座をＢ銀行の銀行口座（口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）として説明する。 Here, for the sake of clarity, User A. The main bank account of A is set as the bank account of bank A (account ID: BA001), and the user A. The sub-bank account of A will be described as the bank account of bank B (account ID: BB001).
　制御部６１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から請求情報を受信すると、受信した請求情報（限定ではなく例として、請求情報を含む電子マネーアプリケーションの請求ページ）に基づき、アカウント管理データの取引データを更新する。そして、制御部６１は、送信元をクレジットカード会社のＯＡアカウントとする請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６３０）。 When the control unit 61 receives the billing information from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 receives account management data based on the received billing information (not limited, but as an example, the billing page of the electronic money application including the billing information). Update the transaction data of. Then, the control unit 61 transmits the billing information with the transmission source as the OA account of the credit card company to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B630).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から請求情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、Ａ１３０のステップを実行する。 Upon receiving the billing information from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 executes the step of A130.
　Ｂ６３０の後、制御部６１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したか否かを判定し（Ｂ６４０）、受信したと判定したならば（Ｂ６４０：ＹＥＳ）、支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６５０）。 After B630, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B640), and if it is determined that the payment account setting request information has been received (B640: YES), the payment account. The setting information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B650).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した支払い口座設定用情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ６６０）。 When the payment account setting information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received payment account setting information (A660).
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介して、ユーザによる支払い口座選択入力を受け付ける（Ａ６７０）。
　具体的には、この請求情報について、ユーザがサブ銀行口座（Ｂ銀行の銀行口座（口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１））から支払うことを希望する場合、サブ銀行口座の選択の入力を受け付ける。そして、制御部２１は、サブ銀行口座が選択された旨を示す支払い口座選択情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０に送信する（Ａ６８０）。 After that, the control unit 21 accepts the payment account selection input by the user via the input unit (A670).
Specifically, when the user wishes to pay for this billing information from a sub-bank account (bank account of bank B (account ID: BB001)), input of selection of a sub-bank account is accepted. Then, the control unit 21 transmits the payment account selection information indicating that the sub-bank account has been selected to the server 60 by the communication I / F 22 (A680).
　なお、ユーザがメイン銀行口座（Ａ銀行の銀行口座（口座ＩＤ：ＢＡ００１））から支払うことを希望し、メイン銀行口座が選択された場合、制御部２１は、限定ではなく例として、Ａ６８０，Ａ６９０のステップをスキップするようにすることができる。
　また、この場合、制御部６１は、Ｂ６６０ａ，Ｂ６７０のステップをスキップするようにすることができる。 If the user wishes to pay from the main bank account (bank A bank account (account ID: BA001)) and the main bank account is selected, the control unit 21 is not limited, but as an example, A680, A690. You can make it skip the steps in.
Further, in this case, the control unit 61 can skip the steps of B660a and B670.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、銀行サーバ５０（Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂ）との間で、口座間送金処理を実行する（Ｂ６６０ａ）。 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64, the control unit 61 executes an inter-account remittance process with the bank server 50 (A bank server 50A, B bank server 50B) (B660a). ..
　図１０－６は、口座間送金処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、この図では、左側から順に、サーバ６０の制御部６１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 FIG. 10-6 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of remittance processing between accounts. In this figure, in order from the left side, the processing executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60, the control unit of the bank A server 50A, and the bank B server. An example of the process executed by the control unit of 50B is shown.
　制御部６１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づき、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、この請求情報に対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤに、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座の口座ＩＤ（この例では、Ｂ銀行の口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）を記憶させる。 The control unit 61, as an example, is not limited to the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. User A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored.
　そして、制御部６１は、取引データにおけるこの取引ＩＤに対応する購入金額を送金金額とし、送金金額と、対象とするユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤが記憶されたアカウント管理データの第２登録銀行口座データに含まれる送金元の銀行口座（この例では、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座）の口座ＩＤに関連付けられた口座振替トークンとを含む電子マネー振替依頼情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに送信する（Ｂ６６１０）。 Then, the control unit 61 uses the purchase amount corresponding to this transaction ID in the transaction data as the remittance amount, and the account in which the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user AA in this example) are stored. Communication I of electronic money transfer request information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account of the remittance source (in this example, the bank account of bank B) included in the second registered bank account data of the management data. It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by / F64 (B6610).
　これを受けて、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、電子マネー振替処理を行う（Ｅ６６１０）。具体的には、不図示の記憶部に記憶された口座管理データベースのうち、受信した電子マネー振替依頼情報に含まれる口座振替トークンと関連付けられた口座管理データに記憶された口座残高から、電子マネー振替依頼情報に含まれる送金金額を減算するとともに、その口座管理データに記憶された取引履歴に今回の取引内容を加えることで、その取引履歴を更新する。
　そして、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、処理を終了する。 In response to this, the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the electronic money transfer process (E6610). Specifically, from the account management database stored in the storage unit (not shown), the electronic money is obtained from the account balance stored in the account management data associated with the account transfer token included in the received electronic money transfer request information. The transaction history is updated by subtracting the remittance amount included in the transfer request information and adding the current transaction content to the transaction history stored in the account management data.
Then, the control unit of the B bank server 50B ends the process.
　次いで、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、送金金額の電子マネー振替が完了したことを示す電子マネー振替完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆによってサーバ６０に送信する（Ｅ６６２０）。これにより、サーバ６０とＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂとの間で行われる認証システム認可処理が終了する。 Next, the control unit of the B bank server 50B transmits the electronic money transfer completion information indicating that the electronic money transfer of the remittance amount has been completed to the server 60 by the communication I / F (E6620). As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the server 60 and the bank B server 50B is completed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂから電子マネー振替完了情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、受信した電子マネー振替完了情報を表示部６３に表示させる（Ｂ６６３０）。なお、このステップは省略してもよい。 When the electronic money transfer completion information is received from the B bank server 50B by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 displays the received electronic money transfer completion information on the display unit 63 (B6630). Note that this step may be omitted.
　その後、制御部６１は、チャージ処理を行う（Ｂ６６４０）。具体的には、受信した振替完了情報に基づき、電子マネーで上記のアカウント管理データの電子マネー口座残高に送金金額を加算する。 After that, the control unit 61 performs charge processing (B6640). Specifically, based on the received transfer completion information, the remittance amount is added to the electronic money account balance of the above account management data with electronic money.
　その後、制御部６１は、出金処理を行う（Ｂ６６５０）。具体的には、上記のアカウント管理データの電子マネー口座残高から送金金額を減算するとともに、この送金金額と、上記のアカウント管理データの第２登録銀行口座データに含まれる送金先の銀行口座（この例では、Ａ銀行の銀行口座）の口座ＩＤに関連付けられた口座振替トークンとを含む出金情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに送信する。 After that, the control unit 61 performs withdrawal processing (B6650). Specifically, the remittance amount is subtracted from the electronic money account balance of the above account management data, and this remittance amount and the bank account of the remittance destination included in the second registered bank account data of the above account management data (this). In the example, the withdrawal information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account of the bank A) is transmitted to the bank A server 50A by the communication I / F64.
　これを受けて、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、入金処理を行う（Ｄ６６５０）。具体的には、不図示の記憶部に記憶された口座管理データベースのうち、受信した出金情報に含まれる口座振替トークンと関連付けられた口座管理データに記憶された口座残高に、出金情報に含まれる送金金額を加算し、その口座管理データに記憶された取引履歴に今回の取引内容を加えることで、その取引履歴を更新する。
　そして、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、処理を終了する。 In response to this, the control unit of the bank A server 50A performs the deposit processing (D6650). Specifically, in the account management database stored in the storage unit (not shown), the withdrawal information is added to the account balance stored in the account management data associated with the account transfer token included in the received withdrawal information. The transaction history is updated by adding the included remittance amount and adding the current transaction details to the transaction history stored in the account management data.
Then, the control unit of the bank A server 50A ends the process.
　次いで、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、入金が完了したことを示す入金完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆによってサーバ６０に送信する（Ｄ６６６０）。これにより、サーバ６０とＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａとの間で行われる認証システム認可処理が終了する。 Next, the control unit of the A bank server 50A transmits the payment completion information indicating that the payment has been completed to the server 60 by the communication I / F (D6660). As a result, the authentication system authorization process performed between the server 60 and the bank A server 50A is completed.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａから入金完了情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、受信した入金完了情報を表示部６３に表示させる（Ｂ６６６０）。なお、このステップは省略してもよい。
　そして、制御部６１は、処理を終了する。 When the payment completion information is received from the bank A server 50A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 causes the display unit 63 to display the received payment completion information (B6660). Note that this step may be omitted.
Then, the control unit 61 ends the process.
　図１０－５に戻り、口座間送金処理を行った後、制御部６１は、口座間送金が完了したことを示す口座間送金完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６７０）。そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 Returning to FIG. 10-5 and performing the inter-account remittance processing, the control unit 61 transmits the inter-account remittance completion information indicating that the inter-account remittance is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B670). .. Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
　これを受けて、制御部２１は、受信された口座間送金完了情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ６９０）。そして、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。 In response to this, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received inter-account remittance completion information (A690). Then, the control unit 21 advances the process to A195.
　Ｃ１８０において口座振替要求条件が成立したと判定した場合（Ｃ１８０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部１１は、限定ではなく例として、対象とするユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）のユーザ管理データの第１登録銀行口座データにおいて口座ＩＤと関連付けられている口座振替トークンと、振替要求金額とを含む口座振替要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によって、その口座ＩＤに対応する銀行の銀行サーバ５０（この例ではＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａ）に送信する（Ｃ６９０）。そして、制御部１１は、Ｃ１９５に処理を進める。 When it is determined in C180 that the account transfer request condition is satisfied (C180: YES), the control unit 11 is not limited, but as an example, the first user management data of the target user (user AA in this example). The bank server 50 of the bank corresponding to the account ID by communication I / F14, the account transfer request information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID in the registered bank account data and the transfer request amount (in this example,). It is transmitted to A bank server 50A) (C690). Then, the control unit 11 advances the processing to C195.
　なお、上記の処理では、ユーザがメイン銀行口座から支払うことを希望し、メイン銀行口座が選択された場合、制御部２１は、Ａ６８０，Ａ６９０のステップをスキップすることとしたが、これをスキップしないようにしてもよい。
　ただし、この場合であっても、制御部６１は、Ｂ６６０ａ，Ｂ６７０のステップはスキップするようにすることができる。 In the above process, when the user wishes to pay from the main bank account and the main bank account is selected, the control unit 21 decides to skip the steps A680 and A690, but does not skip this. You may do so.
However, even in this case, the control unit 61 can skip the steps of B660a and B670.
　また、口座間送金を実現する際の手数料は、電子マネーサービス事業者と提携銀行との間で、任意に取り決めることを可能とすることができる。
　一例として、電子マネー振替の手数料と、入金の手数料との両方を電子マネーサービス事業者が負担するようにし、対応する提携銀行（上記の例では、Ａ銀行およびＢ銀行）に手数料をそれぞれ支払うようにすることができる。
　また、別例として、電子マネー振替の手数料は、電子マネーサービス事業者が負担するようにし、入金の手数料は、出金先の銀行（上記の例では、Ａ銀行）が受け持つようにすることができる。 In addition, the fee for realizing remittance between accounts can be arbitrarily arranged between the electronic money service provider and the affiliated bank.
As an example, the e-commerce service provider should bear both the e-commerce transfer fee and the deposit fee, and pay the fees to the corresponding affiliated banks (Bank A and Bank B in the above example), respectively. Can be.
As another example, the fee for electronic money transfer may be borne by the electronic money service provider, and the fee for deposit may be handled by the withdrawal bank (bank A in the above example). can.
＜第１０実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、サーバ６０（限定ではなく、端末と通信するサーバの一例）が、端末２０のユーザにより、クレジットカード決済やツケ払い（限定ではなく、後払いの一例）での購入に関する請求情報（限定ではなく、購入情報の一例）をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から受信する。そして、サーバ６０は、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報（限定ではなく、第１情報の一例）と、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報（限定ではなく、第２情報の一例）とのうち、少なくともサブ銀行口座に関する支払い口座選択情報を端末２０から受信する。そして、サーバ６０は、受信した口座間送金依頼情報に基づいて、口座間送金処理（限定ではなく、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金することに関する処理の一例）を制御部６１によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金させた上で、第１口座から後払いによる支払いが行われるようにすることができる。 <Effect of the tenth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the server 60 (an example of a server that communicates with a terminal, not a limitation) is billed information regarding a purchase by a user of the terminal 20 by credit card payment or a pay-as-you-go (an example of a postpayment, not a limitation). Not limited, but an example of purchase information) is received from the credit card company server 10. Then, the server 60 is paid account selection information (limited, not limited) including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) (not limited, but an example of the first amount). A payment account selection that includes information on the amount of money (an example of the second amount, not the limitation) paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (an example of the second account, not the limitation). Of the information (not limited, but an example of the second information), at least the payment account selection information regarding the sub-bank account is received from the terminal 20. Then, the server 60 controls the inter-account remittance process (not limited to the process of transferring the second amount from the second account to the first account) based on the received inter-account remittance request information. Shows the configuration performed by.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to transfer the second amount from the second account to the first account and then make the payment by deferred payment from the first account.
　また、この場合、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座から支払う金額の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報（第１情報）は、第１購入情報についてメイン銀行口座から支払うことを依頼する情報を含み、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座から支払う金額の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報（第２情報）は、第２購入情報についてサブ銀行口座から支払うことを依頼する情報を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２購入情報について、あたかも第２口座から支払われるかの如く、実際には、第１口座から支払いが行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the payment account selection information (first information) including the information of the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account includes the information requesting payment from the main bank account for the first purchase information, and the terminal. The payment account selection information (second information), which includes information on the amount of money the 20 users pay from the sub-bank account, may include information requesting payment from the sub-bank account for the second purchase information.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second purchase information can actually be paid from the first account as if it were paid from the second account. ..
　また、この場合、口座間送金処理は、限定ではなく例として、締め日（限定ではなく、設定された期日の一例）よりも前に行われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、設定された期日までに、第２口座から第１口座への第２金額の送金が行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the inter-account remittance process can be performed before the closing date (not limited, but an example of a set date) as an example, not limited.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account can be performed by the set date.
　また、この場合、後払いは、端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を送金させた上で、第１口座からクレジットカードによる支払いが行われるようにすることができる。 Also, in this case, the postpay can be made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, it is possible to transfer the second amount from the second account to the first account and then make payment by credit card from the first account. ..
　また、本実施例は、口座間送金処理（送金することに関する処理）は、口座間送金依頼情報（第２情報）に基づいて、サブ銀行口座（第２口座）から端末２０のユーザの電子マネー口座（限定ではなく、第３口座の一例）に送金金額を送金する処理を行い、電子マネー口座からメイン銀行口座（第１口座）に送金金額を送金する処理を含む構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第３口座を介して、第２口座から第１口座に第２金額を適切に送金することができる。 Further, in this embodiment, the inter-account remittance processing (processing related to remittance) is the electronic money of the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (second account) based on the inter-account remittance request information (second information). The configuration includes a process of remittance amount to an account (not limited to an example of a third account) and a process of remittance amount from an electronic money account to a main bank account (first account).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second amount can be appropriately remitted from the second account to the first account via the third account.
　また、この場合、電子マネー口座（第３口座）は、サーバ６０によって管理されるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、送金することに関する処理の処理主体であるサーバによって第３口座が管理されるため、第３口座を介した送金が確実に行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the electronic money account (third account) can be managed by the server 60.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, since the third account is managed by the server which is the processing subject of the processing related to the remittance, the remittance via the third account is surely performed. can do.
　また、この場合、サブ銀行口座（第２口座）から端末２０のユーザの電子マネー口座（限定ではなく、第３口座の一例）に送金金額を送金する処理は、サブ銀行口座の残高から電子マネー口座へのチャージ処理を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、第１口座の残高から第３口座にチャージする処理によって、第２口座から第３口座への第２金額の送金を実現することができる。 Further, in this case, the process of transferring the remittance amount from the sub-bank account (second account) to the electronic money account (not limited to the third account) of the user of the terminal 20 is the electronic money from the balance of the sub-bank account. It can include charge processing to the account.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the third account can be realized by the process of charging the third account from the balance of the first account. ..
　また、この場合、電子マネー口座は、電子マネー（電子貨幣）で送金金額がチャージされるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、電子貨幣で第２金額が適切にチャージされるようにすることができる。 Further, in this case, the electronic money account can be charged with the remittance amount by electronic money (electronic money).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second amount can be appropriately charged with electronic money.
＜第１０変形例（１）＞
　前述した（２）の手法を適用することも可能である。
　この手法では、複数の取引についてまとめて出金を行うため、前述した手数料を削減することができるという利点がある。 <10th modification (1)>
It is also possible to apply the method (2) described above.
This method has the advantage that the above-mentioned fees can be reduced because the withdrawals are made for a plurality of transactions at once.
　図１０－７は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、図１０－５に対応する部分を図示したものである。
　Ｂ６５０の後、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、電子マネー振替＆チャージ処理を行う（Ｂ６６１）。
　具体的には、電子マネー振替を依頼する銀行サーバ５０（この例では、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂ）との間で、限定ではなく例として、図１０－６のＢ６６１０～Ｂ６６４０、Ｅ６６１０～Ｅ６６２０と同様の処理を行う。 FIG. 10-7 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification, and shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 10-5.
After B650, when the payment account selection information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64, the control unit 61 performs the electronic money transfer & charge process (B661).
Specifically, it is the same as B6610 to B6640 and E6610 to E6620 in FIGS. 10-6, but not as a limitation, with the bank server 50 requesting the electronic money transfer (in this example, the B bank server 50B). Perform processing.
　その後、制御部６１は、出金条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｂ６６３）。
　出金条件は、限定ではなく例として、「出金日時になったこと」とすることができる。 After that, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the withdrawal condition is satisfied (B663).
The withdrawal condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the withdrawal date and time has come".
　前述したように、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード決済における口座振替日よりも前の日（日時）に、支払い口座設定期限を設定することができる。限定ではなく例として、前述したように、毎月２５日が口座振替日であって、その３日前が支払い口座設定期限の日に設定される場合、毎月２２日が支払い口座設定期日となる。 As mentioned above, as an example, not limited, the payment account setting deadline can be set on the day (date and time) before the account transfer date in credit card payment. As an example, not a limitation, as described above, if the 25th of each month is the account transfer date and the 3rd day before that is set as the payment account setting deadline, the 22nd of each month is the payment account setting deadline.
　これに基づき、出金日時は、限定ではなく例として、支払い口座設定期限よりも後であって、口座振替日よりも前の日時として設定しておくことができる。 Based on this, the withdrawal date and time can be set as an example, not limited to, as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date.
　出金条件が成立していないと判定したならば（Ｂ６６３：ＮＯ）、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、出金条件が成立したと判定したならば（Ｂ６６３：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、出金処理を行う（Ｂ６６５）。
　具体的には、出金を行う銀行サーバ５０（この例では、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ）との間で、限定ではなく例として、図１０－６のＢ６６５０～Ｂ６６６０、Ｄ６６５０～Ｄ６６６０と同様の処理を行う。 If it is determined that the withdrawal condition is not satisfied (B663: NO), the control unit 61 proceeds to B195.
On the other hand, if it is determined that the withdrawal condition is satisfied (B663: YES), the control unit 61 performs the withdrawal process (B665).
Specifically, the same processing as B6650 to B6660 and D6650 to D6660 in FIG. 10-6 is performed with the bank server 50 (in this example, the A bank server 50A) for withdrawal, as an example without limitation. conduct.
　その後、制御部６１は、出金が完了したことを示す出金完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６６７）。そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 After that, the control unit 61 transmits the withdrawal completion information indicating that the withdrawal is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B667). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
　なお、上記の（２）の手法を適用する場合、チャージによって電子マネー口座残高が増加するが、端末２０のユーザは、この電子マネー口座残高を消費して電子マネー決済等を行うことが可能である。電子マネー口座残高が消費されたことにより、まとめて出金を行うタイミングで、電子マネー口座残高が足りなくなることも考えられる。 When the method (2) above is applied, the electronic commerce account balance increases due to the charge, but the user of the terminal 20 can consume the electronic commerce account balance to make an electronic commerce payment or the like. be. Due to the consumption of the electronic commerce account balance, it is possible that the electronic commerce account balance will be insufficient at the timing of collective withdrawal.
　そこで、ユーザが利用可能な電子マネー口座（通常の電子マネー口座：以下、「第１の電子マネー口座」と称する。）と、ユーザが利用不可の電子マネー口座（出金用の電子マネー口座：以下、「第２の電子マネー口座」と称する。）との２つの電子マネー口座を設けるようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 Therefore, an electronic money account that can be used by the user (ordinary electronic money account: hereinafter referred to as "first electronic money account") and an electronic money account that cannot be used by the user (electronic money account for withdrawal:). Hereinafter, it may or may not be provided with two electronic money accounts (referred to as "second electronic money account").
　この場合は、第１の電子マネー口座の残高と、第２の電子マネー口座の残高とを、アカウント管理データに記憶させるようにすることができる。
　そして、サーバ６０の制御部６１は、電子マネー振替＆チャージ処理において第２の電子マネー口座にチャージし、出金処理において第２の電子マネー口座から出金するようにすることができる。 In this case, the balance of the first electronic money account and the balance of the second electronic money account can be stored in the account management data.
Then, the control unit 61 of the server 60 can charge the second electronic money account in the electronic money transfer & charge process and withdraw from the second electronic money account in the withdrawal process.
＜第１０変形例（２）＞
　前述した（３）の手法を適用することも可能である。
　この手法も、複数の取引についてまとめて送金（チャージ＆出金）を行うため、前述した手数料を削減することができるという利点がある。 <10th modification (2)>
It is also possible to apply the method (3) described above.
This method also has the advantage that the above-mentioned fee can be reduced because the remittance (charge & withdrawal) is performed collectively for a plurality of transactions.
　図１０－８は、本実施例においてサーバ６０の記憶部６５に記憶されるアカウント管理データベース６５５の一例であるアカウント管理データベース６５５Ｆのデータ構成例を示す図である。
　各々のアカウント管理データには、限定ではなく例として、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、電子マネー口座残高と、取引データと、第２登録銀行口座データと、支払い口座設定データとが記憶される。 FIG. 10-8 is a diagram showing a data configuration example of the account management database 655F, which is an example of the account management database 655 stored in the storage unit 65 of the server 60 in this embodiment.
Each account management data stores, but is not limited to, an electronic commerce application ID, an electronic commerce account balance, transaction data, a second registered bank account data, and payment account setting data.
　支払い口座設定データには、取引ＩＤと、支払い口座ＩＤとに加えて、限定ではなく例として、送金フラグが設定される。 In the payment account setting data, in addition to the transaction ID and the payment account ID, a remittance flag is set as an example, not a limitation.
　送金フラグは、デフォルトでは「ＯＦＦ」に設定されるが、この取引ＩＤについて口座間送金を行う場合は「ＯＮ」に設定されるフラグである。口座間送金が完了した場合は、このフラグは「ＯＦＦ」に戻される。 The remittance flag is set to "OFF" by default, but it is a flag set to "ON" when performing remittance between accounts for this transaction ID. When the remittance between accounts is completed, this flag is set back to "OFF".
　図１０－９は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、図１０－５に対応する部分を図示したものである。この処理は、前述した（３－１）の手法を適用する場合の処理の一例である。 FIG. 10-9 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example, and illustrates the portion corresponding to FIG. 10-5. This process is an example of the process when the above-mentioned method (3-1) is applied.
　Ｂ６５０の後、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、口座間送金設定処理を行う（Ｂ６６２）。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づき、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、この請求情報に対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤに、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座の口座ＩＤ（この例では、Ｂ銀行の口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）を記憶させるとともに、送金フラグを「ＯＮ」に設定する。 After receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 after B650, the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance setting process (B662).
Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. User A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON".
　その後、制御部６１は、口座間送金条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｂ６６４）。
　口座間送金条件は、限定ではなく例として、「口座間送金日時になったこと」とすることができる。口座間送金日時は、限定ではなく例として、出金日時と同様に、支払い口座設定期限よりも後であって、口座振替日よりも前の日時として設定しておくことができる。 After that, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the inter-account remittance condition is satisfied (B664).
The remittance condition between accounts is not limited, but can be, for example, "the date and time of remittance between accounts has come". The remittance date and time between accounts is not limited, and as an example, like the withdrawal date and time, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date.
　口座間送金条件が成立していないと判定したならば（Ｂ６６４：ＮＯ）、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 If it is determined that the inter-account remittance conditions are not satisfied (B664: NO), the control unit 61 proceeds to B195.
　一方、口座間送金条件が成立したと判定したならば（Ｂ６６４：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、口座間送金処理を行う（Ｂ６６０ｂ）。
　この口座間送金処理は、図１０－６と同様の手順で行うことができるが、制御部６１は、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、送金フラグが「ＯＮ」に設定されている取引ＩＤの購入金額を合計した金額を送金金額として、図１０－６と同様の処理を行う。そして、制御部６１は、送金フラグを全て「ＯＦＦ」に戻す。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the inter-account remittance condition is satisfied (B664: YES), the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance process (B660b).
This inter-account remittance process can be performed in the same procedure as in FIG. 10-6, but the control unit 61 has a transaction ID in which the remittance flag is set to "ON" in the payment account setting data of the account management data. The same processing as in FIG. 10-6 is performed with the total amount of the purchase amounts of the above as the remittance amount. Then, the control unit 61 returns all the remittance flags to "OFF".
　その後、制御部６１は、口座間送金が完了したことを示す口座間送金完了情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６６６）。そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 After that, the control unit 61 transmits the inter-account remittance completion information indicating that the inter-account remittance is completed to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B666). Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B195.
　また、上記の他にも、前述した（３－２）の手法を適用することも可能である。 In addition to the above, it is also possible to apply the method (3-2) described above.
＜表示画面＞
　図１０－１０は、前述した（３－２）の手法を適用した場合において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。図１０－１０は、端末２０の電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて支払い口座を設定する場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 10-10 is a diagram showing an example of screen transitions displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A when the above-mentioned method (3-2) is applied. FIG. 10-10 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a payment account is set in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
　図１０－１０左は、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける今月度支払い口座設定画面（本例では「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）であり、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、図２－４中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 The left side of Fig. 10-10 is the monthly payment account setting screen ("October payment account setting screen" in this example) in the electronic money application, and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed. There is.
Below that, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 2-4 is displayed.
　図１０－１０左に示される今月度支払い口座設定画面において、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード取引毎に、上から順に、Ａ銀行（メイン銀行口座）に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａ、Ｂ銀行（サブ銀行口座）に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ｂ、Ａ銀行（メイン銀行口座）に対応する第１アイコンＩＣ１Ａがタップされた後、第２ボタンＢＴ３がタップされると、限定ではなく例として、図１０－１０右に示すような今月度支払い口座設定完了画面が、電子マネーアプリケーションにおいて表示される。 In the monthly payment account setting screen shown on the left of Fig. 10-10, as an example, not limited to, the first icon IC1A and B bank corresponding to bank A (main bank account) in order from the top for each credit card transaction (bank B1A, bank B (main bank account) When the first icon IC1B corresponding to the sub-bank account) and the first icon IC1A corresponding to the bank A (main bank account) are tapped and then the second button BT3 is tapped, FIG. -10 This month's payment account setting completion screen as shown on the right is displayed in the electronic money application.
　この画面は、電子マネーアプリケーションにおける今月度支払い口座設定画面（本例では「１０月度支払い口座設定画面」）であり、電子マネーアプリケーションの名称である「Ｐａｙｍｅｎｔ　Ａｐｐ」の文字が表示されている。
　また、その下には、図２－４右の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 This screen is the payment account setting screen for this month in the electronic money application ("October payment account setting screen" in this example), and the characters "Payment App", which is the name of the electronic money application, are displayed.
Below that, the same information as the screen on the right of FIG. 2-4 is displayed.
　図１０－１１，図１０－１２は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　このうち、図１０－１１は、図１０－９に対応する部分を示している。 10-11 and 10-12 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
Of these, FIG. 10-11 shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 10-9.
　図１０－１１のＣ１３１の後、制御部１１は、当月確定請求情報送信条件が成立したか否かを判定し（Ｃ７２０）、成立したと判定したならば（Ｃ７２０：ＹＥＳ）、限定ではなく例として、対象とするユーザの電子マネーアプリケーションのアカウント情報（限定ではなく例として、電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤ）を含む当月確定請求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１４によってサーバ６０に送信する（Ｃ７３０）。そして、制御部１１は、Ｃ１８０に処理を進める。 After C131 in FIG. 10-11, the control unit 11 determines whether or not the confirmation request information transmission condition for the current month is satisfied (C720), and if it is determined that the condition is satisfied (C720: YES), the example is not limited. As a result, the current month fixed billing information including the account information of the electronic money application of the target user (not limited, but as an example, the electronic money application ID) is transmitted to the server 60 by the communication I / F14 (C730). Then, the control unit 11 advances the processing to C180.
　図１０－１１のＢ６６６の後、制御部６１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０から当月確定請求情報を受信したか否かを判定し（Ｂ７２５）、受信したと判定したならば（Ｂ７２５：ＹＥＳ）、当月確定請求情報（限定ではなく例として、当月確定請求情報を含む電子マネーアプリケーションにおける請求ページ）を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ７３０）。 After B666 in FIG. 10-11, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the confirmation request information for the current month has been received from the credit card company server 10 by the communication I / F 64 (B725), and if it is determined that the information has been received (B725). B725: YES), the current month finalized billing information (not limited, but as an example, the billing page in the electronic money application including the current month finalized billing information) is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B730).
　図１０－１１のＡ６９４の後、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から当月確定請求情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した当月確定請求情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ２３０）。 After receiving A694 in FIG. 10-11 and receiving the current month confirmed request information from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received current month confirmed request information (A230).
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介して支払い口座設定を行うための入力がなされたか否かを判定する（Ａ７４０）。入力がなされなかったと判定したならば（Ａ７４０：ＮＯ）、制御部２１は、Ａ１９５に処理を進める。
　一方、入力がなされたと判定したならば（Ａ７４０：ＹＥＳ）、制御部２１は、支払い口座設定を要求するための支払い口座設定要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０に送信する（Ａ７５０）。 After that, the control unit 21 determines whether or not an input for setting a payment account has been made via the input unit (A740). If it is determined that no input has been made (A740: NO), the control unit 21 proceeds to A195.
On the other hand, if it is determined that the input has been made (A740: YES), the control unit 21 transmits the payment account setting request information for requesting the payment account setting to the server 60 by the communication I / F 22 (A750).
　Ｂ７３０の後、制御部６１は、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座設定要求情報を受信したか否かを判定し（Ｂ７４０）、受信したと判定したならば（Ｂ７４０：ＹＥＳ）、支払い口座設定用情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａに送信する（Ｂ７５０）。 After B730, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the payment account setting request information has been received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64 (B740), and if it is determined that the payment account setting request information has been received (B740: YES), the payment account. The setting information is transmitted to the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 (B750).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０から支払い口座設定用情報を受信すると、制御部２１は、受信した支払い口座設定用情報を表示部２４に表示させる（Ａ７６０）。
　その後、制御部２１は、入力部を介して、ユーザによる支払い口座の選択を受け付ける（Ａ７７０）。具体的には、当月度請求情報に含まれる各々の取引情報について、ユーザがメイン銀行口座から支払う取引情報（以下、「第１取引情報」と称する。）と、ユーザがサブ銀行口座から支払う取引情報（以下、「第２取引情報」と称する。）とのうち、少なくとも第２取引情報の選択を受け付ける。
　第１取引情報は、１または複数の取引情報とすることができる。同様に、第２取引情報も、１または複数の取引情報とすることができる。 When the payment account setting information is received from the server 60 by the communication I / F 22, the control unit 21 causes the display unit 24 to display the received payment account setting information (A760).
After that, the control unit 21 accepts the user's selection of a payment account via the input unit (A770). Specifically, for each transaction information included in the billing information for the current month, the transaction information paid by the user from the main bank account (hereinafter referred to as "first transaction information") and the transaction paid by the user from the sub-bank account. Among the information (hereinafter referred to as "second transaction information"), at least the selection of the second transaction information is accepted.
The first transaction information can be one or more transaction information. Similarly, the second transaction information can be one or more transaction information.
　その後、制御部２１は、入力された情報を含む支払い口座選択情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ２２によってサーバ６０に送信する（Ａ７８０）。 After that, the control unit 21 transmits the payment account selection information including the input information to the server 60 by the communication I / F22 (A780).
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから口座間送金要求情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、口座間送金設定処理を行う（Ｂ７７２）。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づき、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、ユーザによって選択された各々の第２取引情報について、対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤに、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座の口座ＩＤ（この例では、Ｂ銀行の口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）を記憶させるとともに、送金フラグを「ＯＮ」に設定する。
　そして、制御部６１は、Ｂ６６４に処理を進める。 Upon receiving the inter-account remittance request information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F 64, the control unit 61 performs the inter-account remittance setting process (B772).
Specifically, as an example, not limited, the corresponding transaction ID is obtained for each second transaction information selected by the user in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. The payment account ID associated with the user A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON".
Then, the control unit 61 advances the processing to B664.
　Ｂ６６０ｂの口座間送金処理では、制御部６１は、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、送金フラグが「ＯＮ」に設定されている取引ＩＤの購入金額を合計した金額を送金金額として、図１０－６と同様の処理を行う。つまり、ユーザによって選択された第２取引情報に対応する購入金額を合計した金額が、サブ銀行口座からメイン銀行口座に送金される金額となる。 In the inter-account remittance process of B660b, the control unit 61 uses the sum of the purchase amounts of the transaction IDs for which the remittance flag is set to "ON" in the payment account setting data of the account management data as the remittance amount. Perform the same processing as in -6. That is, the total amount of purchases corresponding to the second transaction information selected by the user is the amount transferred from the sub-bank account to the main bank account.
　本変形例は、口座間送金処理は、限定ではなく例として、口座間送金日（限定ではなく、設定された日にちの一例）に行われる、または後払いの口座振替日（限定ではなく例として、設定された期日の一例）までに行われるようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、設定された日にちに、または設定された期日までに、第２口座から第１口座への第２金額の送金が行われるようにすることができる。 In this variant, the inter-account remittance process is performed as an example, not a limitation, on an inter-account remittance date (not a limitation, but an example of a set date), or a postpaid account transfer date (as an example, not a limitation). It can be done by an example of the set date).
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account should be performed on the set date or by the set date. Can be done.
　また、本変形例は、請求情報は、複数の請求情報を含む当月確定請求情報であり（限定ではなく、第１購入情報と第２購入情報と第３購入情報とを含む購入情報の一例）であり、第１金額は、第１請求情報に対応する購入金額（限定ではなく、第１購入情報の購入に基づく金額の一例）を含み、第２金額は、２以上の第２請求情報に対応する購入金額を合計した金額（限定ではなく、第２購入情報と第３購入情報との合計の金額の一例）を含む構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、第２購入情報と第３購入情報との合計の金額を含む第２金額を、第２口座から第１口座に送金させることができる。 Further, in this modification, the billing information is the current month fixed billing information including a plurality of billing information (not limited, but an example of purchase information including the first purchase information, the second purchase information, and the third purchase information). The first amount includes the purchase amount corresponding to the first billing information (not limited, but an example of the amount based on the purchase of the first purchase information), and the second amount includes two or more second billing information. The configuration including the total amount of the corresponding purchase amounts (not limited, but an example of the total amount of the second purchase information and the third purchase information) is shown.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the second amount including the total amount of the second purchase information and the third purchase information can be remitted from the second account to the first account.
　また、本変形例は、後払いは、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われ、口座間送金処理は、クレジットカード決済の口座振替日（限定ではなく、クレジットカードの支払い日の一例）に基づいて行われる構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる変形例の効果の一例として、クレジットカードの支払い日に基づいて、第２口座から第１口座への第２金額の送金が行われるようにすることができる。 Further, in this modification, the deferred payment is performed by the credit card related to the user of the terminal 20, and the inter-account remittance processing is performed on the account transfer date (not limited, but an example of the credit card payment date) of the credit card payment. It shows the configuration that is done based on.
As an example of the effect of the modification obtained by such a configuration, the remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account can be performed based on the payment date of the credit card.
＜第１０変形例（３）＞
　サーバ６０が、ユーザによってメイン銀行口座から支払うことが選択された取引情報に対応する購入金額と、ユーザによってサブ銀行口座から支払うことが選択された取引情報に対応する購入金額とを含む金額の情報を、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信して、クレジットカード会社に通知するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 <10th modification (3)>
Information on the amount of money that the server 60 includes the purchase amount corresponding to the transaction information selected by the user to pay from the main bank account and the purchase amount corresponding to the transaction information selected by the user to pay from the sub-bank account. May or may not be sent to the credit card company server 10 to notify the credit card company.
　クレジットカード会社サーバ１０は、ユーザの取引ごとの購入金額や、ユーザの当月分の合計の購入金額等の情報を記憶部１５に記憶しているため、クレジットカード会社は、口座振替によってユーザのメイン銀行口座から引き落とされる金額を把握している。
　しかし、サーバ６０が、上記の金額の情報をクレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信することで、クレジットカード会社は、ユーザが複数の銀行口座をどのように使い分けているかなどの分析を行うことができる。 Since the credit card company server 10 stores information such as the purchase amount for each transaction of the user and the total purchase amount for the current month of the user in the storage unit 15, the credit card company is the user's main by account transfer. I know how much money will be deducted from my bank account.
However, the server 60 transmits the above amount of information to the credit card company server 10, so that the credit card company can analyze how the user uses a plurality of bank accounts properly.
　本変形例は、サーバ６０は、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報ばかりでなく、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報も端末２０から受信する。そして、サーバ６０は、受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づいて、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額をメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払うことに関する処理を制御部６１によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報ばかりでなく、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報も受信した上で、第１情報と第２情報とに基づいて、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を第１口座から支払うことに関する処理を行うことができる。 In this modification, the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount). Not only that, payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do. Then, the server 60 controls the process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account (not limited, but an example of the first account) based on the received payment account selection information. The configuration performed by 61 is shown.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, not only by the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the terminal user, but also by the first account related to the terminal user. After receiving the first information including the information of the first amount to be paid, the process related to paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account based on the first information and the second information. It can be carried out.
　また、この場合、後払いは、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われる。そして、制御部６１によって行われる、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を端末２０のユーザのメイン銀行口座から支払うことに関する処理は、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０（限定ではなく、クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバの一例）に送信する処理を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバのユーザ（クレジットカード会社等）に通知することができる。これにより、第１サーバのユーザは、受信した金額の情報に基づいて、ユーザが第１口座と第２口座とをどのように使い分けているかなどの分析を行うことができる。 Also, in this case, the deferred payment is made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal 20. Then, in the process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account of the user of the terminal 20, the process performed by the control unit 61 obtains the information of the amount including the first amount and the second amount. , Communication I / F 64 may include a process of transmitting to a credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a first server that manages credit card information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. The information can be notified to a user (credit card company, etc.) of the first server that manages the information of the credit card. Thereby, the user of the first server can analyze how the user properly uses the first account and the second account based on the information of the received amount of money.
　なお、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を第１口座から支払うことに関する処理とは、限定ではなく例として、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を第１口座から支払う旨を他の装置に通知する処理や、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額の情報を他の装置に送信する処理など、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を第１口座から支払うことと何らかの関係性を有する処理である。 The process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account is not limited, but as an example, the fact that the amount including the first amount and the second amount is paid from the first account is stated. Paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account, such as the process of notifying other devices and the process of transmitting the information of the amount including the first amount and the second amount to other devices. It is a process that has some relationship with.
＜第１０変形例（４）＞
　クレジットカード決済によるユーザの支払い金額を、電子マネーサービス事業者が立て替える、つまり、一時的に負担するようにする。そして、電子マネーサービス事業者が、立て替えた金額（以下、「立替金額」と称する。）を、ユーザのメイン銀行口座（第１口座）から口座振替等によって引き落とすようにすることも可能である。 <10th modification (4)>
The payment amount of the user by credit card payment is reimbursed by the electronic money service provider, that is, it is temporarily borne. Then, it is also possible for the electronic money service provider to withdraw the reimbursed amount (hereinafter referred to as "reimbursement amount") from the user's main bank account (first account) by account transfer or the like.
　図１０－１３，図１０－１４は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
　Ｂ６６６の後、制御部６１は、立替支払い条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｂ７９２）。立替支払い条件は、ユーザに立て替えてクレジットカード決済の支払い金額を、電子マネーサービス事業者がクレジットカード会社に支払う条件である。
　この立替支払い条件は、限定ではなく例として、「立替支払い日時になったこと」とすることができる。立替支払い日時は、限定ではなく例として、クレジットカード会社によって設定される日時とすることができる。 10-13 and 10-14 are flowcharts showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification.
After B666, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the advance payment condition is satisfied (B792). The advance payment condition is a condition in which the electronic money service provider pays the payment amount of the credit card payment to the credit card company in advance to the user.
This advance payment condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the advance payment date and time has come". The advance payment date and time can be, for example, the date and time set by the credit card company without limitation.
　立替支払い条件が成立した場合（Ｂ７９２：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、立替支払い処理を行う（Ｂ７９４）。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、アカウント管理データの取引データに基づき、ユーザＡ．Ａの当月分の支払い金額を算出する。そして、算出した支払い金額を「立替金額」とし、振込処理等を行って、電子マネーサービス事業者の銀行口座からクレジットカード会社の銀行口座に立替金額を送金する。 When the advance payment condition is satisfied (B792: YES), the control unit 61 performs the advance payment process (B794).
Specifically, as an example, not a limitation, based on the transaction data of the account management data, the user A. Calculate the payment amount for the current month of A. Then, the calculated payment amount is set as the "advance amount", and the advance amount is transferred from the bank account of the electronic money service provider to the bank account of the credit card company by performing transfer processing or the like.
　その後、制御部６１は、口座振替要求条件が成立しているか否かを判定する（Ｂ７９６）。
　口座振替要求条件は、サーバ６０が口座振替を銀行サーバ５０に要求（依頼）するための条件であり、限定ではなく例として、「電子マネーサービス事業者が設定した口座振替日時（限定ではなく例として、毎月２５日の２４時）になったこと」とすることができる。 After that, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the account transfer request condition is satisfied (B796).
The account transfer request condition is a condition for the server 60 to request (request) the account transfer from the bank server 50, and is not a limitation but as an example. As a result, it is now 24:00 on the 25th of every month. "
　口座振替要求条件が成立すると判定した場合（Ｂ７９６：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、対象とするユーザ（この例では、ユーザＡ．Ａ）のアカウント管理データの第２登録銀行口座データにおいて種別「メイン」の口座ＩＤと関連付けられている口座振替トークンと、振替要求金額（＝立替金額）の情報とを含む口座振替要求情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって、その口座ＩＤに対応する銀行の銀行サーバ５０（この例では、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ）に送信する（Ｂ７９８）。 When it is determined that the account transfer request condition is satisfied (B796: YES), the control unit 61 sets the type "main" in the second registered bank account data of the account management data of the target user (user AA in this example). The bank server 50 of the bank corresponding to the account ID of the account transfer request information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID and the information of the transfer request amount (= advance amount) by communication I / F64. (In this example, it is transmitted to the bank A server 50A) (B798).
　なお、振替要求金額（＝立替金額）の情報には、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（第２口座）から支払う金額（第２金額）と、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（第１口座）から支払う金額（第１金額）とを含めることができる。 The information on the transfer request amount (= advance amount) includes the amount (second amount) paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub bank account (second account) and the main bank account (first account) by the user of the terminal 20. ) To the amount to be paid (first amount).
　これを受けて、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、受信された口座振替要求情報に基づいて、口座振替処理を実行する（Ｄ１９０）。
　この口座振替処理により、振替要求金額（＝立替金額）が電子マネーサービス事業者に支払われる。 In response to this, the control unit of the bank A server 50A executes the account transfer process based on the received account transfer request information (D190).
By this account transfer processing, the transfer request amount (= advance amount) is paid to the electronic money service provider.
　なお、この場合、サーバ６０からユーザのメイン銀行口座の銀行サーバ５０に対して送信する情報（通信する情報）は、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかとすることができる。
　・第１金額の情報と、第２金額の情報
　・第１金額と第２金額とを合計した合計金額の情報（第１口座から支払う金額の情報）
　・第１金額と第２金額とを合計した合計金額の情報（第１口座から支払う金額の情報）と、第２金額の情報（第２口座から支払う金額の情報） In this case, the information (information to be communicated) transmitted from the server 60 to the bank server 50 of the user's main bank account is not limited, and may be any of the following as an example.
・ Information on the first amount and information on the second amount ・ Information on the total amount of the sum of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount to be paid from the first account)
-Information on the total amount of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount paid from the first account) and information on the second amount (information on the amount paid from the second account)
　本変形例は、サーバ６０は、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報ばかりでなく、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報も端末２０から受信する。
　そして、サーバ６０は、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を端末２０のユーザのメイン銀行口座から支払うことに関する処理として、振替要求金額（＝立替金額）の情報を含む口座振替要求情報（限定ではなく、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額の情報の一例）を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってユーザのメイン銀行口座を管理する銀行サーバ５０（限定ではなく、第１口座を管理する第２サーバの一例）に送信する処理を行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、端末のユーザの第１口座を管理する第２サーバのユーザ（金融機関等）に通知することができる。これにより、第２サーバのユーザは、受信した情報に基づく金額を、サーバのユーザ（電子マネーサービス事業者等）に支払うなどすることができる。 In this modification, the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount). Not only that, payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do.
Then, the server 60 processes the payment of the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account of the user of the terminal 20, and the account transfer request information including the information of the transfer request amount (= advance amount) (= advance amount). Bank server 50 that manages the user's main bank account by communication I / F64 (an example of amount information including the first amount and the second amount), not limited) (not limited, but managing the first account) 2 An example of a server) shows a configuration for performing a process of transmitting to a server.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. The information can be notified to the user (financial institution, etc.) of the second server that manages the first account of the user of the terminal. As a result, the user of the second server can pay the amount of money based on the received information to the user of the server (electronic money service provider, etc.).
＜第１０変形例（５）＞
　上記の実施例では、サーバのユーザ（事業者）を、電子マネーサービス事業者（電子マネーアプリケーションの事業者）としたが、これに限定されない。
　限定ではなく例として、銀行等の金融機関をサーバのユーザ（事業者）としてもよい。
　この場合、ユーザのメイン銀行口座とサブ銀行口座とが同一銀行（または、同一銀行同一支店）の銀行口座である場合は、この銀行の銀行サーバ５０が、サブ銀行口座からメイン銀行口座への振替（振替処理）を行って送金を実現すればよい。
　一方、ユーザのメイン銀行口座とサブ銀行口座とが異なる銀行の銀行口座である場合は、限定ではなく例として、サブ銀行口座の銀行の銀行サーバ５０が、サブ銀行口座から他行のメイン銀行口座への振込（振込処理）を行って送金を実現すればよい。 <10th modification (5)>
In the above embodiment, the user (business operator) of the server is an electronic money service business operator (business operator of an electronic money application), but the present invention is not limited to this.
As an example, not limited to this, a financial institution such as a bank may be used as a server user (business operator).
In this case, if the user's main bank account and sub-bank account are bank accounts of the same bank (or the same bank and the same branch), the bank server 50 of this bank transfers from the sub-bank account to the main bank account. (Transfer processing) may be performed to realize the remittance.
On the other hand, when the user's main bank account and sub-bank account are bank accounts of different banks, the bank server 50 of the bank of the sub-bank account is not limited, but as an example, the sub-bank account to the main bank account of another bank. It suffices to realize the remittance by making a transfer (transfer processing) to.
　また、限定ではなく例として、資金移動業者をサーバのユーザ（事業者）としてもよい。
　この場合、限定ではなく例として、前述した電子マネーサービス事業者等の資金移動業者をサーバのユーザとすることができるが、前述した以下の形態のいずれかの形態を適用し、上記の実施例において、チャットサービス（チャットアプリケーション）を介在させることもできる。
（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態 Further, the fund transfer company may be a server user (business operator) as an example without limitation.
In this case, the server user can be a fund transfer company such as the above-mentioned electronic money service provider as an example without limitation, but any of the following forms described above may be applied and the above embodiment may be applied. In, a chat service (chat application) can also be intervened.
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application with
＜第１１実施例＞
　第１１実施例は、ユーザがクレジットカード決済を行った後、その支払いをサブ銀行口座から行う金額（第２金額）等の情報をサーバ６０が銀行サーバ５０に送信する。そして、メイン銀行口座を管理する銀行サーバ５０と、サブ銀行口座を管理する銀行サーバ５０との間で口座間送金を実現する実施例である。
　以下では、この手法を「銀行方式口座間送金」と称する。
　第１１実施例に記載の内容は、他の各実施例や他の各変形例のいずれにも適用可能である。
　また、既出の構成要素と同一の構成要素については同一の符号を付して、再度の説明を省略する。 <Eleventh Example>
In the eleventh embodiment, after the user makes a credit card payment, the server 60 transmits information such as an amount (second amount) for which the payment is made from the sub-bank account to the bank server 50. Then, it is an embodiment which realizes the remittance between accounts between the bank server 50 which manages a main bank account and the bank server 50 which manages a sub-bank account.
Hereinafter, this method will be referred to as “bank-type remittance between accounts”.
The contents described in the eleventh embodiment can be applied to any of the other embodiments and the other modifications.
Further, the same components as those already mentioned are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.
　銀行方式口座間送金を実現するための手法としては、大きく分けて、以下の手法が考えられる。
（Ａ）取引ごとに送金（振込）を行う手法
（Ｂ）取引ごとに振替要求金額を設定する処理を行い、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行う手法
（Ｃ）複数の取引についてまとめて送金（振込）を行う手法 The following methods can be broadly considered as methods for realizing remittance between bank methods.
(A) Method of remittance (transfer) for each transaction (B) Method of setting the transfer request amount for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions at once (C) Remittance for multiple transactions at once (C) Method of making a transfer)
　また、（Ｃ）の手法には、限定ではなく例として、以下の手法が考えられる。
（Ｃ－１）取引ごとに送金設定を行い、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行う手法
（Ｃ－２）複数の取引についてまとめて送金設定を行い、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行う手法 Further, the method (C) is not limited, and the following method can be considered as an example.
(C-1) Remittance setting for each transaction and remittance for multiple transactions (C-2) Remittance setting for multiple transactions and remittance for multiple transactions
　以下、各々の手法を適用する場合について説明する。 The case of applying each method will be described below.
＜処理＞
　本実施例では、あらかじめ、サーバ６０によって、アカウント管理データにおける対象とするユーザ（ここでは「ユーザＡ．Ａ」として説明する。）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤが記憶されたアカウント管理データの第２登録銀行口座データに含まれる種別が「メイン」である銀行口座（ここでは「Ａ銀行の銀行口座」として説明する。）の口座ＩＤに関連付けられた口座振替トークンとを含む情報が、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに送信される。
　そして、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａによって、ユーザＡ．Ａの電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザＡ．ＡのＡ銀行の銀行口座に関連付けられた口座振替トークンとが関連付けて記憶される。 <Processing>
In this embodiment, the server 60 stores the electronic money application ID of the target user (described here as “User A.A.”) in the account management data and the account in which the electronic money application ID is stored in advance. Information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account whose type is "main" (described here as "bank account of bank A") included in the second registered bank account data of the management data. Is transmitted to the A bank server 50A by the communication I / F64.
Then, by the A bank server 50A, the user A. The electronic money application ID of A and the user A. The account transfer token associated with the bank account of A bank of A is stored in association with it.
　同様に、あらかじめ、サーバ６０によって、アカウント管理データにおける対象とするユーザ（ここでは「ユーザＡ．Ａ」として説明する。）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤが記憶されたアカウント管理データの第２登録銀行口座データに含まれる種別が「サブ」である銀行口座（ここでは「Ｂ銀行の銀行口座」として説明する。）の口座ＩＤに関連付けられた口座振替トークンとを含む情報が、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに送信される。
　そして、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂによって、ユーザＡ．Ａの電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと、ユーザＡ．ＡのＢ銀行の銀行口座に関連付けられた口座振替トークンとが関連付けて記憶される。 Similarly, in advance, the server 60 stores the electronic money application ID of the target user (here, referred to as “user A.A”) in the account management data, and the account management data in which the electronic money application ID is stored. The information including the account transfer token associated with the account ID of the bank account whose type is "sub" (described here as "bank account of bank B") included in the second registered bank account data of It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by the communication I / F64.
Then, by the B bank server 50B, the user A. The electronic money application ID of A and the user A. The account transfer token associated with the bank account of Bank A and Bank B is stored in association with it.
　その後、サーバ６０、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａ、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの間で、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤを介して銀行方式口座間送金が実現されるようにする。 After that, remittance between bank-type accounts is realized between the server 60, the bank A server 50A, and the bank B server 50B via this electronic money application ID.
　なお、この手法はあくまでも一例であり、これに限定されない。
　電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤとは異なる識別情報を介して銀行方式口座間送金を実現してもよい。
　また、提携銀行の同意を得た上で、口座振替トークンを介して銀行方式口座間送金を実現してもよい。 Note that this method is merely an example, and is not limited to this method.
Bank-type remittance between accounts may be realized via identification information different from the electronic money application ID.
In addition, with the consent of the affiliated bank, remittance between bank-type accounts may be realized via the account transfer token.
　図１１－１は、本実施例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。この処理は、前述した（Ａ）の手法を適用する場合の処理の一例である。
　なお、図１０－４、図１０－５に示したＢ６５０までの処理と、Ｂ６７０以降の処理とは同様であるため、図示・説明は省略する。
　この図では、左側から順に、端末２０Ａの制御部２１が実行する処理、サーバ６０の制御部２１が実行する処理、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０の制御部１１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 FIG. 11-1 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this embodiment. This process is an example of the process when the method (A) described above is applied.
Since the processing up to B650 shown in FIGS. 10-4 and 10-5 is the same as the processing after B670, the illustration and description will be omitted.
In this figure, in order from the left side, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the terminal 20A, a process executed by the control unit 21 of the server 60, a process executed by the control unit 11 of the credit card company server 10, and control of the bank A server 50A. An example of the processing executed by the department is shown.
　Ｂ６５０の後、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、第１の銀行方式口座間送金処理を実行する（Ｂ６６０ｃ）。 After B650, when the payment account selection information is received from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64, the control unit 61 executes the first bank-type inter-account remittance process (B660c).
　図１１－２は、第１の銀行方式口座間送金処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、この図では、左側から順に、サーバ６０の制御部６１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 FIG. 11-2 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the first bank method inter-account transfer process. In this figure, the process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60 and the control of the bank A server 50A are performed in order from the left side. An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
　制御部６１は、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づき、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、この請求情報に対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤに、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座の口座ＩＤ（この例では、Ｂ銀行の口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）を記憶させる。 The control unit 61, as an example, is not limited to the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. User A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored.
　そして、制御部６１は、取引データにおけるこの取引ＩＤに対応する購入金額を送金金額とし、送金金額と、対象とするユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤとを含む銀行方式口座間送金情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに送信する（Ｂ６６１５）。
　銀行方式口座間送金情報は、銀行方式口座間送金を依頼する情報であり、この例では、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａに対して、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂからお金を引き出すように依頼する情報である。 Then, the control unit 61 uses the purchase amount corresponding to this transaction ID in the transaction data as the remittance amount, and includes the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user AA in this example). The remittance information between accounts is transmitted to the bank A server 50A by communication I / F64 (B6615).
The bank-type remittance between accounts information is information for requesting remittance between bank-type accounts, and in this example, it is information for requesting the bank A server 50A to withdraw money from the bank B server 50B.
　これを受けて、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、送金金額と、対象とするユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤとを含む振込要求情報を、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの通信Ｉ／ＦによってＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに送信する（Ｄ６６１５）。 In response to this, the control unit of the bank A server 50A communicates the transfer request information including the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user A.A in this example) with the bank A server 50A. It is transmitted to the B bank server 50B by the I / F (D6615).
　これを受けて、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、振込処理を行う（Ｅ６６１５）。
　具体的には、不図示の記憶部に記憶された口座管理データベースのうち、受信した振込要求情報に含まれる電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと関連付けられた口座振替トークンに対応する口座管理データに記憶された口座残高から、振込要求情報に含まれる送金金額を減算するとともに、振込要求情報の送信元であり、振込先であるＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに、その送金金額を送金する。 In response to this, the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the transfer process (E6615).
Specifically, among the account management databases stored in the storage unit (not shown), the account stored in the account management data corresponding to the account transfer token associated with the electronic money application ID included in the received transfer request information. The remittance amount included in the transfer request information is subtracted from the balance, and the remittance amount is transferred to the bank A server 50A, which is the source and destination of the transfer request information.
　そして、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、振込処理が完了したことを通知するための情報を含む振込完了情報を、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの通信Ｉ／ＦによってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに送信する（Ｅ６６１７）。 Then, the control unit of the B bank server 50B transmits the transfer completion information including the information for notifying that the transfer process is completed to the A bank server 50A by the communication I / F of the B bank server 50B (E6617). ..
　通信Ｉ／ＦによってＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂから振込完了情報を受信すると、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部は、受信された振込完了情報に基づいて、送金金額の送金に関する処理が終了したことを通知する情報を含む送金完了情報を、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの通信Ｉ/Ｆによってサーバ６０に送信する（Ｄ６６１７）。 When the transfer completion information is received from the bank B server 50B by the communication I / F, the control unit of the bank A server 50A notifies that the processing related to the remittance of the remittance amount is completed based on the received transfer completion information. The remittance completion information including the above is transmitted to the server 60 by the communication I / F of the bank A server 50A (D6617).
　図１１－１に戻り、第１の銀行方式口座間送金処理を行った後、制御部６１は、Ｂ６７０に処理を進める。 Returning to FIG. 11-1, after performing the first bank-type remittance process between accounts, the control unit 61 proceeds to process to B670.
＜第１１実施例の効果＞
　本実施例は、サーバ６０が、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座から支払いを行うことを予定している支払い予定金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を、メイン銀行口座（第１口座）を管理する銀行サーバ５０（限定ではなく、第２サーバの一例）に送信する処理を含む銀行方式口座間送金処理を行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額を、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座を管理する第２サーバに通知することができる。 <Effect of 11th Example>
In this embodiment, the server 60 uses the information of the planned payment amount (not limited, but an example of the second amount) that the user of the terminal 20 plans to pay from the sub-bank account to the main bank account (first bank account). A configuration is shown in which a bank-type inter-account transfer process including a process of transmitting to a bank server 50 (not limited to an example of a second server) that manages (1 account) is performed.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the second amount to be paid by the second account related to the terminal user is notified to the second server that manages the first account related to the terminal user. Can be done.
＜第１１変形例（１）＞
　前述した（Ｂ）の手法を適用することも可能である。
　この手法では、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行うため、前述した手数料を削減することができるという利点がある。 <11th modification (1)>
It is also possible to apply the method (B) described above.
This method has the advantage that the above-mentioned fees can be reduced because the remittance is performed for a plurality of transactions at once.
　図１１－３は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、図１１－１に対応する部分を図示したものである。
　Ｂ６５０の後、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によって端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、第２の銀行方式口座間送金処理を行う（Ｂ６６０ｄ）。 FIG. 11-3 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modification, and shows a portion corresponding to FIG. 11-1.
After receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A by the communication I / F64 after B650, the control unit 61 performs the second bank method remittance process between accounts (B660d).
　図１１－４は、第２の銀行方式口座間送金処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、この図では、左側から順に、サーバ６０の制御部６１が実行する処理、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａの制御部が実行する処理、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部が実行する処理の一例を示している。 FIG. 11-4 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the second bank method inter-account transfer process. In this figure, the process executed by the control unit 61 of the server 60 and the control of the bank A server 50A are performed in order from the left side. An example of the process executed by the unit and the process executed by the control unit of the bank B server 50B is shown.
　Ｄ６６１５によって、送金金額と、対象とするユーザ（この例ではユーザＡ．Ａ）の電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤとを含む振込要求情報がＡ銀行サーバ５０ＡからＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに送信されると、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、振込設定処理を行う（Ｅ６６１１）。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａから受信した振込要求情報に含まれる電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと関連付けて、受信した振込要求情報に含まれる送金金額を加算して更新し、送金フラグを「ＯＮ」に設定する。 When the transfer request information including the remittance amount and the electronic money application ID of the target user (user A.A in this example) is transmitted from the bank A server 50A to the bank B server 50B by the D6615, the bank B server The control unit of 50B performs the transfer setting process (E6611).
Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the remittance is updated by adding the remittance amount included in the received transfer request information in association with the electronic money application ID included in the transfer request information received from the bank A server 50A. Set the flag to "ON".
　次いで、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、振込条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｅ６６１３）。
　振込条件は、限定ではなく例として、「振込日時になったこと」とすることができる。振込日時は、限定ではなく例として、前述した送金日時や出金日時と同様に、支払い口座設定期限よりも後であって、口座振替日よりも前の日時として設定しておくことができる。 Next, the control unit of the bank B server 50B determines whether or not the transfer condition is satisfied (E6613).
The transfer condition is not limited, but can be, for example, "the transfer date and time has come". The transfer date and time is not limited, and as an example, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date, similar to the above-mentioned remittance date and time and withdrawal date and time.
　振込条件が成立していないと判定したならば（Ｅ６６１３：ＮＯ）、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、処理を終了する。 If it is determined that the transfer condition is not satisfied (E6613: NO), the control unit of the B bank server 50B ends the process.
　一方、振込条件が成立したと判定したならば（Ｅ６６１３：ＹＥＳ）、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、Ｅ６６１５に処理を進める。
　これを受けて、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、振込処理を行う（Ｅ６６１５）。
　具体的には、不図示の記憶部に記憶された口座管理データベースのうち、受信した振込要求情報に含まれる電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと関連付けられた口座振替トークンに対応する口座管理データに記憶された口座残高から、この電子マネーアプリケーションＩＤと関連付けて記憶されている最新の送金金額（累積的な送金金額）を減算するとともに、振込要求情報の送信元であり、振込先であるＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに、その送金金額を送金する。
　そして、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂの制御部は、Ｅ６６１７に処理を進める。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the transfer condition is satisfied (E6613: YES), the control unit of the bank B server 50B proceeds to E66115.
In response to this, the control unit of the B bank server 50B performs the transfer process (E6615).
Specifically, among the account management databases stored in the storage unit (not shown), the account stored in the account management data corresponding to the account transfer token associated with the electronic money application ID included in the received transfer request information. The latest remittance amount (cumulative remittance amount) stored in association with this electronic money application ID is subtracted from the balance, and the transfer request information is sent to the bank A server 50A, which is the source and destination of the transfer. Send the remittance amount.
Then, the control unit of the B bank server 50B proceeds with the process to E6617.
　図１１－３に戻り、第２の銀行方式口座間送金処理を行った後、制御部６１は、Ｂ６７０に処理を進める。 Returning to FIG. 11-3, after performing the second bank-type remittance process between accounts, the control unit 61 proceeds to process to B670.
　なお、上記の処理において、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａが、サーバ６０から受信した銀行方式口座間送金情報に含まれる送金金額を累積的に加算して更新する処理を行い、振込要求条件が成立した場合に、累積的な送金金額の情報を含む振込要求情報をＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに送信するようにしてもよい。
　この場合、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂは、受信した振込要求情報に含まれる累積的な送金金額を、振込処理によってＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに送金する。 In the above processing, when the bank A server 50A performs a process of cumulatively adding and updating the remittance amount included in the bank method inter-account remittance information received from the server 60, and the transfer request condition is satisfied. , The transfer request information including the information of the cumulative remittance amount may be transmitted to the B bank server 50B.
In this case, the B bank server 50B remits the cumulative remittance amount included in the received transfer request information to the A bank server 50A by the transfer process.
＜第１１変形例（２）＞
　前述した（Ｃ）の手法を適用することも可能である。
　この手法では、複数の取引についてまとめて送金を行うため、前述した手数料を軽減することができるという利点がある。 <11th modification (2)>
It is also possible to apply the method (C) described above.
This method has the advantage that the above-mentioned fee can be reduced because the remittance is performed for a plurality of transactions at once.
　図１１－５は、本変形例において各装置が実行する処理の流れの一例を示すフローチャートであり、図１１－３に対応する部分を示している。 FIG. 11-5 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of processing executed by each device in this modified example, and shows a part corresponding to FIG. 11-3.
　Ｂ６５０の後、端末２０Ａから支払い口座選択情報を受信すると、制御部６１は、銀行方式口座間送金設定処理を行う（Ｂ６８０）。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、端末２０Ａから受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づき、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、この請求情報に対応する取引ＩＤに関連付けられた支払い口座ＩＤに、ユーザＡ．Ａのサブ銀行口座の口座ＩＤ（この例では、Ｂ銀行の口座ＩＤ：ＢＢ００１）を記憶させるとともに、送金フラグを「ＯＮ」に設定する。 Upon receiving the payment account selection information from the terminal 20A after B650, the control unit 61 performs the bank method inter-account remittance setting process (B680).
Specifically, as an example, not limited to, the payment account ID associated with the transaction ID corresponding to this billing information in the payment account setting data of the account management data based on the payment account selection information received from the terminal 20A. User A. The account ID of the sub-bank account of A (in this example, the account ID of bank B: BB001) is stored, and the remittance flag is set to "ON".
　その後、制御部６１は、銀行方式口座間送金条件が成立したか否かを判定する（Ｂ６８２）。
　銀行方式口座間送金条件は、限定ではなく例として、「銀行方式口座間送金日時になったこと」とすることができる。銀行方式口座間送金日時は、限定ではなく例として、出金日時と同様に、支払い口座設定期限よりも後であって、口座振替日よりも前の日時として設定しておくことができる。 After that, the control unit 61 determines whether or not the bank-type remittance condition between accounts is satisfied (B682).
The conditions for remittance between bank-type accounts are not limited, but can be, for example, "the date and time of remittance between bank-type accounts has come". The bank method inter-account remittance date and time is not limited, and as an example, it can be set as a date and time after the payment account setting deadline and before the account transfer date, as in the withdrawal date and time.
　銀行方式口座間送金条件が成立していないと判定したならば（Ｂ６８２：ＮＯ）、制御部６１は、Ｂ１９５に処理を進める。 If it is determined that the bank-type remittance conditions between accounts are not satisfied (B682: NO), the control unit 61 proceeds to B195.
　一方、銀行方式口座間送金条件が成立したと判定したならば（Ｂ６８２：ＹＥＳ）、制御部６１は、第３の銀行方式口座間送金処理を行う（Ｂ６６０ｅ）。
　この第３の銀行方式口座間送金処理は、図１１－２の第１の銀行方式口座間送金処理と同様の手順で行うことができるが、制御部６１は、アカウント管理データの支払い口座設定データにおいて、送金フラグが「ＯＮ」に設定されている取引ＩＤの購入金額を合計した金額を送金金額として、Ｂ６６１５のステップを実行する。そして、制御部６１は、送金フラグを全て「ＯＦＦ」に戻す。 On the other hand, if it is determined that the bank-type remittance condition is satisfied (B682: YES), the control unit 61 performs a third bank-type remittance process (B660e).
This third bank method remittance process between banks can be performed in the same procedure as the first bank method remittance process between banks in FIG. 11-2, but the control unit 61 is responsible for the payment account setting data of the account management data. In, the step of B6615 is executed with the total amount of the purchase amounts of the transaction IDs for which the remittance flag is set to "ON" as the remittance amount. Then, the control unit 61 returns all the remittance flags to "OFF".
＜第１１変形例（３）＞
　第１０変形例（３）と同様に、サーバ６０が、ユーザによってメイン銀行口座から支払うことが選択された取引情報に対応する購入金額と、ユーザによってサブ銀行口座から支払うことが選択された取引情報に対応する購入金額とを含む金額の情報を、クレジットカード会社サーバ１０に送信して、クレジットカード会社に通知するようにしてもよいし、しなくてもよい。 <11th modification (3)>
Similar to the tenth modification (3), the purchase amount corresponding to the transaction information in which the server 60 is selected to be paid from the main bank account by the user and the transaction information in which the user is selected to pay from the sub bank account. Information on the amount of money including the purchase amount corresponding to the above may or may not be transmitted to the credit card company server 10 to notify the credit card company.
　本変形例は、サーバ６０は、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報ばかりでなく、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報も端末２０から受信する。そして、サーバ６０は、受信した支払い口座選択情報に基づいて、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額をメイン銀行口座から支払うことに関する処理を制御部６１によって行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報ばかりでなく、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報も受信した上で、第１情報と第２情報とに基づいて、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を第１口座から支払うことに関する処理を行うことができる。 In this modification, the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount). Not only that, payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do. Then, the server 60 shows a configuration in which the control unit 61 performs a process relating to payment of an amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account based on the received payment account selection information.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, not only by the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the terminal user, but also by the first account related to the terminal user. After receiving the first information including the information of the first amount to be paid, the process related to paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account based on the first information and the second information. It can be carried out.
　また、この場合、後払いは、端末２０のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われる。そして、制御部６１によって行われる、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を端末２０のユーザのメイン銀行口座から支払うことに関する処理は、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってクレジットカード会社サーバ１０（限定ではなく、クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバの一例）に送信する処理を含むようにすることができる。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバのユーザ（クレジットカード会社等）に通知することができる。これにより、第１サーバのユーザは、受信した金額の情報に基づいて、ユーザが第１口座と第２口座とをどのように使い分けているかなどの分析を行うことができる。 Also, in this case, the deferred payment is made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal 20. Then, in the process of paying the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account of the user of the terminal 20, the process performed by the control unit 61 obtains the information of the amount including the first amount and the second amount. , Communication I / F 64 may include a process of transmitting to a credit card company server 10 (not limited to, an example of a first server that manages credit card information).
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. The information can be notified to a user (credit card company, etc.) of the first server that manages the information of the credit card. Thereby, the user of the first server can analyze how the user properly uses the first account and the second account based on the information of the received amount of money.
＜第１１変形例（４）＞
　第１０変形例（４）と同様に、クレジットカード決済によるユーザの支払い金額を、電子マネーサービス事業者が立て替え、その立替金額を、ユーザのメイン銀行口座（第１口座）から口座振替等によって引き落とすようにすることも可能である。
　この場合は、限定ではなく例として、図１０－１３，図１０－１４の処理を、第１１実施例で説明した銀行方式口座間送金に適用することで実現可能である。 <11th modification (4)>
Similar to the tenth modification (4), the electronic money service provider reimburses the user's payment amount by credit card payment, and the reimbursement amount is deducted from the user's main bank account (first account) by account transfer or the like. It is also possible to do so.
In this case, the process of FIGS. 10-13 and 10-14 can be realized by applying the process of FIGS. 10-13 and 10-14 to the bank-type inter-account remittance described in the eleventh embodiment as an example, not the limitation.
　なお、この場合、サーバ６０からユーザのメイン銀行口座の銀行サーバ５０に対して送信する情報（通信する情報）は、限定ではなく例として、以下のいずれかとすることができる。
　・第１金額の情報と、第２金額の情報
　・第１金額と第２金額とを合計した合計金額の情報（第１口座から支払う金額の情報）
　・第１金額と第２金額とを合計した合計金額の情報（第１口座から支払う金額の情報）と、第２金額の情報（第２口座から支払う金額の情報） In this case, the information (information to be communicated) transmitted from the server 60 to the bank server 50 of the user's main bank account is not limited, and may be any of the following as an example.
・ Information on the first amount and information on the second amount ・ Information on the total amount of the sum of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount to be paid from the first account)
-Information on the total amount of the first amount and the second amount (information on the amount paid from the first account) and information on the second amount (information on the amount paid from the second account)
　本変形例は、サーバ６０は、端末２０のユーザがサブ銀行口座（限定ではなく、第２口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第２金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報ばかりでなく、端末２０のユーザがメイン銀行口座（限定ではなく、第１口座の一例）から支払う金額（限定ではなく、第１金額の一例）の情報を含む支払い口座選択情報も端末２０から受信する。
　そして、サーバ６０は、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額を端末２０のユーザのメイン銀行口座から支払うことに関する処理として、振替要求金額（＝立替金額）の情報を含む口座振替要求情報（限定ではなく、第１金額と第２金額とを含む金額の情報の一例）を、通信Ｉ／Ｆ６４によってユーザのメイン銀行口座を管理する銀行サーバ５０（限定ではなく、第１口座を管理する第２サーバの一例）に送信する処理を行う構成を示している。
　このような構成により得られる実施例の効果の一例として、端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額と、端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額とを含む金額の情報を、端末のユーザの第１口座を管理する第２サーバのユーザ（金融機関等）に通知することができる。これにより、第２サーバのユーザは、受信した情報に基づく金額を、サーバのユーザ（電子マネーサービス事業者等）に支払うなどすることができる。 In this modification, the server 60 is a payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the sub-bank account (not limited, but an example of the second account) (not limited, but an example of the second amount). Not only that, payment account selection information including information on the amount paid by the user of the terminal 20 from the main bank account (an example of the first account, not the limitation) (an example of the first amount, not the limitation) is also received from the terminal 20. do.
Then, the server 60 processes the payment of the amount including the first amount and the second amount from the main bank account of the user of the terminal 20, and the account transfer request information including the information of the transfer request amount (= advance amount) (= advance amount). Bank server 50 that manages the user's main bank account by communication I / F64 (an example of amount information including the first amount and the second amount), not limited) (not limited, but managing the first account) 2 An example of a server) shows a configuration for performing a process of transmitting to a server.
As an example of the effect of the embodiment obtained by such a configuration, the amount of money including the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. The information can be notified to the user (financial institution, etc.) of the second server that manages the first account of the user of the terminal. As a result, the user of the second server can pay the amount of money based on the received information to the user of the server (electronic money service provider, etc.).
＜第１１変形例（５）＞
　上記の実施例では、サーバ６０からＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに対して、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０Ｂからお金を引き出すように依頼する情報を送信することによって、Ａ銀行サーバ５０ＡからＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに対して振込要求情報が送信され、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０ＢからＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに振込が行われることとしたが、これに限定されない。 <11th modification (5)>
In the above embodiment, the transfer request from the A bank server 50A to the B bank server 50B by transmitting the information requesting the A bank server 50A from the server 60 to withdraw the money from the B bank server 50B. It was decided that the information was transmitted and the transfer was made from the B bank server 50B to the A bank server 50A, but the transfer is not limited to this.
　反対に、サーバ６０からＢ銀行サーバ５０Ｂに対して、Ａ銀行サーバ５０Ａにお金を振り込むように依頼する情報を送信することによって、Ｂ銀行サーバ５０ＢからＡ銀行サーバ５０Ａに振込が行われるようにすることも可能である。 On the contrary, by transmitting information requesting the transfer of money from the server 60 to the B bank server 50B to the A bank server 50A, the transfer is made from the B bank server 50B to the A bank server 50A. It is also possible.
＜第１１変形例（６）＞
　第１０変形例（５）と同様に、サーバのユーザを、銀行等の金融機関としてもよい。
　この場合、ユーザのメイン銀行口座（第１口座）とサブ銀行口座（第２口座）とが同一銀行（または、同一銀行同一支店）の銀行口座である場合は、この銀行の銀行サーバ５０が、サブ銀行口座からメイン銀行口座への振替（振替処理）を行って、口座間送金を実現すればよい。
　一方、ユーザのメイン銀行口座とサブ銀行口座とが異なる銀行の銀行口座である場合は、限定ではなく例として、サブ銀行口座の銀行の銀行サーバ５０が、サブ銀行口座から他行のメイン銀行口座への振込（振込処理）を行って送金を実現すればよい。 <11th modification (6)>
Similar to the tenth modification (5), the user of the server may be a financial institution such as a bank.
In this case, if the user's main bank account (first account) and sub-bank account (second account) are bank accounts of the same bank (or the same bank and the same branch), the bank server 50 of this bank is used. Transfers from the sub-bank account to the main bank account (transfer processing) may be performed to realize inter-bank transfer.
On the other hand, when the user's main bank account and sub-bank account are bank accounts of different banks, the bank server 50 of the bank of the sub-bank account is not limited, but as an example, the sub-bank account to the main bank account of another bank. It suffices to realize the remittance by making a transfer (transfer processing) to.
　また、限定ではなく例として、資金移動業者をサーバのユーザ（事業者）としてもよい。
　この場合、限定ではなく例として、前述した電子マネーサービス事業者等の資金移動業者をサーバのユーザとすることができるが、前述した以下の形態のいずれかの形態を適用し、上記の実施例において、チャットサービス（チャットアプリケーション）を介在させることもできる。
（ａ）チャットアプリケーションの一機能として電子マネーサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｂ）電子マネーアプリケーションの一機能としてチャットサービスの機能を構成する形態
（ｃ）チャットサービスの機能と電子マネーサービスの機能とを有する複合的（統合的）なアプリケーションを構成する形態 Further, the fund transfer company may be a server user (business operator) as an example without limitation.
In this case, the server user can be a fund transfer company such as the above-mentioned electronic money service provider as an example without limitation, but any of the following forms described above may be applied and the above embodiment may be applied. In, a chat service (chat application) can also be intervened.
(A) A form in which the function of the electronic money service is configured as one function of the chat application (b) A form in which the function of the chat service is configured as one function of the electronic money application (c) The function of the chat service and the function of the electronic money service A form that constitutes a complex (integrated) application with
＜第１０実施例～第１１実施例に関連する他の実施例＞
　（１）第１実施例～第９実施例やこれらの実施例に対応する変形例に記載した内容、第１実施例～第９実施例に関連する他の実施例に記載した内容は、第１０実施例，第１１実施例についても同様に適用可能である。以下、その一部を例示する。 <Other Examples Related to the 10th to 11th Examples>
(1) The contents described in the first to ninth examples and the modifications corresponding to these examples, and the contents described in the other examples related to the first to ninth embodiments are the first. The same applies to the 10th embodiment and the 11th embodiment. Some of them will be illustrated below.
　限定ではなく例として、第７実施例の内容を第１０実施例に適用する場合、銀行口座情報として銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報を端末２０の表示部２４に表示させるようにすることもできる。
　具体的には、限定ではなく例として、銀行口座情報のうち銀行名や口座番号とは異なる情報として、ユーザの銀行口座の残高、またはこれに関連する情報を表示させるようにすることも可能である。 As an example, not a limitation, when the content of the seventh embodiment is applied to the tenth embodiment, information different from the bank name or the account number may be displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20 as the bank account information. can.
Specifically, as an example, not limited, it is also possible to display the balance of the user's bank account or related information as information different from the bank name or account number in the bank account information. be.
＜表示画面＞
　図１２－１は、本実施例において端末２０Ａの表示部２４に表示される画面の遷移の一例を示す図である。
　図１２－１は、端末２０の電子マネーアプリケーションにおける支払い口座設定画面に残高情報が表示される場合の表示画面の一例を示す図である。 <Display screen>
FIG. 12-1 is a diagram showing an example of a screen transition displayed on the display unit 24 of the terminal 20A in this embodiment.
FIG. 12-1 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when balance information is displayed on the payment account setting screen in the electronic money application of the terminal 20.
　図１２－１には、電子マネーアプリケーションのうち銀行口座の設定ページの表示画面（以下、適宜「支払い口座設定画面」と称する。）の一例を示しており、クレジットカードに紐づいているメイン銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、メイン銀行口座であるＡ銀行に対応する銀行名、口座番号、残高等）と、クレジットカードに紐づいていないサブ銀行口座情報（限定ではなく例として、サブ銀行口座であるＢ銀行に対応する銀行名、口座番号、残高等）とを表示するための銀行口座情報表示領域が構成されており、この例では、メイン銀行口座であるＡ銀行に対応する銀行名として「Ａ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。また、サブ銀行口座であるＢ銀行に対応する銀行名として「Ｂ銀行」の文字と、その口座番号として「ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ」の数字と、その残高として「ＹＹＹＹＹＹ円」の数字とが表示されている。
　また、その他には、図１－３１中央の画面と同様の情報が表示されている。 FIG. 12-1 shows an example of the display screen of the bank account setting page (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “payment account setting screen”) among the electronic money applications, and is the main bank linked to the credit card. Account information (for example, not limited, bank name, account number, balance, etc. corresponding to bank A, which is the main bank account) and sub-bank account information that is not linked to a credit card (for example, not limited, sub-bank A bank account information display area for displaying the bank name, account number, balance, etc. corresponding to the bank B, which is the account, is configured. In this example, the bank name corresponding to the bank A, which is the main bank account. The letters "Bank A", the number "XXXXXX" as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" as the balance are displayed. Further, the characters "B bank" are displayed as the bank name corresponding to the sub-bank account B bank, the number "XXXXXXXX" is displayed as the account number, and the number "YYYYYY yen" is displayed as the balance.
In addition, the same information as the screen in the center of FIG. 1-31 is displayed.
　（２）第１０実施例，第１１実施例では、サブ銀行口座を１つとして説明したが、サブ銀行口座を２つ以上とすることも可能である。この場合の処理は、上記の実施例と同様に構成することができるため、詳細な説明は省略する。 (2) In the tenth embodiment and the eleventh embodiment, the sub-bank account is described as one, but it is also possible to have two or more sub-bank accounts. Since the processing in this case can be configured in the same manner as in the above embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
　（３）第１実施例～第９実施例の手法では、支払い口座として設定可能な各々の銀行口座がクレジットカードに紐づけられており、各々の銀行口座から口座振替が行われ得るため、口座振替が行われる前でなければ、支払い口座を変更することはできなかった。
　しかし、第１０実施例，第１１実施例の口座間送金の手法では、口座振替が行われるのはメイン銀行口座のみであるため、メイン銀行口座から口座振替が行われた後であっても、支払い口座を変更できるようにすることも可能である。 (3) In the methods of the first to ninth embodiments, each bank account that can be set as a payment account is linked to a credit card, and account transfer can be performed from each bank account. The payment account could only be changed before the transfer was made.
However, in the method of inter-account remittance of the tenth embodiment and the eleventh embodiment, the account transfer is performed only for the main bank account, so that even after the account transfer is performed from the main bank account, the account transfer is performed. It is also possible to change the payment account.
　限定ではなく例として、支払い口座としてメイン銀行口座が設定され、メイン銀行口座から口座振替が行われた後に、支払い口座がサブ銀行口座に変更された場合は、メイン銀行口座から引き落とされた金額を、事後的に口座間送金によってサブ銀行口座からメイン銀行口座に移すようにすることができる。 As an example, not a limitation, if the main bank account is set up as the payment account and the payment account is changed to the sub bank account after the account transfer is made from the main bank account, the amount deducted from the main bank account will be used. After the fact, it is possible to transfer from the sub-bank account to the main bank account by inter-account transfer.
　（４）第１１実施例で説明した銀行方式口座間送金において、サーバ６０が銀行サーバ５０に口座間送金を依頼するようにするのではなく、端末２０が銀行サーバ５０に口座間送金を依頼するようにしてもよい。
　この場合は、通信システム１Ｂの構成要素からサーバ６０を除外し、図１－１の通信システム１Ａを適用することが可能である。 (4) In the bank method inter-account remittance described in the eleventh embodiment, the terminal 20 requests the bank server 50 for the inter-account remittance, instead of having the server 60 request the bank server 50 for the inter-account remittance. You may do so.
In this case, it is possible to exclude the server 60 from the components of the communication system 1B and apply the communication system 1A of FIG. 1-1.
　（５）前述したように、メイン銀行口座をデフォルトの支払い口座として設定するようにすることも可能である。
　この場合、複数の銀行口座の中から支払い口座として設定する銀行口座をユーザに選択させるのではなく、サブ銀行口座から支払いを希望する取引をユーザに選択させるようにしてもよい。
　限定ではなく例として、Ａ銀行の銀行口座がメイン銀行口座であり、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座がサブ銀行口座である場合、Ｂ銀行の銀行口座から支払いを希望する取引をユーザに選択させるようにする。そして、選択された取引について、支払い口座をＢ銀行の銀行口座に更新するようにすることができる。 (5) As described above, it is also possible to set the main bank account as the default payment account.
In this case, instead of letting the user select a bank account to be set as a payment account from a plurality of bank accounts, the user may be made to select a transaction for which payment is desired from a sub-bank account.
As an example, but not a limitation, if the bank account of Bank A is the main bank account and the bank account of Bank B is the sub-bank account, let the user select the transaction that he / she wants to pay from the bank account of Bank B. .. Then, for the selected transaction, the payment account can be updated to the bank account of Bank B.
１（１Ａ，１Ｂ）　通信システム
　１０　　　　　　クレジットカード会社サーバ
　２０　　　　　　端末
　３０　　　　　　ネットワーク
　４０　　　　　　店舗端末
　５０　　　　　　銀行サーバ
　６０　　　　　　サーバ 1 (1A, 1B) Communication system 10 Credit card company server 20 Terminal 30 Network 40 Store terminal 50 Bank server 60 Server

Claims (48)

  1. 　端末によって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記端末の通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを前記端末の表示部に表示することと、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを前記第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を前記表示部に表示することとが前記端末によって実行される。     A program executed by a terminal
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal.
    Displaying the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal on the display unit of the terminal, and
    Paying at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information based on the selection of the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. Displaying the first information regarding the above on the display unit is executed by the terminal.
  2. 　請求項１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの前記第１口座情報と、前記購入情報のうちの第１購入情報とが選択された場合、前記第１購入情報の支払いを前記第１口座で支払うことに関する前記第１情報を前記表示部に表示し、前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第２口座情報と、前記購入情報のうちの第２購入情報とが選択された場合、前記第２購入情報の支払いを前記第２口座情報に関連する第２口座で支払うことに関する第２情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to claim 1.
    When the first account information of the plurality of account information and the first purchase information of the purchase information are selected by the user of the terminal, the payment of the first purchase information is made to the first account. The first information regarding payment is displayed on the display unit, and the user of the terminal selects the second account information among the plurality of account information and the second purchase information among the purchase information. If so, the terminal executes to display the second information regarding the payment of the second purchase information in the second account related to the second account information on the display unit.
  3. 　請求項１または請求項２に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記購入情報は、前記端末のユーザによって前記後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入履歴に関する情報である。     The program according to claim 1 or 2.
    The purchase information is information regarding a purchase history of a product or service purchased by the user of the terminal in a postpaid manner.
  4. 　請求項３に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１情報は、前記購入履歴のうちの少なくとも一部の支払いを前記第１口座に基づいて支払うことに関する情報を含む。     The program according to claim 3.
    The first information includes information about paying at least a part of the purchase history based on the first account.
  5. 　請求項１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記購入情報は、前記端末のユーザによって前記後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの合計金額に関する情報である。     The program according to claim 1.
    The purchase information is information regarding the total amount of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal in the postpaid manner.
  6. 　請求項５に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１情報は、前記合計金額のうちの第１金額を、前記端末のユーザによって選択された前記第１口座に基づいて支払うことに関する情報を含む。     The program according to claim 5.
    The first information includes information about paying the first amount of the total amount based on the first account selected by the user of the terminal.
  7. 　請求項６に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第２口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、前記合計金額のうちの第２金額を前記第２口座情報に関連する第２口座で支払うことに関する第２情報 を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to claim 6.
    Based on the selection of the second account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal, the second amount of the total amount is paid by the second account related to the second account information. Displaying the second information regarding the above on the display unit is executed by the terminal.
  8. 　請求項１から請求項７のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記購入情報のうちの第１購入情報に対して、前記複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能であることに関する第３情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
    It is executed by the terminal to display the third information regarding the fact that at least one account information can be selected from the plurality of account information with respect to the first purchase information among the purchase information on the display unit. Will be done.
  9. 　請求項８に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第３情報は、前記複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な日にちに関する情報を含む。     The program according to claim 8.
    The third information includes information regarding a date on which at least one account information can be selected from the plurality of account information.
  10. 　請求項８または請求項９に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第３情報は、前記選択可能な時期または日にちではない場合、前記選択可能な時期または日にちとは異なる表示態様で前記表示部に表示される。     The program according to claim 8 or 9.
    When the third information is not the selectable time or date, the third information is displayed on the display unit in a display mode different from the selectable time or date.
  11. 　請求項１から請求項１０のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いに対して、ローンで支払うことに関する第４情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
    For payment of at least a part of the purchase information, it is executed by the terminal to display the fourth information regarding payment by loan on the display unit.
  12. 　請求項１１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記ローンは、前記端末のユーザによって選択された前記第１口座情報に関連する第１口座によって支払いが行われる。     The program according to claim 11.
    The loan is paid by a first account associated with the first account information selected by the user of the terminal.
  13. 　請求項１から請求項１２のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１口座の残高の情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
    Displaying the information on the balance of the first account on the display unit is executed by the terminal.
  14. 　請求項１３に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記残高の情報に基づいて、ローンに関連する情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to claim 13.
    It is executed by the terminal to display the information related to the loan on the display unit based on the information of the balance.
  15. 　請求項１から請求項１４のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記複数の口座情報は、前記端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードの情報と関連付けられて記憶される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
    The plurality of account information is stored in association with the credit card information related to the user of the terminal.
  16. 　請求項１５に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記後払いは、前記クレジットカードによって行われ、
    　前記クレジットカードによって行われた、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部に対する支払いは、前記端末のユーザによって選択された前記第１口座情報に関連する前記第１口座から行われる。     The program according to claim 15.
    The postpay is made by the credit card
    Payments made by the credit card for at least a portion of the purchase information are made from the first account associated with the first account information selected by the user of the terminal.
  17. 　請求項１から請求項１６のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記後払いは、設定された日、または設定された期日までに支払うことを含む。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
    The deferred payment includes payment by a set date or a set date.
  18. 　請求項１から請求項１７のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１口座情報に関連付けられた特典情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
    Displaying the privilege information associated with the first account information on the display unit is executed by the terminal.
  19. 　請求項１８に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記第１口座による支払いに基づいて、前記端末のユーザに関連付けられた前記特典情報を前記表示部に表示することが前記端末によって実行される。     The program according to claim 18.
    It is executed by the terminal to display the privilege information associated with the user of the terminal on the display unit based on the payment by the first account.
  20. 　請求項１から請求項１９のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記複数の口座情報は、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部に基づく通知情報を前記通信部によって受信することに基づき、前記表示部に表示される。     The program according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
    The plurality of account information is displayed on the display unit based on the reception of notification information based on at least a part of the purchase information by the communication unit.
  21. 　請求項２０に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記通知情報は、設定された時間間隔で前記端末に送信される。     The program according to claim 20.
    The notification information is transmitted to the terminal at a set time interval.
  22. 　請求項２０または請求項２１に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記通知情報は、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部に対して、前記複数の口座情報のうちから少なくとも一つの口座情報を選択可能な期間または日にちに基づいて前記端末に送信される。     20 or the program according to claim 21.
    The notification information is transmitted to the terminal based on a period or date in which at least one of the plurality of account information can be selected for at least a part of the purchase information.
  23. 　請求項２０から請求項２２のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記通知情報は、前記購入情報に含まれる決済数に基づいて前記端末に送信される。     The program according to any one of claims 20 to 22.
    The notification information is transmitted to the terminal based on the number of payments included in the purchase information.
  24. 　請求項２０から請求項２３のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記通知情報は、前記購入情報に基づく合計金額が設定された金額よりも大きい場合、前記端末に送信される。     The program according to any one of claims 20 to 23.
    When the total amount based on the purchase information is larger than the set amount, the notification information is transmitted to the terminal.
  25. 　請求項２０から請求項２４のいずれか一項に記載のプログラムであって、
    　前記通知情報は、少なくとも前記第１口座の残高の情報に基づいて前記端末に送信される。     The program according to any one of claims 20 to 24.
    The notification information is transmitted to the terminal based on at least the information on the balance of the first account.
  26. 　端末の情報処理方法であって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記端末の通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを前記端末の表示部に表示することと、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを前記第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を前記表示部に表示することとを含む。     Information processing method for terminals
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal.
    Displaying the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal on the display unit of the terminal, and
    Payment of at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information based on the selection of the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. The present invention includes displaying the first information regarding the above on the display unit.
  27. 　端末であって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を受信する通信部と、
    　前記購入情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを表示する表示部と、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを前記第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を前記表示部に表示する制御を行う制御部とを備える。     It ’s a terminal,
    A communication unit that receives purchase information for goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal after payment.
    A display unit that displays the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal.
    Payment of at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information based on the selection of the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. It is provided with a control unit that controls the display of the first information regarding the display on the display unit.
  28. 　端末であって、
    　メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、前記プログラムに基づく処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、
    　前記プロセッサーは、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記端末の通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座情報とを前記端末の表示部に表示することと、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、前記複数の口座情報のうちの第１口座情報が選択されたことに基づき、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部の支払いを前記第１口座情報に関連する第１口座で支払うことに関する第１情報を前記表示部に表示することとを実行する。     It ’s a terminal,
    It is equipped with a processor that reads a program stored in memory and executes processing based on the program.
    The processor
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the terminal.
    Displaying the purchase information and a plurality of account information related to the user of the terminal on the display unit of the terminal, and
    Paying at least a part of the purchase information in the first account related to the first account information based on the selection of the first account information among the plurality of account information by the user of the terminal. The first information regarding the above is displayed on the display unit.
  29. 　端末と通信するサーバであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより後払いで購入された購入情報を受信し、前記購入情報を前記端末に送信し、前記購入情報の少なくとも一部を、前記端末のユーザに関連する複数の口座のうちの第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報を前記端末から受信する通信部を備える。     A server that communicates with terminals
    The purchase information purchased by the user of the terminal after payment is received, the purchase information is transmitted to the terminal, and at least a part of the purchase information is the first of a plurality of accounts related to the user of the terminal. It is provided with a communication unit that receives information about payment by an account from the terminal.
  30. 　端末と通信するサーバであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を受信し、前記購入情報のうち、前記端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも前記第２情報を受信する通信部と、
    　前記第２情報に基づいて、前記第２口座から前記第１口座に前記第２金額を送金することに関する処理を行う制御部とを備える。     A server that communicates with terminals
    The first information including the information of the first amount of the purchase information to be paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal, which receives the purchase information of the goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal. , A communication unit that receives at least the second information among the second information including the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal.
    A control unit that performs processing related to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account based on the second information is provided.
  31. 　請求項３０に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記購入情報は、第１購入情報と第２購入情報とを含み、
    　前記第１情報は、前記第１購入情報の購入を前記第１口座によって支払うことに関する情報を含み、
    　前記第２情報は、前記第２購入情報の購入を前記第２口座によって支払うことに関する情報を含む。     The server according to claim 30.
    The purchase information includes the first purchase information and the second purchase information.
    The first information includes information regarding payment of the purchase of the first purchase information by the first account.
    The second information includes information regarding payment of the purchase of the second purchase information by the second account.
  32. 　請求項３０または請求項３１に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記送金することに関する処理は、設定された日にちに行われる、または設定された期日までに行われる。     30 or the server according to claim 31.
    The process relating to the remittance is performed on a set date or by a set date.
  33. 　請求項３２に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記購入情報は、第１購入情報と第２購入情報と第３購入情報とを含み、
    　前記第１金額は、前記第１購入情報の金額を含み、
    　前記第２金額は、前記第２購入情報と前記第３購入情報との合計の金額を含む。     The server according to claim 32.
    The purchase information includes the first purchase information, the second purchase information, and the third purchase information.
    The first amount includes the amount of the first purchase information.
    The second amount includes the total amount of the second purchase information and the third purchase information.
  34. 　請求項３２に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記後払いは、前記端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われ、
    　前記送金することに関する処理は、前記クレジットカードの支払日に基づいて行われる。     The server according to claim 32.
    The deferred payment is made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
    The process relating to the remittance is performed based on the payment date of the credit card.
  35. 　請求項３０から請求項３４のいずれか一項に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記送金することに関する処理は、前記第２情報に基づいて、前記第２口座から前記端末のユーザの第３口座に前記第２金額を送金する処理を行い、前記第３口座から前記第１口座に前記第２金額を送金する処理を含む。     The server according to any one of claims 30 to 34.
    The process of remittance is based on the second information, the process of remittance of the second amount from the second account to the third account of the user of the terminal is performed, and the process of remittance is performed from the third account to the first account. Includes the process of remittance of the second amount.
  36. 　請求項３５に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記第３口座は、前記サーバによって管理される。     The server according to claim 35.
    The third account is managed by the server.
  37. 　請求項３５または請求項３６に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記第２口座から前記端末のユーザの第３口座に前記第２金額を送金する処理は、前記第１口座の残高から前記第３口座にチャージする処理を含む。     The server according to claim 35 or 36.
    The process of remittance of the second amount from the second account to the third account of the user of the terminal includes a process of charging the third account from the balance of the first account.
  38. 　請求項３７に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記第３口座は、電子貨幣で前記第２金額がチャージされる。     The server according to claim 37.
    The third account is charged with the second amount in electronic money.
  39. 　請求項３５から請求項３８のいずれか一項に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記通信部は、前記第１情報を受信し、
    　前記制御部は、前記第１情報と前記第２情報とに基づいて、前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額を前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理を行う。     The server according to any one of claims 35 to 38.
    The communication unit receives the first information and receives the first information.
    Based on the first information and the second information, the control unit performs a process relating to payment of an amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account.
  40. 　請求項３９に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記後払いは、前記端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われ、
    　前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理は、前記クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバに前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額の情報を前記通信部によって送信する処理を含む。     The server according to claim 39.
    The deferred payment is made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
    The process relating to payment from the first account includes a process of transmitting information on an amount including the first amount and the second amount to a first server that manages the information of the credit card by the communication unit.
  41. 　請求項３９に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理は、前記第１口座を管理する第２サーバに前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額の情報を前記通信部によって送信する処理を含む。     The server according to claim 39.
    The process relating to payment from the first account includes a process of transmitting information on an amount including the first amount and the second amount to a second server that manages the first account by the communication unit.
  42. 　請求項３０から請求項３４のいずれか一項に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記送金することに関する処理は、前記第２金額の情報を、前記第１口座を管理する第２サーバに前記通信部によって送信する処理を含む。     The server according to any one of claims 30 to 34.
    The process relating to the remittance includes a process of transmitting the information of the second amount to the second server that manages the first account by the communication unit.
  43. 　請求項４２に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記通信部は、前記第１情報を受信し、
    　前記制御部は、前記第１情報と前記第２情報とに基づいて、前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額を前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理を行う。     The server according to claim 42.
    The communication unit receives the first information and receives the first information.
    Based on the first information and the second information, the control unit performs a process relating to payment of an amount including the first amount and the second amount from the first account.
  44. 　請求項４３に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記後払いは、前記端末のユーザに関連するクレジットカードによって行われ、
    　前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理は、前記クレジットカードの情報を管理する第１サーバに前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額の情報を前記通信部によって送信する処理を含む。     The server according to claim 43.
    The deferred payment is made by the credit card associated with the user of the terminal.
    The process relating to payment from the first account includes a process of transmitting information on an amount including the first amount and the second amount to a first server that manages the information of the credit card by the communication unit.
  45. 　請求項４３に記載のサーバであって、
    　前記第１口座から支払うことに関する処理は、前記第２サーバに前記第１金額と前記第２金額とを含む金額の情報を前記通信部によって送信する処理を含む。     The server according to claim 43.
    The process relating to payment from the first account includes a process of transmitting information on an amount including the first amount and the second amount to the second server by the communication unit.
  46. 　端末と通信するサーバによって実行されるプログラムであって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記サーバの通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報のうち、前記端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも前記第２情報を前記通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記第２情報に基づいて、前記第２口座から前記第１口座に前記第２金額を送金することに関する処理を前記サーバの制御部によって行うこととが前記サーバによって実行される。     A program executed by a server that communicates with a terminal
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the server.
    Among the purchase information, the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. Of the two information, at least the second information is received by the communication unit, and
    Based on the second information, the server executes a process related to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account by the control unit of the server.
  47. 　端末と通信するサーバの情報処理方法であって、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記サーバの通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報のうち、前記端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも前記第２情報を前記通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記第２情報に基づいて、前記第２口座から前記第１口座に前記第２金額を送金することに関する処理を前記サーバの制御部によって行うこととを含む。     It is an information processing method of the server that communicates with the terminal.
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the server.
    Among the purchase information, the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. Of the two information, at least the second information is received by the communication unit, and
    Based on the second information, the process relating to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account is performed by the control unit of the server.
  48. 　端末と通信するサーバであって、
    　メモリに記憶されたプログラムを読み出し、前記プログラムに基づいて処理を実行するプロセッサーを備え、
    　前記プロセッサーは、
    　前記端末のユーザにより、後払いで購入された商品またはサービスの購入情報を前記サーバの通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記購入情報のうち、前記端末のユーザに関連する第１口座によって支払う第１金額の情報を含む第１情報と、前記端末のユーザに関連する第２口座によって支払う第２金額の情報を含む第２情報とのうち、少なくとも前記第２情報を前記通信部によって受信することと、
    　前記第２情報に基づいて、前記第２口座から前記第１口座に前記第２金額を送金することに関する処理を行うこととを実行する。
          A server that communicates with terminals
    It is equipped with a processor that reads a program stored in memory and executes processing based on the program.
    The processor
    Receiving purchase information of goods or services purchased by the user of the terminal by the communication unit of the server.
    Among the purchase information, the first information including the information of the first amount paid by the first account related to the user of the terminal and the information of the second amount paid by the second account related to the user of the terminal. Of the two information, at least the second information is received by the communication unit, and
    Based on the second information, processing related to remittance of the second amount from the second account to the first account is executed.
PCT/JP2021/046544 2020-12-22 2021-12-16 Program, information processing method, terminal, and server WO2022138448A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-212995 2020-12-22
JP2020212995A JP7266019B2 (en) 2020-12-22 2020-12-22 program, information processing method, terminal, server
JP2020212996A JP7354089B2 (en) 2020-12-22 2020-12-22 Servers, programs, information processing methods
JP2020-212996 2020-12-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022138448A1 true WO2022138448A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82159330

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/046544 WO2022138448A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-16 Program, information processing method, terminal, and server

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022138448A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002083145A (en) * 2000-06-29 2002-03-22 Hitachi Ltd Center device in payment system using payment card, payment method, computer system, payment card, and processing method
WO2004010356A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-01-29 Fujitsu Limited Settlement system, settlement device, settlement program, and settlement program storage medium
JP2004062233A (en) * 2002-07-24 2004-02-26 Nri & Ncc Co Ltd Service provision system for transferring charge in use of credit card
JP2017033091A (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-09 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ Withdrawable account suggestion device
JP2020106892A (en) * 2018-12-26 2020-07-09 キヤノンマーケティングジャパン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, method for controlling the same, and program

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002083145A (en) * 2000-06-29 2002-03-22 Hitachi Ltd Center device in payment system using payment card, payment method, computer system, payment card, and processing method
WO2004010356A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-01-29 Fujitsu Limited Settlement system, settlement device, settlement program, and settlement program storage medium
JP2004062233A (en) * 2002-07-24 2004-02-26 Nri & Ncc Co Ltd Service provision system for transferring charge in use of credit card
JP2017033091A (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-09 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ Withdrawable account suggestion device
JP2020106892A (en) * 2018-12-26 2020-07-09 キヤノンマーケティングジャパン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, method for controlling the same, and program

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7354089B2 (en) Servers, programs, information processing methods
US11468466B2 (en) Social-financial network systems and methods
CN107004196A (en) Facilitate and send and receive individual to corporate payments
US20140337188A1 (en) Electronic invoicing and payment
JP2016532979A (en) Joint financial management
US20120221403A1 (en) Merchant interface for online coupon system
TW200905599A (en) Virtual points clearinghouse
CN105960654A (en) Method and apparatus for paying for web content, virtual goods and goods of small value
JP7266019B2 (en) program, information processing method, terminal, server
US20200126052A1 (en) Transfers using credit accounts
JP7086923B2 (en) Programs, information processing methods, terminals
WO2022085579A1 (en) Program, information processing method, terminal, and server
JP2021192260A (en) Program, information processing method, and terminal
JP7175877B2 (en) program, display method, terminal
WO2022138448A1 (en) Program, information processing method, terminal, and server
KR101415457B1 (en) Server for paying tuition, associating a donator with a student, associating working sholarship system with a student and operating method thereof
JP6941666B2 (en) Programs, information processing methods, terminals
US20190197521A1 (en) Merchant-centric gift card processing
JP7183217B2 (en) program, information processing method, terminal
JP7250186B2 (en) server, program, information processing method
JP7271851B1 (en) server, computer program, method
JP7342791B2 (en) Payment programs, payment systems and payment servers
JP7357591B2 (en) Programs, information processing methods, terminals
JP7417482B2 (en) Programs, information processing methods, terminals
JP2022176304A (en) Server, program, and information processing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21910596

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21910596

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1